diff options
| author | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2020-02-15 03:01:17 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2020-02-15 03:01:17 +0000 |
| commit | 6e362e815ea119b3f6db97b21c10fee3279b5c6b (patch) | |
| tree | 536b6a92aa0abbc06d83b0b03850caeebf82d65e /macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra | |
| parent | dc072b1cb0427be056e747cdbfd6b7a4f1e02e56 (diff) | |
CTAN sync 202002150301
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra')
57 files changed, 15818 insertions, 13562 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/CHANGES b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/CHANGES index 922ea958be..72ab865c70 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/CHANGES +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/CHANGES @@ -1,3 +1,123 @@ +1.42 (2020-02-13): + + * glossaries-extra.sty: + + - added support for glossaries.sty 'disablemakegloss' option + (introduced to glossaries.sty v4.45). + + - new package option 'prefix' automatically loads glossaries-prefix.sty + + - added warnings if \forallacronyms, \acrshort etc are used with + new abbreviation interface. + + - added warning if order=letter used with record=only or record=nameref + + - added check for existence of \alsoname + + - changed \glsseeitemformat, \glsxtrhiername, \Glsxtrhiername, + \GlsXtrhiername, \GLSxtrhiername, \GLSXTRhiername + to use \glsfmtname and \glsfmttext (or case-variants) + to ensure formatting is applied. + + - \glsfmtfull and \Glsfmtfull PDF case now use \glspdffmtfull + + - \glsfmtfullpl and \Glsfmtfullpl PDF case now use \glspdffmtfullpl + + - added missing text key to long-short, short-long, footnote, + postfootnote, long-short-sc, short-sc-long, short-sc-footnote, + short-sc-postfootnote, long-short-sm, short-sm-long, + short-sm-footnote, short-sm-postfootnote, long-short-em, + long-em-short-em, short-em-long, short-em-long-em, + short-em-footnote, short-em-postfootnote, long-short-user, + long-postshort-user, short-postlong-user, short-long-user, + long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg, long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen, + short-hyphen-long-hyphen, short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen + styles. + + - new abbreviation styles: short-footnote-desc (and synonym + footnote-desc), short-postfootnote-desc (and synonym + postfootnote-desc), short-sc-footnote-desc, + short-sc-postfootnote-desc, short-sm-footnote-desc, + short-sm-postfootnote-desc, short-em-footnote-desc, + short-em-postfootnote-desc. + + - added glosssymbolfont attribute + + - \glossentrysymbol: added check for \texorpdfstring (the TeX + inner part is now robust) + + - new entry formatting commands: + + \glspdffmtfull, \glspdffmtfullpl, + \GLSfmtname, \GLSfmttext, \GLSfmtplural, \GLSfmtfirst, \GLSfmtfirstpl, + \GLSfmtlong, \GLSfmtlongpl, \GLSfmtfull, \GLSfmtfullpl + \GLSxtrtitleshort, \GLSxtrtitleshortpl, \GLSxtrtitlename, + \GLSxtrtitletext, \GLSxtrtitleplural, \GLSxtrtitlefirst, + \GLSxtrtitlefirstplural, \GLSxtrtitlelong, \Glsxtrtitlelongpl, + \GLSxtrtitlefull, \GLSxtrtitlefullpl, + \glsxtrpdfentryfmt (used by \glsxtrentryfmt in PDF bookmarks) + + - new entry referencing command: \glsentrypdfsymbol + + - new cross-referencing command: \glsxtrusealias + + - new buffering command: \GlsXtrDiscardUnsetBuffering + + - new list commands: + + \glsxtrfieldformatlist + \glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist + \GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList + \forallabbreviationlists + + - Bug fixes: + + - corrected interference caused by 'acronym'/'acronyms' + package option with abbreviation display style + + - moved \protect inside \glsxtrscsuffix (otherwise it + interferes with all caps) + + - corrected missing space factor with 'insertdots' attribute + + - \glslink with record was causing an undefined control + sequence error (\glslabel) in the post-link hook when + entries are undefined + + - restored original definition of \glsdohyperlink and + added \glsxtrdohyperlink to reference attributes instead. + + - \GlsXtrSetAltModifier now has a check to ensure '*' or '+' + haven't been used as the alternative modifier. + + - corrected accessibility support for abbreviations + + - redefine \@gls@entry@field so that it uses \csuse instead of + \csname (in the event commands like \glsentrytext are used + in captions or section headings with bib2gls) + + * glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty: + + - \glsxtrdisplaylocnameref now checks for the existence of + \glsxtr<counter>locfmt + + - New command: \glsxtrequationlocfmt + + - Redefined \glsdisplaynumberlist and \glsentrynumberlist + to work with bib2gls + + * glossary-bookindex.sty: + + - replaced hardcoded 'index.' prefix in pdfbookmark with + new command \glsxtrbookindexbookmarkprefix + + * glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty: + + - new commands: + + \glstreeNoDescSymbolPreLocation + \glstreegroupheaderskip + 1.41 (2019-04-09): * glossary-topic.sty: diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/README b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/README index 6f39a09e00..618f8951da 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/README +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/README @@ -1,8 +1,17 @@ -LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.41 - -Last Modified : 2019-04-09 +LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.42 (2020-02-13) Author : Nicola Talbot + https://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact + +LICENCE + +This material is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License. +See http://www.ctan.org/license/lppl1.3 +for the details of that license. + +Copyright 2015-2020 Nicola Talbot + +DESCRIPTION This package provides improvements and extra features to the glossaries package. Some of the default glossaries.sty behaviour @@ -18,11 +27,7 @@ minimal working examples for testing the glossaries-extra package. (The base glossaries package provides additional files, but this one needs glossaries-extra.sty.) -LICENCE - -This material is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License. -See http://www.ctan.org/license/lppl1.3 -for the details of that license. - -Author's home page: http://www.dickimaw-books.com/ +SEE ALSO: +https://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries +https://ctan.org/pkg/bib2gls diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf Binary files differindex 8272e2c862..34dea1ecae 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html index bf636b8fa4..a03a84c694 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html @@ -61,10 +61,11 @@ .cmtt-8{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-8{font-family: monospace;} .cmti-8{font-size:80%; font-style: italic;} -p.noindent { text-indent: 0em } -td p.noindent { text-indent: 0em; margin-top:0em; } -p.nopar { text-indent: 0em; } -p.indent{ text-indent: 1.5em } +p{margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0} +p.indent{text-indent:0;} +p + p{margin-top:1em;} +p + div, p + pre {margin-top:1em;} +div + p, pre + p {margin-top:1em;} @media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}} a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; } center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; } @@ -87,7 +88,7 @@ div.obeylines-v p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; } td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;} .centerline {text-align:center;} .rightline {text-align:right;} -div.verbatim {font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; } +div.verbatim {font-family: monospace,monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; } .fbox {padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; } div.fbox {display:table} div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both; padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; } @@ -122,7 +123,9 @@ td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; } td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; } td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; } table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; } -.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 1px; margin:0px; } +.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 0px; margin:0px; } +.hline td, .cline td{ padding: 0; } +.hline hr, .cline hr{border:none;border-top:1px solid black;} .tabbing-right {text-align:right;} span.TEX {letter-spacing: -0.125em; } span.TEX span.E{ position:relative;top:0.5ex;left:-0.0417em;} @@ -132,8 +135,9 @@ span.LATEX span.TEX{ position:relative; left: -0.4em; } div.float, div.figure {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} div.float img {text-align:center;} div.figure img {text-align:center;} -.marginpar {width:20%; float:right; text-align:left; margin-left:auto; margin-top:0.5em; font-size:85%; text-decoration:underline;} -.marginpar p{margin-top:0.4em; margin-bottom:0.4em;} +.marginpar,.reversemarginpar {width:20%; float:right; text-align:left; margin-left:auto; margin-top:0.5em; font-size:85%; text-decoration:underline;} +.marginpar p,.reversemarginpar p{margin-top:0.4em; margin-bottom:0.4em;} +.reversemarginpar{float:left;} table.equation {width:100%;} .equation td{text-align:center; } td.equation { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; } @@ -188,7 +192,9 @@ table.gather {width:100%;} div.gather-star {text-align:center;} table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; } div.longtable{text-align:center;} +table.longtable{margin-left:auto; margin-right: auto;} .supertabular {text-align:center} +.warningsymbol { color: red; font-weight: bold;} div.important { border : solid red; } div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; padding-top: 2ex; padding-bottom: 2ex;} span.HoLogo-XeLaTeX span.HoLogo-Xe{margin-right:-.13em;} @@ -218,7 +224,7 @@ a span.HoLogo-TeX span.HoLogo-e{text-decoration:none;} > <!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" > </p><!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.41: an extension to the</span> +class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.42: an extension to the</span> <span class="cmr-17">glossaries package</span> </p> @@ -242,7 +248,7 @@ href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></td></tr></table> </div> <!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmr-12">2019-04-09</span></p></div> +class="cmr-12">2020-02-13</span></p></div> <div class="abstract" > @@ -265,9 +271,9 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>version 4.19 (or above). This document assumes <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. </p><!--l. 244--><p class="indent" > The file <span -class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex </span>contains dummy entries with cross-references -that may be used for creating minimal working examples for testing the -<span +class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex </span>contains dummy entries with +cross-references that may be used for creating minimal working examples for testing +the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package. (The base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides additional files, but this one needs <span @@ -362,112 +368,115 @@ href="#sec:pkgopts" id="QQ2-1-4">New or Modified Package Options</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >2 <a href="#sec:modifications" id="QQ2-1-5">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.1 <a -href="#sec:wrglossary" id="QQ2-1-6">Entry Indexing</a></span> +href="#definingentries" id="QQ2-1-6">Defining Entries</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.2 <a -href="#sec:see" id="QQ2-1-7">Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)</a></span> +href="#sec:wrglossary" id="QQ2-1-7">Entry Indexing</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.3 <a -href="#sec:entryfmtmods" id="QQ2-1-8">Entry Display Style Modifications</a></span> +href="#sec:see" id="QQ2-1-8">Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.4 <a -href="#sec:entrycountmods" id="QQ2-1-9">Entry Counting Modifications</a></span> +href="#sec:entryfmtmods" id="QQ2-1-9">Entry Display Style Modifications</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.5 <a -href="#sec:glsunset" id="QQ2-1-10">First Use Flag</a></span> +href="#sec:entrycountmods" id="QQ2-1-10">Entry Counting Modifications</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.6 <a -href="#plurals" id="QQ2-1-11">Plurals</a></span> +href="#sec:glsunset" id="QQ2-1-11">First Use Flag</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.7 <a -href="#sec:nested" id="QQ2-1-12">Nested Links</a></span> +href="#plurals" id="QQ2-1-12">Plurals</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.8 <a -href="#sec:acronymmods" id="QQ2-1-13">Acronym Style Modifications</a></span> +href="#sec:nested" id="QQ2-1-13">Nested Links</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.9 <a -href="#x1-140002.9" id="QQ2-1-15"><span -class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex </span>package</a></span> +href="#sec:acronymmods" id="QQ2-1-14">Acronym Style Modifications</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.10 <a -href="#x1-150002.10" id="QQ2-1-16"><span -class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package</a></span> -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.11 <a -href="#x1-160002.11" id="QQ2-1-17"><span -class="cmss-10">glossary-topic </span>package</a></span> -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.12 <a -href="#sec:glosstylemods" id="QQ2-1-18">Glossary Style Modifications</a></span> -<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.12.1 <a -href="#sec:stylehooks" id="QQ2-1-19">Style Hooks</a></span> -<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.12.2 <a -href="#sec:glosstylenumlist" id="QQ2-1-20">Number List</a></span> -<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.12.3 <a -href="#x1-200002.12.3" id="QQ2-1-21">The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</a></span> +href="#glossaries" id="QQ2-1-16">Glossaries</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.10.1 <a +href="#sec:glosstylemods" id="QQ2-1-17">Glossary Style Modifications</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >3 <a -href="#sec:abbreviations" id="QQ2-1-22">Abbreviations</a></span> +href="#newglossarystyles" id="QQ2-1-21">New Glossary Styles</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.1 <a -href="#sec:tagging" id="QQ2-1-23">Tagging Initials</a></span> +href="#x1-210003.1" id="QQ2-1-22"><span +class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex </span>package</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.2 <a -href="#sec:abbrstyle" id="QQ2-1-24">Abbreviation Styles</a></span> +href="#x1-220003.2" id="QQ2-1-23"><span +class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.3 <a -href="#sec:abbrshortcuts" id="QQ2-1-25">Shortcut Commands</a></span> -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.4 <a -href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-27">Predefined Abbreviation Styles</a></span> -<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.4.1 <a -href="#sec:predefregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-28">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</a></span> -<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.4.2 <a -href="#sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-29">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</a></span> -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.5 <a -href="#sec:newabbrvstyle" id="QQ2-1-30">Defining New Abbreviation Styles</a></span> +href="#x1-230003.3" id="QQ2-1-24"><span +class="cmss-10">glossary-topic </span>package</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >4 <a -href="#sec:headtitle" id="QQ2-1-31">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</a></span> +href="#sec:abbreviations" id="QQ2-1-25">Abbreviations</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.1 <a +href="#sec:tagging" id="QQ2-1-26">Tagging Initials</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.2 <a +href="#sec:abbrstyle" id="QQ2-1-27">Abbreviation Styles</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.3 <a +href="#sec:abbrshortcuts" id="QQ2-1-28">Shortcut Commands</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.4 <a +href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-30">Predefined Abbreviation Styles</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.4.1 <a +href="#sec:predefregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-31">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.4.2 <a +href="#sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-32">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.5 <a +href="#sec:newabbrvstyle" id="QQ2-1-33">Defining New Abbreviation Styles</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >5 <a -href="#sec:categories" id="QQ2-1-32">Categories</a></span> +href="#sec:headtitle" id="QQ2-1-34">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >5.1 <a +href="#simplisticapproach" id="QQ2-1-35">Simplistic Approach</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >5.2 <a +href="#newcommandsdesignedforchaptersectionheadings" id="QQ2-1-36">New Commands Designed for Chapter/Section Headings</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >6 <a -href="#sec:countref" id="QQ2-1-33">Counting References</a></span> -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.1 <a -href="#sec:entrycount" id="QQ2-1-34">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</a></span> -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.2 <a -href="#sec:linkcount" id="QQ2-1-35">Link Counting</a></span> +href="#sec:categories" id="QQ2-1-37">Categories</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >7 <a -href="#sec:autoindex" id="QQ2-1-36">Auto-Indexing</a></span> +href="#sec:countref" id="QQ2-1-38">Counting References</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >7.1 <a +href="#sec:entrycount" id="QQ2-1-39">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >7.2 <a +href="#sec:linkcount" id="QQ2-1-40">Link Counting</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >8 <a -href="#sec:onthefly" id="QQ2-1-37">On-the-Fly Document Definitions</a></span> -<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >9 <a -href="#sec:bib2gls" id="QQ2-1-38"><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases</a></span> +href="#sec:autoindex" id="QQ2-1-41">Auto-Indexing</a></span> +<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >9 <a +href="#sec:bib2gls" id="QQ2-1-42"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.1 <a -href="#selection" id="QQ2-1-39">Selection</a></span> +href="#selection" id="QQ2-1-43">Selection</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.2 <a -href="#sortinganddisplayingtheglossary" id="QQ2-1-40">Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</a></span> +href="#sortinganddisplayingtheglossary" id="QQ2-1-44">Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.3 <a -href="#x1-390009.3" id="QQ2-1-41">The <span +href="#x1-430009.3" id="QQ2-1-45">The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >9.3.1 <a -href="#sec:supplocations" id="QQ2-1-42">Supplemental Locations</a></span> +href="#sec:supplocations" id="QQ2-1-46">Supplemental Locations</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >9.3.2 <a -href="#sec:recordnameref" id="QQ2-1-43">Nameref Record</a></span> +href="#sec:recordnameref" id="QQ2-1-47">Nameref Record</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >9.3.3 <a -href="#sec:resourcecommands" id="QQ2-1-44">Helper Commands for Resource Options</a></span> +href="#sec:resourcecommands" id="QQ2-1-48">Helper Commands for Resource Options</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.4 <a -href="#supplementarycommands" id="QQ2-1-45">Supplementary Commands</a></span> +href="#supplementarycommands" id="QQ2-1-49">Supplementary Commands</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.5 <a -href="#sec:recordcount" id="QQ2-1-46">Record Counting</a></span> +href="#sec:recordcount" id="QQ2-1-50">Record Counting</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >10 <a -href="#sec:miscnew" id="QQ2-1-47">Miscellaneous New Commands</a></span> +href="#sec:miscnew" id="QQ2-1-51">Miscellaneous New Commands</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.1 <a -href="#sec:fields" id="QQ2-1-48">Entry Fields</a></span> +href="#sec:fields" id="QQ2-1-52">Entry Fields</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.2 <a -href="#sec:printunsrt" id="QQ2-1-49">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</a></span> +href="#sec:printunsrt" id="QQ2-1-53">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.3 <a -href="#sec:glossentry" id="QQ2-1-50">Standalone Entry Items</a></span> +href="#sec:glossentry" id="QQ2-1-54">Standalone Entry Items</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.4 <a -href="#sec:alias" id="QQ2-1-51">Entry Aliases</a></span> +href="#sec:alias" id="QQ2-1-55">Entry Aliases</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >11 <a -href="#sec:supplemental" id="QQ2-1-52">Supplemental Packages</a></span> -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >11.1 <a -href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-53">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span> -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >11.2 <a -href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-54">Accessibility Support</a></span> +href="#sec:onthefly" id="QQ2-1-56">On-the-Fly Document Definitions</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >12 <a -href="#sec:samples" id="QQ2-1-55">Sample Files</a></span> +href="#sec:supplemental" id="QQ2-1-57">Supplemental Packages</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >12.1 <a +href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-58">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >12.2 <a +href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-59">Accessibility Support</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >13 <a -href="#sec:lang" id="QQ2-1-56">Multi-Lingual Support</a></span> +href="#sec:samples" id="QQ2-1-60">Sample Files</a></span> +<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >14 <a +href="#sec:lang" id="QQ2-1-61">Multi-Lingual Support</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" > <a href="#glossary">Glossary</a></span> </div> @@ -803,7 +812,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle </span>before <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. See <a href="#sec:abbreviations"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>3 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a> for further details.) </p><!--l. 505--><p class="noindent" > </p> @@ -880,9 +889,7 @@ href="#styopt.debug"><span class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a id="dx1-4007"></a> and uses - </p><!--l. 543--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrwrglossmark</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a + </p><!--l. 543--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a id="dx1-4008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwrglossmark </span></div><hr> </p><!--l. 545--><p class="noindent" > @@ -1061,28 +1068,41 @@ class="cmtt-10">loc-prefix </span>which will only apply if the entry id="dx1-4032"></a>number list.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a + id="styopt.prefix"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">prefix</span><a + id="dx1-4033"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Load the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a + id="dx1-4034"></a> package (if not already loaded). + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a id="styopt.accsupp"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-4033"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4035"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Load the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-4034"></a> package (if not already loaded). - <!--l. 617--><p class="noindent" >If you want to define styles that can interface with the accessibility support + id="dx1-4036"></a> package (if not already loaded). + <!--l. 620--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a + id="dx1-4037"></a> package is still experimental and so accessibility features + are liable to change. </div> + </p><!--l. 623--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 625--><p class="noindent" >If you want to define styles that can interface with the accessibility support provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-4035"></a> use the <span + id="dx1-4038"></a> use the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>⟩ type of commands instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>⟩ (for example, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext</span><a - id="dx1-4036"></a> instead of + id="dx1-4039"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-4037"></a>). If <span + id="dx1-4040"></a>). If <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-4038"></a> hasn’t been loaded those commands are + id="dx1-4041"></a> hasn’t been loaded those commands are equivalent (for example, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext </span>just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>) but if it @@ -1091,101 +1111,101 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands will add the accessibility information. (See <a href="#sec:accsupp"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>11.2 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>12.2 </a><a href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a> for further details.) - </p><!--l. 627--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a + </p><!--l. 635--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a href="#styopt.accsupp"><span class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a - id="dx1-4039"></a> option can only be used as a package option (and can’t + id="dx1-4042"></a> option can only be used as a package option (and can’t be set with <span class="cmtt-10">\glossariesextrasetup</span><a - id="dx1-4040"></a>) since the <span + id="dx1-4043"></a>) since the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-4041"></a> package must + id="dx1-4044"></a> package must be loaded before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>if it’s required. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.stylemods"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">stylemods</span><a - id="dx1-4042"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4045"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option used to load the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a - id="dx1-4043"></a> + id="dx1-4046"></a> package. The value may be a comma-separated list of options to pass to that package. (Remember to group ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ if it contains any commas.) The value may be omitted if no options need to be passed. See <a href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.12 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.10.1 </a><a href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a> for further details. There are two special keyword values: <a href="#styopt.stylemods"><span class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=default</span><a - id="dx1-4044"></a> (equivalent to omitting the value) and <a + id="dx1-4047"></a> (equivalent to omitting the value) and <a href="#styopt.stylemods"><span class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=all</span><a - id="dx1-4045"></a>, which + id="dx1-4048"></a>, which loads all the predefined styles. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.undefaction"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">undefaction</span><a - id="dx1-4046"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4049"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option, which has two allowed values: <span class="cmss-10">warn </span>and + + + <span class="cmss-10">error</span>. This indicates what to do if an undefined glossary entry is referenced. The default behaviour is <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=error</span><a - id="dx1-4047"></a>, which produces an error message (the + id="dx1-4050"></a>, which produces an error message (the default for <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). You can switch this to a warning message (and ?? appearing in the text) with <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-4048"></a>. - <!--l. 652--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Undefined entries can’t be picked up by any commands that iterate + id="dx1-4051"></a>. + <!--l. 660--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Undefined entries can’t be picked up by any commands that iterate over a glossary list. This includes <span class="cmtt-10">\forglsentries</span><a - id="dx1-4049"></a> and <span + id="dx1-4052"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a - id="dx1-4050"></a>. + id="dx1-4053"></a>. </div> - - - - </p><!--l. 656--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 658--><p class="noindent" >Note that <span + </p><!--l. 664--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 666--><p class="noindent" >Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a - id="dx1-4051"></a> will display ?? in the document text with + id="dx1-4054"></a> will display ?? in the document text with <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-4052"></a> if the entry hasn’t been defined, as the underlying boolean + id="dx1-4055"></a> if the entry hasn’t been defined, as the underlying boolean variable doesn’t exist and so is neither true nor false. (There will also be a warning in the transcript.) See <a href="#sec:glsunset"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.6 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">First Use Flag<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for further details. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.indexcrossrefs"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">indexcrossrefs</span><a - id="dx1-4053"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4056"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option. If <span class="cmss-10">true</span>, this will automatically index any cross-referenced entries that haven’t been marked as used at the end of the @@ -1194,65 +1214,65 @@ class="cmss-10">true</span>, this will automatically index any class="cmss-10">false</span>, but it will be automatically switched on if you use the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4054"></a> or <span + id="dx1-4057"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-4055"></a> keys + id="dx1-4058"></a> keys in any entries (unless <a href="#styopt.autoseeindex"><span class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a - id="dx1-4056"></a>). To force it off, even if you + id="dx1-4059"></a>). To force it off, even if you use the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4057"></a> or <span + id="dx1-4060"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-4058"></a> key, you need to explicitly set <a + id="dx1-4061"></a> key, you need to explicitly set <a href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a - id="dx1-4059"></a> to + id="dx1-4062"></a> to <span class="cmss-10">false</span>. - <!--l. 676--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a - id="dx1-4060"></a><a + <!--l. 684--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a + id="dx1-4063"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can automatically find dependent entries when it parses the <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>source file. The <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-4061"></a> option automatically implements + id="dx1-4064"></a> option automatically implements <a href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a - id="dx1-4062"></a>. + id="dx1-4065"></a>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.autoseeindex"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">autoseeindex</span><a - id="dx1-4063"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4066"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> (New to v1.16.) This is a boolean option. If true (default), this makes the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4064"></a> and <span + id="dx1-4067"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-4065"></a> keys automatically index the cross-reference when an entry + id="dx1-4068"></a> keys automatically index the cross-reference when an entry is defined. If false, the value of those keys will still be stored in their corresponding fields (and can be accessed using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee</span> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso</span>) but cross-reference won’t be automatically indexed. - <!--l. 690--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a + <!--l. 698--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4066"></a> option automatically implements <a + id="dx1-4069"></a> option automatically implements <a href="#styopt.autoseeindex"><span class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a - id="dx1-4067"></a>. - </p><!--l. 693--><p class="noindent" >For example, if an entry is defined as + id="dx1-4070"></a>. + </p><!--l. 701--><p class="noindent" >For example, if an entry is defined as @@ -1260,7 +1280,7 @@ class="cmss-10">=false</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19"> \newglossaryentry{foo}{name={foo},description={},see={bar,baz}} </div> - <!--l. 696--><p class="nopar" > then with <span + <!--l. 704--><p class="nopar" > then with <span class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=true</span>, this is equivalent to @@ -1272,7 +1292,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=true</span>, this is equivalent to  <br />\glossariesextrasetup{indexcrossrefs=true}  <br />\GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz} </div> - <!--l. 703--><p class="nopar" > but with <span + <!--l. 711--><p class="nopar" > but with <span class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=false</span>, this is equivalent to @@ -1282,19 +1302,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=false</span>, this is equivalent to \newglossaryentry{foo}{name={foo},description={}}  <br />\GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz} </div> - <!--l. 708--><p class="nopar" > Note that <a + <!--l. 716--><p class="nopar" > Note that <a href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a - id="dx1-4068"></a> isn’t automatically implemented by the presence of the + id="dx1-4071"></a> isn’t automatically implemented by the presence of the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4069"></a> key when <a + id="dx1-4072"></a> key when <a href="#styopt.autoseeindex"><span class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-4070"></a> is false. - </p><!--l. 713--><p class="noindent" >It’s therefore possible to remove the cross-references from the location lists and + id="dx1-4073"></a> is false. + </p><!--l. 721--><p class="noindent" >It’s therefore possible to remove the cross-references from the location lists and set their position within the glossary style. - </p><!--l. 716--><p class="noindent" >Another method of preventing the automatic indexing is to define the entries + </p><!--l. 724--><p class="noindent" >Another method of preventing the automatic indexing is to define the entries before the external indexing files have been opened with <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. Since the appropriate file isn’t open, the information can’t be written to it. @@ -1306,25 +1326,25 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) to <a id="styopt.record"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">record</span><a - id="dx1-4071"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4074"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(New to v1.08.) This is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option provided for the benefit of <a - id="dx1-4072"></a><a + id="dx1-4075"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (see <a href="#sec:bib2gls"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>). - <!--l. 727--><p class="noindent" >The option may only be set in the preamble and can’t be used after + <!--l. 735--><p class="noindent" >The option may only be set in the preamble and can’t be used after <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. If the value is missing <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4073"></a> is assumed. + id="dx1-4076"></a> is assumed. Permitted values: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span @@ -1337,12 +1357,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>. This setting href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=error</span><a - id="dx1-4074"></a>. + id="dx1-4077"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">only</span> </dt><dd class="description">The indexing is performed by <a - id="dx1-4075"></a><span + id="dx1-4078"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>(see <a href="#sec:bib2gls"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a @@ -1356,18 +1376,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>is permitted. This setting imp href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-4076"></a> and automatically loads the supplementary + id="dx1-4079"></a> and automatically loads the supplementary <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4077"></a> package. (There should be no need to explicitly + id="dx1-4080"></a> package. (There should be no need to explicitly load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4078"></a>.) - <!--l. 742--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span + id="dx1-4081"></a>.) + <!--l. 750--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>). - </p><!--l. 745--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span + </p><!--l. 753--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>): @@ -1378,53 +1398,53 @@ class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>):  <br />bib2gls myDoc  <br />pdflatex myDoc </div> - <!--l. 751--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 753--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a + <!--l. 759--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 761--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4079"></a> will prevent the <span + id="dx1-4082"></a> will prevent the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4080"></a> from automatically + id="dx1-4083"></a> from automatically implementing <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>. (<a - id="dx1-4081"></a><a + id="dx1-4084"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> deals with the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4082"></a> field.) You + id="dx1-4085"></a> field.) You may explicitly use <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee </span>in the document, but <a - id="dx1-4083"></a><span + id="dx1-4086"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>will ignore the cross-reference if the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-4084"></a> field was already set for that + id="dx1-4087"></a> field was already set for that entry. - </p><!--l. 759--><p class="noindent" >The <a + </p><!--l. 767--><p class="noindent" >The <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4085"></a> option will automatically set the <span + id="dx1-4088"></a> option will automatically set the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s <a href="#styopt.sort"><span class="cmss-10">sort</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=none</span><a - id="dx1-4086"></a> option if available. (That option value was only introduced to + id="dx1-4089"></a> option if available. (That option value was only introduced to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.30.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nameref</span> </dt><dd class="description">(New to v1.37 and requires <a - id="dx1-4087"></a><span + id="dx1-4090"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+.) This option is like <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4088"></a> but additionally records the current label information given by + id="dx1-4091"></a> but additionally records the current label information given by <span class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabel </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\@currentHref</span>, and provides a more reliable way of @@ -1433,7 +1453,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ for the given location. This option requires <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-4089"></a> otherwise it will fall back on the usual location records. + id="dx1-4092"></a> otherwise it will fall back on the usual location records. Remember that <span class="cmtt-10">\@currentHref </span>is always globally updated whenever <span @@ -1443,46 +1463,46 @@ class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabel </span>isn’t. This can cause some <a href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a - id="dx1-4090"></a> option increments the associated counter every time an entry + id="dx1-4093"></a> option increments the associated counter every time an entry is indexed, which affects this option. See <a href="#sec:recordnameref"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>9.3.2 </a><a href="#sec:recordnameref">Nameref Record<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:recordnameref --></a> for further details. - <!--l. 777--><p class="noindent" >This option is best used with <a + <!--l. 785--><p class="noindent" >This option is best used with <a href="#styopt.counter"><span class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=chapter</span><a - id="dx1-4091"></a> or <a + id="dx1-4094"></a> or <a href="#styopt.counter"><span class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=section</span><a - id="dx1-4092"></a> if you + id="dx1-4095"></a> if you want the title included in the location list. If the indexing counter is the default <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a - id="dx1-4093"></a>, only the location number is shown. Similarly for + id="dx1-4096"></a>, only the location number is shown. Similarly for <a href="#styopt.counter"><span class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=equation</span><a - id="dx1-4094"></a> (or <a + id="dx1-4097"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.equations"><span class="cmss-10">equations</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a - id="dx1-4095"></a>). + id="dx1-4098"></a>). </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">alsoindex</span> </dt><dd class="description">This is a hybrid setting that uses <a - id="dx1-4096"></a><span + id="dx1-4099"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to fetch entry information from <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files, but uses <a - id="dx1-4097"></a><a + id="dx1-4100"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a - id="dx1-4098"></a><a + id="dx1-4101"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> to create the glossary files. This option should be used with <span @@ -1491,33 +1511,33 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>but not <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>. You may need to change the transcript file used by <a - id="dx1-4099"></a><span + id="dx1-4102"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to avoid a clash with the transcript file used by <a - id="dx1-4100"></a><span + id="dx1-4103"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span> or <a - id="dx1-4101"></a><span + id="dx1-4104"></a><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>. (This can be done with <a - id="dx1-4102"></a><span + id="dx1-4105"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">--log-file</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">-t</span></span></span> option.) - <!--l. 794--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span + <!--l. 802--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>). This option is expected to be used with <a - id="dx1-4103"></a><span + id="dx1-4106"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s <span class="cmtt-10">sort=none </span>setting and so <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4104"></a> is not automatically + id="dx1-4107"></a> is not automatically loaded. - </p><!--l. 799--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span + </p><!--l. 807--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>): @@ -1530,16 +1550,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>):  <br />makeglossaries myDoc  <br />pdflatex myDoc </div> - <!--l. 807--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl> - <!--l. 810--><p class="noindent" >With the recording on (<a + <!--l. 815--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl> + <!--l. 818--><p class="noindent" >With the recording on (<a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-4105"></a> or <a + id="dx1-4108"></a> or <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a - id="dx1-4106"></a>), any of the commands + id="dx1-4109"></a>), any of the commands that would typically index the entry (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span @@ -1547,7 +1567,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>) will add a <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@record </span>entry to the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. <a - id="dx1-4107"></a><a + id="dx1-4110"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can then read these lines to find out which entries have been used. (Remember @@ -1566,21 +1586,21 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec: <a id="styopt.equations"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">equations</span><a - id="dx1-4108"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4111"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to automatically switch to <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a - id="dx1-4109"></a> when inside a numbered equation + id="dx1-4112"></a> when inside a numbered equation environment, such as <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a - id="dx1-4110"></a><a - id="dx1-4111"></a> or <span + id="dx1-4113"></a><a + id="dx1-4114"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">align</span><a - id="dx1-4112"></a><a - id="dx1-4113"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden + id="dx1-4115"></a><a + id="dx1-4116"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden with <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a - id="dx1-4114"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span + id="dx1-4117"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>as usual. @@ -1588,19 +1608,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>as <a id="styopt.floats"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">floats</span><a - id="dx1-4115"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4118"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to automatically switch to the corresponding counter when inside a floating environment, such as <span class="cmss-10">figure</span><a - id="dx1-4116"></a><a - id="dx1-4117"></a> or <span + id="dx1-4119"></a><a + id="dx1-4120"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">table</span><a - id="dx1-4118"></a><a - id="dx1-4119"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden + id="dx1-4121"></a><a + id="dx1-4122"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden with <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a - id="dx1-4120"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span + id="dx1-4123"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>as usual. Remember that within floats it’s the <span @@ -1612,7 +1632,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter</span>, so indexing before the caption will class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span>, don’t index. (See <a href="#sec:headtitle"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 +class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a>). You may want to consider using <span @@ -1629,27 +1649,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>after the caption (not before). For  <br />  \glsadd{foobar}  <br />\end{figure} </div> - <!--l. 846--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 854--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.indexcounter"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">indexcounter</span><a - id="dx1-4121"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4124"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(New to v1.29.) This option (which doesn’t take a value) is primarily intended for use with <a - id="dx1-4122"></a><a + id="dx1-4125"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (v1.4+) and <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-4123"></a>. It can be used + id="dx1-4126"></a>. It can be used with <a - id="dx1-4124"></a><a + id="dx1-4127"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a - id="dx1-4125"></a><a + id="dx1-4128"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> but it will interfere with the <a - id="dx1-4126"></a><a + id="dx1-4129"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> collation, so you won’t have ranges and you’ll have duplicate page numbers present (but each page number will link to the relevant part of the page @@ -1658,26 +1678,26 @@ href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> href="#styopt.counter"><span class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4127"></a>. - <!--l. 857--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option works by incrementing <span + id="dx1-4130"></a>. + <!--l. 865--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option works by incrementing <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4128"></a> and adding <span + id="dx1-4131"></a> and adding <span class="cmtt-10">\label</span><a - id="dx1-4129"></a>. This can + id="dx1-4132"></a>. This can cause a problem if the indexing occurs in an <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a - id="dx1-4130"></a><a - id="dx1-4131"></a> environment as <span + id="dx1-4133"></a><a + id="dx1-4134"></a> environment as <span class="cmss-10">amsmath</span><a - id="dx1-4132"></a> + id="dx1-4135"></a> forbids multiple occurrences of <span class="cmtt-10">\label </span>(resulting in the “Multiple <span class="cmtt-10">\label</span>’s” error). It’s best to change the counter to <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a - id="dx1-4133"></a> or <span + id="dx1-4136"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a - id="dx1-4134"></a> when in maths mode + id="dx1-4137"></a> when in maths mode with this option. For example: @@ -1689,22 +1709,22 @@ class="cmss-10">equation</span><a  <br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%  <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi} </div> - <!--l. 870--><p class="nopar" > </div> - </p><!--l. 871--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 873--><p class="noindent" >By default (with <span + <!--l. 878--><p class="nopar" > </div> + </p><!--l. 879--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 881--><p class="noindent" >By default (with <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-4135"></a>), the page numbers in <a - id="dx1-4136"></a><a + id="dx1-4138"></a>), the page numbers in <a + id="dx1-4139"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number lists</a> link back to the top of the relevant page (provided the format uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span>). The <a href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a - id="dx1-4137"></a> option is designed to link back to the place within the page where + id="dx1-4140"></a> option is designed to link back to the place within the page where the indexing occurred. It does this by creating a new counter (called <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4138"></a>) + id="dx1-4141"></a>) that’s incremented with <span class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>every time an entry is indexed (but not via cross-referencing commands, such as <span @@ -1715,57 +1735,57 @@ class="cmtt-10">\label </span>is placed class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span>. The location, as seen by the indexing application, is the value of the <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4139"></a> counter but this value is substituted with the page + id="dx1-4142"></a> counter but this value is substituted with the page reference when <a - id="dx1-4140"></a>number list is typeset. Since the counter is used by all + id="dx1-4143"></a>number list is typeset. Since the counter is used by all entries and is incremented every time any indexing occurs, neither <a - id="dx1-4141"></a><a + id="dx1-4144"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> nor <a - id="dx1-4142"></a><a + id="dx1-4145"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> can correctly collate the lists. For example, if the first term to be referenced is indexed three times on page 5 without any intervening terms then the actual locations obtained from <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4143"></a> + id="dx1-4146"></a> will be 1, 2 and 3, which <a - id="dx1-4144"></a><span + id="dx1-4147"></a><span class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>and <a - id="dx1-4145"></a><span + id="dx1-4148"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>will try to form into the range 1–3, but they should actually all simply appear as page 5, whereas it can actually end up with 5–5. Conversely, a range may not be formed where it would naturally occur if just the <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a - id="dx1-4146"></a> counter was + id="dx1-4149"></a> counter was used. - </p><!--l. 897--><p class="noindent" >Since <a - id="dx1-4147"></a><a + </p><!--l. 905--><p class="noindent" >Since <a + id="dx1-4150"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> is designed specifically to work with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, <a - id="dx1-4148"></a><span + id="dx1-4151"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>(v1.4+) will check for <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4149"></a> locations. If the default + id="dx1-4152"></a> locations. If the default <span class="cmtt-10">--merge-wrglossary-records </span>is on, then any records for the same page for a given entry will be merged. In the above example with three references on page 5, only a single record for page 5 for that entry will be added to the <a - id="dx1-4150"></a>number list and it will link back to the first instance on + id="dx1-4153"></a>number list and it will link back to the first instance on that page. Whereas if you use the <span class="cmtt-10">--no-merge-wrglossary-records</span> switch, the <a - id="dx1-4151"></a>number list will contain three instance of page 5, with + id="dx1-4154"></a>number list will contain three instance of page 5, with each linking to the corresponding place on that page. In both cases, consecutive pages can form ranges, but it may look strange in the second case. - </p><!--l. 910--><p class="noindent" >See the <a - id="dx1-4152"></a><span + </p><!--l. 918--><p class="noindent" >See the <a + id="dx1-4155"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>documentation for the <span class="cmtt-10">save-index-counter </span>resource option for more details. @@ -1776,7 +1796,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">save-index-counter </span>resource option <a id="styopt.docdef"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">docdef</span><a - id="dx1-4153"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4156"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option governs the use of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. It was originally a boolean option, but as from version 1.06, it can now take one of the following @@ -1785,10 +1805,10 @@ class="cmss-10">true </span>is assumed): <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-4155"></a> is not permitted in the <span + id="dx1-4158"></a> is not permitted in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4156"></a><a - id="dx1-4157"></a> environment + id="dx1-4159"></a><a + id="dx1-4160"></a> environment (default). </li> <li class="itemize"><span @@ -1796,16 +1816,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>behaves as it does in the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. That is, where its use is permitted in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4159"></a><a - id="dx1-4160"></a> environment, it + id="dx1-4162"></a><a + id="dx1-4163"></a> environment, it uses the <span class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>temporary file to store the entry definitions so that on the next <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run the entries are defined at the beginning of the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4161"></a><a - id="dx1-4162"></a> environment. This allows the entry information + id="dx1-4164"></a><a + id="dx1-4165"></a> environment. This allows the entry information to be referenced in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs before <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. (For example, when the glossary is displayed in @@ -1814,31 +1834,31 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. (For example, when the glossary is dis class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run has drawbacks that are detailed in the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual. - <!--l. 934--><p class="noindent" >Remember that if <span + <!--l. 942--><p class="noindent" >Remember that if <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>wouldn’t be allowed in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4163"></a><a - id="dx1-4164"></a> environment with the base <span + id="dx1-4166"></a><a + id="dx1-4167"></a> environment with the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, then it still won’t be allowed with <a href="#styopt.docdefs"><span class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a - id="dx1-4165"></a>. If your glossaries occur at the + id="dx1-4168"></a>. If your glossaries occur at the end of the document, consider using <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a - id="dx1-4166"></a> instead. + id="dx1-4169"></a> instead. </p></li> <li class="itemize">(new to version 1.06) <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-4168"></a> is permitted in the + id="dx1-4171"></a> is permitted in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4169"></a><a - id="dx1-4170"></a> environment without using the <span + id="dx1-4172"></a><a + id="dx1-4173"></a> environment without using the <span class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file. This means that all entries must be defined before the glossary is displayed, but it avoids the complications associated with saving the entry details @@ -1847,15 +1867,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file. This means class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ mechanism (that is, the comma and equal sign) and any <a - id="dx1-4171"></a><a + id="dx1-4174"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a - id="dx1-4172"></a><a + id="dx1-4175"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> character that occurs in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-4173"></a> key or label. If any of those characters + id="dx1-4176"></a> key or label. If any of those characters are made active in the document, then it can cause problems with the entry definition. This option will allow <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to @@ -1863,12 +1883,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>, but note that <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>remains a preamble-only command. - <!--l. 957--><p class="noindent" >With this option, if an entry appears in the glossary before it has been + <!--l. 965--><p class="noindent" >With this option, if an entry appears in the glossary before it has been defined, an error will occur (or a warning if the <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-4174"></a> + id="dx1-4177"></a> option is used.) If you edit your document and either remove an entry or change its label, you may need to delete the document’s temporary files (such as the <span @@ -1879,7 +1899,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>files). href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a - id="dx1-4176"></a> but + id="dx1-4179"></a> but creates the <span class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file for <a href="https://atom.io/packages/autocomplete-glossaries" >atom’s autocomplete support</a>. This file @@ -1893,22 +1913,22 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and so associated problems with the href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a - id="dx1-4177"></a>, entries may + id="dx1-4180"></a>, entries may be defined in the preamble or anywhere in the document, but they may only be referenced after they have been defined. Entries must be defined before the associated glossary is displayed. </li></ul> - <!--l. 978--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 986--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>within the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4178"></a><a - id="dx1-4179"></a> + id="dx1-4181"></a><a + id="dx1-4182"></a> environment (when used with <a - id="dx1-4180"></a><a + id="dx1-4183"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a - id="dx1-4181"></a><a + id="dx1-4184"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a>) but the user manual warns against this usage. By default the <span @@ -1917,13 +1937,13 @@ class="cmti-10">prohibits </span>this, only allowing definitions within the preamble. If you are really determined to define entries in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-4182"></a><a - id="dx1-4183"></a> environment, despite all the associated drawbacks, you + id="dx1-4185"></a><a + id="dx1-4186"></a> environment, despite all the associated drawbacks, you can restore this with <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a - id="dx1-4184"></a>. Note that this doesn’t change the + id="dx1-4187"></a>. Note that this doesn’t change the prohibitions that the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has in certain circumstances (for example, when using “option 1”). See the <span @@ -1933,26 +1953,26 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual for href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a - id="dx1-4185"></a>. Only use <a + id="dx1-4188"></a>. Only use <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a - id="dx1-4186"></a> if document definitions + id="dx1-4189"></a> if document definitions are necessary and one or more of the glossaries occurs in the front matter. - </p><!--l. 995--><p class="noindent" >This option affects commands that internally use <span + </p><!--l. 1003--><p class="noindent" >This option affects commands that internally use <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>, but not the “on-the-fly” commands described in <a href="#sec:onthefly"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>8 +class="cmsy-10">§</span>11 </a><a href="#sec:onthefly">On-the-Fly Document Definitions<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:onthefly --></a>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.nomissingglstext"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nomissingglstext</span><a - id="dx1-4187"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4190"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option. If true, this will suppress the warning written to the transcript and the warning text that will appear in the document if the external glossary files haven’t been generated @@ -1963,21 +1983,26 @@ class="description">This is a boolean option. If true, this will suppress the <a id="styopt.abbreviations"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">abbreviations</span><a - id="dx1-4188"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4191"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option has no value and can’t be cancelled. If used, it will automatically create a new glossary with the label <span class="cmtt-10">abbreviations </span>and redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype </span>to this label. In addition, it defines a shortcut +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype </span>to this label. (The file extensions are <span +class="cmtt-10">glg-abr</span><a + id="dx1-4192"></a>, + <span +class="cmtt-10">gls-abr</span><a + id="dx1-4193"></a> and <span +class="cmtt-10">glo-abr</span><a + id="dx1-4194"></a>.) In addition, this option defines a shortcut command - <!--l. 1013--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\printabbreviations</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-4189"></a> <span + <!--l. 1023--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4195"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printabbreviations[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1015--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1025--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -1990,66 +2015,61 @@ class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> If <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4190"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally + id="dx1-4196"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally provide: - <!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtabbreviations</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-4191"></a> <span + <!--l. 1032--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4197"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtabbreviations[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1024--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 1034--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4192"></a>. - </p><!--l. 1027--><p class="noindent" >The title of the new glossary is given by - </p><!--l. 1028--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\abbreviationsname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-4193"></a> <span + id="dx1-4198"></a>. + </p><!--l. 1037--><p class="noindent" >The title of the new glossary is given by + </p><!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4199"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1030--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1040--><p class="noindent" > If this command is already defined, it’s left unchanged. Otherwise it’s defined to “Abbreviations” if <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-4194"></a> hasn’t been loaded or <span + id="dx1-4200"></a> hasn’t been loaded or <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>if <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-4195"></a> has been loaded. However, if you’re using <span + id="dx1-4201"></a> has been loaded. However, if you’re using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-4196"></a> it’s likely you + id="dx1-4202"></a> it’s likely you will need to change this. (See <a href="#sec:lang"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>14 </a><a href="#sec:lang">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lang --></a> for further details.) - </p><!--l. 1037--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the <a + </p><!--l. 1047--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the <a href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a - id="dx1-4197"></a> package option, the <span + id="dx1-4203"></a> package option, the <span class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span> command won’t be defined (unless it’s defined by an included language file). </div> - </p><!--l. 1041--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 1043--><p class="noindent" >If the <a + </p><!--l. 1051--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1053--><p class="noindent" >If the <a href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a - id="dx1-4198"></a> option is used and the <a + id="dx1-4204"></a> option is used and the <a href="#styopt.acronym"><span class="cmss-10">acronym</span></a><a - id="dx1-4199"></a> option provided by the + id="dx1-4205"></a> option provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package hasn’t been used, then <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-4200"></a> will be set to + id="dx1-4206"></a> will be set to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype</span><a - id="dx1-4201"></a> so that acronyms defined with <span + id="dx1-4207"></a> so that acronyms defined with <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-4202"></a> can be added + id="dx1-4208"></a> can be added to the list of abbreviations. If you want acronyms in the <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary and other abbreviations in the <span @@ -2064,12 +2084,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">main</span>: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26"> \renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{main} </div> - <!--l. 1053--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 1055--><p class="noindent" >Note that there are no analogous options to the <span + <!--l. 1063--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 1065--><p class="noindent" >Note that there are no analogous options to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s <a href="#styopt.acronymlists"><span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span></a><a - id="dx1-4203"></a> + id="dx1-4209"></a> option (or associated commands) as the abbreviation mechanism is handled differently with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. @@ -2077,22 +2097,19 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. <a id="styopt.symbols"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">symbols</span><a - id="dx1-4204"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4210"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is passed to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but will additionally define - <!--l. 1062--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-4205"></a> <span + <!--l. 1072--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4211"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1064--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 1074--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -2112,42 +2129,38 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> Note that the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-4206"></a> key is set to the ⟨<span + id="dx1-4212"></a> key is set to the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ not the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">symbol</span>⟩ as the symbol will likely contain commands. - <!--l. 1073--><p class="noindent" >If <span + <!--l. 1083--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4207"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally + id="dx1-4213"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally provide: - </p><!--l. 1075--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtsymbols</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-4208"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 1085--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4214"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtsymbols[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1077--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1087--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4209"></a>. + id="dx1-4215"></a>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.numbers"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">numbers</span><a - id="dx1-4210"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4216"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is passed to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but will additionally define - <!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-4211"></a> <span + <!--l. 1092--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4217"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1084--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1094--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -2169,81 +2182,75 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> - <!--l. 1091--><p class="noindent" >If <span + <!--l. 1101--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4212"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally + id="dx1-4218"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally provide: - </p><!--l. 1093--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtnumbers</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-4213"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 1103--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4219"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtnumbers[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1095--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1105--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4214"></a>. + id="dx1-4220"></a>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.acronyms"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">acronyms</span><a - id="dx1-4215"></a> <span + id="dx1-4221"></a> <span class="cmbx-10">(or </span><a id="styopt.acronym"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-4216"></a><span + id="dx1-4222"></a><span class="cmbx-10">)</span> </dt><dd class="description">This is passed to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but if <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4217"></a> is + id="dx1-4223"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally provide: - <!--l. 1102--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtacronyms</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-4218"></a> <span + <!--l. 1112--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4224"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtacronyms[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1104--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1114--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4219"></a>. - </p><!--l. 1107--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option defines a new glossary with the label <span + id="dx1-4225"></a>. + </p><!--l. 1117--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option defines a new glossary with the label <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>not <span class="cmtt-10">acronyms</span>. You may find it easier to reference it with the command <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-4220"></a>. + id="dx1-4226"></a>. </div> - </p><!--l. 1111--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1121--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.index"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-4221"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4227"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is passed to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but if <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-4222"></a> is also loaded then this + id="dx1-4228"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally provide: - <!--l. 1117--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtindex</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-4223"></a> <span + <!--l. 1127--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4229"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtindex[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1119--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1129--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a - id="dx1-4224"></a>. + id="dx1-4230"></a>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="styopt.shortcuts"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span><a - id="dx1-4225"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-4231"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Unlike the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option of the same name, this option isn’t boolean but has multiple values: @@ -2252,11 +2259,11 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option of the same name, this option i href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=acronyms</span><a - id="dx1-4226"></a> (or <a + id="dx1-4232"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=acro</span><a - id="dx1-4227"></a>): set the shortcuts provided + id="dx1-4233"></a>): set the shortcuts provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for acronyms (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\ac</span>). Note that the @@ -2272,13 +2279,13 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a - id="dx1-4228"></a>. + id="dx1-4234"></a>. </li> <li class="itemize"><a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a - id="dx1-4229"></a>: set the shortcuts provided by the <span + id="dx1-4235"></a>: set the shortcuts provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for acronyms (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\ac</span>) but uses the <span @@ -2298,15 +2305,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a - id="dx1-4230"></a> (or <a + id="dx1-4236"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=abbr</span><a - id="dx1-4231"></a>): + id="dx1-4237"></a>): set the abbreviation shortcuts provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a href="#sec:abbrshortcuts"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.3 +class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 </a><a href="#sec:abbrshortcuts">Shortcut Commands<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrshortcuts --></a>.) These settings don’t switch on the acronym shortcuts provided by the <span @@ -2316,124 +2323,124 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=other</span><a - id="dx1-4232"></a>: set the “other” shortcut commands, but not the shortcut + id="dx1-4238"></a>: set the “other” shortcut commands, but not the shortcut commands for abbreviations or the acronym shortcuts provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. The “other” shortcuts are: <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">\newentry</span><a - id="dx1-4233"></a> equivalent to <span + id="dx1-4239"></a> equivalent to <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-4234"></a> + id="dx1-4240"></a> </li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">\newsym</span><a - id="dx1-4235"></a> equivalent to <span + id="dx1-4241"></a> equivalent to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><a - id="dx1-4236"></a> (see the <a + id="dx1-4242"></a> (see the <a href="#styopt.symbols"><span class="cmss-10">symbols</span></a><a - id="dx1-4237"></a> + id="dx1-4243"></a> option). </li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">\newnum</span><a - id="dx1-4238"></a> equivalent to <span + id="dx1-4244"></a> equivalent to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><a - id="dx1-4239"></a> (see the <a + id="dx1-4245"></a> (see the <a href="#styopt.numbers"><span class="cmss-10">numbers</span></a><a - id="dx1-4240"></a> + id="dx1-4246"></a> option).</li></ul> </li> <li class="itemize"><a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=all</span><a - id="dx1-4241"></a> (or <a + id="dx1-4247"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=true</span><a - id="dx1-4242"></a>): implements <a + id="dx1-4248"></a>): implements <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a - id="dx1-4243"></a>, + id="dx1-4249"></a>, <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a - id="dx1-4244"></a> and <a + id="dx1-4250"></a> and <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=other</span><a - id="dx1-4245"></a>. + id="dx1-4251"></a>. </li> <li class="itemize"><a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=none</span><a - id="dx1-4246"></a> (or <a + id="dx1-4252"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a - id="dx1-4247"></a>): don’t define any of the shortcut + id="dx1-4253"></a>): don’t define any of the shortcut commands (default).</li></ul> - <!--l. 1167--><p class="noindent" >Note that multiple invocations of the <a + <!--l. 1177--><p class="noindent" >Note that multiple invocations of the <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><a - id="dx1-4248"></a> option <span + id="dx1-4254"></a> option <span class="cmti-10">within the same option</span> <span class="cmti-10">list </span>will override each other.</p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 1171--><p class="indent" > After the <span +<!--l. 1181--><p class="indent" > After the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has been loaded, you can set available options using -</p><!--l. 1173--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glossariesextrasetup</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-4249"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-4255"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossariesextrasetup{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1175--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1185--><p class="noindent" > The <a href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a - id="dx1-4250"></a> and <a + id="dx1-4256"></a> and <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a - id="dx1-4251"></a> options may only be used in the preamble. Additionally, + id="dx1-4257"></a> options may only be used in the preamble. Additionally, <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a - id="dx1-4252"></a> can’t be used after <span + id="dx1-4258"></a> can’t be used after <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-4253"></a>. + id="dx1-4259"></a>. </p> -<!--l. 1180--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 1180--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1190--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 1190--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">2. <a id="sec:modifications"></a>Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles</h2> -</p><!--l. 1183--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p> +<!--l. 1193--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1 </span> <a + id="definingentries"></a>Defining Entries</h3> +<!--l. 1195--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a - id="dx1-5001"></a> which may be used in the <span + id="dx1-6001"></a> which may be used in the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-5002"></a> -to suppress the post-description hook. The <span + id="dx1-6002"></a> to +suppress the post-description hook. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides another command -</p><!--l. 1187--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-5003"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-6003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1189--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1201--><p class="noindent" > which has a similar function but only suppresses the post-description punctuation. It doesn’t suppress the use of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span>which allows the use of @@ -2445,12 +2452,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span>not before.) The post-description hook can counter-act the effect of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span> using -</p><!--l. 1198--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrrestorepostpunc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-5004"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1210--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-6004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestorepostpunc </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1200--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1212--><p class="noindent" > These commands have no effect outside of the glossary (except with standalone entries that use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost </span>and <span @@ -2459,198 +2464,30 @@ href="#sec:glossentry"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.3 </a><a href="#sec:glossentry">Standalone Entry Items<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glossentry --></a>). -</p><!--l. 1205--><p class="indent" > The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides -</p><!--l. 1206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsseeitemformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-5005"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1208--><p class="noindent" > -to format items in a cross-reference list (identified with the <span -class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-5006"></a> key or <span -class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>). This -was originally defined to use <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span>since it makes more sense for the -cross-reference to match the way the term appears in the glossary. Unfortunately this -caused a problem when the <span -class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-5007"></a> field was sanitized, which used to be the default -setting, so <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v3.0 changed the default definition of this command to -use <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>instead. Since the <span -class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-5008"></a> and <span -class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-5009"></a> field are quite often -the same, this change usually doesn’t have a noticeable effect. However, -now that the <span -class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-5010"></a> field is no longer sanitized (following the redesign of -<span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.0) it makes more sense to restore this command to its original -behaviour, but to take account of abbreviations <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>redefines this -as: - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27"> -\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{% - <br /> \ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glsaccesstext{#1}}{\glsaccessname{#1}}% - <br />} -</div> -<!--l. 1227--><p class="nopar" > If you want to restore the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v3.0+ definition just do: - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28"> -\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsentrytext{#1}} -</div> -<!--l. 1231--><p class="nopar" > The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-5011"></a> package provides <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername</span><a - id="dx1-5012"></a> and its case-changing -variants that may be used within the definition of <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat </span>if required. -These display the hierarchy for sub-entries rather than just the name, which may be -more helpful in cross-references. See <a -href="#sec:see"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a -href="#sec:see">Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for -further details. -</p><!--l. 1239--><p class="indent" > The commands used by <span +</p><!--l. 1217--><p class="indent" > The commands used by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to automatically produce an error if an entry is undefined (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a - id="dx1-5013"></a>) are changed to take the <a + id="dx1-6005"></a>) are changed to take the <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><a - id="dx1-5014"></a> option into + id="dx1-6006"></a> option into account. -</p><!--l. 1243--><p class="indent" > The <span -class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a - id="dx1-5015"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span>command now (as from v1.11) has a starred -version that doesn’t automatically switch off the hyperlinks. This starred version may -be used with the <a -href="#catattr.targeturl"><span -class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a - id="dx1-5016"></a> attribute to create a link to an external URL. (See <a -href="#sec:categories"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 -</a><a -href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.) As from v1.12 both the starred and unstarred version -check that the glossary doesn’t already exist. (The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package omits this -check.) -</p><!--l. 1252--><p class="indent" > You can now provide an ignored glossary with: -</p><!--l. 1253--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\provideignoredglossary</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-5017"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1255--><p class="noindent" > -which will only define the glossary if it doesn’t already exist. This also has a starred -version that doesn’t automatically switch off hyperlinks. -</p><!--l. 1260--><p class="indent" > The individual glossary displaying commands <span -class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-5018"></a>, <span -class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a - id="dx1-5019"></a> -and <span -class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>have two extra keys: -</p> - <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"><span -class="cmss-10">target</span><a - id="dx1-5020"></a>. This is a boolean key which can be used to switch off the automatic - hypertarget for each entry. Unlike <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span>this doesn’t switch - off hyperlinks, so any cross-references within the glossary won’t be affected. - This is a way of avoiding duplicate target warnings if a glossary needs to - be displayed multiple times. - </li> - <li class="itemize"><span -class="cmss-10">targetnameprefix</span><a - id="dx1-5021"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Another way of avoiding duplicate target names - is to set a prefix used for the names. Unlike changing <span -class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span> - this doesn’t affect any hyperlinks (such as those created with <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>). - </li> - <li class="itemize"><span -class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-5022"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If you do actually want to locally change <span -class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span>, - you can use the <span -class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-5023"></a> key instead. You need to use the matching <span -class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-5024"></a> - key in commands like <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. - </li> - <li class="itemize"><span -class="cmss-10">label</span><a - id="dx1-5025"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Labels the glossary with <span -class="cmtt-10">\label{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span>and also defines - - - - <span -class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabelname </span>to the glossary’s TOC title (to provide text for - <span -class="cmtt-10">\nameref</span>). You can also set the label before the glossary using: - <!--l. 1288--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetglossarylabel</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-5026"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetglossarylabel{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1290--><p class="noindent" > - but take care of duplicate labels if it’s not scoped.</p></li></ul> -<!--l. 1294--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1221--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>command has three new keys: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">category</span><a - id="dx1-5027"></a>, which sets the category label for the given entry. By default this + id="dx1-6007"></a>, which sets the category label for the given entry. By default this is <span class="cmtt-10">general</span>. See <a href="#sec:categories"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further information about categories. </li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a - id="dx1-5028"></a>, which allows an entry to be alias to another entry. See <a + id="dx1-6008"></a>, which allows an entry to be alias to another entry. See <a href="#sec:alias"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.4 </a><a href="#sec:alias">Entry @@ -2658,67 +2495,66 @@ href="#sec:alias">Entry </li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-5029"></a>, which performs much like <span + id="dx1-6009"></a>, which performs much like <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-5030"></a>, but allows for separate “see” and + id="dx1-6010"></a>, but allows for separate “see” and “see also” treatment. See <a href="#sec:see"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.3 </a><a href="#sec:see">Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for further details.</li></ul> -<!--l. 1306--><p class="noindent" >The test file <span -class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex </span>contains dummy entries with a mixture of -<span +<!--l. 1233--><p class="noindent" >This apply to all entry defining commands (such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>). +</p><!--l. 1236--><p class="indent" > The test file <span +class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex </span>contains dummy entries with a +mixture of <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-5031"></a>, <span + id="dx1-6011"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a - id="dx1-5032"></a> and <span + id="dx1-6012"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-5033"></a> keys for use with minimal working examples. There are also + id="dx1-6013"></a> keys for use with minimal working examples. +There are also <span +class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.bib </span>files that correspond to each <span -class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.bib </span>files that correspond to each <span -class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.tex</span> -file for testing <a - id="dx1-5034"></a><a +class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.tex </span>file for testing <a + id="dx1-6014"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 1313--><p class="indent" > The <span + + + +</p><!--l. 1243--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>command now has a starred version (as from v1.12) that doesn’t automatically insert </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27"> \leavevmode\unskip\nopostdesc </div> -<!--l. 1317--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field. -</p><!--l. 1319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\longnewglossaryentry</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-5035"></a> <span +<!--l. 1247--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field. +</p><!--l. 1249--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-6015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry*{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">description</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1321--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" > The <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-5036"></a> key is left unset unless explicitly set in ⟨<span + id="dx1-6016"></a> key is left unset unless explicitly set in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 1325--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes +</p><!--l. 1255--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes trailing space and suppresses the post-description hook) but instead uses: -</p><!--l. 1328--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-5037"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-6017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1330--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1260--><p class="noindent" > This can be redefined to allow the post-description hook to work but retain the <span class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>part if required. For example: @@ -2726,60 +2562,58 @@ class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>part if required. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlongdescription}{\leavevmode\unskip} </div> -<!--l. 1336--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t +<!--l. 1266--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t suppress the post-description hook. -</p><!--l. 1340--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version also alters the base <span +</p><!--l. 1270--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version also alters the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5038"></a> package’s treatment of the + id="dx1-6018"></a> package’s treatment of the <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-5039"></a> key. Since a plural description doesn’t make much sense for + id="dx1-6019"></a> key. Since a plural description doesn’t make much sense for multi-paragraph descriptions, the default behaviour with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-5040"></a>’s + id="dx1-6020"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>is to simply leave the plural description unset unless explicitly set using the <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-5041"></a> key. The <span + id="dx1-6021"></a> key. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries.sty </span>version of this command sets the description’s plural form to the same as the singular.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-5042f1"></a> -</p><!--l. 1355--><p class="indent" > Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span + id="x1-6022f1"></a> +</p><!--l. 1285--><p class="indent" > Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span> to the description’s plural form. -</p><!--l. 1358--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1288--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a - id="dx1-5048"></a> command (defined through the <a + id="dx1-6028"></a> command (defined through the <a href="#styopt.index"><span class="cmss-10">index</span></a><a - id="dx1-5049"></a> package option) is modified + id="dx1-6029"></a> package option) is modified so that the category defaults to <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-5050"></a>. The <span + id="dx1-6030"></a>. The <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-5051"></a> command is modified + id="dx1-6031"></a> command is modified to use the new abbreviation interface provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a href="#sec:abbreviations"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>3 +class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>.) -</p><!--l. 1364--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1294--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>command now has an optional argument. -</p><!--l. 1365--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\makeglossaries</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-5052"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1295--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-6032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1367--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1297--><p class="noindent" > If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ is empty, <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>behaves as per its original definition in the @@ -2787,44 +2621,44 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>behaves as per its original definition in class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ can be a comma-separated list of glossaries that need processing with an external indexing application. -</p><!--l. 1373--><p class="indent" > This command is not permitted with the <a +</p><!--l. 1303--><p class="indent" > This command is not permitted with the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-5053"></a> package option. Without + id="dx1-6033"></a> package option. Without the optional argument, it’s permitted with <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a - id="dx1-5054"></a>. With the optional + id="dx1-6034"></a>. With the optional argument, it’s only permitted with the default <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=off</span><a - id="dx1-5055"></a>. -</p><!--l. 1378--><p class="indent" > It should then be possible to use <span + id="dx1-6035"></a>. +</p><!--l. 1308--><p class="indent" > It should then be possible to use <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>for those glossaries listed in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ and <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>for the other glossaries. (See the accompanying file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-mixedsort.tex </span>for an example.) -</p><!--l. 1383--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 1313--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩, you can’t define entries in the document (even with the <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a - id="dx1-5056"></a> option). </div> -</p><!--l. 1386--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1388--><p class="indent" > You will need at least version 2.20 of <a - id="dx1-5057"></a><a + id="dx1-6036"></a> option). </div> +</p><!--l. 1316--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1318--><p class="indent" > You will need at least version 2.20 of <a + id="dx1-6037"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a> or at least version 1.3 of the Lua alternative <a - id="dx1-5058"></a><a + id="dx1-6038"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a - id="dx1-5059"></a></a> (both distributed with <span + id="dx1-6039"></a></a> (both distributed with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.27) to allow for this use of <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>⟨<span @@ -2832,28 +2666,27 @@ class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>. Alternatively, use the <a href="#styopt.automake"><span class="cmss-10">automake</span></a><a - id="dx1-5060"></a> + id="dx1-6040"></a> option. +</p><!--l. 1324--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1394--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1 </span> <a - id="sec:wrglossary"></a>Entry Indexing</h3> -<!--l. 1397--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.31, there is a new command like <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>where the mandatory -argument is a comma-separated list of labels: -</p><!--l. 1400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsaddeach</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-6001"></a> <span +<!--l. 1324--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2 </span> <a + id="sec:wrglossary"></a>Entry Indexing</h3> +<!--l. 1327--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.31, there is a new command like <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>where the mandatory +argument is a comma-separated list of labels: +</p><!--l. 1330--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-7001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddeach[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1402--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1332--><p class="noindent" > This simply iterates over ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ and does <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd[</span>⟨<span @@ -2862,7 +2695,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>for each entry in the list. -</p><!--l. 1406--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.37, you can make commands like <span +</p><!--l. 1336--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.37, you can make commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span> automatically use <span @@ -2874,20 +2707,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>in the optional argument of the corresponding <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>etc). -</p><!--l. 1411--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-6002"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-7002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">format list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glsadd options</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1413--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 1343--><p class="noindent" > The optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>and indicates the label to use in @@ -2902,51 +2732,51 @@ class="cmtt-10">format={</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>prepended to the list. -</p><!--l. 1421--><p class="indent" > For example, with: +</p><!--l. 1351--><p class="indent" > For example, with: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29"> \GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat{hyperbf}{counter=chapter} </div> -<!--l. 1424--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1354--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30"> \glsadd[format=hyperbf,counter=chapter]{sample}\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample} </div> -<!--l. 1428--><p class="nopar" > Note that the explicit range markers will prevent a match unless you include +<!--l. 1358--><p class="nopar" > Note that the explicit range markers will prevent a match unless you include them in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">format list</span>⟩ (in which case, be sure to add both the start and end formats). -</p><!--l. 1433--><p class="indent" > Here’s another example: +</p><!--l. 1363--><p class="indent" > Here’s another example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31"> \GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat[dual.\glslabel]{hyperbf}{} </div> -<!--l. 1436--><p class="nopar" > In this case <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1366--><p class="nopar" > In this case <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}</span></span></span> will now be equivalent to: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32"> \glsadd[format=hyperbf]{dual.sample}\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample} </div> -<!--l. 1441--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1443--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +<!--l. 1371--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1373--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat </span>is not applied to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>as it could cause an infinite loop. </div> -</p><!--l. 1446--><p class="noindent" > -The <span +</p><!--l. 1376--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1378--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides extra keys for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span @@ -2954,41 +2784,41 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">noindex</span><a - id="dx1-6003"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-7003"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean key. If true, this suppresses the indexing. (That is, it prevents <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or whatever from adding a line to the external glossary file.) This is more useful than the <a href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a - id="dx1-6004"></a> package option provided + id="dx1-7004"></a> package option provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, as the <a - id="dx1-6005"></a><a + id="dx1-7005"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> might not be the most pertinent use. (If you want to apply <a href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a - id="dx1-6006"></a> to selected entries, rather than all of them, you + id="dx1-7006"></a> to selected entries, rather than all of them, you can use the <a href="#catattr.indexonlyfirst"><span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a - id="dx1-6007"></a> attribute, see <a + id="dx1-7007"></a> attribute, see <a href="#sec:categories"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.) Note that the <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a - id="dx1-6008"></a> key isn’t available for <span + id="dx1-7008"></a> key isn’t available for <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a - id="dx1-6009"></a> (and <span + id="dx1-7009"></a> (and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a - id="dx1-6010"></a>) + id="dx1-7010"></a>) since the whole purpose of that command is to index an entry. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">wrgloss</span><a - id="dx1-6011"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-7011"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(New to v1.14.) This is may only take the values <span class="cmss-10">before </span>or <span class="cmss-10">after</span>. By @@ -3005,20 +2835,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">wrgloss=after </span>for specific instances. Note that this opti doesn’t have an effect if the indexing has been suppressed through other settings (such as <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a - id="dx1-6012"></a>). - <!--l. 1477--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using - </p><!--l. 1478--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-6013"></a> <span + id="dx1-7012"></a>). + <!--l. 1408--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using + </p><!--l. 1409--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-7013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1480--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1411--><p class="noindent" > which is defined as: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrinitwrgloss}{%  <br /> \glsifattribute{\glslabel}{wrgloss}{after}%  <br /> {% @@ -3029,31 +2857,29 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr>  <br /> }%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 1492--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional - </p><!--l. 1494--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-6014"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1496--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1423--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional + </p><!--l. 1426--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span +class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinitwrgloss</span><a + id="dx1-7014"></a> </div><hr> + </p><!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent" > which is used to determine where to perform the indexing. - </p><!--l. 1499--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a + </p><!--l. 1430--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a href="#catattr.wrgloss"><span class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span></a><a - id="dx1-6015"></a> attribute to <span + id="dx1-7015"></a> attribute to <span class="cmss-10">after </span>to automatically use this as the default for entries with that category attribute. (Note that adding <span class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span><a - id="dx1-6016"></a> to the default options in <span + id="dx1-7016"></a> to the default options in <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><a - id="dx1-6017"></a> will override + id="dx1-7017"></a> will override <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span>.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">hyperoutside</span><a - id="dx1-6018"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-7018"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(New to v1.21.) This is a boolean key. The default is <span class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside=true</span>, which puts the hyperlink outside <span @@ -3094,21 +2920,21 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> You can use the <a href="#catattr.hyperoutside"><span class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span></a><a - id="dx1-6019"></a> category attribute to set the default for a + id="dx1-7019"></a> category attribute to set the default for a given category. This can be combined with the use of the <a href="#catattr.textformat"><span class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a - id="dx1-6020"></a> + id="dx1-7020"></a> attribute to counteract any interference caused by <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink</span>. For example: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34"> \glssetcategoryattribute{mathrelation}{hyperoutside}{false} </div> - <!--l. 1526--><p class="nopar" > will set <span + <!--l. 1457--><p class="nopar" > will set <span class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside=false </span>for all entries that are assigned to the category <span class="cmtt-10">mathrelation </span>and @@ -3116,10 +2942,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">mathrelation </span>and </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35"> \glssetcategoryattribute{mathrelation}{textformat}{mathrel} </div> - <!--l. 1531--><p class="nopar" > will use <span + <!--l. 1462--><p class="nopar" > will use <span class="cmtt-10">\mathrel </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat </span>resulting in: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -3136,164 +2962,270 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> for entries with the <span class="cmss-10">category</span><a - id="dx1-6021"></a> key set to <span + id="dx1-7021"></a> key set to <span class="cmtt-10">mathrelation</span>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">textformat</span><a - id="dx1-6022"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-7022"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This key must have a control sequence name as its value. The command formed from this name must exist and must take one argument. (Use <span class="cmtt-10">relax </span>for default behaviour.) If set, this overrides the <a href="#catattr.textformat"><span class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a - id="dx1-6023"></a> + id="dx1-7023"></a> attribute and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span>. See the <span class="cmss-10">soul</span><a - id="dx1-6024"></a> example in <a + id="dx1-7024"></a> example in <a href="#sec:glsunset"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.6 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">First Use Flag<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-6025"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-7025"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Locally redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span><a - id="dx1-6026"></a> to the given value. It should match the + id="dx1-7026"></a> to the given value. It should match the prefix for the desired glossary. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">thevalue</span><a - id="dx1-6027"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-7027"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Explicitly set the location to this value (see below). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">theHvalue</span><a - id="dx1-6028"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-7028"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Set the corresponding hyperlink location (see below). </dd></dl> -<!--l. 1558--><p class="indent" > There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the +<!--l. 1489--><p class="indent" > You can set the default options used by <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a + id="dx1-7029"></a>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a + id="dx1-7030"></a> etc with: +</p><!--l. 1491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-7031"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 1493--><p class="noindent" > +For example, if you mostly don’t want to index entries then you can do: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36"> +\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{noindex} +</div> +<!--l. 1498--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex=false]{sample}</span></span></span> when you actually want +the location added to the <a + id="dx1-7032"></a><a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. These defaults may be overridden by other +settings (such as category attributes) in addition to any settings passed in the option +argument of commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. +</p><!--l. 1505--><p class="indent" > Note that if you don’t want <span +class="cmti-10">any </span>indexing, just omit <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and +<span +class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span>(or analogous commands). If you want to adjust the +default for <span +class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span><a + id="dx1-7033"></a>, it’s better to do this by redefining <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><a + id="dx1-7034"></a> +instead. +</p><!--l. 1511--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts </span>doesn’t affect <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. </div> +</p><!--l. 1513--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1515--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the default value of <span +class="cmss-10">format</span><a + id="dx1-7035"></a>, you can instead use: +</p><!--l. 1517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 1519--><p class="noindent" > +This has the advantage of also working for <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. For example, if you +want all locations in the back matter to appear in italic (unless explicitly +overridden): + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37"> +\backmatter + <br />\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{hyperit} +</div> +<!--l. 1526--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1528--><p class="indent" > Commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a + id="dx1-7036"></a> have star (<span +class="cmtt-10">*</span>) and plus (<span +class="cmtt-10">+</span>) modifiers as a short cut for +<span +class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>. The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way to add a +third modifier, if required, using +</p><!--l. 1532--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-7037"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 1534--><p class="noindent" > +where ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ is the character used as the modifier and ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ is the default set of +options (which may be overridden). Note that ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ must be a single character (not a +UTF-8 character, unless you are using <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). +</p><!--l. 1541--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ take care of any changes in category code. +</div> +</p><!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1546--><p class="indent" > Example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38"> +\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{!}{noindex} +</div> +<!--l. 1549--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls!{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span>. It’s +not possible to mix modifiers. For example, if you want to do + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39"> +\gls[noindex,hyper=false]{sample} +</div> +<!--l. 1555--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls*[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls![hyper=false]{sample}</span></span></span> but you +can’t combine the <span +class="cmtt-10">* </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">! </span>modifiers. +</p><!--l. 1560--><p class="indent" > There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the external glossary files: -</p><!--l. 1560--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-6029"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1562--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-7038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1562--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1564--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This does nothing by default but may be redefined. (See, for example, the accompanying sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-indexhook.tex</span>, which uses this hook to determine which entries haven’t been indexed.) -</p><!--l. 1569--><p class="indent" > There’s also a new hook (from v1.26) that’s used immediately before the options +</p><!--l. 1571--><p class="indent" > There’s also a new hook (from v1.26) that’s used immediately before the options are set by the <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands: -</p><!--l. 1572--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-6030"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1574--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-7039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1574--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1576--><p class="noindent" > (The base package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a - id="dx1-6031"></a> that’s used immediately after the + id="dx1-7040"></a> that’s used immediately after the options are set.) - - - -</p><!--l. 1578--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30 there are also similar hooks for <span +</p><!--l. 1580--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30 there are also similar hooks for <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>: -</p><!--l. 1579--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsaddpresetkeys</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-6032"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-7041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpresetkeys </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1581--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1583--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 1583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsaddpostsetkeys</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-6033"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1585--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-7042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpostsetkeys </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1585--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1587--><p class="noindent" > For example, to default to using the <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a - id="dx1-6034"></a> counter in maths mode: + id="dx1-7043"></a> counter in maths mode: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40"> \renewcommand{\glslinkpresetkeys}{%  <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}  <br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%  <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi} </div> -<!--l. 1593--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the counter can be overridden with an explicit use of <span +<!--l. 1595--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the counter can be overridden with an explicit use of <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a - id="dx1-6035"></a> in the + id="dx1-7044"></a> in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. (As from version 1.37, a simpler method is to just use the <a href="#styopt.equations"><span class="cmss-10">equations</span></a><a - id="dx1-6036"></a> package option.) -</p><!--l. 1599--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, to enforce this (overriding the option argument): + id="dx1-7045"></a> package option.) +</p><!--l. 1601--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, to enforce this (overriding the option argument): </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41"> \renewcommand{\glslinkpostsetkeys}{%  <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}  <br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpostsetkeys}{%  <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi} </div> -<!--l. 1606--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1608--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span +<!--l. 1608--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1610--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>: <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a - id="dx1-6037"></a> and <span + id="dx1-7046"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span><a - id="dx1-6038"></a>. + id="dx1-7047"></a>. These keys are designed for manually adding explicit locations rather than obtaining the value from the associated counter. As from version 1.19, these two keys are also available for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>. The <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a - id="dx1-6039"></a> keys is intended + id="dx1-7048"></a> keys is intended primarily for adding locations in supplementary material that can’t be obtained from a counter. -</p><!--l. 1617--><p class="indent" > The principle key <span +</p><!--l. 1619--><p class="indent" > The principle key <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a - id="dx1-6040"></a> is for the location value. The other key <span + id="dx1-7049"></a> is for the location value. The other key <span class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span><a - id="dx1-6041"></a> can + id="dx1-7050"></a> can be used to extract a prefix value for the first argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span><a - id="dx1-6042"></a>. Its value must be in the format ⟨<span + id="dx1-7051"></a>. Its value must be in the format ⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩. In general, there’s little need for this key as the prefix is typically associated with a counter that can be used to form hypertargets. -</p><!--l. 1625--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span +</p><!--l. 1627--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a - id="dx1-6043"></a>, you must make sure that you use an indexing application + id="dx1-7052"></a>, you must make sure that you use an indexing application that will accept the given value. </div> -</p><!--l. 1628--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1630--><p class="indent" > For example, <span +</p><!--l. 1630--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1632--><p class="indent" > For example, <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-6044"></a> will only accept locations in the form [⟨<span + id="dx1-7053"></a> will only accept locations in the form [⟨<span class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmti-10">sep</span>⟩]*⟨<span class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩ @@ -3306,37 +3238,37 @@ instances of a number followed by the recognised separator character (set with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor</span>). This means that <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-6045"></a> won’t accept, for + id="dx1-7054"></a> won’t accept, for example, </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42"> \glsadd[thevalue={Supplementary Material}]{sample} </div> -<!--l. 1640--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a - id="dx1-6046"></a><a +<!--l. 1642--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a + id="dx1-7055"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, since it will allow any location and will only try forming ranges if the location matches any of its numerical patterns. In the case of <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-6047"></a>, you’ll need to add a rule that can match the value. + id="dx1-7056"></a>, you’ll need to add a rule that can match the value. If you’re using <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-6048"></a>, you may need to use the <span + id="dx1-7057"></a>, you may need to use the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-6049"></a> key to prevent a + id="dx1-7058"></a> key to prevent a hyperlink if one can’t naturally be formed from the prefix, counter and location value. -</p><!--l. 1649--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose the file <span +</p><!--l. 1651--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose the file <span class="cmtt-10">suppl.tex </span>contains: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}} @@ -3347,17 +3279,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">suppl.tex </span>contains:  <br />\gls{sample}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 1664--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this +<!--l. 1666--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this location in the glossary. Then this can be done by setting <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a - id="dx1-6050"></a> to <span + id="dx1-7059"></a> to <span class="cmtt-10">S.2</span>. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}  <br />\makeglossaries @@ -3368,59 +3300,59 @@ example:  <br />\glsadd[thevalue={S.2}]{sample}  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 1683--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span +<!--l. 1685--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-6051"></a> as it’s in the form ⟨<span + id="dx1-7060"></a> as it’s in the form ⟨<span class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmti-10">sep</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 1687--><p class="indent" > If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the +</p><!--l. 1689--><p class="indent" > If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the <a href="#catattr.externallocation"><span class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a - id="dx1-6052"></a> attribute to the location of the PDF file. For example: + id="dx1-7061"></a> attribute to the location of the PDF file. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45"> \glssetcategoryattribute{supplemental}{externallocation}{suppl.pdf}  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{category=supplemental,  <br /> name={sample},description={an example}} </div> -<!--l. 1695--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span +<!--l. 1697--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span class="cmtt-10">glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>as the format: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46"> \glsadd[thevalue={S.2},format=glsxtrsupphypernumber]{sample} </div> -<!--l. 1699--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span +<!--l. 1701--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-6053"></a> package. Remember that the counter + id="dx1-7062"></a> package. Remember that the counter used for the location also needs to match. If <span class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ is defined in the other document and doesn’t match in the referencing document, then you need to use <span class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span><a - id="dx1-6054"></a> to set the appropriate value. See the accompanying sample files + id="dx1-7063"></a> to set the appropriate value. See the accompanying sample files <span class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.tex </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.tex </span>for an example that uses <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-6055"></a>. -</p><!--l. 1709--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span + id="dx1-7064"></a>. +</p><!--l. 1711--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span class="cmti-10">may not </span>take you to the relevant place in the external PDF file <span class="cmti-10">depending on your PDF viewer</span>. Some may not support external links, and some may take you to the first page or last visited page. </div> -</p><!--l. 1714--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1716--><p class="indent" > For example, if both <span +</p><!--l. 1716--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1718--><p class="indent" > For example, if both <span class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.pdf </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf</span> are in the same directory, then viewing <span @@ -3428,13 +3360,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf </span>in Evince will take you to the correct location in the linked document (when you click on the S.2 external link), but Okular will take you to the top of the first page of the linked document. -</p><!--l. 1723--><p class="indent" > This method can only be used where there is one external source for the +</p><!--l. 1725--><p class="indent" > This method can only be used where there is one external source for the designated category (identified by the <a href="#catattr.externallocation"><span class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a - id="dx1-6056"></a> attribute). For multiple + id="dx1-7065"></a> attribute). For multiple sources, you need to use <a - id="dx1-6057"></a><a + id="dx1-7066"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> version 1.7+, which is the better method in general as it can automatically fetch the relevant locations from the <span @@ -3442,109 +3374,103 @@ class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>files of the designated external documents without the need to explicitly use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. -</p><!--l. 1731--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1733--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1731--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2 </span> <a +<!--l. 1733--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3 </span> <a id="sec:see"></a>Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)</h3> -<!--l. 1734--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span +<!--l. 1736--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-7001"></a> key is now saved as a field. This isn’t the case with <span + id="dx1-8001"></a> key is now saved as a field. This isn’t the case with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, where the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-7002"></a> value is simply used to directly write a line to the corresponding + id="dx1-8002"></a> value is simply used to directly write a line to the corresponding glossary file and is then discarded. This is why the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-7003"></a> key can’t be used + id="dx1-8003"></a> key can’t be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-7004"></a> (since the file hasn’t been opened yet). It’s also the + id="dx1-8004"></a> (since the file hasn’t been opened yet). It’s also the reason why the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-7005"></a> key doesn’t have any effect when used in entries that + id="dx1-8005"></a> key doesn’t have any effect when used in entries that are defined in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-7006"></a><a - id="dx1-7007"></a> environment. Since the value isn’t saved, it’s + id="dx1-8006"></a><a + id="dx1-8007"></a> environment. Since the value isn’t saved, it’s not available when the <span class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file is created at the end of the document and so isn’t available at the start of the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-7008"></a><a - id="dx1-7009"></a> environment on the next + id="dx1-8008"></a><a + id="dx1-8009"></a> environment on the next run. -</p><!--l. 1747--><p class="indent" > This modification allows <span +</p><!--l. 1749--><p class="indent" > This modification allows <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to provide -</p><!--l. 1748--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-7010"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1750--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-8010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1750--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1752--><p class="noindent" > which is used at the end of the document to automatically add any unused cross-references unless the package option <a href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a - id="dx1-7011"></a> was set to false. -</p><!--l. 1755--><p class="indent" > As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span + id="dx1-8011"></a> was set to false. +</p><!--l. 1757--><p class="indent" > As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-7012"></a> key will now work for entries + id="dx1-8012"></a> key will now work for entries defined in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-7013"></a><a - id="dx1-7014"></a> environment, but it’s still best to define entries in the + id="dx1-8013"></a><a + id="dx1-8014"></a> environment, but it’s still best to define entries in the preamble, and the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-7015"></a> key still can’t perform any indexing before the file has been + id="dx1-8015"></a> key still can’t perform any indexing before the file has been opened by <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. Note that <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.24 introduced the <a href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-7016"></a> + id="dx1-8016"></a> package option, which can be used to suppress the error when the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-7017"></a> key + id="dx1-8017"></a> key is used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>, so <a href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=ignore</span><a - id="dx1-7018"></a> will allow the <span + id="dx1-8018"></a> will allow the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-7019"></a> + id="dx1-8019"></a> value to be stored even though it may not be possible to index it at that point. -</p><!--l. 1766--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given +</p><!--l. 1768--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given entry using -</p><!--l. 1768--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusesee</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-7020"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1770--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-8020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1770--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1772--><p class="noindent" > This internally uses -</p><!--l. 1772--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseeformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-7021"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-8021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseeformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1774--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1776--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr list</span>⟩ are obtained from the value of the entry’s <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-7022"></a> field (if + id="dx1-8022"></a> field (if non-empty). By default, this just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩<span @@ -3553,17 +3479,17 @@ class="cmti-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span>, which is how the cross-reference is displayed in the <a - id="dx1-7023"></a><a + id="dx1-8023"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>does nothing if the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-7024"></a> field hasn’t been set for the entry given by + id="dx1-8024"></a> field hasn’t been set for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 1783--><p class="indent" > As with the base <span +</p><!--l. 1785--><p class="indent" > As with the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-7025"></a> package, <span + id="dx1-8025"></a> package, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat </span>is defined to do <span class="cmtt-10">\emph{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span @@ -3574,30 +3500,30 @@ class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. The third argument is always ignored and is present for <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-7026"></a>, which always requires a final argument to encapsulate the associated + id="dx1-8026"></a>, which always requires a final argument to encapsulate the associated location. The command -</p><!--l. 1789--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 1791--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a - id="dx1-7027"></a><span + id="dx1-8027"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1790--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1792--><p class="noindent" > used to iterate over the list of cross-reference labels is also unchanged from the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-7028"></a> package, with each item in the list formatted according + id="dx1-8028"></a> package, with each item in the list formatted according to: -</p><!--l. 1795--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 1797--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitem</span><a - id="dx1-7029"></a><span + id="dx1-8029"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1796--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1798--><p class="noindent" > This is defined by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-7030"></a> package to: </p><div class="alltt"> + id="dx1-8030"></a> package to: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink[\glsseeitemformat{</span>⟨<span @@ -3609,48 +3535,120 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> So the actual formatting for each cross-referenced entry is performed by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat</span><a - id="dx1-7031"></a>, which is redefined by <span + id="dx1-8031"></a>, which is redefined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-7032"></a>, as described in <a + id="dx1-8032"></a>, as described in <a href="#sec:modifications"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2 </a><a href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:modifications --></a>. This now displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-7033"></a> field for abbreviations and the value of the <span + id="dx1-8033"></a> field for abbreviations and the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-7034"></a> field otherwise. There’s no + id="dx1-8034"></a> field otherwise. There’s no indication of the entry hierarchy, which could confuse the reader. Therefore, as from <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-7035"></a> v1.37, there are some new commands that include the hierarchical + id="dx1-8035"></a> v1.37, there are some new commands that include the hierarchical information. You may prefer to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat </span>to use one of this if you have sub-entries. For example: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47"> \renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsxtrhiername{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 1814--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1816--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 1817--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrhiername</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-7036"></a> <span +<!--l. 1816--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1818--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides +</p><!--l. 1819--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-8036"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 1821--><p class="noindent" > +to format items in a cross-reference list (identified with the <span +class="cmss-10">see</span><a + id="dx1-8037"></a> key or <span +class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>). This +was originally defined to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>since it makes more sense for the +cross-reference to match the way the term appears in the glossary. Unfortunately this +caused a problem when the <span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-8038"></a> field was sanitized, which used to be the default +setting, so <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v3.0 changed the default definition of this command to +use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>instead. Since the <span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-8039"></a> and <span +class="cmss-10">text</span><a + id="dx1-8040"></a> field are quite often +the same, this change usually doesn’t have a noticeable effect. However, +now that the <span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-8041"></a> field is no longer sanitized (following the redesign of +<span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.0) it makes more sense to restore this command to its original +behaviour, but to take account of abbreviations <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>redefines this +as: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48"> +\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{% + <br /> \ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glsfmttext{#1}}{\glsfmtname{#1}}% + <br />} +</div> +<!--l. 1840--><p class="nopar" > (Note that as from <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>version 1.42, this now uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext </span>and +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname </span>instead of just referencing the <span +class="cmss-10">text</span><a + id="dx1-8042"></a> and <span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-8043"></a> fields. This helps to ensure +that any formatting is correctly applied.) +</p><!--l. 1846--><p class="indent" > If you want to restore the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v3.0+ definition just do: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49"> +\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsentrytext{#1}} +</div> +<!--l. 1849--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1851--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-8044"></a> package provides <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername</span><a + id="dx1-8045"></a> and its case-changing +variants that may be used within the definition of <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat </span>if required. +These display the hierarchy for sub-entries rather than just the name, which may be +more helpful in cross-references. +</p><!--l. 1856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-8046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1819--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1858--><p class="noindent" > performs a recursive action: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-7038x1">If the entry given by ⟨<span + class="enumerate" id="x1-8048x1">If the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a parent, then <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">parent</span> @@ -3660,92 +3658,82 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>is done followed by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiernamesep </span>then: </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-7040x2">If the entry given by ⟨<span + class="enumerate" id="x1-8050x2">If the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is an abbreviation (that is, it has the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-7041"></a> field + id="dx1-8051"></a> field set) then the short form is displayed (using <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshort</span>) otherwise - the name is displayed (using <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessname</span>).</li></ol> -<!--l. 1830--><p class="noindent" >The first step above is skipped if the entry doesn’t have a parent. Each level is separated +class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span>) otherwise the + name is displayed (using <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname</span>).</li></ol> +<!--l. 1869--><p class="noindent" >The first step above is skipped if the entry doesn’t have a parent. Each level is separated by: -</p><!--l. 1832--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrhiernamesep</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-7042"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1871--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-8052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiernamesep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1834--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1873--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to “ <span class="cmmi-9">⊳ </span>”. This can be redefined as appropriate. -</p><!--l. 1838--><p class="indent" > There are some case-changing variants: -</p><!--l. 1839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrhiername</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-7043"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1877--><p class="indent" > There are some case-changing variants: +</p><!--l. 1878--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-8053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrhiername{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1841--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1880--><p class="noindent" > The top-level has the first letter changed to upper case (either <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshort </span>or +class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessname</span>). There’s no case-change for sub-entries. -</p><!--l. 1846--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrhiername</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-7044"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname</span>). There’s no case-change for sub-entries. +</p><!--l. 1885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-8054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrhiername{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1848--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1887--><p class="noindent" > All levels have the first letter changed to upper case (either <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshort </span>or +class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessname</span>). -</p><!--l. 1852--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrhiername</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-7045"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname</span>). +</p><!--l. 1891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-8055"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrhiername{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1854--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1893--><p class="noindent" > The top-level is converted to upper case (either <span -class="cmtt-10">\GLSaccessshort </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">\GLSaccessname</span>). +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtshort </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtname</span>). There’s no case-change for sub-entries. -</p><!--l. 1859--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GLSXTRhiername</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-7046"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-8056"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSXTRhiername{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1861--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1900--><p class="noindent" > All levels are converted to upper case (either <span -class="cmtt-10">\GLSaccessshort </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">\GLSaccessname</span>). -</p><!--l. 1865--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want to suppress the <a - id="dx1-7047"></a>number list using <a +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtshort </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtname</span>). + + + +</p><!--l. 1904--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want to suppress the <a + id="dx1-8057"></a>number list using <a href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a - id="dx1-7048"></a>. This + id="dx1-8058"></a>. This will automatically prevent the cross-references from being displayed. The <a href="#styopt.seeautonumberlist"><span class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span></a><a - id="dx1-7049"></a> package option will automatically enable the <a - id="dx1-7050"></a>number list for entries + id="dx1-8059"></a> package option will automatically enable the <a + id="dx1-8060"></a>number list for entries that have the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-7051"></a> key set, but this will also show the rest of the <a - id="dx1-7052"></a>number + id="dx1-8061"></a> key set, but this will also show the rest of the <a + id="dx1-8062"></a>number list. - - - -</p><!--l. 1872--><p class="indent" > Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook +</p><!--l. 1911--><p class="indent" > Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>to append the cross-reference after the description. For example: @@ -3753,22 +3741,22 @@ example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{%  <br /> \ifglshasfield{see}{\glscurrententrylabel}  <br /> {, \glsxtrusesee{\glscurrententrylabel}}%  <br /> {}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1881--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a - id="dx1-7053"></a><a +<!--l. 1920--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a + id="dx1-8063"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> has been suppressed. -</p><!--l. 1885--><p class="indent" > As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span +</p><!--l. 1924--><p class="indent" > As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-7054"></a> key. Unlike <span + id="dx1-8064"></a> key. Unlike <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-7055"></a>, this doesn’t have an + id="dx1-8065"></a>, this doesn’t have an optional part for the textual tag. The syntax <span class="cmtt-10">seealso={</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr-labels</span>⟩<span @@ -3779,39 +3767,35 @@ class="cmitt-10">xr-labels</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>but the information is stored in a separate field. If you need a different tag, use the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-7056"></a> key + id="dx1-8066"></a> key instead (or redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat</span>, described below). -</p><!--l. 1893--><p class="indent" > You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span +</p><!--l. 1932--><p class="indent" > You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-7057"></a> key + id="dx1-8067"></a> key using: -</p><!--l. 1895--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseealso</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-7058"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1934--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-8068"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1897--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1936--><p class="noindent" > This works in much the same way as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>but it internally uses -</p><!--l. 1900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseeformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-7059"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1939--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-8069"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1902--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1941--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{%  <br /> \ifglshasfield{see}{\glscurrententrylabel}  <br /> {, \glsxtrusesee{\glscurrententrylabel}}% @@ -3821,27 +3805,38 @@ For example:  <br /> {}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1913--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1915--><p class="indent" > The actual unformatted comma-separated list ⟨<span +<!--l. 1952--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1954--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">alias</span><a + id="dx1-8070"></a> key only contains a single label not a list, but if you want to ensure +consistent formatting with <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso </span>you can use +(from v1.42): +</p><!--l. 1957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-8071"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusealias{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 1959--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1961--><p class="indent" > The actual unformatted comma-separated list ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr-list</span>⟩ stored in the <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-7060"></a> field + id="dx1-8072"></a> field can be accessed with: -</p><!--l. 1917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrseealsolabels</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-7061"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-8073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1919--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1965--><p class="noindent" > This will just expand to the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr-labels</span>⟩ provided in the value of the <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-7062"></a> key. There’s + id="dx1-8074"></a> key. There’s no corresponding command to access the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-7063"></a> field. If you really need to access it, you + id="dx1-8075"></a> field. If you really need to access it, you can use commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielduse</span>, but remember that it may start with <span @@ -3849,10 +3844,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>, so it can’t be automatically treated as a simple comma-separated list. -</p><!--l. 1927--><p class="indent" > As mentioned above, the base <span +</p><!--l. 1973--><p class="indent" > As mentioned above, the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a - id="dx1-7064"></a>, which + id="dx1-8076"></a>, which requires a comma-separated list of labels as the argument. The argument isn’t fully expanded, so it’s not suitable to use, for example, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels{</span>⟨<span @@ -3860,29 +3855,25 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>as the argument. For convenience, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides -</p><!--l. 1932--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrseelist</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-7065"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 1978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-8077"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseelist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1934--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1980--><p class="noindent" > which fully expands its argument and passes it to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>. -</p><!--l. 1937--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1983--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-7066"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using -</p><!--l. 1938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrindexseealso</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-7067"></a> <span + id="dx1-8078"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using +</p><!--l. 1984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-8079"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexseealso{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1940--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1986--><p class="noindent" > which just does </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -3892,53 +3883,77 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr</span><span class="cmitt-10"> list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> + + + </div> </div> unless the <a href="#styopt.xindy"><span class="cmss-10">xindy</span></a><a - id="dx1-7068"></a> option is used with <span + id="dx1-8080"></a> option is used with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-7069"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct + id="dx1-8081"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct <span class="cmtt-10">seealso </span>cross-reference class is used instead. -<!--l. 1949--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1995--><p class="indent" > The command that produces this “see also” text is +</p><!--l. 1996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-8082"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 1998--><p class="noindent" > +If <span +class="cmtt-10">\alsoname</span><a + id="dx1-8083"></a> (provided by language packages) is defined then <span +class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span>will +simply be defined to <span +class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>otherwise it will be defined to <span +class="cmtt-10">see also</span>. +</p><!--l. 2003--><p class="indent" > The language-sensitive <span +class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>is used by general indexing packages, such as +<span +class="cmss-10">makeidx</span><a + id="dx1-8084"></a>, so if you redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>the change will apply to normal indexes as well +as glossaries. If you only want to change the text produced by the <span +class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a + id="dx1-8085"></a> key +without affecting general indexing (with <span +class="cmtt-10">\index</span>) then redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname</span> +instead. +</p><!--l. 2010--><p class="noindent" > </p> - - - -<!--l. 1949--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3 </span> <a +<!--l. 2010--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a id="sec:entryfmtmods"></a>Entry Display Style Modifications</h3> -<!--l. 1952--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span +<!--l. 2013--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package that commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>display text at that point in the document (optionally with a hyperlink to the relevant line in the glossary). This text is referred to as the “<a - id="dx1-8001"></a><a + id="dx1-9001"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>” regardless of whether or not it actually has a hyperlink. The actual text and the way it’s displayed depends on the command used (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>) and the entry format. -</p><!--l. 1959--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span +</p><!--l. 2020--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-8002"></a>) used in the <a - id="dx1-8003"></a><a -href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> by commands like + id="dx1-9002"></a>) used in the <a + id="dx1-9003"></a>link-text by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-8004"></a>, <span + id="dx1-9004"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a - id="dx1-8005"></a>, <span + id="dx1-9005"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a - id="dx1-8006"></a> and <span + id="dx1-9006"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a - id="dx1-8007"></a> (but not commands like + id="dx1-9007"></a> (but not commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a - id="dx1-8008"></a>, <span + id="dx1-9008"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a - id="dx1-8009"></a> and <span + id="dx1-9009"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>) is changed by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to test for regular entries, which are determined as follows: @@ -3947,78 +3962,79 @@ entries, which are determined as follows: <li class="itemize">If an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-8010"></a> attribute set (see <a + id="dx1-9010"></a> attribute set (see <a href="#sec:categories"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 +class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>), the entry is considered a regular entry, even if it has a value for the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-8011"></a> key. In this case <span + id="dx1-9011"></a> key. In this case <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-8012"></a> + id="dx1-9012"></a> (provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>), which uses the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-8013"></a> (or <span + id="dx1-9013"></a> (or <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-8014"></a>) value on <a - id="dx1-8015"></a><a + id="dx1-9014"></a>) value on <a + id="dx1-9015"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> and the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-8016"></a> (or <span + id="dx1-9016"></a> (or <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-8017"></a>) value on subsequent use. + id="dx1-9017"></a>) value on subsequent use. </li> <li class="itemize">An entry that doesn’t have a value for the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-8018"></a> key is assumed to + id="dx1-9018"></a> key is assumed to be a regular entry, even if the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-8019"></a> attribute isn’t set to “true” + id="dx1-9019"></a> attribute isn’t set to “true” (since it can’t be an abbreviation without the short form). In this case <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-8020"></a>. + id="dx1-9020"></a>. </li> <li class="itemize">If an entry does has a value for the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-8021"></a> key and hasn’t been marked as + id="dx1-9021"></a> key and hasn’t been marked as a regular entry through the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-8022"></a> attribute, it’s not considered a regular + id="dx1-9022"></a> attribute, it’s not considered a regular + + + entry. In this case <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a - id="dx1-8023"></a> (defined by + id="dx1-9023"></a> (defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>) which is governed by the abbreviation style (see <a href="#sec:abbrstyle"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.2 +class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.2 </a><a href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>). </li></ul> -<!--l. 1989--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather +<!--l. 2051--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather than abbreviations if it’s more appropriate for the desired style. -</p><!--l. 1993--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span +</p><!--l. 2055--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-8024"></a> now puts <span + id="dx1-9024"></a> now puts <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentry</span><a - id="dx1-8025"></a> in the argument of + id="dx1-9025"></a> in the argument of the new command -</p><!--l. 1995--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrregularfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8026"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2057--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-9026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1997--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2059--><p class="noindent" > This just does its argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ by default. This means that if you want regular entries in a different font but don’t want that font to apply to abbreviations, then @@ -4026,115 +4042,103 @@ you can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont</span>. This is more precise than changing <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a - id="dx1-8027"></a> which is applied to all linking commands for all entries, unless + id="dx1-9027"></a> which is applied to all linking commands for all entries, unless overridden by the <a href="#catattr.textformat"><span class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a - id="dx1-8028"></a> attribute. -</p><!--l. 2006--><p class="indent" > For example: + id="dx1-9028"></a> attribute. +</p><!--l. 2068--><p class="indent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{\textsf{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 2009--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span +<!--l. 2071--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. For example, you can query the category: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%  <br /> \glsifcategory{\glslabel}{general}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 2015--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called +<!--l. 2077--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called <span class="cmtt-10">font</span>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{font}{sf}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%  <br /> \glsifattribute{\glslabel}{font}{sf}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 2023--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it’s simpler to just do, for example: +<!--l. 2085--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it’s simpler to just do, for example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{textformat}{textsf} </div> -<!--l. 2027--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span +<!--l. 2089--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont</span>. -</p><!--l. 2030--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates +</p><!--l. 2092--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>: -</p><!--l. 2032--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbreviationfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8029"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2094--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-9029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbreviationfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2034--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2096--><p class="noindent" > This also just does its argument by default. Font changes made by abbreviation styles are within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 2038--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 2100--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to insert information after the <a - id="dx1-8030"></a><a + id="dx1-9030"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> produced by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>is redefined to -</p><!--l. 2041--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkhook</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8031"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2103--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-9031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkhook </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2043--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2105--><p class="noindent" > This command will discard a following full stop (period) if the <a href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a - id="dx1-8032"></a> attribute + id="dx1-9032"></a> attribute is set to “true” for the current entry’s category. It will also do -</p><!--l. 2047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlink</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8033"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2109--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-9033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2049--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" > if a full stop hasn’t be discarded and -</p><!--l. 2051--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8034"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2113--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-9034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2053--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2115--><p class="noindent" > if a full stop has been discarded. -</p><!--l. 2056--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category +</p><!--l. 2118--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category attribute) to determine whether or not to discard a following full stop. In which case you can redefine: -</p><!--l. 2059--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8035"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2121--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-9035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2061--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2123--><p class="noindent" > You can access the field’s label using <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. This command should do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the @@ -4145,12 +4149,12 @@ definition is simply: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod}[2]{#2} </div> -<!--l. 2068--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category +<!--l. 2130--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category attributes will be checked.) -</p><!--l. 2072--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span +</p><!--l. 2134--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands within the post-link hook as they will cause interference. Consider using commands like @@ -4159,45 +4163,43 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>(<a href="#sec:nested"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.8 </a><a href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>) instead. </div> -</p><!--l. 2077--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2079--><p class="indent" > By default <span +</p><!--l. 2139--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2141--><p class="indent" > By default <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span>just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a - id="dx1-8036"></a> if + id="dx1-9036"></a> if it exists, where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is the category label for the current entry. (For example, for the <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a - id="dx1-8037"></a> category, <span + id="dx1-9037"></a> category, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral </span>if it has been defined.) -</p><!--l. 2084--><p class="indent" > You can define the post-link hook command using <span +</p><!--l. 2146--><p class="indent" > You can define the post-link hook command using <span class="cmtt-10">\newcommand</span>, for example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral}{%  <br /> \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 2090--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use -</p><!--l. 2092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsdefpostlink</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8038"></a> <span +<!--l. 2152--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use +</p><!--l. 2154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-9038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostlink{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2094--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2156--><p class="noindent" > This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -4211,414 +4213,148 @@ class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> </div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined. -<!--l. 2102--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command +<!--l. 2164--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a - id="dx1-8039"></a> is defined the hook will do that and then insert a + id="dx1-9039"></a> is defined the hook will do that and then insert a full stop with the space factor adjusted to match the end of sentence. If <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a - id="dx1-8040"></a> hasn’t been defined, the space factor is adjusted to match + id="dx1-9040"></a> hasn’t been defined, the space factor is adjusted to match the end of sentence. This means that if you have, for example, an entry that ends with a full stop, a redundant following full stop will be discarded and the space factor adjusted (in case the entry is in uppercase) unless the entry is followed by additional material, in which case the following full stop is no longer redundant and needs to be reinserted. -</p><!--l. 2115--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing +</p><!--l. 2177--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing the post-<a - id="dx1-8041"></a><a + id="dx1-9041"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> category hooks: -</p><!--l. 2117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8042"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2119--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2179--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-9042"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" > This will add the description in parentheses on <a - id="dx1-8043"></a><a + id="dx1-9043"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. -</p><!--l. 2122--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a - id="dx1-8044"></a>first +</p><!--l. 2184--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a + id="dx1-9044"></a>first use for entries in the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-8045"></a> category: + id="dx1-9045"></a> category: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinksymbol}{%  <br />  \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 2129--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8046"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2133--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2191--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-9046"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 2195--><p class="noindent" > This will append the symbol (if defined) in parentheses on <a - id="dx1-8047"></a><a + id="dx1-9047"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. (Does nothing if the symbol hasn’t been set.) -</p><!--l. 2137--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolDescOnFirstUse</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8048"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolDescOnFirstUse</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2139--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-9048"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolDescOnFirstUse </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 2201--><p class="noindent" > (New to v1.31.) On <a - id="dx1-8049"></a>first use, this will append <span + id="dx1-9049"></a>first use, this will append <span class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(⟨<span class="cmti-10">symbol</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩) if the symbol is defined otherwise it just appends <span class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(⟨<span class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩). -</p><!--l. 2145--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use +</p><!--l. 2207--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a - id="dx1-8050"></a> within the post-<a - id="dx1-8051"></a><a + id="dx1-9050"></a> within the post-<a + id="dx1-9051"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook as by this point the <a - id="dx1-8052"></a><a + id="dx1-9052"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will have been unset. Instead you can use -</p><!--l. 2148--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8053"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2210--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-9053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2150--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2212--><p class="noindent" > This will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the last used entry was the <a - id="dx1-8054"></a>first use for that entry, otherwise it + id="dx1-9054"></a>first use for that entry, otherwise it will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. (Requires at least <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.19 to work properly.) This command is locally set by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so don’t rely on it outside of the post-<a - id="dx1-8055"></a>link-text + id="dx1-9055"></a>link-text hook. -</p><!--l. 2158--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span +</p><!--l. 2220--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a - id="dx1-8056"></a> and <span + id="dx1-9056"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a - id="dx1-8057"></a> fake <a - id="dx1-8058"></a>first use for the + id="dx1-9057"></a> fake <a + id="dx1-9058"></a>first use for the benefit of the post-<a - id="dx1-8059"></a>link-text hooks by setting <span + id="dx1-9059"></a>link-text hooks by setting <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse </span>to <span class="cmtt-10">\@firstoftwo</span>. (Although, depending on the styles in use, they may not exactly match the text produced by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-8060"></a>-like commands on <a - id="dx1-8061"></a>first use.) However, the + id="dx1-9060"></a>-like commands on <a + id="dx1-9061"></a>first use.) However, the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-8062"></a> style alters <span + id="dx1-9062"></a> style alters <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>so that it fakes non-<a - id="dx1-8063"></a>first use otherwise + id="dx1-9063"></a>first use otherwise the inline full format would include the footnote, which is inappropriate. </div> -</p><!--l. 2167--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2169--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a - id="dx1-8064"></a>link-text +</p><!--l. 2229--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2231--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a + id="dx1-9064"></a>link-text on <a - id="dx1-8065"></a>first use for the <span + id="dx1-9065"></a>first use for the <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a - id="dx1-8066"></a> category: + id="dx1-9066"></a> category: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral}{%  <br />  \glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 2175--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2177--><p class="indent" > The <a +<!--l. 2237--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2239--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-8067"></a> abbreviation style uses the post-<a - id="dx1-8068"></a><a + id="dx1-9067"></a> abbreviation style uses the post-<a + id="dx1-9068"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook to place the footnote after trailing punctuation characters. -</p><!--l. 2181--><p class="indent" > You can set the default options used by <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a - id="dx1-8069"></a>, <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-8070"></a> etc with: -</p><!--l. 2183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8071"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2185--><p class="noindent" > -For example, if you mostly don’t want to index entries then you can do: - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56"> -\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{noindex} -</div> -<!--l. 2190--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex=false]{sample}</span></span></span> when you actually want -the location added to the <a - id="dx1-8072"></a><a -href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. These defaults may be overridden by other -settings (such as category attributes) in addition to any settings passed in the option -argument of commands like <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 2197--><p class="indent" > Note that if you don’t want <span -class="cmti-10">any </span>indexing, just omit <span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and -<span -class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span>(or analogous commands). If you want to adjust the -default for <span -class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span><a - id="dx1-8073"></a>, it’s better to do this by redefining <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><a - id="dx1-8074"></a> -instead. -</p><!--l. 2203--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts </span>doesn’t affect <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 2205--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2207--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the default value of <span -class="cmss-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-8075"></a>, you can instead use: -</p><!--l. 2209--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2211--><p class="noindent" > -This has the advantage of also working for <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. For example, if you -want all locations in the back matter to appear in italic (unless explicitly -overridden): - - - +</p><!--l. 2244--><p class="noindent" > </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57"> -\backmatter - <br />\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{hyperit} -</div> -<!--l. 2218--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2220--><p class="indent" > Commands like <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-8076"></a> have star (<span -class="cmtt-10">*</span>) and plus (<span -class="cmtt-10">+</span>) modifiers as a short cut for -<span -class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>. The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way to add a -third modifier, if required, using -</p><!--l. 2224--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8077"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2226--><p class="noindent" > -where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ is the character used as the modifier and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ is the default set of -options (which may be overridden). Note that ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ must be a single character (not a -UTF-8 character, unless you are using <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). -</p><!--l. 2233--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ take care of any changes in category code. -</div> -</p><!--l. 2236--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2238--><p class="indent" > Example: - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58"> -\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{!}{noindex} -</div> -<!--l. 2241--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls!{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span>. It’s -not possible to mix modifiers. For example, if you want to do - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59"> -\gls[noindex,hyper=false]{sample} -</div> -<!--l. 2247--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls*[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls![hyper=false]{sample}</span></span></span> but you -can’t combine the <span -class="cmtt-10">* </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">! </span>modifiers. -</p><!--l. 2252--><p class="indent" > <a - id="dx1-8078"></a><a -href="#glo:locationlist">Location lists</a> displayed with <span -class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>internally use -</p><!--l. 2254--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8079"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2256--><p class="noindent" > -This command is provided by <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, but is modified by <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check -for the start and end range formation identifiers <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> which are discarded to -obtain the actual control sequence name that forms the location formatting -command. -</p><!--l. 2263--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses -</p><!--l. 2264--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8080"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2266--><p class="noindent" > -otherwise it uses -</p><!--l. 2268--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaystartloc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8081"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaystartloc{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2270--><p class="noindent" > -for the start of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩) -or -</p><!--l. 2273--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplayendloc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8082"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendloc{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2275--><p class="noindent" > -for the end of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩). -</p><!--l. 2279--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in -</p><!--l. 2280--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlocrangefmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8083"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2282--><p class="noindent" > -and does <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> - <br /><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> - <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> -(If the format is empty, it will be replaced with <span -class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>.) -</p><!--l. 2290--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range, -does -</p><!--l. 2292--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplayendlochook</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-8084"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendlochook{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2294--><p class="noindent" > -(which does nothing by default), followed by <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> - <br /><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> - <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> -and then sets <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span>to empty. - - - -</p><!--l. 2301--><p class="indent" > This means that the list - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60"> -\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{(textbf}{1}, - <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}, - <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}. -</div> -<!--l. 2306--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61"> -\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}, - <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}, - <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}. -</div> -<!--l. 2312--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can -accommodate the ranges. -</p><!--l. 2317--><p class="noindent" > -</p> -<!--l. 2317--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a +<!--l. 2244--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a id="sec:entrycountmods"></a>Entry Counting Modifications</h3> -<!--l. 2320--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a - id="dx1-9001"></a><a +<!--l. 2247--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a + id="dx1-10001"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you may find it more convenient to use the record count commands described in <a @@ -4627,55 +4363,55 @@ class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a> instead. -</p><!--l. 2324--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 2251--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a - id="dx1-9002"></a> command is modified to allow for the <a + id="dx1-10002"></a> command is modified to allow for the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-9003"></a> + id="dx1-10003"></a> attribute. This means that you not only need to enable entry counting with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, but you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see <a href="#sec:categories"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 +class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). -</p><!--l. 2330--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing: +</p><!--l. 2257--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60"> \glsenableentrycount </div> -<!--l. 2333--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do: +<!--l. 2260--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61"> \glsenableentrycount  <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1} </div> -<!--l. 2338--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span +<!--l. 2265--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-9004"></a> category, but any + id="dx1-10004"></a> category, but any entries assigned to other categories will be unchanged. -</p><!--l. 2343--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is +</p><!--l. 2270--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is described in <a href="#sec:entrycount"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>7.1 </a><a href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>. -</p><!--l. 2346--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2273--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2346--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a +<!--l. 2273--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6 </span> <a id="sec:glsunset"></a>First Use Flag</h3> -<!--l. 2349--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 2276--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides -</p><!--l. 2351--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 2278--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a - id="dx1-10001"></a><span + id="dx1-11001"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -4683,7 +4419,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2352--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2279--><p class="noindent" > to determine whether or not an entry has been used. This requires the entry to have been defined. If the entry is undefined, then the underlying boolean variable doesn’t exist and so is neither true nor false. This command will produce an error with the @@ -4691,44 +4427,40 @@ default <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=error</span><a - id="dx1-10002"></a> mode and a warning with <a + id="dx1-11002"></a> mode and a warning with <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-10003"></a> and, where + id="dx1-11003"></a> and, where appropriate, displays ?? in the document text to denote an undefined reference. With both modes, neither ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ nor ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ will be performed if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ doesn’t exist. -</p><!--l. 2363--><p class="indent" > The <a +</p><!--l. 2290--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-10004"></a> option automatically implements <a + id="dx1-11004"></a> option automatically implements <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-10005"></a> since no entries + id="dx1-11005"></a> since no entries will be defined until they have been selected by <a - id="dx1-10006"></a><a + id="dx1-11006"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. In this case, you may prefer to use: -</p><!--l. 2367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-10007"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2294--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-11007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2369--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2296--><p class="noindent" > (new to v1.34) which does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is undefined or if @@ -4737,41 +4469,37 @@ class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused </span>nor <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined </span>should be used in the post-link hook as the <a - id="dx1-10008"></a><a + id="dx1-11008"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will have already been unset before the hook is performed. (Instead, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span><a - id="dx1-10009"></a> should be used, see <a + id="dx1-11009"></a> should be used, see <a href="#sec:entryfmtmods"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.3 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a href="#sec:entryfmtmods">Entry Display Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entryfmtmods --></a>.) -</p><!--l. 2378--><p class="indent" > There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+: -</p><!--l. 2379--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslocalreseteach</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-10010"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2305--><p class="indent" > There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+: +</p><!--l. 2306--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-11010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreseteach{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2381--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2308--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 2383--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslocalunseteach</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-10011"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2310--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-11011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunseteach{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2385--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2312--><p class="noindent" > These behave like <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>but the argument is a +comma-separated list of labels. -comma-separated list of labels. -</p><!--l. 2389--><p class="indent" > The internal command used by <span +</p><!--l. 2316--><p class="indent" > The internal command used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is modified first to allow for the changing in entry counting, described above, but also to allow for buffering pending unsets when commands like <span @@ -4779,23 +4507,23 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>are used in a context where changing a boolean variable can cause things to go wrong. One example of this is using <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in one of the commands provided with the <a - id="dx1-10012"></a>package. For example: + id="dx1-11012"></a>package. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62"> \ul{Some text about \gls{html}.} </div> -<!--l. 2398--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error: +<!--l. 2325--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63"> Glossary entry `{html}' has not been defined. </div> -<!--l. 2402--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2329--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span> inside the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\mbox</span>. For example: @@ -4803,29 +4531,27 @@ example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64"> \ul{Some text about \mbox{\gls{html}}.} </div> -<!--l. 2407--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it’s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the +<!--l. 2334--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it’s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the first use flag causes a problem and results in the error: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65"> ! Package soul Error: Reconstruction failed. </div> -<!--l. 2413--><p class="nopar" > The <span +<!--l. 2340--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of temporarily switching off <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span> so that it just makes a note of the entry’s label but doesn’t actually perform the change: -</p><!--l. 2417--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-10013"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-11013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2419--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2346--><p class="noindent" > The unstarred version doesn’t check for duplicates, so the internal list may end up with multiple occurrences of the same label. The starred version only adds a label to the internal list if it’s not already in it. Note that this @@ -4833,14 +4559,12 @@ buffering only applies to the global <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and does not affect the local <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span>. -</p><!--l. 2427--><p class="indent" > Later you can restore <span +</p><!--l. 2354--><p class="indent" > Later you can restore <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and unset all buffered labels using: -</p><!--l. 2429--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-10014"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-11014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2431--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2358--><p class="noindent" > The starred form <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering* </span>uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>instead. For @@ -4849,7 +4573,7 @@ example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}  <br />\usepackage{soul} @@ -4862,50 +4586,54 @@ example:  <br />Next use: \gls{html}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 2450--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer +<!--l. 2377--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer using -</p><!--l. 2453--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrForUnsetBufferedList</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-10015"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-11015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForUnsetBufferedList{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2455--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 2382--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is a control sequence that takes a single argument (which is the entry label). This is best used with the starred version <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering* </span>to avoid duplicates. -</p><!--l. 2460--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn’t occur until +</p><!--l. 2387--><p class="indent" > You can discard the buffer and restore <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>to its normal behaviour with +(new to v1.42): +</p><!--l. 2389--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-11016"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrDiscardUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 2391--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2393--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn’t occur until <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</span>, multiple references of the same term within the buffering zone will always be treated as first use (if the term wasn’t used before the buffering started). </div> -</p><!--l. 2466--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2468--><p class="indent" > There can still be a problem here as content within <span +</p><!--l. 2399--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2401--><p class="indent" > There can still be a problem here as content within <span class="cmtt-10">\mbox </span>can’t break across a line so you may end up with an overfull line or excessive white space within the paragraph. -</p><!--l. 2472--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span +</p><!--l. 2405--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span class="cmtt-10">\protect</span>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67"> \GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering  <br />\ul{Some text about \protect\gls{html}.}  <br />\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering </div> -<!--l. 2477--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won’t be applied. Another +<!--l. 2410--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won’t be applied. Another possibility is: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68"> \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}  <br />\usepackage{soul}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra} @@ -4922,31 +4650,29 @@ possibility is:  <br />Next use: \gls{html}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 2500--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span +<!--l. 2433--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>outside of <span class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>and uses <span class="cmss-10">textformat</span><a - id="dx1-10016"></a> to locally change the formatting + id="dx1-11017"></a> to locally change the formatting command used by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(which is normally given by <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat </span>or the <a href="#catattr.textformat"><span class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a - id="dx1-10017"></a> attribute) to a custom command <span + id="dx1-11018"></a> attribute) to a custom command <span class="cmtt-10">\gul</span>, which locally changes the regular font and the default abbreviation font to use <span class="cmtt-10">\ul</span>. It then uses -</p><!--l. 2507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrExpandedFmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-10018"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2440--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-11019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2509--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2442--><p class="noindent" > which (protected) fully expands ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ before applying ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩, which must be a control @@ -4958,137 +4684,135 @@ something that <span class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>can’t deal with. For example, if an abbreviation style is used that contains complex formatting or if the field value contains problematic content. -</p><!--l. 2519--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2452--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2519--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6 </span> <a +<!--l. 2452--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7 </span> <a id="plurals"></a>Plurals</h3> -<!--l. 2521--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from +<!--l. 2454--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from the singular with a suffix appended. This isn’t an absolute rule. There are plenty of exceptions (for example, geese, children, churches, elves, fairies, sheep). The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11001"></a> package allows the <span + id="dx1-12001"></a> package allows the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-11002"></a> key to be optional when + id="dx1-12002"></a> key to be optional when defining entries. In some cases a plural may not make any sense (for example, the term is a symbol) and in some cases the plural may be identical to the singular. -</p><!--l. 2530--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be +</p><!--l. 2463--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be formed by appending a suffix to the singular, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11003"></a> package lets the <span + id="dx1-12003"></a> package lets the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-11004"></a> + id="dx1-12004"></a> field default to the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-11005"></a> field with <span + id="dx1-12005"></a> field with <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a - id="dx1-11006"></a> appended. This + id="dx1-12006"></a> appended. This command is defined to be just the letter “s”. This means that the majority of terms don’t need to have the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-11007"></a> supplied as well, and you only need to use it for the + id="dx1-12007"></a> supplied as well, and you only need to use it for the exceptions. -</p><!--l. 2539--><p class="indent" > For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span +</p><!--l. 2472--><p class="indent" > For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-11008"></a> field will always need to + id="dx1-12008"></a> field will always need to be supplied, where needed. -</p><!--l. 2542--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span +</p><!--l. 2475--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-11009"></a>, <span + id="dx1-12009"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-11010"></a> and <span + id="dx1-12010"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-11011"></a>. Again, if + id="dx1-12011"></a>. Again, if you are using a language that doesn’t have a simple suffix rule, you’ll have to supply the plural forms if you need them (and if a plural makes sense in the context). -</p><!--l. 2548--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span +</p><!--l. 2481--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11012"></a> package follows these rules: </p> + id="dx1-12012"></a> package follows these rules: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">If <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-11013"></a> is missing, then <span + id="dx1-12013"></a> is missing, then <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>is appended to the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-11014"></a> + id="dx1-12014"></a> field, if that field has been supplied. If the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-11015"></a> field hasn’t been supplied + id="dx1-12015"></a> field hasn’t been supplied but the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-11016"></a> field has been supplied, then the <span + id="dx1-12016"></a> field has been supplied, then the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-11017"></a> field defaults to + id="dx1-12017"></a> field defaults to the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-11018"></a> field. If the <span + id="dx1-12018"></a> field. If the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-11019"></a> field hasn’t been supplied, then both the <span + id="dx1-12019"></a> field hasn’t been supplied, then both the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-11020"></a> + id="dx1-12020"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-11021"></a> fields default to the <span + id="dx1-12021"></a> fields default to the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-11022"></a> field (or <span + id="dx1-12022"></a> field (or <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-11023"></a>, if no <span + id="dx1-12023"></a>, if no <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-11024"></a> field) with + id="dx1-12024"></a> field) with <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>appended. </li> <li class="itemize">If the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-11025"></a> field is missing, then <span + id="dx1-12025"></a> field is missing, then <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>is appended to the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-11026"></a> field, if the <span + id="dx1-12026"></a> field, if the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-11027"></a> field has been supplied. + id="dx1-12027"></a> field has been supplied. </li> <li class="itemize">If the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-11028"></a> field is missing then, <span + id="dx1-12028"></a> field is missing then, <span class="cmti-10">with the base </span><span class="cmssi-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11029"></a> <span + id="dx1-12029"></a> <span class="cmti-10">acronym</span> <span class="cmti-10">mechanism</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\acrpluralsuffix</span><a - id="dx1-11030"></a> is appended to the <span + id="dx1-12030"></a> is appended to the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-11031"></a> field. + id="dx1-12031"></a> field. </li></ul> -<!--l. 2571--><p class="indent" > This <span +<!--l. 2504--><p class="indent" > This <span class="cmti-10">last case is changed </span>with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. With this extension package, the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-11032"></a> field defaults to the <span + id="dx1-12032"></a> field defaults to the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-11033"></a> field with <span + id="dx1-12033"></a> field with <span class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span><a - id="dx1-11034"></a> appended + id="dx1-12034"></a> appended unless overridden by category attributes. This suffix command is set by the abbreviation styles. This means that every time an abbreviation style is implemented, <span class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is redefined. In most cases its redefined to use -</p><!--l. 2579--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-11035"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2512--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-12035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2581--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2514--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to just <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>. Some of the abbreviation styles have their own command for the plural suffix, such as <span @@ -5104,115 +4828,115 @@ new abbreviation mechanism. -</p><!--l. 2591--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two +</p><!--l. 2524--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two attributes that affect the short plural suffix formation. The first is <a href="#catattr.aposplural"><span class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-11036"></a> which + id="dx1-12036"></a> which uses the suffix </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69"> '\abbrvpluralsuffix </div> -<!--l. 2596--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span +<!--l. 2529--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is appended. The second attribute is <a href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-11037"></a> which suppresses the suffix and simply sets <span + id="dx1-12037"></a> which suppresses the suffix and simply sets <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-11038"></a> to the + id="dx1-12038"></a> to the same as <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-11039"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2602--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-12039"></a>. +</p><!--l. 2535--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2602--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7 </span> <a +<!--l. 2535--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8 </span> <a id="sec:nested"></a>Nested Links</h3> -<!--l. 2605--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span +<!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-12001"></a> in the value of the <span + id="dx1-13001"></a> in the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-12002"></a> field (or <span + id="dx1-13002"></a> field (or <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-12003"></a> or <span + id="dx1-13003"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-12004"></a> + id="dx1-13004"></a> fields, if set). This tends to occur with abbreviations that extend other abbreviations. For example, SHTML is an abbreviation for SSI enabled HTML, where SSI is an abbreviation for Server Side Includes and HTML is an abbreviation for Hypertext Markup Language. -</p><!--l. 2613--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span +</p><!--l. 2546--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70"> \newacronym{ssi}{SSI}{Server Side Includes}  <br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{Hypertext Markup Language}  <br />\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}} </div> -<!--l. 2619--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2621--><p class="indent" > The main problems are: +<!--l. 2552--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2554--><p class="indent" > The main problems are: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-12006x1"><a + class="enumerate" id="x1-13006x1"><a id="itm:nestedfirstucprob"></a> The first letter upper casing commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-12007"></a>, won’t work for the + id="dx1-13007"></a>, won’t work for the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry on <a - id="dx1-12008"></a><a + id="dx1-13008"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> if the long form is displayed before the short form (which is the default abbreviation style). This will attempt to do - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71"> \gls{\uppercase ssi} enabled \gls{html} </div> - <!--l. 2629--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2562--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{ssi}</span></span></span> doesn’t work either as this will effectively try to do </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72"> \uppercase{\gls{ssi}} enabled \gls{html} </div> - <!--l. 2634--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span + <!--l. 2567--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>so the entry won’t be recognised. This problem will also occur if you use the all capitals version, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a - id="dx1-12009"></a>. + id="dx1-13009"></a>. </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-12011x2"><a + class="enumerate" id="x1-13011x2"><a id="itm:nonexpandprob"></a> The long and abbreviated forms accessed through <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a - id="dx1-12012"></a> and + id="dx1-13012"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span><a - id="dx1-12013"></a> are no longer expandable and so can’t be used be used in + id="dx1-13013"></a> are no longer expandable and so can’t be used be used in contexts that require this, such as PDF bookmarks. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-12015x3"><a + class="enumerate" id="x1-13015x3"><a id="itm:nestedsortprob"></a> The nested commands may end up in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-12016"></a> key, which will confuse the + id="dx1-13016"></a> key, which will confuse the indexing. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-12018x4"><a + class="enumerate" id="x1-13018x4"><a id="itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob"></a> The <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces inconsistent results depending on whether the <span class="cmtt-10">ssi</span> @@ -5225,18 +4949,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>. For example: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73"> This section discusses \gls{ssi}, \gls{html} and \gls{shtml}. </div> - <!--l. 2653--><p class="nopar" > This produces: + <!--l. 2586--><p class="nopar" > This produces: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 2656--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext + <!--l. 2589--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext markup language (HTML) and SSI enabled HTML (SHTML).</p></div> - <!--l. 2659--><p class="noindent" >So the <a - id="dx1-12019"></a><a + <!--l. 2592--><p class="noindent" >So the <a + id="dx1-13019"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces “SSI enabled HTML (SHTML)”. - </p><!--l. 2662--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span + </p><!--l. 2595--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry is used before the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>but the <span class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>entry is @@ -5246,41 +4970,41 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry, for example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74"> The sample files are either \gls{html} or \gls{shtml}, but let's  <br />first discuss \gls{ssi}. </div> - <!--l. 2668--><p class="nopar" > This produces: + <!--l. 2601--><p class="nopar" > This produces: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 2671--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML) + <!--l. 2604--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML) or server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML), but let’s first discuss SSI.</p></div> - <!--l. 2676--><p class="noindent" >So the <a - id="dx1-12020"></a><a + <!--l. 2609--><p class="noindent" >So the <a + id="dx1-13020"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML)”, which looks a bit strange. - </p><!--l. 2680--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span + </p><!--l. 2613--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used before (or without) the other two entries: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75"> This article is an introduction to \gls{shtml}. </div> - <!--l. 2684--><p class="nopar" > This produces: + <!--l. 2617--><p class="nopar" > This produces: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 2687--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI) + <!--l. 2620--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI) enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML).</p></div> - <!--l. 2690--><p class="noindent" >So the <a - id="dx1-12021"></a><a + <!--l. 2623--><p class="noindent" >So the <a + id="dx1-13021"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI) enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML)”, which is even more strange. - </p><!--l. 2694--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span + </p><!--l. 2627--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>. For example: @@ -5288,22 +5012,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76"> \setacronymstyle{long-short} </div> - <!--l. 2699--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span + <!--l. 2632--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>when displaying the long and short forms, but this value changes with each use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so instead of displaying “(SHTML)” at the end of the <a - id="dx1-12022"></a><a + id="dx1-13022"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, it now displays “(HTML)”, since <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>has been changed to <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span>. - </p><!--l. 2707--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span + </p><!--l. 2640--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry between uses of the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml</span> entry. For example: @@ -5311,27 +5035,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml</span> </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77"> \gls{shtml} ... \glsreset{html}\gls{shtml} </div> - <!--l. 2711--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span + <!--l. 2644--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>produces “Shypertext markup language (HTML)”, which is downright weird. - </p><!--l. 2715--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which + </p><!--l. 2648--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which amount to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{S\acronymfont{HTML}}</span></span></span>. This may not be a problem for some styles, but if you use one of the “sm” styles (that use <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a - id="dx1-12023"></a>), + id="dx1-13023"></a>), this will produce an odd result. </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-12025x5"><a + class="enumerate" id="x1-13025x5"><a id="itm:indexingprob"></a> Each time the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used, the <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry will also be indexed and marked as used, and on <a - id="dx1-12026"></a><a + id="dx1-13026"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> this will happen to both the <span class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">html</span> @@ -5339,86 +5063,86 @@ class="cmtt-10">html</span> helpful to the reader. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-12028x6"><a + class="enumerate" id="x1-13028x6"><a id="itm:nestedhyplinkprob"></a> If <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-12029"></a> is in use, you’ll get nested hyperlinks and there’s no consistent way + id="dx1-13029"></a> is in use, you’ll get nested hyperlinks and there’s no consistent way of dealing with this across the available PDF viewers. If on the <a - id="dx1-12030"></a>first + id="dx1-13030"></a>first use case, the user clicks on the “HTML” part of the “SSI enabled HTML (SHTML)” link, they may be directed to the HTML entry in the glossary or they may be directed to the SHTML entry in the glossary. </li></ol> -<!--l. 2736--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands +<!--l. 2669--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-12031"></a> or <span + id="dx1-13031"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span><a - id="dx1-12032"></a> in the definition of other entries + id="dx1-13032"></a> in the definition of other entries (although that doesn’t fix the first problem). Alternatively use something like: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78"> \newacronym  <br /> [description={\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}}]  <br /> {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML} </div> -<!--l. 2744--><p class="nopar" > with <span +<!--l. 2677--><p class="nopar" > with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>or: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79"> \newabbreviation  <br /> [description={\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled \glsxtrshort{html}}]  <br /> {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML} </div> -<!--l. 2750--><p class="nopar" > with <span +<!--l. 2683--><p class="nopar" > with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. This fixes all the above listed problems (as long as you don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a - id="dx1-12033"></a>). Note that replacing <span + id="dx1-13033"></a>). Note that replacing <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>in the original example may fix the <a - id="dx1-12034"></a><a + id="dx1-13034"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> issue, but it doesn’t fix any of the other problems listed above. -</p><!--l. 2757--><p class="indent" > If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use +</p><!--l. 2690--><p class="indent" > If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80"> \setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}  <br />\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side includes}  <br />\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext markup language}  <br />\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{\glsabbrvfont{ssi} enabled  <br />\glsabbrvfont{html}} </div> -<!--l. 2766--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case). +<!--l. 2699--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case). This isn’t a problem in the above example as all the abbreviations use the same style. -</p><!--l. 2771--><p class="indent" > However if you’re really determined to use <span +</p><!--l. 2704--><p class="indent" > However if you’re really determined to use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-12035"></a> in a field that may be included + id="dx1-13035"></a> in a field that may be included within some <a - id="dx1-12036"></a><a + id="dx1-13036"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>patches internals used by the linking commands so that if <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(or plural or case changing variants) occurs in the <a - id="dx1-12037"></a>link-text it will + id="dx1-13037"></a>link-text it will behave as though you used <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a - id="dx1-12038"></a><span + id="dx1-13038"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[hyper=false,noindex] </span>instead. Grouping is also added so that, for example, when <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{shtml}</span></span></span> is used for the first time the long @@ -5427,19 +5151,19 @@ form </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81"> \gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html} </div> -<!--l. 2782--><p class="nopar" > is treated as +<!--l. 2715--><p class="nopar" > is treated as </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82"> {\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}} enabled  <br />{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{html}} </div> -<!--l. 2787--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems <a +<!--l. 2720--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems <a href="#itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob">4<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob --></a>, <a href="#itm:indexingprob">5<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:indexingprob --></a> and <a href="#itm:nestedhyplinkprob">6<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedhyplinkprob --></a> listed above, but still doesn’t fix problems <a @@ -5448,24 +5172,24 @@ and <a href="#itm:nonexpandprob">2<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nonexpandprob --></a>. Problem <a href="#itm:nestedsortprob">3<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedsortprob --></a> usually won’t be an issue as most abbreviation styles set the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-12039"></a> + id="dx1-13039"></a> key to the short form, so using these commands in the long form but not the short form will only affect entries with a style that sorts according to the long form (such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-12040"></a>). -</p><!--l. 2798--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span + id="dx1-13040"></a>). +</p><!--l. 2731--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a - id="dx1-12041"></a> or + id="dx1-13041"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a - id="dx1-12042"></a> will be temporarily redefined to just use </p><div class="alltt"> + id="dx1-13042"></a> will be temporarily redefined to just use </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmsy-10">{</span><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a - id="dx1-12043"></a><span + id="dx1-13043"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span @@ -5475,11 +5199,11 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> (or case-changing versions). Similarly the short form commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a - id="dx1-12044"></a> or <span + id="dx1-13044"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a - id="dx1-12045"></a> will use <span + id="dx1-13045"></a> will use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span><a - id="dx1-12046"></a> in the argument of either + id="dx1-13046"></a> in the argument of either <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>(for <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>) or <span @@ -5490,65 +5214,63 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry had instead been defined as: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83"> \newacronym{shtml}{SHTML}{\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}} </div> -<!--l. 2811--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a +<!--l. 2744--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-12047"></a> style) the <a - id="dx1-12048"></a><a + id="dx1-13047"></a> style) the <a + id="dx1-13048"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84"> {\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled  <br />{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML) </div> -<!--l. 2817--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as: +<!--l. 2750--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85"> \newabbreviation{shtml}{SHTML}{\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled  <br />\glsxtrshort{html}} </div> -<!--l. 2822--><p class="nopar" > then the <a - id="dx1-12049"></a><a +<!--l. 2755--><p class="nopar" > then the <a + id="dx1-13049"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86"> {\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled  <br />{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML) </div> -<!--l. 2827--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span +<!--l. 2760--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>is ignored in this context. (The final optional argument will be inserted, if present.) The abbreviation style that governs <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span><a - id="dx1-12050"></a> will be set for <span + id="dx1-13050"></a> will be set for <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a - id="dx1-12051"></a>. Note + id="dx1-13051"></a>. Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>doesn’t set the abbreviation style. -</p><!--l. 2835--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use: -</p><!--l. 2836--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrp</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-12052"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2768--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use: +</p><!--l. 2769--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-13052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2838--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2771--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field label and corresponds to a command in the form <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>⟨<span @@ -5558,206 +5280,194 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>) or in the form <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>). -</p><!--l. 2843--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields: -</p><!--l. 2844--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsps</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-12053"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2776--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields: +</p><!--l. 2777--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-13053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsps{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2846--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2779--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}</span></span></span><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>, and -</p><!--l. 2848--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glspt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-12054"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2781--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-13054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2850--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2783--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{text}</span></span></span><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. -</p><!--l. 2853--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 2786--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>command behaves much like the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmt</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ commands described in <a href="#sec:headtitle"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> but the post-link hook is also suppressed and extra grouping is added. It automatically sets <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a - id="dx1-12055"></a> to <span + id="dx1-13055"></a> to <span class="cmtt-10">false </span>and <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a - id="dx1-12056"></a> to <span + id="dx1-13056"></a> to <span class="cmtt-10">true</span>. If you want to change this, you can use -</p><!--l. 2860--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetpopts</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-12057"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-13057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetpopts{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2862--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2795--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87"> \glsxtrsetpopts{hyper=false} </div> -<!--l. 2866--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using +<!--l. 2799--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using this command or you can end up back to the original problem of nested links. -</p><!--l. 2871--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the +</p><!--l. 2804--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the command: -</p><!--l. 2873--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glossxtrsetpopts</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-12058"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2806--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-13058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossxtrsetpopts </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2875--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2808--><p class="noindent" > which by default just does </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88"> \glsxtrsetpopts{noindex} </div> -<!--l. 2879--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span +<!--l. 2812--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>is used in the glossary. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89"> \renewcommand{\glossxtrsetpopts}{\glsxtrsetpopts{noindex=false}} </div> -<!--l. 2884--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2886--><p class="indent" > For example, +<!--l. 2817--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2819--><p class="indent" > For example, </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90"> \glsxtrp{short}{ssi} </div> -<!--l. 2889--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to +<!--l. 2822--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91"> {\let\glspostlinkhook\relax  <br /> \glsxtrshort[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}[]%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 2895--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or +<!--l. 2828--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92"> {\let\glspostlinkhook\relax  <br /> \glsxtrshort[noindex]{ssi}[]%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 2901--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.) -</p><!--l. 2904--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2834--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.) +</p><!--l. 2837--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}</span></span></span> occurs in a sectioning mark, it’s equivalent to </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93"> {\glsxtrheadshort{ssi}} </div> -<!--l. 2908--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a +<!--l. 2841--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a href="#catattr.headuc"><span class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a - id="dx1-12059"></a> attribute.) -</p><!--l. 2911--><p class="indent" > If <span + id="dx1-13059"></a> attribute.) +</p><!--l. 2844--><p class="indent" > If <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-12060"></a> has been loaded, then the bookmark will use <span + id="dx1-13060"></a> has been loaded, then the bookmark will use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{ssi}</span></span></span> in the above example). -</p><!--l. 2915--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands -</p><!--l. 2916--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrp</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-12061"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2848--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands +</p><!--l. 2849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-13061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrp{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2918--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2851--><p class="noindent" > for first letter upper case and -</p><!--l. 2920--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrp</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-12062"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 2853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-13062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrp{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2922--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2855--><p class="noindent" > for all upper case. -</p><!--l. 2925--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span +</p><!--l. 2858--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-12063"></a> or <span + id="dx1-13063"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span><a - id="dx1-12064"></a>, (either + id="dx1-13064"></a>, (either all caps or first letter upper casing) don’t use any of the linking commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-12065"></a> or <span + id="dx1-13065"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a - id="dx1-12066"></a>, in the definition of entries for any of the fields that may be used + id="dx1-13066"></a>, in the definition of entries for any of the fields that may be used by those case-changing commands. </div> -</p><!--l. 2931--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2933--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue <a +</p><!--l. 2864--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2866--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue <a href="#itm:nestedfirstucprob">1<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedfirstucprob --></a> by inserting an empty group at the start if the long form starts with a command that breaks the first letter uppercasing commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>, but you still won’t be able to use the all caps commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>. -</p><!--l. 2939--><p class="indent" > If you <span +</p><!--l. 2872--><p class="indent" > If you <span class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94"> \newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsxtrp{short}{ssi} enabled  <br />\glsxtrp{short}{html}} </div> -<!--l. 2943--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally. -</p><!--l. 2946--><p class="indent" > Example document: +<!--l. 2876--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally. +</p><!--l. 2879--><p class="indent" > Example document: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95"> \documentclass{report}  <br />\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  <br />\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} @@ -5782,23 +5492,23 @@ class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 2984--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2986--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2917--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2919--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2986--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8 </span> <a +<!--l. 2919--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.9 </span> <a id="sec:acronymmods"></a>Acronym Style Modifications</h3> +<!--l. 2922--><p class="noindent" >The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a new way of dealing with abbreviations and -<!--l. 2989--><p class="noindent" >The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a new way of dealing with abbreviations and redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-13001"></a> to use <span + id="dx1-14001"></a> to use <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(see <a href="#sec:abbreviations"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>3 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>). The simplest way to update a document that uses <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>from <span @@ -5809,17 +5519,50 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is do just add </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96"> \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short} </div> -<!--l. 2997--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. For example, the following document using just +<!--l. 2930--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. If you have used commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a + id="dx1-14002"></a>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a + id="dx1-14003"></a> +and <span +class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a + id="dx1-14004"></a>, you need to substitute them with <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a + id="dx1-14005"></a>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a + id="dx1-14006"></a> and +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a + id="dx1-14007"></a>. (This includes plural and case-changing forms.) Your text editor’s +search and replace function should help with this. If you have used the <a +href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span +class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><a + id="dx1-14008"></a> +package option then use <a +href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span +class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span +class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a + id="dx1-14009"></a> in order to continue using the shortcut +commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\ac</span><a + id="dx1-14010"></a>. With this setting, <span +class="cmtt-10">\acs</span><a + id="dx1-14011"></a> will use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a + id="dx1-14012"></a> instead of <span +class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a + id="dx1-14013"></a> etc. +</p><!--l. 2941--><p class="indent" > For example, the following document using just <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[acronym,nopostdot,toc]{glossaries}  <br />\makeglossaries @@ -5830,13 +5573,13 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 3010--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span +<!--l. 2952--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries-extra}  <br />\makeglossaries @@ -5847,14 +5590,14 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>:  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 3022--><p class="nopar" > Table <a +<!--l. 2964--><p class="nopar" > Table <a href="#tab:acrabbrvstyles">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:acrabbrvstyles --></a> lists the nearest equivalent <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviation styles for the predefined acronym styles provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, but note that the new styles use different formatting commands. See <a href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.4 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.4 </a><a href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles">Predefined Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:predefabbrvstyles --></a> for further details. </p> @@ -5862,7 +5605,7 @@ details. -<!--l. 3029--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 2971--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:acrabbrvstyles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -5879,44 +5622,44 @@ class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">new-style-name</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-130021 --> +class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-140141 --> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-2" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" ><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col id="TBL-2-1" /><col id="TBL-2-2" /></colgroup><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3036--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmbx-10">Old Style Name</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3037--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2978--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmbx-10">Old Style Name</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2979--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-10">New Style Name</span> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3038--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2980--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a - id="dx1-13003"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3038--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14015"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2980--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a - id="dx1-13004"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14016"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3039--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2981--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a - id="dx1-13005"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3039--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14017"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2981--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a - id="dx1-13006"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14018"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3040--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2982--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a - id="dx1-13007"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3040--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14019"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2982--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-13008"></a> <br + id="dx1-14020"></a> <br class="newline" />with <span class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span><span class="cmsy-10">{</span><span @@ -5929,68 +5672,68 @@ class="cmsy-10">{</span><span class="cmtt-10">#1</span><span class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3042--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2984--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span><a - id="dx1-13009"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3042--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14021"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2984--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-13010"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14022"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3043--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2985--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">sc-short-long</span><a - id="dx1-13011"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3043--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14023"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2985--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-13012"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14024"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3044--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2986--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a - id="dx1-13013"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3044--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14025"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2986--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-13014"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14026"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3045--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2987--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a - id="dx1-13015"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3045--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14027"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2987--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-13016"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14028"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3046--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short-desc</span><a - id="dx1-13017"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3046--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14029"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-13018"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14030"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2989--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sm-short-desc</span><a - id="dx1-13019"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14031"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2989--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sm-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-13020"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14032"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3048--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2990--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short-desc</span><a - id="dx1-13021"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3048--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14033"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2990--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-13022"></a> <br + id="dx1-14034"></a> <br class="newline" />with <span class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span><span class="cmsy-10">{</span><span @@ -6003,110 +5746,110 @@ class="cmsy-10">{</span><span class="cmtt-10">#1</span><span class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3050--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2992--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span><a - id="dx1-13023"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3050--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14035"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2992--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-13024"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14036"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3051--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2993--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">sc-short-long-desc</span><a - id="dx1-13025"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3051--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14037"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2993--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-13026"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14038"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3052--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a - id="dx1-13027"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3052--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14039"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-long-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-13028"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14040"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3053--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2995--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">dua</span><a - id="dx1-13029"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3053--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14041"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2995--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a - id="dx1-13030"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14042"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2996--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a - id="dx1-13031"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14043"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2996--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-13032"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14044"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a - id="dx1-13033"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14045"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-13034"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14046"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a - id="dx1-13035"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14047"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-13036"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14048"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 2999--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a - id="dx1-13037"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14049"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 2999--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-13038"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14050"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-20-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3058--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-20-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 3000--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a - id="dx1-13039"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3058--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14051"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 3000--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-13040"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14052"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-21-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3059--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-21-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 3001--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a - id="dx1-13041"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3059--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14053"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 3001--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-13042"></a> </p></td> + id="dx1-14054"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-22-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 3060--><p class="noindent" ><span + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-22-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 3002--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a - id="dx1-13043"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 3060--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-14055"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-2" +class="td10"><!--l. 3002--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-13044"></a> </p></td></tr></table></div> + id="dx1-14056"></a> </p></td></tr></table></div> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 3064--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by +<!--l. 3006--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is because the original acronym commands provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>are @@ -6115,129 +5858,1584 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. However, if you really want to restore the generic acronym function provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>you can use -</p><!--l. 3071--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\RestoreAcronyms</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-13045"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 3013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-14057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3073--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3015--><p class="noindent" > (before any use of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). -</p><!--l. 3076--><p class="indent" > <span +</p><!--l. 3018--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span>should not be used in combination with the newer <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviations. Don’t combine old and new style entries with the same <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-13046"></a>. The original <span + id="dx1-14058"></a>. The original <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>acronym mechanism doesn’t work well with the newer <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>commands. -</p><!--l. 3082--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span +</p><!--l. 3024--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>, don’t use any of the commands provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>intended for abbreviations (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a - id="dx1-13047"></a> or <span + id="dx1-14059"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span><a - id="dx1-13048"></a>) + id="dx1-14060"></a>) with entries defined via <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-13049"></a> as it will cause unexpected results. + id="dx1-14061"></a> as it will cause unexpected results. </div> -</p><!--l. 3088--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3090--><p class="indent" > In general, there’s rarely any need for <span +</p><!--l. 3030--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3032--><p class="indent" > In general, there’s rarely any need for <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. If you have a document that uses <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a - id="dx1-13050"></a>, then it’s best to either stick with just + id="dx1-14062"></a>, then it’s best to either stick with just <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>for that document or define an equivalent abbreviation style with <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviationstyle</span><a - id="dx1-13051"></a>. (See <a + id="dx1-14063"></a>. (See <a href="#sec:newabbrvstyle"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.5 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.5 </a><a href="#sec:newabbrvstyle">Defining New Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newabbrvstyle --></a> for further details.) -</p><!--l. 3097--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsacspace</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-13052"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 3039--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-14064"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3099--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3041--><p class="noindent" > The space command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace </span>used by the <span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a - id="dx1-13053"></a> acronym style provided + id="dx1-14065"></a> acronym style provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>is modified so that it uses -</p><!--l. 3103--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsacspacemax</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-13054"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 3045--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-14066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspacemax </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3105--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" > instead of the hard-coded 3em. This is a command not a length and so can be changed using <span class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>. -</p><!--l. 3109--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span +</p><!--l. 3051--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span><a - id="dx1-13055"></a> (such as <a + id="dx1-14067"></a> (such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-13056"></a>) + id="dx1-14068"></a>) can easily be changed to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace </span>with </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 3114--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3116--><p class="indent" > The <a - id="dx1-13057"></a><a +<!--l. 3056--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3058--><p class="indent" > The <a + id="dx1-14069"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> acronym font command -</p><!--l. 3117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span +</p><!--l. 3059--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3119--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3061--><p class="noindent" > is redefined to use the <a - id="dx1-13058"></a>first use abbreviation font command <span + id="dx1-14070"></a>first use abbreviation font command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><a - id="dx1-13059"></a>. + id="dx1-14071"></a>. This will be reset if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. -</p><!--l. 3124--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command -</p><!--l. 3125--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span +</p><!--l. 3066--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command +</p><!--l. 3067--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3127--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" > is redefined to use the subsequent use abbreviation font command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span><a - id="dx1-13060"></a>. + id="dx1-14072"></a>. This will be reset if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. </p> -<!--l. 3132--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.9 </span> <a - id="x1-140002.9"></a><span +<!--l. 3074--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10 </span> <a + id="glossaries"></a>Glossaries</h3> +<!--l. 3076--><p class="noindent" >The <span +class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a + id="dx1-15001"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>command now (as from v1.11) has a starred +version that doesn’t automatically switch off the hyperlinks. This starred version may +be used with the <a +href="#catattr.targeturl"><span +class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a + id="dx1-15002"></a> attribute to create a link to an external URL. (See <a +href="#sec:categories"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 +</a><a +href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.) As from v1.12 both the starred and unstarred version +check that the glossary doesn’t already exist. (The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package omits this +check.) +</p><!--l. 3085--><p class="indent" > You can now provide an ignored glossary with: +</p><!--l. 3086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-15003"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3088--><p class="noindent" > +which will only define the glossary if it doesn’t already exist. This also has a starred +version that doesn’t automatically switch off hyperlinks. +</p><!--l. 3093--><p class="indent" > The individual glossary displaying commands <span +class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a + id="dx1-15004"></a>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a + id="dx1-15005"></a> +and <span +class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>have extra keys: +</p> + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="cmss-10">target</span><a + id="dx1-15006"></a>. This is a boolean key which can be used to switch off the automatic + hypertarget for each entry. Unlike <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span>this doesn’t switch + off hyperlinks, so any cross-references within the glossary won’t be affected. + This is a way of avoiding duplicate target warnings if a glossary needs to + be displayed multiple times. + + + + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="cmss-10">targetnameprefix</span><a + id="dx1-15007"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Another way of avoiding duplicate target names + is to set a prefix used for the names. Unlike changing <span +class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span> + this doesn’t affect any hyperlinks (such as those created with <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>). + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a + id="dx1-15008"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If you do actually want to locally change <span +class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span>, + you can use the <span +class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a + id="dx1-15009"></a> key instead. You need to use the matching <span +class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a + id="dx1-15010"></a> + key in commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="cmss-10">label</span><a + id="dx1-15011"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Labels the glossary with <span +class="cmtt-10">\label{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>and also defines + <span +class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabelname </span>to the glossary’s TOC title (to provide text for + <span +class="cmtt-10">\nameref</span>). You can also set the label before the glossary using: + <!--l. 3121--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-15012"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetglossarylabel{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 3123--><p class="noindent" > + but take care of duplicate labels if it’s not scoped.</p></li></ul> +<!--l. 3127--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 3127--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10.1 </span> <a + id="sec:glosstylemods"></a>Glossary Style Modifications</h4> +<!--l. 3130--><p class="noindent" >The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a + id="dx1-16001"></a> package (more conveniently loaded through the +<span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span><a +href="#styopt.stylemods"><span +class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a + id="dx1-16002"></a> option) modifies some of the predefined styles that are +provided with the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. These modifications are described in more detail +in <a +href="#x1-190002.10.1"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.10.1 </a><a +href="#x1-190002.10.1">The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a>. +</p><!--l. 3137--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a + id="dx1-16003"></a> package tries to determine the group title from its label by first +checking if <span +class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">groupname </span>exists. If it doesn’t exist, then the title is assumed to be +the same as the label. For example, when typesetting the “A” letter group, <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a + id="dx1-16004"></a> +first checks if <span +class="cmtt-10">\Agroupname </span>exists. This could potentially cause conflict with another +package that may have some other meaning for <span +class="cmtt-10">\Agroupname</span>, so <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-16005"></a> first +checks for the existence of the internal command <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@grouptitle@</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ +which shouldn’t clash with another package. You can set the group title +using +</p><!--l. 3149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-16006"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3151--><p class="noindent" > +For example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100"> +\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{A}{A (a)} +</div> +<!--l. 3155--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can +use +</p><!--l. 3158--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-16007"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3160--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" > +</p> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a + id="x1-170002.10.1"></a>Style Hooks</h5> +<!--l. 3165--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span +class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a + id="dx1-17001"></a> and <span +class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a + id="dx1-17002"></a> are modified to take into +account the <a +href="#catattr.glossname"><span +class="cmss-10">glossname</span></a><a + id="dx1-17003"></a>, <span +class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span><a + id="dx1-17004"></a>, <a +href="#catattr.glossdesc"><span +class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></a><a + id="dx1-17005"></a> and <a +href="#catattr.glossdescfont"><span +class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span></a><a + id="dx1-17006"></a> attributes +(see <a +href="#sec:categories"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a +href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). This means you can make simple font or case-changing +modifications to the name and description without defining a new glossary +style. +</p><!--l. 3172--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.42.) The command <span +class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a + id="dx1-17007"></a> is modified to take into +account the <a +href="#catattr.glosssymbolfont"><span +class="cmss-10">glosssymbolfont</span></a><a + id="dx1-17008"></a>. Note that, unlike the above, there’s no corresponding +attribute to change the case as it’s usually not appropriate to change the case of a +symbol (and for some symbols, such as pictographs, there’s no concept of case). If +<span +class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a + id="dx1-17009"></a> has been defined <span +class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a + id="dx1-17010"></a> will be defined to do: +</p><div class="alltt"> +<div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a + id="dx1-17011"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="TEX"><span +class="cmitt-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="cmitt-10">E</span></span><span +class="cmitt-10">X</span></span><span +class="cmitt-10"> code</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">PDF</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div> +</div> The ⟨<span class="TEX"><span +class="cmti-10">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="cmti-10">E</span></span><span +class="cmti-10">X</span></span><span +class="cmti-10"> code</span>⟩ part is robust and deals with the actual typesetting of the symbol. +The ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">PDF</span>⟩ part is simply: +<!--l. 3185--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-17012"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentrypdfsymbol{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3187--><p class="noindent" > +which is defined to just do <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>. The chances are that the code +in the <span +class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a + id="dx1-17013"></a> key won’t be valid in the PDF bookmarks, so you can redefine +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentrypdfsymbol </span>to use a more appropriate field. (If you do redefine this +command, remember that it needs to fully expand.) +</p><!--l. 3194--><p class="indent" > For example, if you are using <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a + id="dx1-17014"></a>, you could use the <span +class="cmss-10">symbolaccess</span><a + id="dx1-17015"></a> +field: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101"> +\renewcommand{\glsentrypdfsymbol}[1]{\glsentrysymbolaccess{#1}} +</div> +<!--l. 3198--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, if you are using <a + id="dx1-17016"></a><a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you can use the <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> parser library to +interpret a copy of the <span +class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a + id="dx1-17017"></a> field and use that. For example, with the resource +options: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102"> +  replicate-fields={symbol=user1}, + <br />  interpret-fields={user1} +</div> +<!--l. 3205--><p class="nopar" > This stores the interpreted value of the symbol in the <span +class="cmss-10">user1</span><a + id="dx1-17018"></a> field, so you can then +do: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103"> +\renewcommand{\glsentrypdfsymbol}[1]{\glsentryuseri{#1}} +</div> +<!--l. 3210--><p class="nopar" > (You may need <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> with this method.) This allows +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol </span>to be used in a section heading with standalone definitions. +</p><!--l. 3215--><p class="indent" > If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-17019"></a>, you can +use +</p><!--l. 3217--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-17020"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3219--><p class="noindent" > +This behaves just like <span +class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>(that is, it obeys <a +href="#catattr.glossname"><span +class="cmss-10">glossname</span></a><a + id="dx1-17021"></a>, <a +href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span +class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a + id="dx1-17022"></a> or +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>and uses the post-name hook) but it uses the given ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ instead of +<span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-17023"></a>. The ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ argument must be the internal field name (for example <span +class="cmtt-10">desc </span>rather +than <span +class="cmtt-10">description</span>). See the key to field mappings table in the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user +manual. +</p><!--l. 3228--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span +class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a + id="dx1-17024"></a> and <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a + id="dx1-17025"></a>: +</p><!--l. 3230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-17026"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3232--><p class="noindent" > +By default this checks the <a +href="#catattr.indexname"><span +class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a + id="dx1-17027"></a> attribute. If the attribute exists for the +category to which the label belongs, then the name is automatically indexed +using +</p><!--l. 3237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><a + id="dx1-17028"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">indexname</span><span +class="cmsy-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3238--><p class="noindent" > +See <a +href="#sec:autoindex"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>8 </a><a +href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details. +</p><!--l. 3242--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>will also use +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ if it exists. You can use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel</span><a + id="dx1-17029"></a> to +obtain the entry label with the definition of this command. For example, +suppose you are using a glossary style the doesn’t display the symbol, you can +insert the symbol after the name for a particular category, say, the “symbol” +category: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104"> +\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostnamesymbol}{\space + <br /> (\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})} +</div> +<!--l. 3253--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use +</p><!--l. 3255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-17030"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostname{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3257--><p class="noindent" > +This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt"> +<div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="cmtt-10">\csdef</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span +class="cmsy-10">}</span><span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div> +</div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined. +<!--l. 3264--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does +</p><!--l. 3265--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-17031"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsextrapostnamehook{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3267--><p class="noindent" > +(before <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩) to allow for additional non-category related code. +This does nothing by default. +</p><!--l. 3272--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also +does +</p><!--l. 3274--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-17032"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3276--><p class="noindent" > +This occurs before the original <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, so if the <a +href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span +class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><span +class="cmss-10">=false</span><a + id="dx1-17033"></a> +option is used, it will be inserted before the terminating full stop. +</p><!--l. 3281--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdesc</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩ if it exists, where +⟨<span +class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is the category label associated with the current entry. For example +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescgeneral </span>for entries with the category set to <span +class="cmss-10">general</span><a + id="dx1-17034"></a> or +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescacronym </span>for entries with the category set to <span +class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a + id="dx1-17035"></a>. For +convenience, as from v1.31, you can use +</p><!--l. 3288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-17036"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostdesc{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3290--><p class="noindent" > +This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt"> +<div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="cmtt-10">\csdef</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">glsxtrpostdesc</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span +class="cmsy-10">}</span><span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div> +</div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined. +<!--l. 3297--><p class="indent" > Since both <span +class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>set +</p><!--l. 3298--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-17037"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel </span></div><hr> + + + +</p><!--l. 3300--><p class="noindent" > +to the label for the current entry, you can use this within the definition of these +post-description hooks if you need to reference the label. +</p><!--l. 3305--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the +description in the glossary, but only for entries in the <span +class="cmss-10">general</span><a + id="dx1-17038"></a> category, then you could +do: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105"> +\renewcommand{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{\space + <br /> (plural: \glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})} +</div> +<!--l. 3311--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find +more complicated. (It also allows more flexibility if you decide to change the +underlying glossary style.) +</p><!--l. 3316--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>or if +you redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>without including <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription</span>. +(For example, if you redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>to do nothing instead of using +the <a +href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span +class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a + id="dx1-17039"></a> option to suppress the terminating full stop.) See <a +href="#x1-190002.10.1"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.10.1 </a><a +href="#x1-190002.10.1">The +<span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a> to patch the predefined styles provided by <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> +that are missing <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>. </div> +</p><!--l. 3325--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3327--><p class="noindent" > +</p> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a + id="x1-180002.10.1"></a>Number List</h5> +<!--l. 3330--><p class="noindent" >The <a + id="dx1-18001"></a><a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is now placed inside the argument of +</p><!--l. 3331--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-18002"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3333--><p class="noindent" > +This is internally used by <span +class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. The <a +href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span +class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a + id="dx1-18003"></a> option +redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>so that it doesn’t display the <a + id="dx1-18004"></a>number list, but it +still saves the <a + id="dx1-18005"></a>number list in case it’s required. +</p><!--l. 3339--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a + id="dx1-18006"></a>number list always use the <a +href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span +class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a + id="dx1-18007"></a> option +instead of redefining <span +class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>to do nothing. </div> +</p><!--l. 3343--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3345--><p class="indent" > For example, to change the font for the entire <a + id="dx1-18008"></a>number list redefine +<span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList </span>as appropriate. Don’t modify <span +class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. +</p><!--l. 3349--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a + id="dx1-18009"></a>number list. This +is quite fiddly to do with the base <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, but <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides a +way of doing this. First you need to enable this option and specify the text to display +using: +</p><!--l. 3354--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-18010"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">page</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">pages</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3356--><p class="noindent" > +where ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">page</span>⟩ is the text to display if the <a + id="dx1-18011"></a>number list only contains a single location and +⟨<span +class="cmti-10">pages</span>⟩ is the text to display otherwise. For example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106"> +\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{Page: }{Pages: } +</div> +<!--l. 3362--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command. +</p><!--l. 3365--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span +class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>not <span +class="cmtt-10">@gobble </span>as the format if you want to suppress the page +number (and only index the entry once). </div> +</p><!--l. 3368--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3370--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span +class="cmtt-10">sample-pages.tex</span>. +</p><!--l. 3372--><p class="indent" > Note that <a + id="dx1-18012"></a><a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can be instructed to insert a prefix at the start of non-empty +location lists, which can be used as an alternative to <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span>. +</p><!--l. 3376--><p class="indent" > <a + id="dx1-18013"></a><a +href="#glo:locationlist">Location lists</a> displayed with <span +class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>internally use +</p><!--l. 3378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-18014"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="noindent" > +This command is provided by <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, but is modified by <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check +for the start and end range formation identifiers <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> which are discarded to +obtain the actual control sequence name that forms the location formatting +command. +</p><!--l. 3387--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses +</p><!--l. 3388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-18015"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3390--><p class="noindent" > +otherwise it uses +</p><!--l. 3392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-18016"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaystartloc{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3394--><p class="noindent" > +for the start of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩) +or +</p><!--l. 3397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-18017"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendloc{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3399--><p class="noindent" > +for the end of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩). +</p><!--l. 3403--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in +</p><!--l. 3404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-18018"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3406--><p class="noindent" > +and does <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + <br /><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> + <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> +(If the format is empty, it will be replaced with <span +class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>.) +</p><!--l. 3414--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range, +does +</p><!--l. 3416--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-18019"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendlochook{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3418--><p class="noindent" > +(which does nothing by default), followed by <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + <br /><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> + + + + <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> +and then sets <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span>to empty. +</p><!--l. 3425--><p class="indent" > This means that the list + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107"> +\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{(textbf}{1}, + <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}, + <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}. +</div> +<!--l. 3430--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108"> +\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}, + <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}, + <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}. +</div> +<!--l. 3436--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can +accommodate the ranges. +</p><!--l. 3440--><p class="noindent" > +</p> + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a + id="x1-190002.10.1"></a>The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</h5> +<!--l. 3443--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>now includes the package <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a + id="dx1-19001"></a> that +will redefine the predefined styles to include the post-description hook (for those that +are missing it). You will need to make sure the styles have already been defined +before loading <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. For example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109"> +\usepackage{glossaries-extra} + <br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged} + <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods} +</div> +<!--l. 3452--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span +class="cmtt-10">glossary-</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">.sty </span>at the same time by passing ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ +as a package option to <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a + id="dx1-19002"></a>. For example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110"> +\usepackage{glossaries-extra} + <br />\usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods} +</div> +<!--l. 3460--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a +href="#styopt.stylemods"><span +class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a + id="dx1-19003"></a> key when you load <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. You can +omit a value if you only want to use the predefined styles that are automatically +loaded by <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>(for example, the <span +class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a + id="dx1-19004"></a> style): + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111"> +\usepackage[style=long3col,stylemods]{glossaries-extra} +</div> +<!--l. 3467--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a +href="#styopt.stylemods"><span +class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a + id="dx1-19005"></a> may be a comma-separated list of the style package +identifiers. For example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112"> +\usepackage[style=mcoltree,stylemods=mcols]{glossaries-extra} +</div> +<!--l. 3472--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113"> +\usepackage[stylemods={mcols,longbooktabs}]{glossaries-extra} +</div> +<!--l. 3476--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3478--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span +class="cmss-10">inline</span><a + id="dx1-19006"></a> style is dealt with slightly differently. The original definition +provided by the <span +class="cmss-10">glossary-inline</span><a + id="dx1-19007"></a> package uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>at the end of the +glossary (not after each entry description) within the definition of <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspostinline</span>. +The style modification changes this so that <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspostinline </span>just does a full stop +followed by space factor adjustment, and the description <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinedescformat </span>and +sub-entry description formats <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubdescformat </span>are redefined to include +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span>(not <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>). This means that the +modified <span +class="cmss-10">inline</span><a + id="dx1-19008"></a> style isn’t affected by the <a +href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span +class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a + id="dx1-19009"></a> option, but the post-description +category hook can still be used. +</p><!--l. 3492--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a + id="dx1-19010"></a><a + id="dx1-19011"></a>-like styles, such as <span +class="cmss-10">long</span><a + id="dx1-19012"></a> are adjusted so that the <span +class="cmtt-10">\ifglsnogroupskip</span><a + id="dx1-19013"></a> +conditional (set with <a +href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span +class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a + id="dx1-19014"></a>) is moved outside of the definition of +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to avoid problems that cause an “Incomplete <span +class="cmtt-10">\iftrue</span>” error with +<span +class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span>. This means that if you want to +change this conditional using <span +class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries </span>or using the <span +class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a + id="dx1-19015"></a> option in +<span +class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>, you must also +reset the glossary style. +</p><!--l. 3503--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span +class="cmtt-10">\space </span>before the <a + id="dx1-19016"></a><a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> in many of +the predefined styles is replaced with +</p><!--l. 3506--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19017"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3508--><p class="noindent" > +This just defaults to <span +class="cmtt-10">\space </span>but may be redefined as required. For example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114"> +\renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\dotfill} +</div> +<!--l. 3513--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3515--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">list</span><a + id="dx1-19018"></a> styles use +</p><!--l. 3516--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19019"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3518--><p class="noindent" > +(which defaults to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and +</p><!--l. 3520--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19020"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildprelocation </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3522--><p class="noindent" > +(which defaults to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation</span>) for child items. +</p><!--l. 3525--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed +by: +</p><!--l. 3527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19021"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslistdesc{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3529--><p class="noindent" > +for the <span +class="cmss-10">list</span><a + id="dx1-19022"></a> and <span +class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a + id="dx1-19023"></a> styles (but not the <span +class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a + id="dx1-19024"></a> variations). +</p><!--l. 3533--><p class="indent" > For just the <span +class="cmss-10">list</span><a + id="dx1-19025"></a> style and its letter group variations (not the <span +class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a + id="dx1-19026"></a> or <span +class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a + id="dx1-19027"></a> +variations) the <a + id="dx1-19028"></a><a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> for child entries is followed by +</p><!--l. 3536--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19029"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildpostlocation </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3538--><p class="noindent" > +which defaults to a full stop. +</p><!--l. 3541--><p class="indent" > The default value of <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span><a + id="dx1-19030"></a> is changed so that it’s set at the start +of the document (if it hasn’t been changed in the preamble). This should +take into account situations where <span +class="cmtt-10">\hsize </span>isn’t set until the start of the +document. +</p><!--l. 3546--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups (if not <a +href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span +class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a + id="dx1-19031"></a>) is now given by: +</p><!--l. 3548--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19032"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslistgroupskip </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3550--><p class="noindent" > +This defaults to <span +class="cmtt-10">\indexspace </span>with penalties to deter page breaks. This command +isn’t used if <a +href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span +class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a + id="dx1-19033"></a> is set. +</p><!--l. 3555--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a + id="dx1-19034"></a> package introduced new commands in v4.22, <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</span><a + id="dx1-19035"></a> +and <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt</span><a + id="dx1-19036"></a>, which are used to format the letter group +headings and the navigation elements for the appropriate styles. These two +new commands are defined in terms of <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span><a + id="dx1-19037"></a> since that was +the command originally used for the group headings and navigation. This +now allows these different elements to be defined independently, but the +most common redefinition is for <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>to remove the bold in +the name. If the bold is still required for the group heading and navigation +elements, then both other commands also need redefining. To simplify matters, if +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>has been defined, as from v1.31 <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a + id="dx1-19038"></a> +defines: +</p><!--l. 3568--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19039"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> + + + +</p><!--l. 3570--><p class="noindent" > +which simply does <span +class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>and redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span>, +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt </span>all in terms of +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span>. +</p><!--l. 3576--><p class="indent" > This means that if you want to change all three to use a particular style you only +need to redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span>, but if you only want to redefine +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>without affecting the other two commands, then you now +can. +</p><!--l. 3582--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups without headers is given by: +</p><!--l. 3583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19040"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupskip </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3585--><p class="noindent" > +This defaults to just <span +class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a + id="dx1-19041"></a> without penalties. This command isn’t +used if <a +href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span +class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a + id="dx1-19042"></a> is set. (The penalties introduced in v1.41 were moved to +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreeheadergroupskip </span>in v1.42 as they are inappropriate when there’s no +header.) +</p><!--l. 3591--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups with headers is now given by (as from +v1.42): +</p><!--l. 3592--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19043"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderskip </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3594--><p class="noindent" > +This defaults to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupskip </span>with penalties to deter page breaks after the +group heading. +</p><!--l. 3598--><p class="indent" > The styles that display the group titles now use: +</p><!--l. 3599--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19044"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreePreHeader{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3601--><p class="noindent" > +where ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the group label and ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ is the group title. This does nothing by +default and is inserted before the group title. You can redefine it to add the group +title to the PDF bookmarks. For example, if the glossary title uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\chapter</span> +then: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115"> +\renewcommand{\glstreePreHeader}[2]{% + <br /> \pdfbookmark[1]{#2}{\currentglossary.#1}% + <br />} +</div> +<!--l. 3611--><p class="nopar" > will insert section-level bookmarks. The use of <span +class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary </span>helps to provide +unique bookmark labels in the event of multiple glossaries. +</p><!--l. 3616--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">index</span><a + id="dx1-19045"></a>-like and <span +class="cmss-10">tree</span><a + id="dx1-19046"></a>-like styles insert the pre-<a + id="dx1-19047"></a><a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> space with +</p><!--l. 3618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19048"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3620--><p class="noindent" > +(which defaults to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and +</p><!--l. 3622--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19049"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3624--><p class="noindent" > +(which defaults to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span>) for child items. +</p><!--l. 3627--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package also provides: +</p><!--l. 3629--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19050"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamedesc{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3631--><p class="noindent" > +which is used by the <span +class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a + id="dx1-19051"></a> styles to display the pre-description separator, the +description and the post-description hook. Similarly for the symbol: +</p><!--l. 3635--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19052"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamesymbol{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3637--><p class="noindent" > +The above are just used for top-level entries. Child entries don’t have the name or +symbol displayed for the <span +class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a + id="dx1-19053"></a> styles, so there’s only a command for the child +description: +</p><!--l. 3641--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19054"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamechilddesc{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3643--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3645--><p class="indent" > For the <span +class="cmss-10">tree</span><a + id="dx1-19055"></a> styles (but not the <span +class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a + id="dx1-19056"></a> or <span +class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a + id="dx1-19057"></a> styles), the description is +displayed using: +</p><!--l. 3647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19058"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3649--><p class="noindent" > +and the symbol with: +</p><!--l. 3651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19059"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreesymbol{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3653--><p class="noindent" > +Again the above two commands are just for top-level entries. The child entries +use: +</p><!--l. 3656--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19060"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3658--><p class="noindent" > +for the description and +</p><!--l. 3660--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19061"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildsymbol{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3662--><p class="noindent" > +for the symbol. As from version 1.41, there are now wrapper commands +for <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc </span>that check for the description + + + +and symbol to determine what separator to use before the page list. These +are: +</p><!--l. 3668--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19062"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreeDescLoc{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3670--><p class="noindent" > +for top-level entries and +</p><!--l. 3672--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19063"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreeChildDescLoc{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3674--><p class="noindent" > +for sub-entries. +</p><!--l. 3677--><p class="indent" > If either the symbol or description is present these will use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span> +or <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation</span>, respectively. Otherwise, both will use (from +v1.42): +</p><!--l. 3680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19064"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreeNoDescSymbolPreLocation </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3682--><p class="noindent" > +The default is a space. This means that you could have, say, a comma followed by a +space for terms that are simply an alias, but just have a space for terms that have a +description that ends with a full stop (or that just have a symbol without a +description) where the comma would be inappropriate. +</p><!--l. 3689--><p class="indent" > Note that version 1.42 has corrected an error that was introduced to v1.41 that +caused the name to run into the location list if there was no symbol and no +description. +</p><!--l. 3693--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package provides some +additional commands for use with the <span +class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a + id="dx1-19065"></a> style to make it easier to modify. These +commands are only defined if the <span +class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a + id="dx1-19066"></a> package has already been loaded, +which is typically the case unless the <a +href="#styopt.notree"><span +class="cmss-10">notree</span></a><a + id="dx1-19067"></a> option has been used when loading +<span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. +</p><!--l. 3701--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19068"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\gglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3703--><p class="noindent" > +(New to version 1.21.) This is like <span +class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>(provided by <span +class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a + id="dx1-19069"></a>) but +performs a global assignment. +</p><!--l. 3708--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19070"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\eglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3710--><p class="noindent" > +This is like <span +class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>but performs a protected expansion on ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩. This has a +localised effect. For a global setting, use +</p><!--l. 3714--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19071"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\xglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3716--><p class="noindent" > +The following only set the value if ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is wider than the current value (new to +version 1.23). Local update: +</p><!--l. 3719--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19072"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3721--><p class="noindent" > +Global update: +</p><!--l. 3723--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19073"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\gglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3725--><p class="noindent" > +Locale update (expands ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩): +</p><!--l. 3727--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19074"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\eglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3729--><p class="noindent" > +Global update (expands ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩): + + + +</p><!--l. 3731--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19075"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\xglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3733--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3736--><p class="indent" > The widest entry value can later be retrieved using +</p><!--l. 3737--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19076"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestname </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3739--><p class="noindent" > +for the top-level entries and +</p><!--l. 3741--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19077"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestsubname{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3743--><p class="noindent" > +for sub-entries, where ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is the level number. +</p><!--l. 3746--><p class="indent" > Note that if you are using <a + id="dx1-19078"></a><a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you can use the resource option <span +class="cmtt-10">set-widest</span> +which will try to determine the widest name of all the selected entries. This isn’t +guaranteed to work as it may depend on fonts or commands that <a + id="dx1-19079"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span> +can’t replicate, but it should be suitable for names that just consist of text, +and can be more efficient than iterating over all the defined entries using +<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>. +</p><!--l. 3754--><p class="indent" > The command <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname </span>provided by <span +class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a + id="dx1-19080"></a> has a +CamelCase synonym: +</p><!--l. 3756--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19081"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3758--><p class="noindent" > +Similar commands are also provided: +</p><!--l. 3760--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19082"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3762--><p class="noindent" > +This has an additional check that the entry has been used. Naturally this is only +useful if the glossaries that use the <span +class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a + id="dx1-19083"></a> style occur at the end of the document. +This command should be placed just before the start of the glossary. (Alternatively, +place it at the end of the document and save the value in the auxiliary file for the +next run.) +</p><!--l. 3770--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19084"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3772--><p class="noindent" > +This is like the previous command but if doesn’t check the <span +class="cmss-10">parent</span><a + id="dx1-19085"></a> key. This is useful if +all levels should have the same width for the name. +</p><!--l. 3777--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19086"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyName[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3779--><p class="noindent" > +This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been +used. +</p><!--l. 3783--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19087"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3785--><p class="noindent" > +This is like <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName </span>but also sets the first two sub-levels +as well. Any entry that has a great-grandparent is ignored. +</p><!--l. 3790--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19088"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3792--><p class="noindent" > +This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been +used. +</p><!--l. 3796--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19089"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> + + + +</p><!--l. 3799--><p class="noindent" > +This is like <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName </span>but also measures the symbol. The length +of the widest symbol is stored in ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩. +</p><!--l. 3804--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19090"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3806--><p class="noindent" > +This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been +used. +</p><!--l. 3810--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19091"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">symbol</span> +<span +class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3813--><p class="noindent" > +This is like <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol </span>but also measures the <a + id="dx1-19092"></a><a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. +This requires <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a + id="dx1-19093"></a> (see the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual). The length of +the widest symbol is stored in ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">symbol register</span>⟩ and the length of the widest <a + id="dx1-19094"></a>number +list is stored in ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">location register</span>⟩. +</p><!--l. 3821--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19095"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">symbol</span> +<span +class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3824--><p class="noindent" > +This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been +used. +</p><!--l. 3828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19096"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3831--><p class="noindent" > +This is like <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation </span>but doesn’t measure the +symbol. The length of the widest <a + id="dx1-19097"></a>number list is stored in ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩. +</p><!--l. 3836--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19098"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3839--><p class="noindent" > +This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been +used. +</p><!--l. 3843--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a + id="dx1-19099"></a>number list is governed by +</p><!--l. 3845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19100"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3847--><p class="noindent" > +for top-level entries and +</p><!--l. 3849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19101"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3851--><p class="noindent" > +for sub-entries. +</p><!--l. 3854--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span +class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a + id="dx1-19102"></a> +style: +</p><!--l. 3856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19103"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeInit </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3858--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3860--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions +is provided by the length +</p><!--l. 3862--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-19104"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3864--><p class="noindent" > + + + +</p><!--l. 3866--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span +class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a + id="dx1-19105"></a> style, +see the documented code (<span +class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>). See also the +accompanying sample files <span +class="cmtt-10">sample-alttree.tex</span>, <span +class="cmtt-10">sample-alttree-sym.tex </span>and +<span +class="cmtt-10">sample-alttree-marginpar.tex</span>. + + + +</p> +<!--l. 3873--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 3873--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a + id="newglossarystyles"></a>New Glossary Styles</h2> +</p><!--l. 3875--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with some new styles. The associated style +package needs to be loaded. This can be done with <span +class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>but it’s simpler to +use the <a +href="#styopt.stylemods"><span +class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a + id="dx1-20001"></a> option. +</p> +<!--l. 3880--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a + id="x1-210003.1"></a><span class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex </span>package</h3> -<!--l. 3135--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span +<!--l. 3883--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>has a new supplementary package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a - id="dx1-14001"></a> + id="dx1-21001"></a> which provides the glossary style <span class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a - id="dx1-14002"></a>. This is very similar to the <span + id="dx1-21002"></a>. This is very similar to the <span class="cmss-10">mcolindexgroup</span><a - id="dx1-14003"></a> + id="dx1-21003"></a> style but is designed for indexes, so by default only the name and location list are displayed. You can either load this package explicitly and then set the style: @@ -6245,60 +7443,56 @@ style: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116"> \usepackage{glossaries-extra}  <br />\usepackage{glossary-bookindex}  <br />\setglossarystyle{bookindex} </div> -<!--l. 3145--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a +<!--l. 3893--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a href="#styopt.stylemods"><span class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a - id="dx1-14004"></a> and <span + id="dx1-21004"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-14005"></a> options: + id="dx1-21005"></a> options: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117"> \usepackage[stylemods=bookindex,style=bookindex]{glossaries-extra} </div> -<!--l. 3149--><p class="nopar" > The <span +<!--l. 3897--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a - id="dx1-14006"></a> style only supports a maximum hierarchical level of 2 (top-level, + id="dx1-21006"></a> style only supports a maximum hierarchical level of 2 (top-level, level 1 and level 2). It’s primarily designed for use with <a - id="dx1-14007"></a><a + id="dx1-21007"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. It may be used with other indexing options, but some features may not be present and UTF-8 characters may cause a problem with non-Unicode engines in letter group headings or PDF bookmarks. (<a - id="dx1-14008"></a><span + id="dx1-21008"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>uses numeric identifies by default to avoid these problems. If numbers show up in the group headings instead of the appropriate characters, check that you have used the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-14009"></a> package + id="dx1-21009"></a> package option.) -</p><!--l. 3160--><p class="indent" > The number of columns is given by -</p><!--l. 3161--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexcols</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14010"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 3908--><p class="indent" > The number of columns is given by +</p><!--l. 3909--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcols </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3163--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3911--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to 2. -</p><!--l. 3166--><p class="indent" > This style uses the <span +</p><!--l. 3914--><p class="indent" > This style uses the <span class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a - id="dx1-14011"></a><a - id="dx1-14012"></a> environment. If the command -</p><!--l. 3168--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexcolspread</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14013"></a> <span + id="dx1-21011"></a><a + id="dx1-21012"></a> environment. If the command +</p><!--l. 3916--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcolspread </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3170--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3918--><p class="noindent" > isn’t empty then it’s supplied as the optional argument following <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\begin{multicols}</span></span></span> <span @@ -6306,35 +7500,31 @@ class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. You can switch from <span class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a - id="dx1-14014"></a><a - id="dx1-14015"></a> to <span + id="dx1-21014"></a><a + id="dx1-21015"></a> to <span class="cmss-10">multicols*</span><a - id="dx1-14016"></a><a - id="dx1-14017"></a> by redefining -</p><!--l. 3174--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14018"></a> <span + id="dx1-21016"></a><a + id="dx1-21017"></a> by redefining +</p><!--l. 3922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3176--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3924--><p class="noindent" > For example </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118"> \renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv}{multicols*} </div> -<!--l. 3180--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3182--><p class="indent" > Each top-level entry is displayed using -</p><!--l. 3183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14019"></a> <span +<!--l. 3928--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3930--><p class="indent" > Each top-level entry is displayed using +</p><!--l. 3931--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3185--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3933--><p class="noindent" > where the entry is identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>⟨<span @@ -6345,52 +7535,47 @@ default. For example, if you want the symbol to be included: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrbookindexname}[1]{%  <br /> \glossentryname{#1}%  <br /> \ifglshassymbol{#1}{\space (\glossentrysymbol{#1})}{}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3194--><p class="nopar" > or if you want the description (if set): +<!--l. 3942--><p class="nopar" > or if you want the description (if set): </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrbookindexname}[1]{%  <br /> \glossentryname{#1}%  <br /> \ifglshasdesc{#1}{\space \glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription}{}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3201--><p class="nopar" > (which picks up the post-description hook). -</p><!--l. 3204--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span +<!--l. 3949--><p class="nopar" > (which picks up the post-description hook). +</p><!--l. 3952--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩ hook to append information after the name according to the entry’s category. -</p><!--l. 3208--><p class="indent" > Sub-entries are displayed using -</p><!--l. 3209--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14020"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 3956--><p class="indent" > Sub-entries are displayed using +</p><!--l. 3957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3211--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3959--><p class="noindent" > which just defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. -</p><!--l. 3214--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given +</p><!--l. 3962--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given by -</p><!--l. 3216--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14021"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 3964--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3218--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3966--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This checks if the <span class="cmtt-10">location </span>field has been set. If it @@ -6399,165 +7584,128 @@ has, it does </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121"> ,\glsxtrprelocation </div> -<!--l. 3224--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span +<!--l. 3972--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span>(which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\space</span>). If you’re not using <a - id="dx1-14022"></a><a + id="dx1-21022"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, the <span class="cmss-10">location</span><a - id="dx1-14023"></a> field won’t be set. -</p><!--l. 3229--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by -</p><!--l. 3231--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubprelocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14024"></a> <span + id="dx1-21023"></a> field won’t be set. +</p><!--l. 3977--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by +</p><!--l. 3979--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubprelocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3233--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3981--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. -</p><!--l. 3236--><p class="indent" > The actual location list is encapsulated with: -</p><!--l. 3237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexlocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14025"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 3984--><p class="indent" > The actual location list is encapsulated with: +</p><!--l. 3985--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">location</span> -<span -class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span +class="cmitt-10">location list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3239--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3987--><p class="noindent" > for top-level entries and -</p><!--l. 3241--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsublocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14026"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 3989--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsublocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3243--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3991--><p class="noindent" > for sub-entries. These both just do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">location list</span>⟩ by default. -</p><!--l. 3246--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given +</p><!--l. 3994--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given by -</p><!--l. 3248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14027"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3250--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21027"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3998--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\nopagebreak</span>. -</p><!--l. 3253--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given +</p><!--l. 4001--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given by -</p><!--l. 3255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexparentsubchildsep</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14028"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentsubchildsep</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3257--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4003--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21028"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentsubchildsep </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4005--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span>. -</p><!--l. 3260--><p class="indent" > The separator between top-level entries is given by -</p><!--l. 3261--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexbetween</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14029"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4008--><p class="indent" > The separator between top-level entries is given by +</p><!--l. 4009--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexbetween{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label1</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3263--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4011--><p class="noindent" > This comes after the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label1</span>⟩, if the entry has no children, or after the last descendent otherwise, so it always comes immediately before the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label2</span>⟩ unless the entry occurs at the start of a group. This does nothing by default. -</p><!--l. 3270--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 1 entries is given by -</p><!--l. 3271--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14030"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4018--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 1 entries is given by +</p><!--l. 4019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label1</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> - - - -</p><!--l. 3273--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3275--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 2 entries is given by -</p><!--l. 3276--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14031"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4021--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4023--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 2 entries is given by +</p><!--l. 4024--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label1</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3278--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4026--><p class="noindent" > At the end of each letter group, the following hooks are done in order: -</p><!--l. 3281--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14032"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +</p><!--l. 4029--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21032"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">sub-sub-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3283--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3284--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14033"></a> <span + + + +</p><!--l. 4031--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4032--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">sub-label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3286--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3287--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14034"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4034--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4035--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3289--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4037--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">sub-sub-label</span>⟩ is the label of the last level 2 entry, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">sub-label</span>⟩ is the label of the last level 1 entry and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label of the last level 0 entry. -</p><!--l. 3295--><p class="indent" > For example, the resource option <span +</p><!--l. 4043--><p class="indent" > For example, the resource option <span class="cmtt-10">seealso=omit </span>instructs <a - id="dx1-14035"></a><a + id="dx1-21035"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to omit the <span @@ -6571,7 +7719,7 @@ appended after the child entries using: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122"> \renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup}[1]{%  <br />  \glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}{\glstreesubitem\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%  <br />} @@ -6592,7 +7740,7 @@ appended after the child entries using:  <br />  \glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{#1}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3325--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span +<!--l. 4073--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubitem </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubsubitem </span>to indent the cross-reference according to the next level down, so the cross-reference for a top-level entry is aligned @@ -6600,126 +7748,105 @@ with the sub-entries, and a level 1 entry has its cross-reference aligned sub-sub-entries. In the event that a level 2 entry has a cross-reference, this is indented a bit further (but it won’t be aligned with any deeper level as the <span class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a - id="dx1-14036"></a> + id="dx1-21036"></a> style only supports a maximum of two sub-levels). -</p><!--l. 3336--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 4084--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a - id="dx1-14037"></a> style uses group headings. (If you use <a - id="dx1-14038"></a><a + id="dx1-21037"></a> style uses group headings. (If you use <a + id="dx1-21038"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> remember to invoke it with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span> switch.) The heading will use -</p><!--l. 3339--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexbookmark</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14039"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4087--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexbookmark{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">group title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3341--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4089--><p class="noindent" > If <span class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>has been defined, this will use that command to bookmark the group title. If <a href="#styopt.section"><span class="cmss-10">section</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=chapter</span><a - id="dx1-14040"></a> is set (default if chapters are defined) then this + id="dx1-21040"></a> is set (default if chapters are defined) then this uses level 1 otherwise it uses level 2. You can redefine this command if this isn’t appropriate. If <span class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>hasn’t been defined, this command does nothin. -</p><!--l. 3349--><p class="indent" > The group heading is formatted according to -</p><!--l. 3350--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexformatheader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14041"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4097--><p class="indent" > The group heading is formatted according to +</p><!--l. 4098--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexformatheader{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">group title</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> - - - -</p><!--l. 3352--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4100--><p class="noindent" > which is defined as </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrbookindexformatheader}[1]{%  <br />  \par{\centering\glstreegroupheaderfmt{#1}\par}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3358--><p class="nopar" > where <span +<!--l. 4106--><p class="nopar" > where <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt </span>is provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-14042"></a> package, which is + id="dx1-21042"></a> package, which is automatically loaded. Note that the entry names aren’t encapsulated with <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span>. -</p><!--l. 3364--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 4112--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a - id="dx1-14043"></a> package provides some supplementary commands that + id="dx1-21043"></a> package provides some supplementary commands that aren’t used by default, but may be used when adjusting the style. These commands should only be used within one of the <span class="cmtt-10">\print</span><span class="cmtt-10">…glossary </span>commands. (That is, they should only be used in glossary styles.) -</p><!--l. 3369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14044"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3371--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4119--><p class="noindent" > This writes information to the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file that can be read on the next run to obtain the first and last entry on each page of the glossary. -</p><!--l. 3376--><p class="indent" > You can display the first entry associated with the current page using: -</p><!--l. 3378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14045"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4124--><p class="indent" > You can display the first entry associated with the current page using: +</p><!--l. 4126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4128--><p class="noindent" > and the last entry associated with the current page using: -</p><!--l. 3383--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexlastmark</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14046"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmark </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3385--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4133--><p class="noindent" > These do nothing if there are no entries marked on the current page (or if the document build isn’t up to date). -</p><!--l. 3389--><p class="indent" > The entry is formatted using: -</p><!--l. 3390--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmarkfmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14047"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4137--><p class="indent" > The entry is formatted using: +</p><!--l. 4138--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmarkfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3392--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4140--><p class="noindent" > for the first instance and -</p><!--l. 3394--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexlastmarkfmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-14048"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4142--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-21048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmarkfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3396--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4144--><p class="noindent" > for the last. -</p><!--l. 3399--><p class="indent" > These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page +</p><!--l. 4147--><p class="indent" > These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page number is stable. For example, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname </span>can be redefined to mark the current entry: @@ -6727,13 +7854,13 @@ current entry: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124"> \renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexname}[1]{%  <br />  \glsxtrbookindexmarkentry{#1}%  <br />  \glossentryname{#1}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3407--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine +<!--l. 4155--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname </span>as it defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span>: @@ -6741,192 +7868,183 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125"> \renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubname}[1]{%  <br />  \glossentryname{#1}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3415--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3417--><p class="indent" > Then if you’re using <span +<!--l. 4163--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4165--><p class="indent" > Then if you’re using <span class="cmss-10">fancyhdr</span><a - id="dx1-14049"></a> you can set the page style to show the first and last + id="dx1-21049"></a> you can set the page style to show the first and last entry for the current page with: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126">   \pagestyle{fancy}%  <br />  \lhead{\thepage}%  <br />  \lfoot{\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark}%  <br />  \cfoot{}%  <br />  \rfoot{\glsxtrbookindexlastmark}% </div> -<!--l. 3425--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3427--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4173--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4175--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3427--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10 </span> <a - id="x1-150002.10"></a><span +<!--l. 4175--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a + id="x1-220003.2"></a><span class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package</h3> -<!--l. 3430--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.37, the <span +<!--l. 4178--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.37, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with the supplementary package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span><a - id="dx1-15001"></a> that provides additional styles, listed below, that use the + id="dx1-22001"></a> that provides additional styles, listed below, that use the <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-15002"></a><a - id="dx1-15003"></a> environment. If you know that your glossary won’t span more than a page + id="dx1-22002"></a><a + id="dx1-22003"></a> environment. If you know that your glossary won’t span more than a page and you need to use it in a context that’s incompatible with <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-15004"></a><a - id="dx1-15005"></a>, you can + id="dx1-22004"></a><a + id="dx1-22005"></a>, you can instead setup these styles to use <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-15006"></a><a - id="dx1-15007"></a> instead. In order to do this you must + id="dx1-22006"></a><a + id="dx1-22007"></a> instead. In order to do this you must use -</p><!--l. 3437--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15008"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4185--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3439--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4187--><p class="noindent" > <span class="cmti-10">before the style is set</span>. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127"> \GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue  <br />\setglossarystyle{long-name-desc} </div> -<!--l. 3444--><p class="nopar" > or +<!--l. 4192--><p class="nopar" > or </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128"> \GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue  <br />\printunsrtglossary[style={long-name-desc}] </div> -<!--l. 3449--><p class="nopar" > If you use this setting, you can change the default vertical alignment with: -</p><!--l. 3452--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraTabularVAlign</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15009"></a> <span +<!--l. 4197--><p class="nopar" > If you use this setting, you can change the default vertical alignment with: +</p><!--l. 4200--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraTabularVAlign </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3454--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4202--><p class="noindent" > The default definition is <span class="cmtt-10">c</span>. -</p><!--l. 3457--><p class="indent" > The column titles are formatted according to: -</p><!--l. 3458--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraHeaderFmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15010"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4205--><p class="indent" > The column titles are formatted according to: +</p><!--l. 4206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3460--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4208--><p class="noindent" > which simply does <span class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default. -</p><!--l. 3463--><p class="indent" > The name column has the title given by <span +</p><!--l. 4211--><p class="indent" > The name column has the title given by <span class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span><a - id="dx1-15011"></a> and the column alignment is + id="dx1-22011"></a> and the column alignment is given by: -</p><!--l. 3465--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameAlign</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15012"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4213--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameAlign </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3467--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4215--><p class="noindent" > which expands to <span class="cmtt-10">l </span>(left) by default. -</p><!--l. 3470--><p class="indent" > The symbol column (where applicable) has the title given by <span +</p><!--l. 4218--><p class="indent" > The symbol column (where applicable) has the title given by <span class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span><a - id="dx1-15013"></a> and + id="dx1-22013"></a> and the column alignment is given by: -</p><!--l. 3472--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymbolAlign</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15014"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4220--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolAlign </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3474--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4222--><p class="noindent" > which expands to <span class="cmtt-10">c </span>(centred) by default. -</p><!--l. 3477--><p class="indent" > The location list column (where applicable) has the title given by <span +</p><!--l. 4225--><p class="indent" > The location list column (where applicable) has the title given by <span class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span><a - id="dx1-15015"></a> + id="dx1-22015"></a> and the column alignment is given by: -</p><!--l. 3479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationAlign</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15016"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4227--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationAlign </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3481--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4229--><p class="noindent" > which expands to </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129"> >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth} </div> -<!--l. 3485--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span +<!--l. 4233--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a - id="dx1-15017"></a> is defined in <span + id="dx1-22017"></a> is defined in <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a - id="dx1-15018"></a>, + id="dx1-22018"></a>, which is automatically loaded.) -</p><!--l. 3489--><p class="indent" > The description column has the title given by <span +</p><!--l. 4237--><p class="indent" > The description column has the title given by <span class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span><a - id="dx1-15019"></a> and the column + id="dx1-22019"></a> and the column alignment is given by: -</p><!--l. 3491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescAlign</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15020"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4239--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescAlign </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3493--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4241--><p class="noindent" > which expands to </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130"> >{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth} </div> -<!--l. 3497--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span +<!--l. 4245--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-15021"></a> is defined in <span + id="dx1-22021"></a> is defined in <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a - id="dx1-15022"></a>, + id="dx1-22022"></a>, which is automatically loaded.) -</p><!--l. 3501--><p class="indent" > Unlike the long styles provided by the base <span +</p><!--l. 4249--><p class="indent" > Unlike the long styles provided by the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, these new styles try to determine the value of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>at the start of the glossary according to the number of columns provided by the style. The calculations are performed by the following commands: -</p><!--l. 3506--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSetDescWidth</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15023"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4254--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3508--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4256--><p class="noindent" > This is used by the styles that have a name and description column. The value of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is computed as: </p> - <center class="math-display" > -<img -src="glossaries-extra-manual0x.png" alt="\glsdescwidth = \linewidth- 4\tabcolsep- W -" class="math-display" /></center> -<!--l. 3513--><p class="nopar" > where <span + <table +class="equation-star"><tr><td> + <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span> = <span +class="cmtt-10">\linewidth</span><span +class="cmsy-10">- </span>4<span +class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep</span><span +class="cmsy-10">- </span><span +class="cmmi-10">W</span> +</td></tr></table> +<!--l. 4261--><p class="nopar" > +where <span class="cmmi-10">W </span>is a guess at the width of the name column. This is first set to the width of the name column header: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -6940,96 +8058,87 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> If any names in that column are larger than this, then you need to specify the widest name using: -<!--l. 3521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSetWidest</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15024"></a> <span +<!--l. 4269--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetWidest{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">widest name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3523--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4271--><p class="noindent" > or -</p><!--l. 3525--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraUpdateWidest</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15025"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4273--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidest{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3527--><p class="noindent" > + + + +</p><!--l. 4275--><p class="noindent" > These work like the analogous commands <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest</span> provided with the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-15026"></a> style, but in this case there’s no hierarchy. The default + id="dx1-22026"></a> style, but in this case there’s no hierarchy. The default widest name is obtained from the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-15027"></a> top-level name if set, otherwise it’s empty, + id="dx1-22027"></a> top-level name if set, otherwise it’s empty, so you can use <a - id="dx1-15028"></a><a + id="dx1-22028"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> <span class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>option. If you have the entry counter enabled, you will need to include this with the name for the extra material to be taken into account. -</p><!--l. 3537--><p class="indent" > The name isn’t shown for child entries by default, but if you change this and you +</p><!--l. 4285--><p class="indent" > The name isn’t shown for child entries by default, but if you change this and you want to use <a - id="dx1-15029"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s <span + id="dx1-22029"></a><a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> <span class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>option (for <a - id="dx1-15030"></a><span + id="dx1-22030"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+) then you need to redefine: - - - -</p><!--l. 3541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraUpdateWidestChild</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15031"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4289--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidestChild{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3543--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4291--><p class="noindent" > This does nothing by default, but if you are including the child names then you need to redefine this command: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131"> \renewcommand{\glslongextraUpdateWidestChild}[2]{%  <br /> \glslongextraUpdateWidest{#2}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3550--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3552--><p class="indent" > If you prefer to set an explicit width for the description column then you need to +<!--l. 4298--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4300--><p class="indent" > If you prefer to set an explicit width for the description column then you need to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth</span>. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132"> \renewcommand{\glslongextraSetDescWidth}{%  <br />  \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\linewidth}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3559--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3561--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a name, symbol and description, <span +<!--l. 4307--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4309--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a name, symbol and description, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is set with: -</p><!--l. 3563--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15032"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4311--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3565--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4313--><p class="noindent" > This first uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and @@ -7041,32 +8150,30 @@ you can redefine this command. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133"> \renewcommand{\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth}{%  <br />  \glslongextraSetDescWidth  <br />  \addtolength{\glsdescwidth}{-3cm}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3576--><p class="nopar" > or +<!--l. 4324--><p class="nopar" > or </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134"> \renewcommand{\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth}{%  <br />  \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{.5\linewidth}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3582--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3584--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description and location column, <span +<!--l. 4330--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4332--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description and location column, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span> is set using: -</p><!--l. 3586--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocSetDescWidth</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15033"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4334--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocSetDescWidth </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3588--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4336--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and @@ -7076,16 +8183,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>. You can redefine this command to set both <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>if appropriate. -</p><!--l. 3594--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description, symbol and location column, +</p><!--l. 4342--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description, symbol and location column, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is set using: -</p><!--l. 3596--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymLocSetDescWidth</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15034"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymLocSetDescWidth</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3598--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22034"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymLocSetDescWidth </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4346--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and @@ -7093,15 +8197,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>. Again, you can redefine this command to explicitly set both lengths. -</p><!--l. 3604--><p class="indent" > In all cases, the top-level name is formatted according to: -</p><!--l. 3605--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameFmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15035"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4352--><p class="indent" > In all cases, the top-level name is formatted according to: +</p><!--l. 4353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3607--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4355--><p class="noindent" > This does </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -7118,61 +8220,51 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> which includes the entry counter (if enabled), the target and the post-name link. -<!--l. 3614--><p class="indent" > The top-level description is formatted according to: -</p><!--l. 3615--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescFmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15036"></a> <span +<!--l. 4362--><p class="indent" > The top-level description is formatted according to: +</p><!--l. 4363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3617--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4365--><p class="noindent" > This does <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>followed by the post-description hook. -</p><!--l. 3621--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a symbol column format the symbol using: -</p><!--l. 3622--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymbolFmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15037"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4369--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a symbol column format the symbol using: +</p><!--l. 4370--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3624--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4372--><p class="noindent" > This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. -</p><!--l. 3627--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list using: -</p><!--l. 3628--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationFmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15038"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4375--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list using: +</p><!--l. 4376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">locations</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4378--><p class="noindent" > +This just does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">locations</span>⟩ and ignores the label. -</p><!--l. 3630--><p class="noindent" > -This just does ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">locations</span>⟩ and ignores the label. -</p><!--l. 3633--><p class="indent" > The child entries have their name formatted according to: -</p><!--l. 3634--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSubNameFmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15039"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4381--><p class="indent" > The child entries have their name formatted according to: +</p><!--l. 4382--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubNameFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3636--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4384--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is the hierarchical level. This defaults to: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -7188,78 +8280,65 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> This includes the sub-entry counter (if enabled) and the target but doesn’t show the name. The child description is formatted according to: -<!--l. 3643--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSubDescFmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15040"></a> <span +<!--l. 4391--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubDescFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3645--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4393--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to just <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</p><!--l. 3648--><p class="indent" > The child symbol is formatted (where appropriate) according to: -</p><!--l. 3649--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSubSymbolFmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15041"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4396--><p class="indent" > The child symbol is formatted (where appropriate) according to: +</p><!--l. 4397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubSymbolFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3651--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4399--><p class="noindent" > This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default. -</p><!--l. 3654--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list for child entries +</p><!--l. 4402--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list for child entries using: -</p><!--l. 3656--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationFmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15042"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubLocationFmt</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">locations</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3658--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4406--><p class="noindent" > This just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">locations</span>⟩ and ignores the level and label. -</p><!--l. 3661--><p class="indent" > The letter group headings are formatted according to: -</p><!--l. 3662--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraGroupHeading</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15043"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4409--><p class="indent" > The letter group headings are formatted according to: +</p><!--l. 4410--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraGroupHeading{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3664--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4412--><p class="noindent" > which does nothing by default. The first argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is the number of columns in the table. The second argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the group label (not the title, although they may happen to be the same). -</p><!--l. 3670--><p class="indent" > This can be redefined to show the group heading. For example: +</p><!--l. 4418--><p class="indent" > This can be redefined to show the group heading. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135"> \renewcommand*{\glslongextraGroupHeading}[2]{%  <br />  \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{#2}{\thisgrptitle}%  <br />  \glslongextraHeaderFmt{\thisgrptitle}% @@ -7267,11 +8346,11 @@ happen to be the same).  <br />  \noalign{\vskip\normalbaselineskip}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3678--><p class="nopar" > This ignores the first argument and just puts the group title in the first column +<!--l. 4426--><p class="nopar" > This ignores the first argument and just puts the group title in the first column formatted according to <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt </span>(to match the column header). -</p><!--l. 3683--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can also adjust the styles through category attributes. The +</p><!--l. 4431--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can also adjust the styles through category attributes. The name column’s title is given by <span class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span>, the description column’s title is given by <span @@ -7282,599 +8361,482 @@ class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span>, as for the other long styles that have heade </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a - id="dx1-15044"></a> This is like the <span + id="dx1-22044"></a> This is like the <span class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a - id="dx1-15045"></a> style but doesn’t show the + id="dx1-22045"></a> style but doesn’t show the location list (regardless of the <a href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a - id="dx1-15046"></a> option). The name is shown in + id="dx1-22046"></a> option). The name is shown in the first column and the description in the second. - <!--l. 3696--><p class="noindent" >The symbol is not displayed. The header row is produced with: - </p><!--l. 3698--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15047"></a> <span + <!--l. 4444--><p class="noindent" >The symbol is not displayed. The header row is produced with: + </p><!--l. 4446--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3700--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4448--><p class="noindent" > This essentially uses the same code as for <span class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a - id="dx1-15048"></a> but makes it + id="dx1-22048"></a> but makes it easier to adjust the header without having to define a new style. This is defined as: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136"> \glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader\endhead  <br />\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter\endfoot </div> - <!--l. 3707--><p class="nopar" > where: - </p><!--l. 3709--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15049"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3711--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 4455--><p class="nopar" > where: + </p><!--l. 4457--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22049"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4459--><p class="noindent" > sets up the header and - </p><!--l. 3713--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15050"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3715--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4461--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22050"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4463--><p class="noindent" > sets up the footer. If you have setup the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-15051"></a><a - id="dx1-15052"></a> version of this style then the + id="dx1-22051"></a><a + id="dx1-22052"></a> version of this style then the above two commands are used at the start and end of the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-15053"></a><a - id="dx1-15054"></a> environment + id="dx1-22053"></a><a + id="dx1-22054"></a> environment (and <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader </span>isn’t used). - </p><!--l. 3721--><p class="noindent" >For example, to simply remove the header and footer (for the default <span + </p><!--l. 4469--><p class="noindent" >For example, to simply remove the header and footer (for the default <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-15055"></a><a - id="dx1-15056"></a> + id="dx1-22055"></a><a + id="dx1-22056"></a> version of the style): </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137"> \renewcommand{\glslongextraNameDescHeader}{} </div> - <!--l. 3725--><p class="nopar" > Or to change the name alignment to centred: + <!--l. 4473--><p class="nopar" > Or to change the name alignment to centred: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138"> \renewcommand{\glslongextraNameAlign}{c} </div> - <!--l. 3729--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 4477--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-loc</span><a - id="dx1-15057"></a> This is like the <span + id="dx1-22057"></a> This is like the <span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a - id="dx1-15058"></a> style but has a third column for + id="dx1-22058"></a> style but has a third column for the location list. The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-15059"></a><a - id="dx1-15060"></a> header is given by: - <!--l. 3734--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescLocationHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15061"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3736--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-22059"></a><a + id="dx1-22060"></a> header is given by: + <!--l. 4482--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22061"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4484--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-15062"></a><a - id="dx1-15063"></a> + id="dx1-22062"></a><a + id="dx1-22063"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 3739--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15064"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3741--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4487--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22064"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4489--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 3743--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularFooter</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15065"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularFooter</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3745--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4491--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22065"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4493--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-desc-name</span><a - id="dx1-15066"></a> This is like the <span + id="dx1-22066"></a> This is like the <span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a - id="dx1-15067"></a> style but swaps the columns. Note + id="dx1-22067"></a> style but swaps the columns. Note that if the entry counter is displayed it will appear at the start of the second column by default. The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-15068"></a><a - id="dx1-15069"></a> header is formatted according + id="dx1-22068"></a><a + id="dx1-22069"></a> header is formatted according to: - <!--l. 3752--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescNameHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15070"></a> <span + <!--l. 4500--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22070"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3754--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4502--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-15071"></a><a - id="dx1-15072"></a> + id="dx1-22071"></a><a + id="dx1-22072"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 3757--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescNameTabularHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15073"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3759--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4505--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22073"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4507--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 3761--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescNameTabularFooter</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15074"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularFooter</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3763--><p class="noindent" > - - - + </p><!--l. 4509--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22074"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4511--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-name</span><a - id="dx1-15075"></a> This has three columns containing the location list, + id="dx1-22075"></a> This has three columns containing the location list, description and name. The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-15076"></a><a - id="dx1-15077"></a> header is formatted according + id="dx1-22076"></a><a + id="dx1-22077"></a> header is formatted according to: - <!--l. 3769--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescNameHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15078"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3771--><p class="noindent" > + + + + <!--l. 4517--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22078"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4519--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-15079"></a><a - id="dx1-15080"></a> + id="dx1-22079"></a><a + id="dx1-22080"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 3774--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15081"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3776--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4522--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22081"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4524--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 3778--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularFooter</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15082"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularFooter</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3780--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4526--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22082"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4528--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym</span><a - id="dx1-15083"></a> This is has three columns, with the name in the first, the + id="dx1-22083"></a> This is has three columns, with the name in the first, the description in the second and the symbol in the third. - <!--l. 3786--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 4534--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-15084"></a><a - id="dx1-15085"></a> header row is produced with: - </p><!--l. 3787--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15086"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3789--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-22084"></a><a + id="dx1-22085"></a> header row is produced with: + </p><!--l. 4535--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22086"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4537--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-15087"></a><a - id="dx1-15088"></a> + id="dx1-22087"></a><a + id="dx1-22088"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 3792--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15089"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3794--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4540--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22089"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4542--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 3796--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularFooter</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15090"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularFooter</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3798--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4544--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22090"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularFooter </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4546--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span><a - id="dx1-15091"></a> This is has four columns, with the name in the first, the + id="dx1-22091"></a> This is has four columns, with the name in the first, the description in the second, the symbol in the third and the location list in the fourth. - <!--l. 3804--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 4552--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-15092"></a><a - id="dx1-15093"></a> header row is produced with: - - - - </p><!--l. 3805--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15094"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3807--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-22092"></a><a + id="dx1-22093"></a> header row is produced with: + </p><!--l. 4553--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22094"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4555--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-15095"></a><a - id="dx1-15096"></a> + id="dx1-22095"></a><a + id="dx1-22096"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 3810--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15097"></a> - <span + </p><!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22097"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3812--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4560--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 3814--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularFooter</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15098"></a> - <span + </p><!--l. 4562--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22098"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3816--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4564--><p class="noindent" > + + + </p></dd><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc</span><a - id="dx1-15099"></a> This is like the <span + id="dx1-22099"></a> This is like the <span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym</span><a - id="dx1-15100"></a> but the second and third + id="dx1-22100"></a> but the second and third column are swapped. The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-15101"></a><a - id="dx1-15102"></a> header row is given by: - <!--l. 3821--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15103"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3823--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-22101"></a><a + id="dx1-22102"></a> header row is given by: + <!--l. 4569--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22103"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4571--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-15104"></a><a - id="dx1-15105"></a> + id="dx1-22104"></a><a + id="dx1-22105"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 3826--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15106"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3828--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4574--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22106"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4576--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 3830--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularFooter</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15107"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularFooter</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3832--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4578--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22107"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularFooter </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4580--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc-loc</span><a - id="dx1-15108"></a> This is like the <span + id="dx1-22108"></a> This is like the <span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span><a - id="dx1-15109"></a> but the second and + id="dx1-22109"></a> but the second and third column are swapped. The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-15110"></a><a - id="dx1-15111"></a> header row is given by: - <!--l. 3837--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15112"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3839--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-22110"></a><a + id="dx1-22111"></a> header row is given by: + <!--l. 4585--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22112"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4587--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-15113"></a><a - id="dx1-15114"></a> + id="dx1-22113"></a><a + id="dx1-22114"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 3842--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15115"></a> - <span + </p><!--l. 4590--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22115"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr> - - - - </p><!--l. 3844--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4592--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 3846--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularFooter</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15116"></a> - <span + </p><!--l. 4594--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22116"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3848--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4596--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-sym-desc-name</span><a - id="dx1-15117"></a> This has the symbol in the first column, the description in the + id="dx1-22117"></a> This has the symbol in the first column, the description in the second and the name in the third. The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-15118"></a><a - id="dx1-15119"></a> header row is given + id="dx1-22118"></a><a + id="dx1-22119"></a> header row is given by: - <!--l. 3853--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymDescNameHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15120"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3855--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 4601--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22120"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4603--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-15121"></a><a - id="dx1-15122"></a> + id="dx1-22121"></a><a + id="dx1-22122"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 3858--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15123"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3860--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4606--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22123"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4608--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 3862--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularFooter</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15124"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularFooter</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3864--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4610--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22124"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4612--><p class="noindent" > + + + </p></dd><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-loc-sym-desc-name</span><a - id="dx1-15125"></a> This has the location list in the first column, symbol in the + id="dx1-22125"></a> This has the location list in the first column, symbol in the second column, the description in the third and the name in the fourth. The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-15126"></a><a - id="dx1-15127"></a> header row is given by: - <!--l. 3870--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15128"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3872--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-22126"></a><a + id="dx1-22127"></a> header row is given by: + <!--l. 4618--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22128"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4620--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-15129"></a><a - id="dx1-15130"></a> + id="dx1-22129"></a><a + id="dx1-22130"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 3875--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15131"></a> - <span + </p><!--l. 4623--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22131"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3877--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4625--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 3879--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularFooter</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15132"></a> - <span + </p><!--l. 4627--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22132"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3881--><p class="noindent" > - - - + </p><!--l. 4629--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-desc-sym-name</span><a - id="dx1-15133"></a> This has the description in the first column, the symbol in the + id="dx1-22133"></a> This has the description in the first column, the symbol in the second and the name in the third. The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-15134"></a><a - id="dx1-15135"></a> header row is given + id="dx1-22134"></a><a + id="dx1-22135"></a> header row is given by: - <!--l. 3886--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescSymNameHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15136"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3888--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 4634--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22136"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4636--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-15137"></a><a - id="dx1-15138"></a> + id="dx1-22137"></a><a + id="dx1-22138"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 3891--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15139"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3893--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4639--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22139"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4641--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 3895--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularFooter</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15140"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularFooter</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3897--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4643--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22140"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4645--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-sym-name</span><a - id="dx1-15141"></a> This has the location list in the first column, the description + id="dx1-22141"></a> This has the location list in the first column, the description in the second column, the symbol in the third and the name in the fourth. The <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-15142"></a><a - id="dx1-15143"></a> header row is given by: - <!--l. 3903--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15144"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameHeader</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3905--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-22142"></a><a + id="dx1-22143"></a> header row is given by: + <!--l. 4651--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22144"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameHeader </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4653--><p class="noindent" > which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-15145"></a><a - id="dx1-15146"></a> + id="dx1-22145"></a><a + id="dx1-22146"></a> version: - </p><!--l. 3908--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15147"></a> - <span + </p><!--l. 4656--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22147"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3910--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4658--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 3912--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularFooter</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15148"></a> - <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3914--><p class="noindent" > -</p> - </dd></dl> -<!--l. 3918--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4660--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-22148"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 4662--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3918--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.11 </span> <a - id="x1-160002.11"></a><span + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 4666--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 4666--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3 </span> <a + id="x1-230003.3"></a><span class="cmss-10">glossary-topic </span>package</h3> -<!--l. 3921--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.40, the <span +<!--l. 4669--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.40, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with the supplementary package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-topic</span><a - id="dx1-16001"></a> that provides glossary styles designed for hierarchical glossaries + id="dx1-23001"></a> that provides glossary styles designed for hierarchical glossaries where the top-level entries are topic titles. This package automatically loads the <span class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a - id="dx1-16002"></a> package. If the <span + id="dx1-23002"></a> package. If the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-16003"></a> package is also loaded then commands like + id="dx1-23003"></a> package is also loaded then commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>can be used on these styles in much the same way as for the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-16004"></a> + id="dx1-23004"></a> style. If a widest value isn’t set then these styles behave more like the <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a - id="dx1-16005"></a> + id="dx1-23005"></a> style. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">topic</span><a - id="dx1-16006"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-23006"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a - id="dx1-16007"></a> style but the indentation doesn’t start until + id="dx1-23007"></a> style but the indentation doesn’t start until the second sub-item level. The top-level entries have the name displayed in a larger font with the description following in a new paragraph. This style doesn’t support the <a href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a - id="dx1-16008"></a> setting. + id="dx1-23008"></a> setting. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">topicmcols</span><a - id="dx1-16009"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-23009"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style is like the <span class="cmss-10">topic</span><a - id="dx1-16010"></a> style but the sub-entries are placed inside a + id="dx1-23010"></a> style but the sub-entries are placed inside a <span class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a - id="dx1-16011"></a><a - id="dx1-16012"></a> environment. The environment name is supplied in the value of the + id="dx1-23011"></a><a + id="dx1-23012"></a> environment. The environment name is supplied in the value of the command: - <!--l. 3941--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicColsEnv</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16013"></a> <span + <!--l. 4689--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicColsEnv </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3943--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4691--><p class="noindent" > You can change this to the starred form. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139"> \renewcommand{\glstopicColsEnv}{multicols*} </div> - <!--l. 3947--><p class="nopar" > The number of columns is given by the command: - </p><!--l. 3949--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicCols</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16014"></a> <span + <!--l. 4695--><p class="nopar" > The number of columns is given by the command: + </p><!--l. 4697--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicCols </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3951--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4699--><p class="noindent" > The default value is 2.</p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 3954--><p class="noindent" >Both styles use the following commands. -</p><!--l. 3955--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicParIndent</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16015"></a> <span +<!--l. 4702--><p class="noindent" >Both styles use the following commands. +</p><!--l. 4703--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicParIndent </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3957--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4705--><p class="noindent" > This command is a length that’s used for the paragraph indentation in any multi-paragraph description for top-level entries, but not for the first paragraph (at the start of the description) which isn’t indented. -</p><!--l. 3963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicSubIndent</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16016"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4711--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubIndent </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3965--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4713--><p class="noindent" > This command is a length that’s used to calculate the hanging indentation for sub-entries. The level 1 sub-entries don’t indent the name. Level <span class="cmmi-10">n </span>sub-entries have @@ -7884,24 +8846,20 @@ class="cmsy-10">- </span>1)<span class="cmsy-10">×</span><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubIndent</span>. The hanging indent depends on whether or not a widest name has been set for the level. -</p><!--l. 3972--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicInit</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16017"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4720--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicInit </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3974--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4722--><p class="noindent" > Hook used at the start of the glossary. Does nothing by default. -</p><!--l. 3977--><p class="indent" > Although the styles don’t support letter groups by default, if you have many +</p><!--l. 4725--><p class="indent" > Although the styles don’t support letter groups by default, if you have many topics (top-level entries) and you feel that it would help the reader to divide them up into headed letter groups, you can redefine: -</p><!--l. 3981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicGroupHeading</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16018"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4729--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicGroupHeading{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">group label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3983--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4731--><p class="noindent" > This does nothing by default. If you want to redefine it, you can fetch the title corresponding to the group label with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgetgrouptitle</span>. For @@ -7910,1495 +8868,264 @@ example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140"> \renewcommand*{\glstopicGroupHeading}[1]{%  <br />  \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{#1}{\thisgrptitle}%  <br />  \section*{\thisgrptitle}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3992--><p class="nopar" > Remember that if you use <a - id="dx1-16019"></a><a +<!--l. 4740--><p class="nopar" > Remember that if you use <a + id="dx1-23019"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you will need the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> (or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span>) switch to support this. -</p><!--l. 3996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicItem</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16020"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4744--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicItem{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3998--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4746--><p class="noindent" > Used to format the name, symbol, description and location list for the top-level entries. This starts with a paragraph break followed by: -</p><!--l. 4002--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicPreSkip</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16021"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4750--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPreSkip </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4004--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4752--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\medskip</span>. There is then a hook: -</p><!--l. 4006--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicMarker</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16022"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4754--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMarker{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4008--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4756--><p class="noindent" > which does nothing by default, but may be redefined. For example, to add a line to the table of contents. The name and symbol are set in the form of a title using: -</p><!--l. 4013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicTitle</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16023"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4761--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4015--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4763--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname </span>which converts the first letter to upper case. If there’s a symbol, this is added in parentheses. Both name and symbol (if present) are encapsulated by -</p><!--l. 4019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicTitleFont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16024"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4767--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitleFont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4021--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4769--><p class="noindent" > This uses a bold, large font by default. -</p><!--l. 4024--><p class="indent" > If the entry has the description key set (tested with <span +</p><!--l. 4772--><p class="indent" > If the entry has the description key set (tested with <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc</span>) then a paragraph break is inserted followed by: -</p><!--l. 4026--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicMidSkip</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16025"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMidSkip </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4028--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4776--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\smallskip</span>. This is followed by the description which is formatted according to: -</p><!--l. 4031--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicDesc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16026"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4779--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicDesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4033--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4781--><p class="noindent" > This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>followed by the post-description hook. -</p><!--l. 4037--><p class="indent" > A paragraph break followed by: -</p><!--l. 4038--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicPostSkip</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16027"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4785--><p class="indent" > A paragraph break followed by: +</p><!--l. 4786--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPostSkip </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4040--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4788--><p class="noindent" > comes next regardless of whether or not the description was displayed. This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\smallskip</span>. This is then followed by: -</p><!--l. 4044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicLoc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16028"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4792--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicLoc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4046--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4794--><p class="noindent" > which may be used to display the location list, but does nothing by default. -</p><!--l. 4050--><p class="indent" > The sub-entries first set up the paragraph and hanging indentations using: -</p><!--l. 4052--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicAssignSubIndent</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16029"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4798--><p class="indent" > The sub-entries first set up the paragraph and hanging indentations using: +</p><!--l. 4800--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignSubIndent{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4054--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4802--><p class="noindent" > This uses: -</p><!--l. 4056--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicAssignWidest</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16030"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4804--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignWidest{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4058--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4806--><p class="noindent" > to determine if a widest name has been set for the given level. -</p><!--l. 4061--><p class="indent" > The sub-entry has its information displayed using: -</p><!--l. 4062--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicSubItem</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16031"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4809--><p class="indent" > The sub-entry has its information displayed using: +</p><!--l. 4810--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItem{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4064--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4812--><p class="noindent" > This encapsulates the name with: -</p><!--l. 4066--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicSubNameFont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16032"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4814--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubNameFont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4068--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4816--><p class="noindent" > By default this just uses <span class="cmtt-10">\textbf</span>. This is followed by: -</p><!--l. 4070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicSubItemSep</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16033"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4818--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemSep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4072--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4820--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\quad</span>. The name and separator are passed in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ argument of: -</p><!--l. 4075--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicSubItemBox</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16034"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4823--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemBox{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4077--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4825--><p class="noindent" > If a widest name was set for the given level, this will put ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ inside a box of that width otherwise it just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 4082--><p class="indent" > This is followed by the symbol in parentheses if set. Then, if the description is set, +</p><!--l. 4830--><p class="indent" > This is followed by the symbol in parentheses if set. Then, if the description is set, the description and post-description hook are displayed followed by: -</p><!--l. 4085--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicSubPreLocSep</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16035"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4833--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubPreLocSep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4087--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4835--><p class="noindent" > (This command isn’t used if the description isn’t set.) -</p><!--l. 4090--><p class="indent" > Finally the location list is displayed using: -</p><!--l. 4091--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstopicSubLoc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-16036"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4838--><p class="indent" > Finally the location list is displayed using: +</p><!--l. 4839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-23036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubLoc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4093--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4841--><p class="noindent" > which just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ by default. -</p><!--l. 4096--><p class="noindent" > -</p> -<!--l. 4096--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.12 </span> <a - id="sec:glosstylemods"></a>Glossary Style Modifications</h3> -<!--l. 4099--><p class="noindent" >The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a - id="dx1-17001"></a> package (more conveniently loaded through the -<span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span><a -href="#styopt.stylemods"><span -class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a - id="dx1-17002"></a> option) modifies some of the predefined styles that are -provided with the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. These modifications are described in more detail -in <a -href="#x1-200002.12.3"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.12.3 </a><a -href="#x1-200002.12.3">The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a>. - - - -</p><!--l. 4106--><p class="indent" > The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-17003"></a> package tries to determine the group title from its label by first -checking if <span -class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">groupname </span>exists. If it doesn’t exist, then the title is assumed to be -the same as the label. For example, when typesetting the “A” letter group, <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-17004"></a> -first checks if <span -class="cmtt-10">\Agroupname </span>exists. This could potentially cause conflict with another -package that may have some other meaning for <span -class="cmtt-10">\Agroupname</span>, so <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-17005"></a> first -checks for the existence of the internal command <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@grouptitle@</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ -which shouldn’t clash with another package. You can set the group title -using -</p><!--l. 4118--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-17006"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4120--><p class="noindent" > -For example: - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127"> -\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{A}{A (a)} -</div> -<!--l. 4124--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can -use -</p><!--l. 4127--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-17007"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4129--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4131--><p class="noindent" > -</p> -<!--l. 4131--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.12.1 </span> <a - id="sec:stylehooks"></a>Style Hooks</h4> -<!--l. 4134--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span -class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-18001"></a> and <span -class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a - id="dx1-18002"></a> are modified to take into -account the <a -href="#catattr.glossname"><span -class="cmss-10">glossname</span></a><a - id="dx1-18003"></a>, <a -href="#catattr.glossdesc"><span -class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></a><a - id="dx1-18004"></a> and <a -href="#catattr.glossdescfont"><span -class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span></a><a - id="dx1-18005"></a> attributes (see <a -href="#sec:categories"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a -href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). This -means you can make simple case-changing modifications to the name and description -without defining a new glossary style. -</p><!--l. 4140--><p class="indent" > If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span -class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-18006"></a>, you can -use -</p><!--l. 4142--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glossentrynameother</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-18007"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4144--><p class="noindent" > -This behaves just like <span -class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>(that is, it obeys <a -href="#catattr.glossname"><span -class="cmss-10">glossname</span></a><a - id="dx1-18008"></a>, <a -href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span -class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a - id="dx1-18009"></a> or -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>and uses the post-name hook) but it uses the given ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ instead of -<span -class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-18010"></a>. The ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ argument must be the internal field name (for example <span -class="cmtt-10">desc </span>rather -than <span -class="cmtt-10">description</span>). See the key to field mappings table in the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user -manual. -</p><!--l. 4153--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span -class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-18011"></a> and <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-18012"></a>: -</p><!--l. 4155--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-18013"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4157--><p class="noindent" > -By default this checks the <a -href="#catattr.indexname"><span -class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a - id="dx1-18014"></a> attribute. If the attribute exists for the -category to which the label belongs, then the name is automatically indexed -using -</p><!--l. 4162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><a - id="dx1-18015"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span><span -class="cmsy-10">{</span><span -class="cmtt-10">indexname</span><span -class="cmsy-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4163--><p class="noindent" > -See <a -href="#sec:autoindex"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a -href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 4167--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>will also use -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ if it exists. You can use <span -class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel</span><a - id="dx1-18016"></a> to -obtain the entry label with the definition of this command. For example, -suppose you are using a glossary style the doesn’t display the symbol, you can -insert the symbol after the name for a particular category, say, the “symbol” -category: - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128"> -\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostnamesymbol}{\space - <br /> (\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})} -</div> -<!--l. 4178--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use -</p><!--l. 4180--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsdefpostname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-18017"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostname{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4182--><p class="noindent" > -This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt"> -<div class="obeylines-v"> -<span -class="cmtt-10">\csdef</span><span -class="cmsy-10">{</span><span -class="cmtt-10">glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span -class="cmsy-10">}</span><span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div> -</div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined. -<!--l. 4189--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does -</p><!--l. 4190--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsextrapostnamehook</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-18018"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsextrapostnamehook{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4192--><p class="noindent" > -(before <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩) to allow for additional non-category related code. -This does nothing by default. -</p><!--l. 4197--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also -does -</p><!--l. 4199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostdescription</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-18019"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4201--><p class="noindent" > -This occurs before the original <span -class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, so if the <a -href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span -class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><span -class="cmss-10">=false</span><a - id="dx1-18020"></a> -option is used, it will be inserted before the terminating full stop. -</p><!--l. 4206--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdesc</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩ if it exists, where -⟨<span -class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is the category label associated with the current entry. For example -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescgeneral </span>for entries with the category set to <span -class="cmss-10">general</span><a - id="dx1-18021"></a> or -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescacronym </span>for entries with the category set to <span -class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-18022"></a>. For -convenience, as from v1.31, you can use -</p><!--l. 4213--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsdefpostdesc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-18023"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostdesc{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4215--><p class="noindent" > -This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt"> -<div class="obeylines-v"> -<span -class="cmtt-10">\csdef</span><span -class="cmsy-10">{</span><span -class="cmtt-10">glsxtrpostdesc</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span -class="cmsy-10">}</span><span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div> -</div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined. -<!--l. 4222--><p class="indent" > Since both <span -class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>set -</p><!--l. 4223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glscurrententrylabel</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-18024"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel </span></div><hr> - - - -</p><!--l. 4225--><p class="noindent" > -to the label for the current entry, you can use this within the definition of these -post-description hooks if you need to reference the label. -</p><!--l. 4230--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the -description in the glossary, but only for entries in the <span -class="cmss-10">general</span><a - id="dx1-18025"></a> category, then you could -do: - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129"> -\renewcommand{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{\space - <br /> (plural: \glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})} -</div> -<!--l. 4236--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find -more complicated. (It also allows more flexibility if you decide to change the -underlying glossary style.) -</p><!--l. 4241--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span -class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>or if -you redefine <span -class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>without including <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription</span>. -(For example, if you redefine <span -class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>to do nothing instead of using -the <a -href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span -class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a - id="dx1-18026"></a> option to suppress the terminating full stop.) See <a -href="#x1-200002.12.3"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.12.3 </a><a -href="#x1-200002.12.3">The -<span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a> to patch the predefined styles provided by <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> -that are missing <span -class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 4250--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4252--><p class="noindent" > -</p> -<!--l. 4252--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.12.2 </span> <a - id="sec:glosstylenumlist"></a>Number List</h4> -<!--l. 4255--><p class="noindent" >The <a - id="dx1-19001"></a><a -href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is now placed inside the argument of -</p><!--l. 4256--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-19002"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="noindent" > -This is internally used by <span -class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. The <a -href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span -class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a - id="dx1-19003"></a> option -redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>so that it doesn’t display the <a - id="dx1-19004"></a>number list, but it -still saves the <a - id="dx1-19005"></a>number list in case it’s required. -</p><!--l. 4264--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a - id="dx1-19006"></a>number list always use the <a -href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span -class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a - id="dx1-19007"></a> option -instead of redefining <span -class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>to do nothing. </div> -</p><!--l. 4268--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4270--><p class="indent" > If you want to, for example, change the font for the entire <a - id="dx1-19008"></a>number list -then redefine <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList </span>as appropriate. Don’t modify -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. -</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a - id="dx1-19009"></a>number list. This -is quite fiddly to do with the base <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, but <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides a -way of doing this. First you need to enable this option and specify the text to display -using: -</p><!--l. 4279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-19010"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">page</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">pages</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4281--><p class="noindent" > -where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">page</span>⟩ is the text to display if the <a - id="dx1-19011"></a>number list only contains a single location and -⟨<span -class="cmti-10">pages</span>⟩ is the text to display otherwise. For example: - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130"> -\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{Page: }{Pages: } -</div> -<!--l. 4287--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command. -</p><!--l. 4290--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span -class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>not <span -class="cmtt-10">@gobble </span>as the format if you want to suppress the page -number (and only index the entry once). </div> -</p><!--l. 4293--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4295--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span -class="cmtt-10">sample-pages.tex</span>. -</p><!--l. 4297--><p class="indent" > Note that <a - id="dx1-19012"></a><a -href="#glo:bib2gls"><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can be instructed to insert a prefix at the start of non-empty -location lists, which can be used as an alternative to <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span>. -</p><!--l. 4301--><p class="noindent" > -</p> -<!--l. 4301--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.12.3 </span> <a - id="x1-200002.12.3"></a>The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</h4> -<!--l. 4304--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>now includes the package <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a - id="dx1-20001"></a> that -will redefine the predefined styles to include the post-description hook (for those that -are missing it). You will need to make sure the styles have already been defined -before loading <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. For example: - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131"> -\usepackage{glossaries-extra} - <br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged} - <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods} -</div> -<!--l. 4313--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span -class="cmtt-10">glossary-</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">.sty </span>at the same time by passing ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ -as a package option to <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a - id="dx1-20002"></a>. For example: - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132"> -\usepackage{glossaries-extra} - <br />\usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods} -</div> -<!--l. 4321--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a -href="#styopt.stylemods"><span -class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a - id="dx1-20003"></a> key when you load <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. You can -omit a value if you only want to use the predefined styles that are automatically -loaded by <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>(for example, the <span -class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a - id="dx1-20004"></a> style): - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133"> -\usepackage[style=long3col,stylemods]{glossaries-extra} -</div> -<!--l. 4328--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a -href="#styopt.stylemods"><span -class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a - id="dx1-20005"></a> may be a comma-separated list of the style package -identifiers. For example: - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134"> -\usepackage[style=mcoltree,stylemods=mcols]{glossaries-extra} -</div> -<!--l. 4333--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas: - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135"> -\usepackage[stylemods={mcols,longbooktabs}]{glossaries-extra} -</div> -<!--l. 4337--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4339--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span -class="cmss-10">inline</span><a - id="dx1-20006"></a> style is dealt with slightly differently. The original definition -provided by the <span -class="cmss-10">glossary-inline</span><a - id="dx1-20007"></a> package uses <span -class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>at the end of the -glossary (not after each entry description) within the definition of <span -class="cmtt-10">\glspostinline</span>. -The style modification changes this so that <span -class="cmtt-10">\glspostinline </span>just does a full stop -followed by space factor adjustment, and the description <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinedescformat </span>and -sub-entry description formats <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubdescformat </span>are redefined to include -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span>(not <span -class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>). This means that the -modified <span -class="cmss-10">inline</span><a - id="dx1-20008"></a> style isn’t affected by the <a -href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span -class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a - id="dx1-20009"></a> option, but the post-description -category hook can still be used. -</p><!--l. 4353--><p class="indent" > The <span -class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-20010"></a><a - id="dx1-20011"></a>-like styles, such as <span -class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-20012"></a> are adjusted so that the <span -class="cmtt-10">\ifglsnogroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-20013"></a> -conditional (set with <a -href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span -class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a - id="dx1-20014"></a>) is moved outside of the definition of -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to avoid problems that cause an “Incomplete <span -class="cmtt-10">\iftrue</span>” error with -<span -class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span>. This means that if you want to -change this conditional using <span -class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries </span>or using the <span -class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-20015"></a> option in -<span -class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>, you must also -reset the glossary style. -</p><!--l. 4364--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span -class="cmtt-10">\space </span>before the <a - id="dx1-20016"></a><a -href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> in many of -the predefined styles is replaced with -</p><!--l. 4367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprelocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20017"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4369--><p class="noindent" > -This just defaults to <span -class="cmtt-10">\space </span>but may be redefined as required. For example: - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136"> -\renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\dotfill} -</div> -<!--l. 4374--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4376--><p class="indent" > The <span -class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-20018"></a> styles use -</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslistprelocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20019"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4379--><p class="noindent" > -(which defaults to <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and -</p><!--l. 4381--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslistchildprelocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20020"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildprelocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4383--><p class="noindent" > -(which defaults to <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation</span>) for child items. -</p><!--l. 4386--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed -by: -</p><!--l. 4388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslistdesc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20021"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslistdesc{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4390--><p class="noindent" > -for the <span -class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-20022"></a> and <span -class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a - id="dx1-20023"></a> styles (but not the <span -class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a - id="dx1-20024"></a> variations). -</p><!--l. 4394--><p class="indent" > For just the <span -class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-20025"></a> style and its letter group variations (not the <span -class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a - id="dx1-20026"></a> or <span -class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a - id="dx1-20027"></a> -variations) the <a - id="dx1-20028"></a><a -href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> for child entries is followed by -</p><!--l. 4397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslistchildpostlocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20029"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildpostlocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4399--><p class="noindent" > -which defaults to a full stop. -</p><!--l. 4402--><p class="indent" > The default value of <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span><a - id="dx1-20030"></a> is changed so that it’s set at the start -of the document (if it hasn’t been changed in the preamble). This should -take into account situations where <span -class="cmtt-10">\hsize </span>isn’t set until the start of the -document. -</p><!--l. 4407--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups (if not <a -href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span -class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a - id="dx1-20031"></a>) is now given by: -</p><!--l. 4409--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslistgroupskip</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20032"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslistgroupskip </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4411--><p class="noindent" > -This defaults to <span -class="cmtt-10">\indexspace </span>with penalties to deter page breaks. This command -isn’t used if <a -href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span -class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a - id="dx1-20033"></a> is set. -</p><!--l. 4416--><p class="indent" > The <span -class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-20034"></a> package introduced two new commands in <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-20035"></a> version 4.22, -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</span><a - id="dx1-20036"></a> and <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt</span><a - id="dx1-20037"></a>, which are used to format -the letter group headings and the navigation elements for the appropriate styles. -These two new commands are defined in terms of <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span><a - id="dx1-20038"></a> since that was -the command originally used for the group headings and navigation. This -now allows these different elements to be defined independently, but the -most common redefinition is for <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>to remove the bold in -the name. If the bold is still required for the group heading and navigation -elements, then both other commands also need redefining. To simplify matters, if -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>has been defined, as from v1.31 <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a - id="dx1-20039"></a> -defines: -</p><!--l. 4429--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20040"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - - - -</p><!--l. 4431--><p class="noindent" > -which simply does <span -class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span>and redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span>, -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt </span>all in terms of -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span>. This means that if you want to change all three to use a -particular style you only need to redefine <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span>, but if you only -want to redefine <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>without affecting the other two commands, then -you now can. -</p><!--l. 4441--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups (if not <a -href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span -class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a - id="dx1-20041"></a>) is now given by: -</p><!--l. 4443--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstreegroupskip</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20042"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupskip </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4445--><p class="noindent" > -This defaults to <span -class="cmtt-10">\indexspace </span>with penalties to deter page breaks. This command -isn’t used if <a -href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span -class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a - id="dx1-20043"></a> is set (except for the styles that display the group -titles). -</p><!--l. 4451--><p class="indent" > The styles that display the group titles now use: -</p><!--l. 4452--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstreePreHeader</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20044"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreePreHeader{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4454--><p class="noindent" > -where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the group label and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ is the group title. This does nothing by -default and is inserted before the group title. You can redefine it to add the group -title to the PDF bookmarks. For example, if the glossary title uses <span -class="cmtt-10">\chapter</span> -then: - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137"> -\renewcommand{\glstreePreHeader}[2]{% - <br /> \pdfbookmark[1]{#2}{\currentglossary.#1}% - <br />} -</div> -<!--l. 4464--><p class="nopar" > will insert section-level bookmarks. The use of <span -class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary </span>helps to provide -unique bookmark labels in the event of multiple glossaries. -</p><!--l. 4469--><p class="indent" > The <span -class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-20045"></a>-like and <span -class="cmss-10">tree</span><a - id="dx1-20046"></a>-like styles insert the pre-<a - id="dx1-20047"></a><a -href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> space with -</p><!--l. 4471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstreeprelocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20048"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4473--><p class="noindent" > -(which defaults to <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and -</p><!--l. 4475--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstreechildprelocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20049"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4477--><p class="noindent" > -(which defaults to <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span>) for child items. -</p><!--l. 4480--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package also provides: -</p><!--l. 4482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstreenonamedesc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20050"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamedesc{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4484--><p class="noindent" > -which is used by the <span -class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a - id="dx1-20051"></a> styles to display the pre-description separator, the -description and the post-description hook. Similarly for the symbol: -</p><!--l. 4488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstreenonamesymbol</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20052"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamesymbol{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4490--><p class="noindent" > -The above are just used for top-level entries. Child entries don’t have the name or -symbol displayed for the <span -class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a - id="dx1-20053"></a> styles, so there’s only a command for the child -description: -</p><!--l. 4494--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstreenonamechilddesc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20054"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamechilddesc{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4496--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4498--><p class="indent" > For the <span -class="cmss-10">tree</span><a - id="dx1-20055"></a> styles (but not the <span -class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a - id="dx1-20056"></a> or <span -class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-20057"></a> styles), the description is -displayed using: -</p><!--l. 4500--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstreedesc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20058"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4502--><p class="noindent" > -and the symbol with: -</p><!--l. 4504--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstreesymbol</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20059"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreesymbol{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4506--><p class="noindent" > -Again the above two commands are just for top-level entries. The child entries -use: -</p><!--l. 4509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstreechilddesc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20060"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4511--><p class="noindent" > -for the description and -</p><!--l. 4513--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstreechildsymbol</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20061"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildsymbol{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4515--><p class="noindent" > -for the symbol. - - - -</p><!--l. 4518--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.41, there are now wrapper commands for <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc </span>and -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc </span>that check for the description and symbol to determine whether -or not to insert a space (<span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation</span>) -before the page list. These are: -</p><!--l. 4523--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstreeDescLoc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20062"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreeDescLoc{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4525--><p class="noindent" > -for top-level entries and -</p><!--l. 4527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glstreeChildDescLoc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20063"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreeChildDescLoc{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4529--><p class="noindent" > -for sub-entries. This prevents a spurious space for terms that don’t have a symbol or -description but do have a location list (for example, aliases). -</p><!--l. 4534--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package provides some -additional commands for use with the <span -class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-20064"></a> style to make it easier to modify. These -commands are only defined if the <span -class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-20065"></a> package has already been loaded, -which is typically the case unless the <a -href="#styopt.notree"><span -class="cmss-10">notree</span></a><a - id="dx1-20066"></a> option has been used when loading -<span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 4542--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\gglssetwidest</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20067"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\gglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4544--><p class="noindent" > -(New to version 1.21.) This is like <span -class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>(provided by <span -class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-20068"></a>) but -performs a global assignment. -</p><!--l. 4549--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\eglssetwidest</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20069"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\eglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4551--><p class="noindent" > -This is like <span -class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>but performs a protected expansion on ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩. This has a -localised effect. For a global setting, use -</p><!--l. 4555--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\xglssetwidest</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20070"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\xglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4557--><p class="noindent" > -The following only set the value if ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is wider than the current value (new to -version 1.23). Local update: -</p><!--l. 4560--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsupdatewidest</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20071"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4562--><p class="noindent" > -Global update: -</p><!--l. 4564--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\gglsupdatewidest</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20072"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\gglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4566--><p class="noindent" > -Locale update (expands ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩): -</p><!--l. 4568--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\eglsupdatewidest</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20073"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\eglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4570--><p class="noindent" > -Global update (expands ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩): -</p><!--l. 4572--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\xglsupdatewidest</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20074"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\xglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4574--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4577--><p class="indent" > The widest entry value can later be retrieved using -</p><!--l. 4578--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsgetwidestname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20075"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestname </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4580--><p class="noindent" > -for the top-level entries and -</p><!--l. 4582--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsgetwidestsubname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20076"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestsubname{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - - - -</p><!--l. 4584--><p class="noindent" > -for sub-entries, where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is the level number. -</p><!--l. 4587--><p class="indent" > Note that if you are using <a - id="dx1-20077"></a><a -href="#glo:bib2gls"><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you can use the resource option <span -class="cmtt-10">set-widest</span> -which will try to determine the widest name of all the selected entries. This isn’t -guaranteed to work as it may depend on fonts or commands that <a - id="dx1-20078"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span> -can’t replicate, but it should be suitable for names that just consist of text, -and can be more efficient than iterating over all the defined entries using -<span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>. -</p><!--l. 4595--><p class="indent" > The command <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname </span>provided by <span -class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-20079"></a> has a -CamelCase synonym: -</p><!--l. 4597--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20080"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4599--><p class="noindent" > -Similar commands are also provided: -</p><!--l. 4601--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20081"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">glossary</span> -<span -class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4603--><p class="noindent" > -This has an additional check that the entry has been used. Naturally this is only -useful if the glossaries that use the <span -class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-20082"></a> style occur at the end of the document. -This command should be placed just before the start of the glossary. (Alternatively, -place it at the end of the document and save the value in the auxiliary file for the -next run.) -</p><!--l. 4611--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20083"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4613--><p class="noindent" > -This is like the previous command but if doesn’t check the <span -class="cmss-10">parent</span><a - id="dx1-20084"></a> key. This is useful if -all levels should have the same width for the name. -</p><!--l. 4618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyName</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20085"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyName[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4620--><p class="noindent" > -This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been -used. -</p><!--l. 4624--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20086"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4626--><p class="noindent" > -This is like <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName </span>but also sets the first two sub-levels -as well. Any entry that has a great-grandparent is ignored. -</p><!--l. 4631--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20087"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4633--><p class="noindent" > -This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been -used. -</p><!--l. 4637--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20088"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" > -This is like <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName </span>but also measures the symbol. The length -of the widest symbol is stored in ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩. - - - -</p><!--l. 4645--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20089"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">glossary</span> -<span -class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4647--><p class="noindent" > -This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been -used. -</p><!--l. 4651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20090"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">symbol register</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4654--><p class="noindent" > -This is like <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol </span>but also measures the <a - id="dx1-20091"></a><a -href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. -This requires <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-20092"></a> (see the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual). The length of -the widest symbol is stored in ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">symbol register</span>⟩ and the length of the widest <a - id="dx1-20093"></a>number -list is stored in ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">location register</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 4662--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20094"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">symbol register</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4665--><p class="noindent" > -This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been -used. -</p><!--l. 4669--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20095"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4672--><p class="noindent" > -This is like <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation </span>but doesn’t measure the -symbol. The length of the widest <a - id="dx1-20096"></a>number list is stored in ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 4677--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20097"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">glossary</span> -<span -class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4680--><p class="noindent" > -This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been -used. -</p><!--l. 4684--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a - id="dx1-20098"></a>number list is governed by -</p><!--l. 4686--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20099"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4688--><p class="noindent" > -for top-level entries and -</p><!--l. 4690--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20100"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4692--><p class="noindent" > -for sub-entries. -</p><!--l. 4695--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span -class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-20101"></a> -style: -</p><!--l. 4697--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeInit</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20102"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeInit </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4699--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4701--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions -is provided by the length -</p><!--l. 4703--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20103"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4705--><p class="noindent" > - - - -</p><!--l. 4707--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span -class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-20104"></a> style, see the -documented code (<span -class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>). For examples, see the -accompanying sample files <span -class="cmtt-10">sample-alttree.tex</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">sample-alttree-sym.tex </span>and -<span -class="cmtt-10">sample-alttree-marginpar.tex</span>. </p> -<!--l. 4714--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 4714--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a +<!--l. 4844--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 4844--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a id="sec:abbreviations"></a>Abbreviations</h2> -</p><!--l. 4717--><p class="indent" > The new abbreviation system provided by <span +</p><!--l. 4847--><p class="indent" > The new abbreviation system provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is more flexible than the acronym handling provided by the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package modifies the underlying formatting used by <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(and -its variants) so that terms that are recognised as abbreviations can have -their formatting dealt with by the style. You therefore need to select an -abbreviation style that ensures that <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(and its variants) displays the desired -output. -</p><!--l. 4726--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use commands like <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>with abbreviations as they -aren’t flexible enough to handle some abbreviation styles and unexpected -results may occur. Use commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(and its +variants) so that terms that are recognised as abbreviations can have their +formatting dealt with by the style. You therefore need to select an abbreviation +style that ensures that <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(and its variants) displays the desired output. +See the file <a +href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbr-styles.pdf" >sample-abbr-styles.pdf</a> for samples of all provided abbreviation +styles. +</p><!--l. 4859--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a + id="dx1-24001"></a>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst</span><a + id="dx1-24002"></a> or <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirst</span><a + id="dx1-24003"></a> with abbreviations as they aren’t +flexible enough to handle some abbreviation styles and unexpected results may occur. +(To a lesser degree, this also applies to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a + id="dx1-24004"></a> etc.) Use commands like +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlong </span>in -section headings or captions instead of <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. If you don’t want the full form -to show on first use of <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>use one of the “nolong” or “noshort” styles. -</div> -</p><!--l. 4734--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4736--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as +class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlong </span>in section headings or captions instead +of <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. If you don’t want the full form to show on first use of <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>use one of the +“nolong” or “noshort” styles. </div> +</p><!--l. 4868--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4870--><p class="indent" > This lack of flexibility in <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>can be demonstrated with the following +document: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141"> +\documentclass{article} + <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra} + <br />\setabbreviationstyle{footnote} + <br />\newabbreviation{ex}{EX}{Example} + <br />\begin{document} + <br />Compare \gls{ex}['s] with \glsfirst{ex}['s]. + <br />\end{document} +</div> +<!--l. 4882--><p class="nopar" > The <a + id="dx1-24005"></a><a +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>has the footnote marker after the inserted material “EX’s<sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="cmr-9">1</span></sup>” but +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>has it before the inserted material “EX<sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="cmr-9">1</span></sup>’s” which is inappropriate. Note +that if the style is changed to <a +href="#abbrstyle.postfootnote"><span +class="cmss-10">postfootnote</span></a><a + id="dx1-24006"></a>, the footnote marker appears after the +inserted material as <span +class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a + id="dx1-24007"></a> is in the post-link hook. +</p><!--l. 4890--><p class="indent" > There are some instances where <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>can be useful. It’s used internally by +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span><a + id="dx1-24008"></a>, which in turn is used by <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsseelistformat</span><a + id="dx1-24009"></a> if the entry has a +short form. If <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort </span>is used, this enforces the short form, but if +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext </span>is used, then the long form will be used for the “noshort” styles, which +is more appropriate. In this particular situation, there’s no need to worry +about inserted material as the final optional argument isn’t supported by +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span>. +</p><!--l. 4899--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as “laser”), initialisms (initial letters of a phrase, such as “html”, that aren’t pronounced as words) and contractions (where parts of words are omitted, often replaced by an apostrophe, such as “don’t”). The “acronym” code provided by the @@ -9406,19 +9133,16 @@ replaced by an apostrophe, such as “don’t”). The “acrony class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is misnamed as it’s more often than not used for initialisms instead. Acronyms tend not to be <span class="cmti-10">expanded </span>on <a - id="dx1-21001"></a><a -href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> (although they may need + id="dx1-24010"></a>first use (although they may need to be <span class="cmti-10">described </span>for readers unfamiliar with the term). They are therefore more like a regular term, which may or may not require a description in the glossary. -</p><!--l. 4748--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 4911--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package corrects this misnomer, and provides better abbreviation handling, with -</p><!--l. 4750--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\newabbreviation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-21002"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4913--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-24011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -9427,67 +9151,64 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4752--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4754--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4915--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4917--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span class="cmss-10">category</span><a - id="dx1-21003"></a> key to <span + id="dx1-24012"></a> key to <span class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>by default, but that value may be overridden in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩. The category may have attributes that modify the way abbreviations are defined. For example, the <a href="#catattr.insertdots"><span class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a - id="dx1-21004"></a> attribute will automatically + id="dx1-24013"></a> attribute will automatically insert full stops (periods) into ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ or the <a href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-21005"></a> attribute will set the default + id="dx1-24014"></a> attribute will set the default value of the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-21006"></a> key to just ⟨<span + id="dx1-24015"></a> key to just ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (without appending the plural suffix). See <a href="#sec:categories"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 +class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 4764--><p class="indent" > See <a +</p><!--l. 4927--><p class="indent" > See <a href="#sec:nested"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.8 </a><a href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a> regarding the pitfalls of using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-21007"></a> or + id="dx1-24016"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a - id="dx1-21008"></a> within ⟨<span + id="dx1-24017"></a> within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ or ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 4768--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations -or they may not be correctly applied. </div> -</p><!--l. 4771--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4773--><p class="indent" > The <span -class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-21009"></a> command provided by the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is redefined by +</p><!--l. 4931--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations +or they may not be correctly applied. </div> +</p><!--l. 4934--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4936--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a + id="dx1-24018"></a> command provided by the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is redefined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>with the <span class="cmss-10">category</span><a - id="dx1-21010"></a> set to <span + id="dx1-24019"></a> set to <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(see also <a href="#sec:acronymmods"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.8 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.9 </a><a href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>) so -</p><!--l. 4777--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\newacronym</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-21011"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-24020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -9497,7 +9218,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4779--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4942--><p class="noindent" > is now equivalent @@ -9520,7 +9241,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> -</p><!--l. 4786--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 4949--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>command is superficially similar to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package’s <span @@ -9528,136 +9249,151 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>but you can apply different styles to differe default style is <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-21012"></a> for entries in the <span + id="dx1-24021"></a> for entries in the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-21013"></a> category and <a + id="dx1-24022"></a> category and <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-21014"></a> for + id="dx1-24023"></a> for entries in the <span class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-21015"></a> category. (These aren’t the same as the acronym + id="dx1-24024"></a> category. (These aren’t the same as the acronym styles provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, although they may produce similar results.) -</p><!--l. 4796--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span +</p><!--l. 4959--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>varies according to the abbreviation style. The styles are set according to the entry’s category so, unlike the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you can have different abbreviation styles within the same glossary. -</p><!--l. 4802--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on +</p><!--l. 4965--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on <a - id="dx1-21016"></a><a + id="dx1-24025"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-21017"></a> and the inline full form, which is used by + id="dx1-24026"></a> and the inline full form, which is used by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a - id="dx1-21018"></a>. For some of the abbreviation styles, such as + id="dx1-24027"></a>. For some of the abbreviation styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-21019"></a>, the display and inline forms are the same. In the case of styles + id="dx1-24028"></a>, the display and inline forms are the same. In the case of styles such as <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-21020"></a> or <a + id="dx1-24029"></a> or <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-21021"></a>, the display and inline full forms are + id="dx1-24030"></a>, the display and inline full forms are different. -</p><!--l. 4809--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span +</p><!--l. 4972--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-21022"></a>, <span + id="dx1-24031"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-21023"></a>, <span + id="dx1-24032"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-21024"></a> or + id="dx1-24033"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-21025"></a> fields, which means they won’t be used within commands like + id="dx1-24034"></a> fields, which means they won’t be used within commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort </span>(but they are used within commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span>). Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a - id="dx1-21026"></a> and the case-changing variants don’t use + id="dx1-24035"></a> and the case-changing variants don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont</span>. -</p><!--l. 4817--><p class="indent" > You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary +</p><!--l. 4980--><p class="indent" > You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary text using -</p><!--l. 4819--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsuseabbrvfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-21027"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-24036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4821--><p class="noindent" > + + + +</p><!--l. 4984--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is the category label that identifies the abbreviation style. Similarly for the formatting command use by the long form: -</p><!--l. 4825--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsuselongfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-21028"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 4988--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-24037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuselongfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4827--><p class="noindent" > - - - +</p><!--l. 4990--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4992--><p class="indent" > You can’t use the acronym commands provided by the base package with the new +abbreviations provided by the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package. The style commands that +replace <span +class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>etc are described in <a +href="#sec:abbrstyle"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.2 </a><a +href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>. +The <a +href="#styopt.acronymlists"><span +class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span></a><a + id="dx1-24038"></a> package option and associated commands aren’t supported. The +<span +class="cmtt-10">\forallacronyms</span><a + id="dx1-24039"></a> command, which iterates over all acronym lists, should be replaced +with: +</p><!--l. 4999--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-24040"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\forallabbreviationlists{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 5001--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4829--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a +<!--l. 5003--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1 </span> <a id="sec:tagging"></a>Tagging Initials</h3> -<!--l. 4832--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are +<!--l. 5006--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are underlined in the glossary but not in the main part of the document, you can use -</p><!--l. 4835--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-22001"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5009--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-25001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4837--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5011--><p class="noindent" > before you define your abbreviations. -</p><!--l. 4840--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 5014--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ (a control sequence) to accept a single argument, which is the letter (or letters) that needs to be tagged. The normal behaviour of this command within the document is to simply do its argument, but in the glossary it’s activated for those categories that have the <a href="#catattr.tagging"><span class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a - id="dx1-22002"></a> attribute set to + id="dx1-25002"></a> attribute set to “true”. For those cases it will use -</p><!--l. 4847--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrtagfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-22003"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5021--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-25003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4849--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5023--><p class="noindent" > This command defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\underline</span><a - id="dx1-22004"></a><span + id="dx1-25004"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>but may be redefined as required. -</p><!--l. 4853--><p class="indent" > The control sequence ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 5027--><p class="indent" > The control sequence ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ can’t already be defined when used with the unstarred version of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>for safety reasons. The starred @@ -9666,39 +9402,39 @@ class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩. As with redefining any commands, ensure that you don’t redefine something important. In fact, just forget the existence of the starred version and let’s pretend I didn’t mention it. -</p><!--l. 4862--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span +</p><!--l. 5036--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>is a comma-separated list of category names. The <a href="#catattr.tagging"><span class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a - id="dx1-22005"></a> attribute will automatically be set for those + id="dx1-25005"></a> attribute will automatically be set for those categories. You can later set this attribute for other categories (see <a href="#sec:categories"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>) but this must be done before the glossary is displayed. -</p><!--l. 4869--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span +</p><!--l. 5043--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-mixtures.tex </span>uses initial tagging for both the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-22006"></a> and <span + id="dx1-25006"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-22007"></a> categories: + id="dx1-25007"></a> categories: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142"> \GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{acronym,abbreviation}{\itag} </div> -<!--l. 4874--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span +<!--l. 5048--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span class="cmtt-10">\itag </span>which can be used in the definitions. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143"> \newacronym  <br /> [description={a system for detecting the location and  <br /> speed of ships, aircraft, etc, through the use of radio @@ -9710,28 +9446,25 @@ example:  <br />\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}  <br /> {e\itag{x}tensible \itag{m}arkup \itag{l}anguage} </div> -<!--l. 4889--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for +<!--l. 5063--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for entries with the <a href="#catattr.tagging"><span class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a - id="dx1-22008"></a> attribute set. -</p><!--l. 4894--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-25008"></a> attribute set. +</p><!--l. 5068--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4894--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a +<!--l. 5068--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2 </span> <a id="sec:abbrstyle"></a>Abbreviation Styles</h3> -<!--l. 4897--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using: -</p><!--l. 4899--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\setabbreviationstyle</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23001"></a> <span +<!--l. 5071--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using: +</p><!--l. 5073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4901--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 5075--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style-name</span>⟩ is the name of the style and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is the category label @@ -9744,22 +9477,22 @@ modify one or more of the attributes associated with the given category. For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a - id="dx1-23002"></a> and <a + id="dx1-26002"></a> and <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-23003"></a> styles set the <a + id="dx1-26003"></a> styles set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-23004"></a> attribute to + id="dx1-26004"></a> attribute to <span class="cmtt-10">true</span>. -</p><!--l. 4912--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a +</p><!--l. 5086--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a different category to each group and set the style for the given category. </div> -</p><!--l. 4916--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4918--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +</p><!--l. 5090--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5092--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a - id="dx1-23005"></a> is disabled by <span + id="dx1-26005"></a> is disabled by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Use </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -9772,26 +9505,24 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> </div> instead. The original acronym interface can be restored with <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span><a - id="dx1-23006"></a> (see + id="dx1-26006"></a> (see <a href="#sec:acronymmods"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.8 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.9 </a><a href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>). However the original acronym interface is incompatible with all the commands described here. -<!--l. 4928--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span +<!--l. 5102--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-23007"></a>, + id="dx1-26007"></a>, but don’t use the acronym commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a - id="dx1-23008"></a> (which use <span + id="dx1-26008"></a> (which use <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-23009"></a>). + id="dx1-26009"></a>). The short form can be produced with: -</p><!--l. 4932--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshort</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23010"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5106--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -9799,15 +9530,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4934--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5108--><p class="noindent" > (Use this instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a - id="dx1-23011"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 4937--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with -</p><!--l. 4938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlong</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23012"></a> <span + id="dx1-26011"></a>.) +</p><!--l. 5111--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with +</p><!--l. 5112--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -9815,16 +9544,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4940--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5114--><p class="noindent" > (Use this instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a - id="dx1-23013"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 4943--><p class="indent" > The <span + id="dx1-26013"></a>.) +</p><!--l. 5117--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmti-10">inline </span>full form can be produced with -</p><!--l. 4944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfull</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23014"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5118--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -9832,48 +9559,46 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4946--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5120--><p class="noindent" > (This this instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a - id="dx1-23015"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 4949--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span + id="dx1-26015"></a>.) +</p><!--l. 5123--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a - id="dx1-23016"></a> for abbreviations, + id="dx1-26016"></a> for abbreviations, especially if you use the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ optional argument. Use either <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(possibly with a reset) or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 4954--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4956--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format +</p><!--l. 5128--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5130--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format used on <a - id="dx1-23017"></a><a + id="dx1-26017"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-23018"></a> style only displays the + id="dx1-26018"></a> style only displays the short form on <a - id="dx1-23019"></a>first use, but the full form will display the long form followed by the + id="dx1-26019"></a>first use, but the full form will display the long form followed by the short form in parentheses. -</p><!--l. 4963--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the +</p><!--l. 5137--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the commands described in <a href="#sec:headtitle"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> instead. </div> -</p><!--l. 4967--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4969--><p class="indent" > The arguments ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 5141--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5143--><p class="indent" > The arguments ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ are the same as for commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. There are also analogous case-changing commands: -</p><!--l. 4973--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form: -</p><!--l. 4974--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshort</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23020"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5147--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form: +</p><!--l. 5148--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshort[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -9881,12 +9606,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4976--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4978--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form: -</p><!--l. 4979--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlong</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23021"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5150--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5152--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form: +</p><!--l. 5153--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlong[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -9894,12 +9617,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4981--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4983--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form: -</p><!--l. 4984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfull</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23022"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5155--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5157--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form: +</p><!--l. 5158--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -9907,15 +9628,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4986--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4988--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form: +</p><!--l. 5160--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5162--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form: -</p><!--l. 4989--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshort</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23023"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5163--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshort[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -9923,12 +9642,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4991--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4993--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form: -</p><!--l. 4994--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlong</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23024"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5165--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5167--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form: +</p><!--l. 5168--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlong[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -9936,12 +9653,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4996--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4998--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form: -</p><!--l. 4999--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrfull</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23025"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5170--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form: +</p><!--l. 5173--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -9949,13 +9664,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5001--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5003--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available. -</p><!--l. 5005--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals: -</p><!--l. 5006--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23026"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5175--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5177--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available. +</p><!--l. 5179--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals: +</p><!--l. 5180--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -9963,11 +9676,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5008--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5009--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshortpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23027"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5182--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshortpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -9975,11 +9686,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5011--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5012--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrshortpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23028"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5185--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5186--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshortpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -9987,12 +9696,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5014--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5016--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals: -</p><!--l. 5017--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23029"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5188--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5190--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals: +</p><!--l. 5191--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10000,11 +9707,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5019--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlongpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23030"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5193--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5194--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlongpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10012,11 +9717,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5022--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5023--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrlongpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23031"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5196--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5197--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlongpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10024,12 +9727,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5025--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5027--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals: -</p><!--l. 5028--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23032"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5199--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5201--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals: +</p><!--l. 5202--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10037,11 +9738,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5030--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5031--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23033"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5204--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5205--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10049,11 +9748,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5033--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5034--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23034"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5207--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5208--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-26034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10061,8 +9758,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5036--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5038--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span +</p><!--l. 5210--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5212--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl </span>and @@ -10071,49 +9768,48 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span>. These commands will use the currently ap than the style in use when the entry was defined. If you have mixed styles, you’ll need to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a - id="dx1-23035"></a> instead. Similarly for <span + id="dx1-26035"></a> instead. Similarly for <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort </span>etc. </div> -</p><!--l. 5044--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5046--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5218--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5220--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5046--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3 </span> <a +<!--l. 5220--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3 </span> <a id="sec:abbrshortcuts"></a>Shortcut Commands</h3> -<!--l. 5049--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the package option -<a +<!--l. 5223--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span -class="cmss-10">=abbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-24001"></a> (or <a +class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a + id="dx1-27001"></a> +package option (or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=abbr</span><a - id="dx1-24002"></a>) or <a + id="dx1-27002"></a>) or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a - id="dx1-24003"></a>. (You can use -both settings at the same time.) The provided shortcut commands listed in -<a -href="#tab:abbrshortcuts">table 3.1</a>. + id="dx1-27003"></a>. (You can use both settings at the +same time.) The provided shortcut commands listed in <a +href="#tab:abbrshortcuts">table 4.1</a>. </p> <div class="table"> -<!--l. 5056--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 5230--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:abbrshortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > <div class="caption" -><span class="id">Table 3.1: </span><span -class="content">Abbreviation Shortcut Commands</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-240041 --> +><span class="id">Table 4.1: </span><span +class="content">Abbreviation Shortcut Commands</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-270041 --> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-3" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" ><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col @@ -10134,636 +9830,621 @@ class="cmbx-10">(</span><a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmssbx-10">=abbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-24005"></a><span + id="dx1-27005"></a><span class="cmbx-10">)</span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2" class="td11"><span class="cmbx-10">(</span><a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmssbx-10">=ac</span><a - id="dx1-24006"></a><span + id="dx1-27006"></a><span class="cmbx-10">)</span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\ab</span><a - id="dx1-24007"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2" + id="dx1-27007"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\ac</span><a - id="dx1-24008"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3" + id="dx1-27008"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a - id="dx1-24009"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27009"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\abp</span><a - id="dx1-24010"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2" + id="dx1-27010"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\acp</span><a - id="dx1-24011"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3" + id="dx1-27011"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\cglspl</span><a - id="dx1-24012"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27012"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\as</span><a - id="dx1-24013"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2" + id="dx1-27013"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\acs</span><a - id="dx1-24014"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3" + id="dx1-27014"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a - id="dx1-24015"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27015"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\asp</span><a - id="dx1-24016"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2" + id="dx1-27016"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\acsp</span><a - id="dx1-24017"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3" + id="dx1-27017"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortpl</span><a - id="dx1-24018"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27018"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\al</span><a - id="dx1-24019"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2" + id="dx1-27019"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\acl</span><a - id="dx1-24020"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3" + id="dx1-27020"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a - id="dx1-24021"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27021"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\alp</span><a - id="dx1-24022"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2" + id="dx1-27022"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\aclp</span><a - id="dx1-24023"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3" + id="dx1-27023"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongpl</span><a - id="dx1-24024"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27024"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\af</span><a - id="dx1-24025"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2" + id="dx1-27025"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\acf</span><a - id="dx1-24026"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3" + id="dx1-27026"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a - id="dx1-24027"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27027"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\afp</span><a - id="dx1-24028"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-2" + id="dx1-27028"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\acfp</span><a - id="dx1-24029"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-3" + id="dx1-27029"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a - id="dx1-24030"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27030"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Ab</span><a - id="dx1-24031"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-2" + id="dx1-27031"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Ac</span><a - id="dx1-24032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-3" + id="dx1-27032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a - id="dx1-24033"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27033"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Abp</span><a - id="dx1-24034"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-2" + id="dx1-27034"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acp</span><a - id="dx1-24035"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-3" + id="dx1-27035"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\cglspl</span><a - id="dx1-24036"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27036"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\As</span><a - id="dx1-24037"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-2" + id="dx1-27037"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acs</span><a - id="dx1-24038"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-3" + id="dx1-27038"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshort</span><a - id="dx1-24039"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27039"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Asp</span><a - id="dx1-24040"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-2" + id="dx1-27040"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acsp</span><a - id="dx1-24041"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-3" + id="dx1-27041"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshortpl</span><a - id="dx1-24042"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27042"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Al</span><a - id="dx1-24043"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-2" + id="dx1-27043"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acl</span><a - id="dx1-24044"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-3" + id="dx1-27044"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlong</span><a - id="dx1-24045"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27045"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Alp</span><a - id="dx1-24046"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-2" + id="dx1-27046"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Aclp</span><a - id="dx1-24047"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-3" + id="dx1-27047"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlongpl</span><a - id="dx1-24048"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27048"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Af</span><a - id="dx1-24049"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-2" + id="dx1-27049"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acf</span><a - id="dx1-24050"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-3" + id="dx1-27050"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull</span><a - id="dx1-24051"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27051"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Afp</span><a - id="dx1-24052"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-2" + id="dx1-27052"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acfp</span><a - id="dx1-24053"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-3" + id="dx1-27053"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><a - id="dx1-24054"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27054"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\AB</span><a - id="dx1-24055"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-2" + id="dx1-27055"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\AC</span><a - id="dx1-24056"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-3" + id="dx1-27056"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGLS</span><a - id="dx1-24057"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27057"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\ABP</span><a - id="dx1-24058"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-2" + id="dx1-27058"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACP</span><a - id="dx1-24059"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-3" + id="dx1-27059"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGLSpl</span><a - id="dx1-24060"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27060"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\AS</span><a - id="dx1-24061"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-2" + id="dx1-27061"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACS</span><a - id="dx1-24062"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-3" + id="dx1-27062"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshort</span><a - id="dx1-24063"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27063"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\ASP</span><a - id="dx1-24064"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-2" + id="dx1-27064"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACSP</span><a - id="dx1-24065"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-3" + id="dx1-27065"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshortpl</span><a - id="dx1-24066"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27066"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\AL</span><a - id="dx1-24067"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-2" + id="dx1-27067"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACL</span><a - id="dx1-24068"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-3" + id="dx1-27068"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlong</span><a - id="dx1-24069"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27069"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\ALP</span><a - id="dx1-24070"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-2" + id="dx1-27070"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACLP</span><a - id="dx1-24071"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-3" + id="dx1-27071"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlongpl</span><a - id="dx1-24072"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27072"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\AF</span><a - id="dx1-24073"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-2" + id="dx1-27073"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACF</span><a - id="dx1-24074"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-3" + id="dx1-27074"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull</span><a - id="dx1-24075"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27075"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\AFP</span><a - id="dx1-24076"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-2" + id="dx1-27076"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACFP</span><a - id="dx1-24077"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-3" + id="dx1-27077"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><a - id="dx1-24078"></a> </td> + id="dx1-27078"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-1" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\newabbr</span><a - id="dx1-24079"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-2" + id="dx1-27079"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-2" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\newabbr</span><a - id="dx1-24080"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-3" + id="dx1-27080"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-3" class="td11"><span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-24081"></a> </td></tr></table></div> + id="dx1-27081"></a> </td></tr></table></div> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 5094--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4 </span> <a +<!--l. 5268--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4 </span> <a id="sec:predefabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles</h3> -<!--l. 5097--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a +<!--l. 5271--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a regular entry (so that <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-25001"></a> uses <span + id="dx1-28001"></a> uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-25002"></a>) and those that don’t treat the + id="dx1-28002"></a>) and those that don’t treat the abbreviation as a regular entry (so that <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-25003"></a> uses <span + id="dx1-28003"></a> uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a - id="dx1-25004"></a>). -</p><!--l. 5102--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a + id="dx1-28004"></a>). +</p><!--l. 5276--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-25005"></a> attribute to “true” for the + id="dx1-28005"></a> attribute to “true” for the category assigned to each abbreviation with that style. This means that on <a - id="dx1-25006"></a><a + id="dx1-28006"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-25007"></a> uses the value of the <span + id="dx1-28007"></a> uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-25008"></a> field and on subsequent use <span + id="dx1-28008"></a> field and on subsequent use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-25009"></a> uses the value of the + id="dx1-28009"></a> uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-25010"></a> field (and analogously for the plural and case-changing versions). The <span + id="dx1-28010"></a> field (and analogously for the plural and case-changing versions). The <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-25011"></a> and + id="dx1-28011"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-25012"></a> fields are set as appropriate and may be accessed through commands like + id="dx1-28012"></a> fields are set as appropriate and may be accessed through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a - id="dx1-25013"></a>. -</p><!--l. 5111--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a + id="dx1-28013"></a>. +</p><!--l. 5285--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-25014"></a> attribute. The <span + id="dx1-28014"></a> attribute. The <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-25015"></a> + id="dx1-28015"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-25016"></a> fields (and their plural forms) are set and can be accessed through + id="dx1-28016"></a> fields (and their plural forms) are set and can be accessed through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span>, but they aren’t used by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-25017"></a>, which + id="dx1-28017"></a>, which instead use the short form (stored in the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-25018"></a> key) and the display full + id="dx1-28018"></a> key) and the display full format (through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat</span><a - id="dx1-25019"></a> that are defined by the + id="dx1-28019"></a> that are defined by the style). -</p><!--l. 5119--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a - id="dx1-25020"></a>first use of <span +</p><!--l. 5293--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a + id="dx1-28020"></a>first use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-25021"></a> may not match the text produced by + id="dx1-28021"></a> may not match the text produced by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a - id="dx1-25022"></a> (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions). -</p><!--l. 5123--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span + id="dx1-28022"></a> (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions). +</p><!--l. 5297--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-abbr-styles.tex </span>demonstrates all predefined styles described here. -</p><!--l. 5126--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span +</p><!--l. 5300--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a - id="dx1-25023"></a>, be careful about your choice of fonts as + id="dx1-28023"></a>, be careful about your choice of fonts as some only have limited support. For example, you may not be able to combine bold and small-caps. I recommend that you at least use the <span class="cmss-10">fontenc</span><a - id="dx1-25024"></a> package with the <span + id="dx1-28024"></a> package with the <span class="cmss-10">T1</span> option or something similar. </div> -</p><!--l. 5132--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5134--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 5306--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5308--><p class="indent" > Many of the styles have helper commands in the form <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr...name </span>and +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr...sort </span>that are expanded within the <span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-28025"></a> and <span +class="cmss-10">sort</span><a + id="dx1-28026"></a> fields when the +abbreviation is defined. These commands may use the helper token registers available +within <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>, such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok</span><a + id="dx1-28027"></a>. The contents of a register can be +accessed with <span +class="cmtt-10">\the</span><a + id="dx1-28028"></a>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩. It’s essential that these expand when the abbreviation is +defined so don’t hide them behind no-expandable content if you redefine these helper +commands. +</p><!--l. 5317--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-25025"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 5136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrparen</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25026"></a> <span + id="dx1-28029"></a>, use +</p><!--l. 5319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5138--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5321--><p class="noindent" > to set the parenthetical material. This just puts parentheses around the text: (⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩). -</p><!--l. 5142--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 5325--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-25027"></a> and <a + id="dx1-28031"></a> and <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-25028"></a> use -</p><!--l. 5144--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25029"></a> <span + id="dx1-28032"></a> use +</p><!--l. 5327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5146--><p class="noindent" > + + + +</p><!--l. 5329--><p class="noindent" > for the short form. This just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ by default. (That is, no font change is applied.) On first use, -</p><!--l. 5149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25030"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5332--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5151--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5334--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. By default, this just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span>. The long form is formatted according to -</p><!--l. 5154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongdefaultfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25031"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5337--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - - - -</p><!--l. 5156--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5339--><p class="noindent" > which again just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ (no font change). On first use, -</p><!--l. 5158--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25032"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5160--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5343--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont</span>. The plural suffix used for the short form is given by -</p><!--l. 5163--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25033"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5346--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5165--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5348--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a - id="dx1-25034"></a>. -</p><!--l. 5168--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a + id="dx1-28038"></a>. +</p><!--l. 5351--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a - id="dx1-25035"></a> and <a + id="dx1-28039"></a> and <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-25036"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 5170--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvscfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25037"></a> <span + id="dx1-28040"></a>, use +</p><!--l. 5353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5355--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x3" id="fn1x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">3.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-25038f1"></a> +href="#fn1x4" id="fn1x4-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-28042f1"></a> On first use -</p><!--l. 5178--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25039"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5361--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5180--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5363--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont </span>by default. So redefine, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span> to change first and subsequent uses or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont </span>to change just the first use. -</p><!--l. 5185--><p class="indent" > The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span +</p><!--l. 5368--><p class="indent" > The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given by -</p><!--l. 5188--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrscsuffix</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25040"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5371--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5190--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5373--><p class="noindent" > This is defined as </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrscsuffix}{\glstextup{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}} </div> -<!--l. 5194--><p class="nopar" > The <span +<!--l. 5377--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextup</span><a - id="dx1-25041"></a> command is provided by <span + id="dx1-28045"></a> command is provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and is used to switch off the small caps font for the suffix. If you override the default short plural using the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-25042"></a> key when you define the abbreviation you will need to make the + id="dx1-28046"></a> key when you define the abbreviation you will need to make the appropriate adjustment if necessary. (Remember that the default plural suffix behaviour can be modified through the use of the <a href="#catattr.aposplural"><span class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-25043"></a> and <a + id="dx1-28047"></a> and <a href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-25044"></a> + id="dx1-28048"></a> attributes. See <a href="#sec:categories"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.) -</p><!--l. 5205--><p class="indent" > The small styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 5388--><p class="indent" > The small styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a - id="dx1-25045"></a> and <a + id="dx1-28049"></a> and <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-25046"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 5207--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25047"></a> <span + id="dx1-28050"></a>, use +</p><!--l. 5390--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5209--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5392--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>. (This requires the <span class="cmss-10">relsizes</span><a - id="dx1-25048"></a> package, which isn’t loaded by + id="dx1-28052"></a> package, which isn’t loaded by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, so must be loaded explicitly.) On first use -</p><!--l. 5214--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25049"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5216--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5399--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont </span>by default. -</p><!--l. 5219--><p class="indent" > The long form for the smaller styles uses <span +</p><!--l. 5402--><p class="indent" > The long form for the smaller styles uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given by -</p><!--l. 5222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsmsuffix</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25050"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5405--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsmsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5224--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5407--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to just <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>. -</p><!--l. 5227--><p class="indent" > The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 5410--><p class="indent" > The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a - id="dx1-25051"></a> or <a + id="dx1-28055"></a> or <a href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-25052"></a>, + id="dx1-28056"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 5229--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvemfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25053"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5412--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5231--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5414--><p class="noindent" > On first use -</p><!--l. 5233--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvemfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25054"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5416--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvemfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5235--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5418--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont </span>by default. The suffix is given by -</p><!--l. 5238--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtremsuffix</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25055"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5421--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28059"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtremsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5240--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5423--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to just <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>. The long form is as for the basic style unless the style is a “long-em” style. -</p><!--l. 5245--><p class="indent" > The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 5428--><p class="indent" > The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a - id="dx1-25056"></a> or <a + id="dx1-28060"></a> or <a href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long-em"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em</span></a><a - id="dx1-25057"></a>, + id="dx1-28061"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 5247--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25058"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5249--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5432--><p class="noindent" > instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long-form</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>and -</p><!--l. 5251--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongemfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25059"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28063"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5253--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5436--><p class="noindent" > instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long-form</span>⟩<span @@ -10771,175 +10452,143 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>. The first form <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span> is initialised to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>. -</p><!--l. 5257--><p class="indent" > The user styles have similar commands: -</p><!--l. 5258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvuserfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25060"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5440--><p class="indent" > The user styles have similar commands: +</p><!--l. 5441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28064"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5260--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5443--><p class="noindent" > for the short form, -</p><!--l. 5262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25061"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28065"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5264--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5447--><p class="noindent" > for the first use short form, -</p><!--l. 5266--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslonguserfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25062"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5449--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5268--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5451--><p class="noindent" > for the long form, -</p><!--l. 5270--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlonguserfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25063"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5453--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28067"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonguserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5272--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5455--><p class="noindent" > for the first use long form, and -</p><!--l. 5274--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusersuffix</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25064"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5457--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28068"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5276--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5459--><p class="noindent" > for the short plural suffix. -</p><!--l. 5279--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the hyphen styles: -</p><!--l. 5280--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvhyphenfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25065"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5462--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the hyphen styles: +</p><!--l. 5463--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28069"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5282--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5465--><p class="noindent" > for the short form, -</p><!--l. 5284--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25066"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5467--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28070"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5286--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5469--><p class="noindent" > for the first use short form, -</p><!--l. 5288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslonghyphenfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25067"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28071"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5290--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5473--><p class="noindent" > for the long form, -</p><!--l. 5292--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25068"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5475--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28072"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5294--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5477--><p class="noindent" > for the first use long form, and -</p><!--l. 5296--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrhyphensuffix</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25069"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5298--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5481--><p class="noindent" > for the short plural suffix. -</p><!--l. 5301--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 5484--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a - id="dx1-25070"></a>: -</p><!--l. 5303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvonlyfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25071"></a> <span + id="dx1-28074"></a>: +</p><!--l. 5486--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28075"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvonlyfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5305--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5488--><p class="noindent" > for the short form, -</p><!--l. 5307--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25072"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5490--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28076"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5309--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5492--><p class="noindent" > for the first use short form, -</p><!--l. 5311--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongonlyfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25073"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5494--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28077"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongonlyfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5313--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5496--><p class="noindent" > for the long form, -</p><!--l. 5315--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongonlyfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25074"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28078"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongonlyfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5317--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5500--><p class="noindent" > for the first use long form, and -</p><!--l. 5319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtronlysuffix</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25075"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5502--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28079"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlysuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5321--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5504--><p class="noindent" > for the short plural suffix. -</p><!--l. 5324--><p class="indent" > Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of +</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="indent" > Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>), is placed outside the font command in the predefined styles. To move it inside, use: -</p><!--l. 5327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25076"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 5510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28080"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5329--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5512--><p class="noindent" > This applies to all the predefined styles. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145"> \setabbreviationstyle{long-short}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}  <br />\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue </div> -<!--l. 5335--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default +<!--l. 5518--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default (without <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span>) would place the inserted text outside of the emphasized font. -</p><!--l. 5340--><p class="indent" > Note that for some styles, such as the <a +</p><!--l. 5523--><p class="indent" > Note that for some styles, such as the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-25077"></a>, the inserted text would be + id="dx1-28081"></a>, the inserted text would be placed inside the font command for the short form (rather than the long form in the above example). -</p><!--l. 5344--><p class="indent" > Remember that <span +</p><!--l. 5527--><p class="indent" > Remember that <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>renders <span class="cmti-10">lowercase </span>letters as small capitals. Uppercase letters are rendered as normal uppercase letters, so if you specify the short form in @@ -10950,49 +10599,47 @@ convert its argument to lowercase. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146"> \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}} </div> -<!--l. 5351--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5353--><p class="indent" > If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it +<!--l. 5534--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5536--><p class="indent" > If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it easier to redefine this command to convert case: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147"> \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeTextLowercase{#1}}}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}} </div> -<!--l. 5359--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5361--><p class="indent" > Some of the styles use -</p><!--l. 5362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullsep</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25078"></a> <span +<!--l. 5542--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5544--><p class="indent" > Some of the styles use +</p><!--l. 5545--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28082"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5364--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5547--><p class="noindent" > as a separator between the long and short forms. This is defined as a space by default, but may be changed as required. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{~} </div> -<!--l. 5369--><p class="nopar" > or +<!--l. 5552--><p class="nopar" > or </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 5373--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5375--><p class="indent" > The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p> +<!--l. 5556--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5558--><p class="indent" > The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩[<span @@ -11003,7 +10650,7 @@ class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩[<span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier2</span>⟩][<span class="cmtt-10">-user</span>] - <!--l. 5380--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span + <!--l. 5563--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ parts may be omitted. These styles display ⟨<span @@ -11013,51 +10660,51 @@ class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ or ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩ starts with “no” then that element is omitted from the display style (no parenthetical part) but is included in the inline style. - </p><!--l. 5386--><p class="noindent" >If the <span + </p><!--l. 5569--><p class="noindent" >If the <span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ part is present, then the field has a font changing command applied to it. The special modifier <span class="cmtt-10">-only </span>indicates that field is only present according to whether or not the entry has been used. - </p><!--l. 5391--><p class="noindent" >If <span + </p><!--l. 5574--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩ is placed after the <a - id="dx1-25079"></a><a + id="dx1-28083"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> using the post-link hook. - </p><!--l. 5394--><p class="noindent" >If the <span + </p><!--l. 5577--><p class="noindent" >If the <span class="cmtt-10">-user </span>part is present, then the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-25080"></a> value, if provided, is inserted + id="dx1-28084"></a> value, if provided, is inserted into the parenthetical material . (The field used for the inserted material may be changed.) - </p><!--l. 5398--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> + </p><!--l. 5581--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc</span></a><a - id="dx1-25081"></a>: ⟨<span + id="dx1-28085"></a>: ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ is the long form, the short form is set in smallcaps but omitted in the display style. </li> <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a - id="dx1-25082"></a>: both the long form and the short form are + id="dx1-28086"></a>: both the long form and the short form are emphasized. The short form is in parentheses. </li> <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a - id="dx1-25083"></a>: the short form is emphasized but not the long form. + id="dx1-28087"></a>: the short form is emphasized but not the long form. The short form is in parentheses. </li> <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-25084"></a>: if the <span + id="dx1-28088"></a>: if the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-25085"></a> key has been set, this produces the style + id="dx1-28089"></a> key has been set, this produces the style ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩, ⟨<span @@ -11068,7 +10715,7 @@ class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-25086"></a>: the short form and the inserted + id="dx1-28090"></a>: the short form and the inserted material (provided by the final optional argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>) is moved to the post-link hook. The long form is formatted @@ -11087,31 +10734,31 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont </span>on first <li class="itemize">⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">-noreg</span> - <!--l. 5422--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a + <!--l. 5605--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-25087"></a> attribute. In some cases, there’s a version of the + id="dx1-28091"></a> attribute. In some cases, there’s a version of the style that doesn’t set this attribute. For example, <a href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em</span></a><a - id="dx1-25088"></a> sets the + id="dx1-28092"></a> sets the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-25089"></a> attribute. The <a + id="dx1-28093"></a> attribute. The <a href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"><span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span></a><a - id="dx1-25090"></a> style is a minor variation that + id="dx1-28094"></a> style is a minor variation that style that doesn’t set the attribute. - </p><!--l. 5429--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a + </p><!--l. 5612--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span></a><a - id="dx1-25091"></a>, that have + id="dx1-28095"></a>, that have “-noreg” version without a regular version. This is because the style won’t work properly with the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-25092"></a> set, but the naming scheme is maintained for + id="dx1-28096"></a> set, but the naming scheme is maintained for consistency with the other “noshort” styles. </p></li> <li class="itemize">⟨<span @@ -11121,118 +10768,112 @@ class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>⟩]<span class="cmtt-10">-</span>[<span class="cmtt-10">post</span>]<span class="cmtt-10">footnote</span> - <!--l. 5439--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses ⟨<span + <!--l. 5622--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ followed by a footnote with the other field in it. If <span class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then the footnote is placed after the <a - id="dx1-25093"></a><a + id="dx1-28097"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> using the post-link hook. The inline style does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ followed by the other field in parentheses. - </p><!--l. 5445--><p class="noindent" >If <span + </p><!--l. 5628--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>⟩ is present, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ has a font-changing command applied to it. - </p><!--l. 5448--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> + </p><!--l. 5631--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-25094"></a>: short form in the text with the long form in the + id="dx1-28098"></a>: short form in the text with the long form in the footnote. </li> <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-25095"></a>: short form in smallcaps with the long form in + id="dx1-28099"></a>: short form in smallcaps with the long form in the footnote outside of the <a - id="dx1-25096"></a>link-text.</li></ul> - <!--l. 5456--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations + id="dx1-28100"></a>link-text.</li></ul> + <!--l. 5639--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations where <span class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a - id="dx1-25097"></a> doesn’t work. </div> - </p><!--l. 5459--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-28101"></a> doesn’t work. </div> + </p><!--l. 5642--><p class="noindent" > </p></li> <li class="itemize">⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">-desc</span> - <!--l. 5463--><p class="noindent" >Like ⟨<span + <!--l. 5646--><p class="noindent" >Like ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩ but the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-25098"></a> key must be provided when defining abbreviations + id="dx1-28102"></a> key must be provided when defining abbreviations with this style. - </p><!--l. 5466--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> + </p><!--l. 5649--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-25099"></a>: like <a + id="dx1-28103"></a>: like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-25100"></a> but requires a description. + id="dx1-28104"></a> but requires a description. </li> <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.short-em-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-25101"></a>: like <a + id="dx1-28105"></a>: like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-em-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-25102"></a> but requires a + id="dx1-28106"></a> but requires a description.</li></ul> </li></ul> -<!--l. 5476--><p class="indent" > Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04 +<!--l. 5659--><p class="indent" > Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04 styles that didn’t fit this naming scheme are either provided with a synonym (where the former name wasn’t ambiguous) or provided with a deprecated synonym (where the former name was confusing). The deprecated style names generate a warning using: -</p><!--l. 5482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-25103"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +</p><!--l. 5665--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-28107"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">old-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">new-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5484--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5667--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">old-name</span>⟩ is the deprecated name and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">new-name</span>⟩ is the preferred name. You can suppress these warnings by redefining this command to do nothing. -</p><!--l. 5490--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5673--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5490--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4.1 </span> <a +<!--l. 5673--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4.1 </span> <a id="sec:predefregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</h4> -<!--l. 5493--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a +<!--l. 5676--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-26001"></a> attribute to “true” for all categories + id="dx1-29001"></a> attribute to “true” for all categories that have abbreviations defined with any of these styles. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-nolong"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong</span><a - id="dx1-26002"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29002"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This only displays the short form on <a - id="dx1-26003"></a><a + id="dx1-29003"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-26004"></a> is set to the + id="dx1-29004"></a> is set to the short form through the command - <!--l. 5501--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortnolongname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-26005"></a> <span + <!--l. 5684--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-29005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortnolongname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5503--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5686--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for the other <span class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -11245,58 +10886,58 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>) for it to take effect. Make sure to <span class="cmtt-10">\protect </span>any formatting commands (or anything else that shouldn’t be expanded). - </p><!--l. 5512--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 5695--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-26006"></a> is set to the long form. The inline full form displays ⟨<span + id="dx1-29006"></a> is set to the long form. The inline full form displays ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). The long form on its own can be displayed through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a - id="dx1-26007"></a>. + id="dx1-29007"></a>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-26008"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29008"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-26009"></a>. + id="dx1-29009"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.nolong-short"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short</span><a - id="dx1-26010"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29010"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-26011"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span + id="dx1-29011"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-nolong</span><a - id="dx1-26012"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29012"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-26013"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-29013"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-26014"></a> (which defaults to <span + id="dx1-29014"></a> (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>). </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc</span><a - id="dx1-26015"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29015"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-26016"></a> + id="dx1-29016"></a> @@ -11304,11 +10945,11 @@ class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span></a><a <a id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-sc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-sc</span><a - id="dx1-26017"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29017"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-26018"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span + id="dx1-29018"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The name is still obtained from <span @@ -11323,34 +10964,34 @@ class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ unless indicated <a id="abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-nolong</span><a - id="dx1-26019"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29019"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-26020"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-29020"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-26021"></a> (which defaults to <span + id="dx1-29021"></a> (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>). </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sm"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sm</span><a - id="dx1-26022"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29022"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-26023"></a>. + id="dx1-29023"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-sm"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-sm</span><a - id="dx1-26024"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29024"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-26025"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span + id="dx1-29025"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). @@ -11358,33 +10999,33 @@ class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-nolong</span><a - id="dx1-26026"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29026"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-26027"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-29027"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-26028"></a>. + id="dx1-29028"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em</span><a - id="dx1-26029"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29029"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-26030"></a> + id="dx1-29030"></a> </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-em"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-em</span><a - id="dx1-26031"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29031"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-26032"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span + id="dx1-29032"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). @@ -11392,20 +11033,18 @@ class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). <a id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-desc</span><a - id="dx1-26033"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29033"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-26034"></a> style, but the <span + id="dx1-29034"></a> style, but the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-26035"></a> is set to the full form + id="dx1-29035"></a> is set to the full form obtained by expanding - <!--l. 5559--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortdescname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-26036"></a> <span + <!--l. 5742--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-29036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5561--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5744--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for the other <span class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -11418,40 +11057,40 @@ class="cmtt-10">\protect </span>fragile and formatting commands and only redefin before <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). - </p><!--l. 5568--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 5751--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-26037"></a> must be supplied by the user. You may prefer to use + id="dx1-29037"></a> must be supplied by the user. You may prefer to use the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-26038"></a> style with the post-description hook set to display + id="dx1-29038"></a> style with the post-description hook set to display the long form and override the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-26039"></a> key. (See the sample file + id="dx1-29039"></a> key. (See the sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-acronym-desc.tex</span>.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-desc</span><a - id="dx1-26040"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29040"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-26041"></a>. + id="dx1-29041"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span><a - id="dx1-26042"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29042"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-26043"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-29043"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-26044"></a> (which defaults to <span + id="dx1-29044"></a> (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>). @@ -11460,83 +11099,81 @@ class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>). <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-desc</span><a - id="dx1-26045"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29045"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-26046"></a>. + id="dx1-29046"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span><a - id="dx1-26047"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29047"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-26048"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-29048"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-26049"></a> (which defaults to <span + id="dx1-29049"></a> (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>). </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sm-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-desc</span><a - id="dx1-26050"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29050"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-26051"></a>. + id="dx1-29051"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-nolong-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span><a - id="dx1-26052"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29052"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-26053"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-29053"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-26054"></a>. + id="dx1-29054"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-desc</span><a - id="dx1-26055"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29055"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-26056"></a>. + id="dx1-29056"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-desc</span><a - id="dx1-26057"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29057"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style only displays the long form, regardless of first or subsequent use of commands <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-26058"></a>. The short form may be accessed + id="dx1-29058"></a>. The short form may be accessed through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a - id="dx1-26059"></a>. The inline full form displays ⟨<span + id="dx1-29059"></a>. The inline full form displays ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). - <!--l. 5604--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 5787--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-26060"></a> key are set to the long form. The <span + id="dx1-29060"></a> key are set to the long form. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-26061"></a> key is also set to the long form, + id="dx1-29061"></a> key is also set to the long form, but this is done by expanding - </p><!--l. 5607--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-26062"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 5790--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-29062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5609--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5792--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for the other <span class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -11546,9 +11183,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">-desc </span>styles, unless indicated otherwise.) This command should only be redefined before abbreviations are defined, and any fragile or formatting commands within it need protecting. - </p><!--l. 5615--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 5798--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-26063"></a> must be provided by the user. The predefined glossary styles + id="dx1-29063"></a> must be provided by the user. The predefined glossary styles won’t display the short form. You can use the post-description hook to automatically append the short form to the description. The inline full form will display ⟨<span @@ -11558,44 +11195,44 @@ class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). <a id="abbrstyle.long-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-desc</span><a - id="dx1-26064"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29064"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-26065"></a>. + id="dx1-29065"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sc-desc</span><a - id="dx1-26066"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29066"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-26067"></a> style but the short form (accessed + id="dx1-29067"></a> style but the short form (accessed through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a - id="dx1-26068"></a>) use <span + id="dx1-29068"></a>) use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-26069"></a>. (This style was + id="dx1-29069"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">long-desc-sc</span><a - id="dx1-26070"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name + id="dx1-29070"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sm-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sm-desc</span><a - id="dx1-26071"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29071"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-26072"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-29072"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-26073"></a>. (This style was originally called <span + id="dx1-29073"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">long-desc-sm</span><a - id="dx1-26074"></a>. Renamed in + id="dx1-29074"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) @@ -11605,60 +11242,58 @@ class="cmss-10">long-desc-sm</span><a <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-em-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-em-desc</span><a - id="dx1-26075"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29075"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-26076"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-29076"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-26077"></a>. The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally + id="dx1-29077"></a>. The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">long-desc-em</span><a - id="dx1-26078"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a + id="dx1-29078"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span><a - id="dx1-26079"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29079"></a> </dt><dd class="description">New to version 1.04, like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-26080"></a> but + id="dx1-29080"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-26081"></a>. The long form uses + id="dx1-29081"></a>. The long form uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a - id="dx1-26082"></a> and <span + id="dx1-29082"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span><a - id="dx1-26083"></a>. + id="dx1-29083"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort</span><a - id="dx1-26084"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29084"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style doesn’t really make sense if you don’t use the short form anywhere in the document, but is provided for completeness. This is like the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-26085"></a> style, but the <span + id="dx1-29085"></a> style, but the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-26086"></a> key is set to the short + id="dx1-29086"></a> key is set to the short form. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-26087"></a> key is also set to the short form, but this is done by + id="dx1-29087"></a> key is also set to the short form, but this is done by expanding - <!--l. 5656--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongnoshortname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-26088"></a> <span + <!--l. 5839--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-29088"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5658--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5841--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -11666,86 +11301,86 @@ class="cmtt-10">-noshort</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ styles, unless indicated otherwise.) This command should only be redefined before abbreviations are defined, and fragile or formatting commands should be protected. - </p><!--l. 5665--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 5848--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-26089"></a> is set to the long form. + id="dx1-29089"></a> is set to the long form. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-26090"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29090"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a - id="dx1-26091"></a> + id="dx1-29091"></a> </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sc</span><a - id="dx1-26092"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29092"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a - id="dx1-26093"></a> style but the short form (accessed through + id="dx1-29093"></a> style but the short form (accessed through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a - id="dx1-26094"></a>) use <span + id="dx1-29094"></a>) use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-26095"></a>. (This style was originally + id="dx1-29095"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">long-sc</span><a - id="dx1-26096"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a + id="dx1-29096"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sm"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sm</span><a - id="dx1-26097"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29097"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a - id="dx1-26098"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-29098"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-26099"></a>. (This style was originally called <span + id="dx1-29099"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">long-sm</span><a - id="dx1-26100"></a>. Renamed in + id="dx1-29100"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-em"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-em</span><a - id="dx1-26101"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29101"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a - id="dx1-26102"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-29102"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-26103"></a>. The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally + id="dx1-29103"></a>. The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">long-em</span><a - id="dx1-26104"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a + id="dx1-29104"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em</span><a - id="dx1-26105"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29105"></a> </dt><dd class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a - id="dx1-26106"></a> but redefines + id="dx1-29106"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-26107"></a>, <span + id="dx1-29107"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont </span>and <span @@ -11753,51 +11388,49 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>. The short form isn’t used by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-26108"></a>, but can be obtained using + id="dx1-29108"></a>, but can be obtained using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a - id="dx1-26109"></a>. The related style <a + id="dx1-29109"></a>. The related style <a id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"></a><span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-26110"></a> doesn’t set the + id="dx1-29110"></a> doesn’t set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-26111"></a> attribute. + id="dx1-29111"></a> attribute. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 5702--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5885--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5702--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4.2 </span> <a +<!--l. 5885--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4.2 </span> <a id="sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</h4> -<!--l. 5705--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a +<!--l. 5888--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-27001"></a> attribute to “false” if it has + id="dx1-30001"></a> attribute to “false” if it has previously been set. If it hasn’t already been set, it’s left unset. Other attributes may also be set, depending on the style. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-short"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short</span><a - id="dx1-27002"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30002"></a> </dt><dd class="description">On <a - id="dx1-27003"></a><a + id="dx1-30003"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The inline and display full forms are the same. The <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-27004"></a> key is set to the short form. The <span + id="dx1-30004"></a> key is set to the short form. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27005"></a> + id="dx1-30005"></a> is also set to the short form through - <!--l. 5716--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27006"></a> <span + <!--l. 5899--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5718--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5901--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -11810,64 +11443,64 @@ class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ styles, unless indicated class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok </span>and the short form can be referenced with <span class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>. - </p><!--l. 5728--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 5911--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-27007"></a> is set to the long form. The long and short forms are separated + id="dx1-30007"></a> is set to the long form. The long and short forms are separated by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. If you want to insert material within the parentheses (such as a translation), try the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-27008"></a> style. + id="dx1-30008"></a> style. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-sc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sc</span><a - id="dx1-27009"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30009"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-27010"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30010"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-27011"></a>. + id="dx1-30011"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-sm"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sm</span><a - id="dx1-27012"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30012"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-27013"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30013"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-27014"></a>. + id="dx1-30014"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-em"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-em</span><a - id="dx1-27015"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30015"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-27016"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30016"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-27017"></a>. + id="dx1-30017"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-em-short-em</span><a - id="dx1-27018"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30018"></a> </dt><dd class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a - id="dx1-27019"></a> but redefines + id="dx1-30019"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a - id="dx1-27020"></a>. + id="dx1-30020"></a>. @@ -11875,20 +11508,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a <a id="abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-only-short-only</span><a - id="dx1-27021"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30021"></a> </dt><dd class="description">New to version 1.17, this style only shows the long form on first use and only shows the short form on subsequent use. The inline full form <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>shows the long form followed by the short form in parentheses. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27022"></a> field is obtained from - <!--l. 5755--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtronlyname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27023"></a> <span + id="dx1-30022"></a> field is obtained from + <!--l. 5938--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlyname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5757--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5940--><p class="noindent" > Any redefinition of this command must come before the abbreviations are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced @@ -11900,21 +11531,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>. <a id="abbrstyle.long-only-short-only-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-only-short-only-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27024"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30024"></a> </dt><dd class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a - id="dx1-27025"></a> + id="dx1-30025"></a> but the user must supply the description. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27026"></a> field is obtained + id="dx1-30026"></a> field is obtained from - <!--l. 5769--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtronlydescname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27027"></a> <span + <!--l. 5952--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlydescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5771--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5954--><p class="noindent" > Any redefinition of this command must come before the abbreviations are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced @@ -11926,41 +11555,39 @@ class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>. <a id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-27028"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30028"></a> </dt><dd class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em</span></a><a - id="dx1-27029"></a> + id="dx1-30029"></a> but doesn’t set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-27030"></a> attribute. + id="dx1-30030"></a> attribute. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-user"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-user</span><a - id="dx1-27031"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30031"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.04. It’s like the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-27032"></a> style + id="dx1-30032"></a> style but additional information can be inserted into the parenthetical material. This checks the value of the field given by - <!--l. 5788--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruserfield</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27033"></a> <span + <!--l. 5971--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserfield </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5790--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5973--><p class="noindent" > (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">useri</span>) using <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a - id="dx1-27034"></a> (provided by <span + id="dx1-30034"></a> (provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). If the field hasn’t been set, the style behaves like the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-27035"></a> style and produces + id="dx1-30035"></a> style and produces ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) but if the field has been set, the contents of that field are inserted @@ -11969,53 +11596,49 @@ class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field-value</span>⟩). The format is governed by - </p><!--l. 5798--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruserparen</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27036"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 5981--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserparen{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5800--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5983--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ is the short form (for the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-27037"></a> style) or the long form (for + id="dx1-30037"></a> style) or the long form (for the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-27038"></a> style). This command first inserts a space using + id="dx1-30038"></a> style). This command first inserts a space using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep </span>and then the parenthetical content (using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span><a - id="dx1-27039"></a>). + id="dx1-30039"></a>). The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-27040"></a> is set to - </p><!--l. 5807--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsuserdescription</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27041"></a> <span + id="dx1-30040"></a> is set to + </p><!--l. 5990--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuserdescription{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5809--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5992--><p class="noindent" > The default definition ignores the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and encapsulates ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ with <span class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont</span>. - </p><!--l. 5813--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 5996--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27042"></a> is obtained by expanding <span + id="dx1-30042"></a> is obtained by expanding <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname </span>(see above). The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ argument includes the font formatting command, <span @@ -12026,143 +11649,135 @@ class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>in the case of the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-27043"></a> style and <span + id="dx1-30043"></a> style and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> in the case of the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-27044"></a> style. - </p><!--l. 5821--><p class="noindent" >For example: + id="dx1-30044"></a> style. + </p><!--l. 6004--><p class="noindent" >For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150"> \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short-user}  <br />\newacronym{tug}{TUG}{\TeX\ User Group}  <br />\newacronym  <br /> [user1={German Speaking \TeX\ User Group}]  <br /> {dante}{DANTE}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\ e.V} </div> - <!--l. 5831--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 6014--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{tug}</span></span></span> will appear as: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 5834--><p class="noindent" ><span class="TEX">T<span + <!--l. 6017--><p class="noindent" ><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> User Group (TUG)</p></div> - <!--l. 5836--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 6019--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{dante}</span></span></span> will appear as: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 5838--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung <span class="TEX">T<span + <!--l. 6021--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> e.V (DANTE, German Speaking <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> User Group)</p></div> - <!--l. 5841--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to - </p><!--l. 5842--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvuserfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27045"></a> <span + <!--l. 6024--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to + </p><!--l. 6025--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5844--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6027--><p class="noindent" > and the plural suffix is given by - </p><!--l. 5846--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusersuffix</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27046"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 6029--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5848--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 5850--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a smallcaps + </p><!--l. 6031--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6033--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a smallcaps style, you can just set these commands to those used by the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a - id="dx1-27047"></a> + id="dx1-30047"></a> style: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151"> \renewcommand{\glsabbruserfont}[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{#1}}  <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrusersuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix} </div> - <!--l. 5856--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 6039--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-27048"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30048"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a - id="dx1-27049"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a + id="dx1-30049"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-27050"></a> + id="dx1-30050"></a> attribute. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-desc-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-27051"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30051"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-27052"></a> but it doesn’t set the + id="dx1-30052"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-27053"></a> attribute. + id="dx1-30053"></a> attribute. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27054"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30054"></a> </dt><dd class="description">On <a - id="dx1-27055"></a><a + id="dx1-30055"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The inline and display full forms are the same. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27056"></a> is set to the full + id="dx1-30056"></a> is set to the full form. The <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-27057"></a> key is set to ⟨<span + id="dx1-30057"></a> key is set to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). Before version 1.04, this was incorrectly set to the short form. If you want to revert back to this you can redefine - <!--l. 5873--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27058"></a> <span + <!--l. 6056--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5875--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6058--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrlongshortdescsort}{\the\glsshorttok} </div> - <!--l. 5879--><p class="nopar" > The <span + <!--l. 6062--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-27059"></a> must be supplied by the user. The long and short + id="dx1-30059"></a> must be supplied by the user. The long and short forms are separated by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27060"></a> field is obtained + id="dx1-30060"></a> field is obtained from - </p><!--l. 5883--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27061"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 6066--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5885--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6068--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -12180,172 +11795,168 @@ class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>. <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sc-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27062"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30062"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-27063"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30063"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-27064"></a>. + id="dx1-30064"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sm-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27065"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30065"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-27066"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30066"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-27067"></a>. + id="dx1-30067"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-em-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-em-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27068"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30068"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-27069"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30069"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-27070"></a>. + id="dx1-30070"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-em-short-em-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-em-short-em-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27071"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30071"></a> </dt><dd class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-em-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-27072"></a> but + id="dx1-30072"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a - id="dx1-27073"></a>. + id="dx1-30073"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-27074"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30074"></a> </dt><dd class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-27075"></a> but doesn’t set the <a + id="dx1-30075"></a> but doesn’t set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-27076"></a> attribute. + id="dx1-30076"></a> attribute. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-short-user-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-short-user-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27077"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30077"></a> </dt><dd class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like a cross between the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-27078"></a> style and the <a + id="dx1-30078"></a> style and the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-27079"></a> style. The display and + id="dx1-30079"></a> style. The display and inline forms are as for <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-27080"></a> and the <span + id="dx1-30080"></a> and the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27081"></a> key is obtained + id="dx1-30081"></a> key is obtained from - <!--l. 5923--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27082"></a> <span + <!--l. 6106--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30082"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5925--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6108--><p class="noindent" > Again, this should only be redefined before <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile and formatting commands need protecting. - </p><!--l. 5929--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 6112--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-27083"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of + id="dx1-30083"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). The <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-27084"></a> key is set to ⟨<span + id="dx1-30084"></a> key is set to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) as per the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-27085"></a> style. + id="dx1-30085"></a> style. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-27086"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30086"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a - id="dx1-27087"></a> but doesn’t set the <a + id="dx1-30087"></a> but doesn’t set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-27088"></a> attribute. + id="dx1-30088"></a> attribute. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-27089"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30089"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is like <a href="#abbrstyle.nolong-short"><span class="cmss-10">nolong-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-27090"></a> but doesn’t set the <a + id="dx1-30090"></a> but doesn’t set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-27091"></a> attribute. + id="dx1-30091"></a> attribute. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-long"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-long</span><a - id="dx1-27092"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30092"></a> </dt><dd class="description">On <a - id="dx1-27093"></a><a + id="dx1-30093"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). The inline and display full forms are the same. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27094"></a> and <span + id="dx1-30094"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-27095"></a> keys are set to the + id="dx1-30095"></a> keys are set to the short form. The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-27096"></a> is set to the long form. The short and long + id="dx1-30096"></a> is set to the long form. The short and long forms are separated by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. If you want to insert material within the parentheses (such as a translation), try the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-27097"></a> + id="dx1-30097"></a> style. - <!--l. 5952--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 6135--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27098"></a> field is obtained from - </p><!--l. 5953--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortlongname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27099"></a> <span + id="dx1-30098"></a> field is obtained from + </p><!--l. 6136--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30099"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5955--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6138--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -12362,84 +11973,82 @@ class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>. <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-long"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-long</span><a - id="dx1-27100"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30100"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-27101"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30101"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-27102"></a>. + id="dx1-30102"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sm-long"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-long</span><a - id="dx1-27103"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30103"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-27104"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30104"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-27105"></a>. + id="dx1-30105"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-long"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long</span><a - id="dx1-27106"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30106"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-27107"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30107"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-27108"></a>. + id="dx1-30108"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-em"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-em</span><a - id="dx1-27109"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30109"></a> </dt><dd class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-27110"></a> but redefines + id="dx1-30110"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a - id="dx1-27111"></a>. + id="dx1-30111"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-long-user"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-long-user</span><a - id="dx1-27112"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30112"></a> </dt><dd class="description">New to version 1.04. This style is like the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-27113"></a> style but + id="dx1-30113"></a> style but with the long and short forms switched. The parenthetical material is governed by the same command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserparen</span><a - id="dx1-27114"></a>, but the first argument supplied to it + id="dx1-30114"></a>, but the first argument supplied to it is the long form instead of the short form. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27115"></a> field is obtained by + id="dx1-30115"></a> field is obtained by expanding - <!--l. 5989--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortlongname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27116"></a> <span + <!--l. 6172--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30116"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5991--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6174--><p class="noindent" > Again, this should only be redefined before <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>) and commands that should be expanded need to be protected. The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-27117"></a> is set to <span + id="dx1-30117"></a> is set to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuserdescription{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -12449,42 +12058,40 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>. <a id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-desc-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-27118"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30118"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-27119"></a> but it doesn’t set the + id="dx1-30119"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-27120"></a> attribute. + id="dx1-30120"></a> attribute. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-long-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-long-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27121"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30121"></a> </dt><dd class="description">On <a - id="dx1-27122"></a><a + id="dx1-30122"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). The inline and display full forms are the same. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27123"></a> is set to the full + id="dx1-30123"></a> is set to the full form. The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-27124"></a> must be supplied by the user. The short and long + id="dx1-30124"></a> must be supplied by the user. The short and long forms are separated by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27125"></a> field is obtained + id="dx1-30125"></a> field is obtained from - <!--l. 6008--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27126"></a> <span + <!--l. 6191--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30126"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6010--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6193--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -12502,90 +12109,88 @@ class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>. <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-long-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27127"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30127"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-27128"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30128"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-27129"></a>. + id="dx1-30129"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-long-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27130"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30130"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-27131"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30131"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-27132"></a>. + id="dx1-30132"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27133"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30133"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-27134"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30134"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-27135"></a>. + id="dx1-30135"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-em-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-em-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27136"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30136"></a> </dt><dd class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-long-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-27137"></a> but + id="dx1-30137"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a - id="dx1-27138"></a>. + id="dx1-30138"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-long-user-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-long-user-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27139"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30139"></a> </dt><dd class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like a cross between the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-27140"></a> style and the <a + id="dx1-30140"></a> style and the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-27141"></a> style. The display and + id="dx1-30141"></a> style. The display and inline forms are as for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-27142"></a>, but the <span + id="dx1-30142"></a>, but the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27143"></a> key is obtained + id="dx1-30143"></a> key is obtained from - <!--l. 6042--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27144"></a> <span + <!--l. 6225--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30144"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6044--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6227--><p class="noindent" > Again, this should only be redefined before <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile and formatting commands need protecting. - </p><!--l. 6048--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 6231--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-27145"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of + id="dx1-30145"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). @@ -12593,36 +12198,34 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). <a id="abbrstyle.short-footnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-footnote</span><a - id="dx1-27146"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30146"></a> </dt><dd class="description">On <a - id="dx1-27147"></a><a + id="dx1-30147"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style displays the short form with the long form as a footnote. This style automatically sets the <a href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a - id="dx1-27148"></a> attribute to “true” for + id="dx1-30148"></a> attribute to “true” for the supplied category, so the <a - id="dx1-27149"></a>first use won’t be hyperlinked (but the footnote + id="dx1-30149"></a>first use won’t be hyperlinked (but the footnote marker may be, if the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-27150"></a> package is used). - <!--l. 6059--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span + id="dx1-30150"></a> package is used). + <!--l. 6242--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) style. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27151"></a> is set to the short + id="dx1-30151"></a> is set to the short form. The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-27152"></a> is set to the long form. The <span + id="dx1-30152"></a> is set to the long form. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27153"></a> key is obtained by - expanding - </p><!--l. 6063--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfootnotename</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27154"></a> <span + id="dx1-30153"></a> key is obtained by + expanding: + </p><!--l. 6246--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30154"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotename </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6065--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6248--><p class="noindent" > (Similarly for other <span class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span @@ -12634,42 +12237,35 @@ class="cmtt-10">footnote </span>styles, unless class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile or formatting commands should be protected from expansion. - </p><!--l. 6072--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use: - </p><!--l. 6073--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27155"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 6255--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use: + </p><!--l. 6256--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30155"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6075--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 6258--><p class="noindent" > to format the long form on <a - id="dx1-27156"></a>first use or for the full form and - </p><!--l. 6077--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongfootnotefont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27157"></a> <span + id="dx1-30156"></a>first use or for the full form and + </p><!--l. 6260--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30157"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongfootnotefont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6079--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6262--><p class="noindent" > to format the long form elsewhere (for example, when used with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>). - </p><!--l. 6083--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use: - </p><!--l. 6084--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27158"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 6266--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use: + </p><!--l. 6267--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30158"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6086--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6269--><p class="noindent" > By default, this just does <span class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a - id="dx1-27159"></a><span + id="dx1-30159"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>(the first argument is ignored). For @@ -12679,282 +12275,438 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>(the first argument is ignored). For </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153"> \renewcommand{\glsxtrabbrvfootnote}[2]{%  <br />  \footnote{\glshyperlink[#2]{#1}}%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 6094--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink: + <!--l. 6277--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154"> \renewcommand{\glsxtrabbrvfootnote}[2]{%  <br />  \footnote{\glshyperlink[\glsfmtshort{#1}]{#1}: #2}%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 6100--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span + <!--l. 6283--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>to avoid interference (see <a href="#sec:entryfmtmods"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.3 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a href="#sec:entryfmtmods">Entry Display Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entryfmtmods --></a> and <a href="#sec:nested"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.8 </a><a href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>). </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.footnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">footnote</span><a - id="dx1-27160"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30160"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-27161"></a>. + id="dx1-30161"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote</span><a - id="dx1-27162"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30162"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-27163"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30163"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-27164"></a>. (This style was originally called <span + id="dx1-30164"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a - id="dx1-27165"></a>. Renamed in + id="dx1-30165"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote</span><a - id="dx1-27166"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30166"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-27167"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30167"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-27168"></a>. (This style was originally called <span + id="dx1-30168"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a - id="dx1-27169"></a>. Renamed in + id="dx1-30169"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-footnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-footnote</span><a - id="dx1-27170"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30170"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-27171"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30171"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-27172"></a>. (This style was originally called <span + id="dx1-30172"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">footnote-em</span><a - id="dx1-27173"></a>. Renamed in + id="dx1-30173"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) </dd><dt class="description"> <a + id="abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">short-footnote-desc</span><a + id="dx1-30174"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a +href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span +class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a + id="dx1-30175"></a>, but the + <span +class="cmss-10">description</span><a + id="dx1-30176"></a> must be supplied by the user. The <span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-30177"></a> field is obtained + from: + <!--l. 6317--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30178"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescname </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 6319--><p class="noindent" > + which defaults to ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ followed by ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ in parentheses, and the <span +class="cmss-10">sort</span><a + id="dx1-30179"></a> field is + obtained from: + </p><!--l. 6322--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30180"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescsort </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 6324--><p class="noindent" > + which defaults to just the short form. (Similarly for other + <span +class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">-[post]footnote-desc </span>styles, unless indicated otherwise.) + + + + </p><!--l. 6329--><p class="noindent" >Any redefinition of these commands must come before the abbreviations + are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any + commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced + with <span +class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok </span>and the short form can be referenced with + <span +class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>. + </p></dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="abbrstyle.footnote-desc"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">footnote-desc</span><a + id="dx1-30181"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A synonym for <a +href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span +class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a + id="dx1-30182"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span><a + id="dx1-30183"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a +href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span +class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a + id="dx1-30184"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a + id="dx1-30185"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote-desc"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span><a + id="dx1-30186"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a +href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span +class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a + id="dx1-30187"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a + id="dx1-30188"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="abbrstyle.short-em-footnote-desc"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">short-em-footnote-desc</span><a + id="dx1-30189"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a +href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span +class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a + id="dx1-30190"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use + <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a + id="dx1-30191"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a id="abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-postfootnote</span><a - id="dx1-27174"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30192"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is similar to the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-27175"></a> style but doesn’t modify the + id="dx1-30193"></a> style but doesn’t modify the category attribute. Instead it changes <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a - id="dx1-27176"></a> to insert the + id="dx1-30194"></a> to insert the footnote after the <a - id="dx1-27177"></a><a + id="dx1-30195"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> on <a - id="dx1-27178"></a><a + id="dx1-30196"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. This will also defer the footnote until after any following punctuation character that’s recognised by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifnextpunc</span><a - id="dx1-27179"></a>. - <!--l. 6137--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span + id="dx1-30197"></a>. + <!--l. 6358--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) style. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27180"></a> is set to the short + id="dx1-30198"></a> is set to the short form. The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-27181"></a> is set to the long form. Note that this style will change + id="dx1-30199"></a> is set to the long form. Note that this style will change <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>(and its variants) so that it fakes non-<a - id="dx1-27182"></a>first use. (Otherwise the + id="dx1-30200"></a>first use. (Otherwise the footnote would appear after the inline form.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.postfootnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">postfootnote</span><a - id="dx1-27183"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30201"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A synonym for <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-27184"></a>. - - - + id="dx1-30202"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span><a - id="dx1-27185"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30203"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-27186"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30204"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a - id="dx1-27187"></a>. (This style was originally called <span + id="dx1-30205"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sc</span><a - id="dx1-27188"></a>. Renamed in + id="dx1-30206"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-sm-postfootnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-postfootnote</span><a - id="dx1-27189"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30207"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-27190"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30208"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a - id="dx1-27191"></a>. (This style was originally called <span + id="dx1-30209"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sm</span><a - id="dx1-27192"></a>. Renamed + id="dx1-30210"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) + + + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-em-postfootnote"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-em-postfootnote</span><a - id="dx1-27193"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30211"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Like <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-27194"></a> but redefines <span + id="dx1-30212"></a> but redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a - id="dx1-27195"></a>. (This style was originally called <span + id="dx1-30213"></a>. (This style was originally called <span class="cmss-10">postfootnote-em</span><a - id="dx1-27196"></a>. Renamed + id="dx1-30214"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) </dd><dt class="description"> <a + id="abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span><a + id="dx1-30215"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a +href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span +class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a + id="dx1-30216"></a>, but + the <span +class="cmss-10">description</span><a + id="dx1-30217"></a> must be supplied by the user. The <span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-30218"></a> and <span +class="cmss-10">sort</span><a + id="dx1-30219"></a> are set as for + <a +href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span +class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a + id="dx1-30220"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="abbrstyle.postfootnote-desc"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">postfootnote-desc</span><a + id="dx1-30221"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A synonym for <a +href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span +class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a + id="dx1-30222"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote-desc"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span><a + id="dx1-30223"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a +href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span +class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a + id="dx1-30224"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span> + to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a + id="dx1-30225"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="abbrstyle.short-sm-postfootnote-desc"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-postfootnote-desc</span><a + id="dx1-30226"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a +href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span +class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a + id="dx1-30227"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span> + to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a + id="dx1-30228"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="abbrstyle.short-em-postfootnote-desc"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">short-em-postfootnote-desc</span><a + id="dx1-30229"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <a +href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span +class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a + id="dx1-30230"></a> but redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span> + to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a + id="dx1-30231"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a id="abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-postlong-user</span><a - id="dx1-27197"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30232"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-27198"></a> style but defers the parenthetical material to after the link-text. + id="dx1-30233"></a> style but defers the parenthetical material to after the link-text. This means that you don’t have such a long hyperlink (which can cause problems for the DVI <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> format) and it also means that the user supplied material can include a hyperlink to another location. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27199"></a> key is obtained + id="dx1-30234"></a> key is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-postlong-user-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-postlong-user-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27200"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30235"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-27201"></a> style but the <span + id="dx1-30236"></a> style but the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-27202"></a> must be specified. The <span + id="dx1-30237"></a> must be specified. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27203"></a> + id="dx1-30238"></a> is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname</span>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-postshort-user"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-postshort-user</span><a - id="dx1-27204"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30239"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-27205"></a> style but the long form is shown first and + id="dx1-30240"></a> style but the long form is shown first and the short form is in the parenthetical material (as for <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-27206"></a>) + id="dx1-30241"></a>) style. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-postshort-user-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-postshort-user-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27207"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30242"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a href="#abbrstyle.long-postshort-user"><span class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user</span></a><a - id="dx1-27208"></a> style but the <span + id="dx1-30243"></a> style but the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-27209"></a> must be specified. The <span + id="dx1-30244"></a> must be specified. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27210"></a> + id="dx1-30245"></a> is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname</span>. + + + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span><a - id="dx1-27211"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30246"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is designed to work with the <a href="#catattr.markwords"><span class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a - id="dx1-27212"></a> category attribute. The full form is formatted + id="dx1-30247"></a> category attribute. The full form is formatted using - <!--l. 6198--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27213"></a> <span + <!--l. 6441--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30248"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> - <span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - - - - </p><!--l. 6200--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6443--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is the inserted material provided in the final optional argument of commands like <span @@ -12962,26 +12714,26 @@ class="cmtt-10">\insert</span>. If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ start with a hyphen, then this locally redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep</span><a - id="dx1-27214"></a> to a hyphen, which means that if the <a + id="dx1-30249"></a> to a hyphen, which means that if the <a href="#catattr.markwords"><span class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a - id="dx1-27215"></a> + id="dx1-30250"></a> attribute is set then the long form will become hyphenated. (If this attribute isn’t set, there’s no alteration to the way the long form is displayed.) The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27216"></a> + id="dx1-30251"></a> key is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname</span>. - </p><!--l. 6210--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other ⟨<span + </p><!--l. 6453--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) type of styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-27217"></a>, this style also + id="dx1-30252"></a>, this style also repeats the insertion in the parenthetical part, so that the first use form is: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 6215--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 6458--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span @@ -12991,7 +12743,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩)</p></div> - <!--l. 6218--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by + <!--l. 6461--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -13000,80 +12752,80 @@ class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ may be moved into the formatting commands according to the conditional <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span>. - </p><!--l. 6223--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span + </p><!--l. 6466--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155"> \glssetcategoryattribute{english}{markwords}{true}  <br />\setabbreviationstyle[english]{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}  <br />\newabbreviation[category=english]{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol} </div> - <!--l. 6228--><p class="nopar" > then + <!--l. 6471--><p class="nopar" > then </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156"> \gls{ip}[-Adressen] </div> - <!--l. 6232--><p class="nopar" > will do + <!--l. 6475--><p class="nopar" > will do </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 6235--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div> - <!--l. 6237--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas + <!--l. 6478--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div> + <!--l. 6480--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157"> \gls{ip}[ Address] </div> - <!--l. 6240--><p class="nopar" > will do + <!--l. 6483--><p class="nopar" > will do </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 6243--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></div> - <!--l. 6245--><p class="noindent" >on first use. - </p><!--l. 6247--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like + <!--l. 6486--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></div> + <!--l. 6488--><p class="noindent" >on first use. + </p><!--l. 6490--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. This means that </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158"> \glsxtrlong{ip}[-Adressen] </div> - <!--l. 6252--><p class="nopar" > will do + <!--l. 6495--><p class="nopar" > will do </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 6255--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></div> + <!--l. 6498--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></div> </div> - <!--l. 6257--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 6259--><p class="noindent" >If the <a + <!--l. 6500--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6502--><p class="noindent" >If the <a href="#catattr.markwords"><span class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a - id="dx1-27218"></a> attribute hadn’t been set, then the first use of + id="dx1-30253"></a> attribute hadn’t been set, then the first use of </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159"> \gls{ip}[-Adressen] </div> - <!--l. 6263--><p class="nopar" > would do + <!--l. 6506--><p class="nopar" > would do </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 6266--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div> - <!--l. 6268--><p class="noindent" >instead. - </p><!--l. 6270--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material ⟨<span + <!--l. 6509--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div> + <!--l. 6511--><p class="noindent" >instead. + </p><!--l. 6513--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is likely to contain commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, then use <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-27219"></a> instead to avoid nested links. + id="dx1-30254"></a> instead to avoid nested links. </div> - </p><!--l. 6274--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 6276--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine + </p><!--l. 6517--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6519--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span>to use the small-caps @@ -13082,65 +12834,65 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span>to use the small-caps </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160"> \renewcommand{\glsabbrvhyphenfont}{\glsabbrvscfont}  <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrhyphensuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix} </div> - <!--l. 6282--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations. + <!--l. 6525--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-27220"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30255"></a> </dt><dd class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-27221"></a> except that the parenthetical part is omitted and + id="dx1-30256"></a> except that the parenthetical part is omitted and the long form is displayed on subsequent use. The short form can be accessed with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>but just uses the default abbreviation font. There’s no regular version of this style as the regular form doesn’t have the flexibility to deal with the hyphen switch. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27222"></a> is obtained from + id="dx1-30257"></a> is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname</span>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span><a - id="dx1-27223"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30258"></a> </dt><dd class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span></a><a - id="dx1-27224"></a> but the name is set to the short form and the + id="dx1-30259"></a> but the name is set to the short form and the description is set to the long form. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27225"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30260"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 6303--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 6546--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-27226"></a> but the user + id="dx1-30261"></a> but the user supplies the description. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27227"></a> is obtained from <span + id="dx1-30262"></a> is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span><a - id="dx1-27228"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30263"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 6310--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 6553--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-27229"></a> but the + id="dx1-30264"></a> but the inserted and parenthetical material are moved to the post-link hook. On first use, <span class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span @@ -13163,16 +12915,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> where - </p><!--l. 6318--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrposthyphenshort</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27230"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 6561--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30265"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6320--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div><hr> + </p><!--l. 6563--><p class="noindent" > is in the post-link hook. This uses the format: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br />⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ (<span @@ -13184,27 +12933,24 @@ class="cmti-10">isnert</span>⟩) - </p><!--l. 6326--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span + </p><!--l. 6569--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. (Unlike <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-27231"></a>.) </div> - </p><!--l. 6329--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 6331--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use: - </p><!--l. 6332--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlonghyphen</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27232"></a> <span + id="dx1-30266"></a>.) </div> + </p><!--l. 6572--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6574--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use: + </p><!--l. 6575--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30267"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphen{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6334--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 6577--><p class="noindent" > checks if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ starts with a hyphen. If it does, then <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>is locally @@ -13217,15 +12963,15 @@ class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ for this style without causing nested hyperlinks, but only for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. - </p><!--l. 6343--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span + </p><!--l. 6586--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ part for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div> - </p><!--l. 6346--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 6348--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span + </p><!--l. 6589--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6591--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span> behaves differently to the first use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better @@ -13240,63 +12986,59 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>if you want to ensure the full <a id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27233"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30268"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 6355--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 6598--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-27234"></a> + id="dx1-30269"></a> but the user supplies the description. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27235"></a> is obtained from + id="dx1-30270"></a> is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span><a - id="dx1-27236"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30271"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-27237"></a>, + id="dx1-30272"></a>, except that the short form is displayed first followed by the long form in parentheses. The full form is formatted using - <!--l. 6365--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshorthyphenlong</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27238"></a> <span + <!--l. 6608--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30273"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshorthyphenlong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> - <span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6367--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6610--><p class="noindent" > which behaves in an analogous way to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span>. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27239"></a> is + id="dx1-30274"></a> is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27240"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30275"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 6373--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 6616--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-27241"></a> but the user + id="dx1-30276"></a> but the user supplies the description. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27242"></a> is obtained from <span + id="dx1-30277"></a> is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span>. @@ -13305,12 +13047,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span>. <a id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span><a - id="dx1-27243"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30278"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is like <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-27244"></a>, but the short form is displayed first followed by + id="dx1-30279"></a>, but the short form is displayed first followed by the long form in parentheses. On first use, <span class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -13333,34 +13075,31 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> where - <!--l. 6388--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrposthyphenlong</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27245"></a> <span + <!--l. 6631--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-30280"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenlong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6390--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div><hr> + </p><!--l. 6633--><p class="noindent" > is in the post-link hook. These commands behave in an analogous manner to those used with <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-27246"></a>. The <span + id="dx1-30281"></a>. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27247"></a> is obtained from + id="dx1-30282"></a> is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>. - </p><!--l. 6395--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span + </p><!--l. 6638--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ part for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div> - </p><!--l. 6398--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 6400--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span + </p><!--l. 6641--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6643--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span> behaves differently to the first use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better @@ -13375,107 +13114,102 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>if you want to ensure the full <a id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc</span><a - id="dx1-27248"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-30283"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 6407--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 6650--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-27249"></a> + id="dx1-30284"></a> but the user supplies the description. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-27250"></a> is obtained from + id="dx1-30285"></a> is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span>. </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 6414--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 6657--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6414--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.5 </span> <a +<!--l. 6657--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5 </span> <a id="sec:newabbrvstyle"></a>Defining New Abbreviation Styles</h3> -<!--l. 6417--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using: -</p><!--l. 6418--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\newabbreviationstyle</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28001"></a> <span +<!--l. 6660--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using: +</p><!--l. 6661--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviationstyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">setup</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">fmts</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6420--><p class="noindent" > - - - -</p><!--l. 6421--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 6663--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6664--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the new style (as used in the mandatory argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span><a - id="dx1-28002"></a>). This is similar but not identical to the <span + id="dx1-31002"></a>). This is similar but not identical to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a - id="dx1-28003"></a> command. -</p><!--l. 6428--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span + id="dx1-31003"></a> command. + + + +</p><!--l. 6671--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle </span>with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> unless you have reverted <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-28004"></a> back to its generic definition from + id="dx1-31004"></a> back to its generic definition from <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>(using <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span><a - id="dx1-28005"></a>). The acronym styles from the <span + id="dx1-31005"></a>). The acronym styles from the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package can’t be used with abbreviations defined with <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6435--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6437--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 6678--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6680--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩ argument deals with the way the entry is defined and may set attributes for the given abbreviation category. This argument should redefine -</p><!--l. 6440--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28006"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6683--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6442--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6685--><p class="noindent" > to set the entry fields including the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28007"></a> (defaults to the short form if omitted), + id="dx1-31007"></a> (defaults to the short form if omitted), <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28008"></a>, <span + id="dx1-31008"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-28009"></a>, <span + id="dx1-31009"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-28010"></a>. Other fields may also be set, such as <span + id="dx1-31010"></a>. Other fields may also be set, such as <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-28011"></a>, <span + id="dx1-31011"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-28012"></a> and + id="dx1-31012"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-28013"></a>. -</p><!--l. 6449--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span + id="dx1-31013"></a>. +</p><!--l. 6692--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span>is expanded by <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>so take care to protect commands that shouldn’t be expanded. </div> -</p><!--l. 6452--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6454--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a +</p><!--l. 6695--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6697--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-28014"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span + id="dx1-31014"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">   \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%  <br />    name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},  <br />    sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -13488,24 +13222,24 @@ class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩:  <br />    plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},%  <br />    description={\the\glslongtok}}% </div> -<!--l. 6468--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span +<!--l. 6711--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-28015"></a> and <span + id="dx1-31015"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-28016"></a> are set even though they’re not used by + id="dx1-31016"></a> are set even though they’re not used by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 6472--><p class="indent" > The basic styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 6715--><p class="indent" > The basic styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-28017"></a>, use commands like <span + id="dx1-31017"></a>, use commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>(which are redefined whenever the style formatting is set) within <span class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span>. Other styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a - id="dx1-28018"></a> directly use their own custom commands, such + id="dx1-31018"></a> directly use their own custom commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span>. With these styles, commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>still need to @@ -13513,26 +13247,24 @@ be defined as appropriate in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ argument even if they’re not used within <span class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span>. -</p><!--l. 6481--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 6724--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩ argument may also redefine -</p><!--l. 6482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28019"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6725--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6484--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6727--><p class="noindent" > which can be used to assign attributes. (This will automatically be initialised to do nothing.) -</p><!--l. 6488--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a +</p><!--l. 6731--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a - id="dx1-28020"></a> includes the following in ⟨<span + id="dx1-31020"></a> includes the following in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">   \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%  <br />    \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{nohyperfirst}{true}%  <br />    \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}% @@ -13542,252 +13274,216 @@ class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩:  <br />    {}%  <br />  }% </div> -<!--l. 6499--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a +<!--l. 6742--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a - id="dx1-28021"></a> attribute to “true”. It also unsets the <a + id="dx1-31021"></a> attribute to “true”. It also unsets the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-28022"></a> attribute if it + id="dx1-31022"></a> attribute if it has previously been set. Note that the <a href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a - id="dx1-28023"></a> attribute doesn’t get unset by + id="dx1-31023"></a> attribute doesn’t get unset by other styles, so take care not to switch styles for the same category. -</p><!--l. 6506--><p class="indent" > You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the +</p><!--l. 6749--><p class="indent" > You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the following token registers. -</p><!--l. 6509--><p class="indent" > Short value (defined by <span +</p><!--l. 6752--><p class="indent" > Short value (defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>): -</p><!--l. 6510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsshorttok</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28024"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6753--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6512--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6514--><p class="indent" > Short plural value (defined by <span +</p><!--l. 6755--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6757--><p class="indent" > Short plural value (defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>): -</p><!--l. 6515--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsshortpltok</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28025"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6758--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsshortpltok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6517--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6760--><p class="noindent" > (This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user through the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-28026"></a> key in the optional argument of <span + id="dx1-31026"></a> key in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-28027"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 6522--><p class="indent" > Long value (defined by <span + id="dx1-31027"></a>.) +</p><!--l. 6765--><p class="indent" > Long value (defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>): -</p><!--l. 6523--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongtok</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28028"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6766--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6525--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6527--><p class="indent" > Long plural value (defined by <span +</p><!--l. 6768--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6770--><p class="indent" > Long plural value (defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>): -</p><!--l. 6528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongpltok</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28029"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6771--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongpltok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6530--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6773--><p class="noindent" > (This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user through the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-28030"></a> key in the optional argument of <span + id="dx1-31030"></a> key in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-28031"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 6535--><p class="indent" > The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a + id="dx1-31031"></a>.) +</p><!--l. 6778--><p class="indent" > The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a href="#catattr.markwords"><span class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a - id="dx1-28032"></a>). The + id="dx1-31032"></a>). The above registers reflect the modification. If you want to access the original (unmodified) short or long form (as provided in the final two arguments of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>), then use the commands: -</p><!--l. 6540--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrorgshort</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28033"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6783--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorgshort </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6542--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6785--><p class="noindent" > for the short form and -</p><!--l. 6544--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrorglong</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28034"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6787--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorglong </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6546--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6789--><p class="noindent" > for the long form. (These may be useful for the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28035"></a> key to avoid any formatting that + id="dx1-31035"></a> key to avoid any formatting that may be added by the attribute setting.) -</p><!--l. 6550--><p class="indent" > There are two other registers available that are defined by <span +</p><!--l. 6793--><p class="indent" > There are two other registers available that are defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>: -</p><!--l. 6553--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslabeltok</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28036"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6796--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6555--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6798--><p class="noindent" > which contains the entry’s label and -</p><!--l. 6557--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glskeylisttok</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28037"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6800--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glskeylisttok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6559--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6802--><p class="noindent" > which contains the values provided in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-28038"></a>. -</p><!--l. 6563--><p class="indent" > Remember put <span + id="dx1-31038"></a>. +</p><!--l. 6806--><p class="indent" > Remember put <span class="cmtt-10">\the </span>in front of the register command as in the examples above. The category label can be access through the command (not a register): -</p><!--l. 6566--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glscategorylabel</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28039"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6809--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscategorylabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6568--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6811--><p class="noindent" > This may be used inside the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span>. -</p><!--l. 6572--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use -</p><!--l. 6573--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28040"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6815--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use +</p><!--l. 6816--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6575--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6818--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the existing style. For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-28041"></a> + id="dx1-31041"></a> style simply does </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163"> \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-noshort-desc} </div> -<!--l. 6580--><p class="nopar" > within ⟨<span +<!--l. 6823--><p class="nopar" > within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6583--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 6826--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ argument deals with the way the entry is displayed in the document. This argument should redefine the following commands. -</p><!--l. 6587--><p class="indent" > The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span +</p><!--l. 6830--><p class="indent" > The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-28042"></a> + id="dx1-31042"></a> key): -</p><!--l. 6589--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28043"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6832--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6591--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6834--><p class="noindent" > (Note that this isn’t used for the plural long form, which just uses the regular <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>.) -</p><!--l. 6595--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on <a - id="dx1-28044"></a><a +</p><!--l. 6838--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on <a + id="dx1-31044"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> or in the full forms: -</p><!--l. 6596--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28045"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6598--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6600--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like +</p><!--l. 6841--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6843--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a - id="dx1-28046"></a>: -</p><!--l. 6602--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28047"></a> <span + id="dx1-31046"></a>: +</p><!--l. 6845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6604--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6606--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form on <a - id="dx1-28048"></a>first use or in the full forms: -</p><!--l. 6607--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28049"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6847--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6849--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form on <a + id="dx1-31048"></a>first use or in the full forms: +</p><!--l. 6850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6609--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6611--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form in commands like <span +</p><!--l. 6852--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6854--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form in commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong </span>use: -</p><!--l. 6613--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslongfont</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28050"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6615--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6617--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span +</p><!--l. 6858--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6860--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-28051"></a> on <a - id="dx1-28052"></a>first use for + id="dx1-31051"></a> on <a + id="dx1-31052"></a>first use for abbreviations without the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-28053"></a> attribute set): -</p><!--l. 6620--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28054"></a> <span + id="dx1-31053"></a> attribute set): +</p><!--l. 6863--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6622--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6624--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span +</p><!--l. 6865--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6867--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-28055"></a> on + id="dx1-31055"></a> on <a - id="dx1-28056"></a>first use for abbreviations without the <a + id="dx1-31056"></a>first use for abbreviations without the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-28057"></a> attribute set): -</p><!--l. 6627--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28058"></a> <span + id="dx1-31057"></a> attribute set): +</p><!--l. 6870--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6629--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6631--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span +</p><!--l. 6872--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6874--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28059"></a> on <a - id="dx1-28060"></a>first use for + id="dx1-31059"></a> on <a + id="dx1-31060"></a>first use for abbreviations without the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-28061"></a> attribute set): -</p><!--l. 6634--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullplformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28062"></a> <span + id="dx1-31061"></a> attribute set): +</p><!--l. 6877--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -13796,166 +13492,142 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6636--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6638--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span +</p><!--l. 6879--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6881--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28063"></a> on + id="dx1-31063"></a> on <a - id="dx1-28064"></a><a + id="dx1-31064"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for abbreviations without the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-28065"></a> attribute set): -</p><!--l. 6641--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullplformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28066"></a> <span + id="dx1-31065"></a> attribute set): +</p><!--l. 6884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6643--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6645--><p class="indent" > In addition ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 6886--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6888--><p class="indent" > In addition ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ may also redefine the following commands that govern the inline full formats. If the style doesn’t redefine them, they will default to the same as the display full forms. -</p><!--l. 6649--><p class="indent" > Inline singular no case-change (used by <span +</p><!--l. 6892--><p class="indent" > Inline singular no case-change (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a - id="dx1-28067"></a>, <span + id="dx1-31067"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a - id="dx1-28068"></a> and + id="dx1-31068"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull</span><a - id="dx1-28069"></a>): -</p><!--l. 6651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinlinefullformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28070"></a> <span + id="dx1-31069"></a>): +</p><!--l. 6894--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31070"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6653--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6655--><p class="indent" > Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 6896--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6898--><p class="indent" > Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span><a - id="dx1-28071"></a> and + id="dx1-31071"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull</span><a - id="dx1-28072"></a>): -</p><!--l. 6657--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28073"></a> <span + id="dx1-31072"></a>): +</p><!--l. 6900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6659--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6661--><p class="indent" > Inline plural no case-change (used by <span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 6902--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6904--><p class="indent" > Inline plural no case-change (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl</span><a - id="dx1-28074"></a>, <span + id="dx1-31074"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a - id="dx1-28075"></a> and + id="dx1-31075"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><a - id="dx1-28076"></a>): -</p><!--l. 6663--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28077"></a> <span + id="dx1-31076"></a>): +</p><!--l. 6906--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31077"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6665--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6667--><p class="indent" > Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 6908--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6910--><p class="indent" > Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span><a - id="dx1-28078"></a> and + id="dx1-31078"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><a - id="dx1-28079"></a>): -</p><!--l. 6669--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28080"></a> <span + id="dx1-31079"></a>): +</p><!--l. 6912--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31080"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6671--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6673--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 6914--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6916--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is formatted by redefining the following four commands, but these won’t be used for abbreviations with the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-28081"></a> attribute set. If the style doesn’t redefine these + id="dx1-31081"></a> attribute set. If the style doesn’t redefine these commands, the default values are used. -</p><!--l. 6679--><p class="indent" > Singular with no case-change: -</p><!--l. 6680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28082"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6922--><p class="indent" > Singular with no case-change: +</p><!--l. 6923--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31082"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6682--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6684--><p class="indent" > Singular with first letter upper case: -</p><!--l. 6685--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28083"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6925--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6927--><p class="indent" > Singular with first letter upper case: +</p><!--l. 6928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31083"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6687--><p class="noindent" > - - - -</p><!--l. 6689--><p class="indent" > Plural with no case-change: -</p><!--l. 6690--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28084"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6930--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6932--><p class="indent" > Plural with no case-change: +</p><!--l. 6933--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31084"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentplfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6692--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6694--><p class="indent" > Plural with first letter upper case: -</p><!--l. 6695--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28085"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 6935--><p class="noindent" > + + + +</p><!--l. 6937--><p class="indent" > Plural with first letter upper case: +</p><!--l. 6938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31085"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentplfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6697--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6699--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide support for <span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 6940--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6942--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide support for <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-28086"></a> use the following + id="dx1-31086"></a> use the following <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands (<a href="#sec:accsupp"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>11.2 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>12.2 </a><a href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) within the definitions of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat </span>etc instead of the analogous <span @@ -13963,20 +13635,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands. (If you don’t use <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-28087"></a>, they will just do the corresponding <span + id="dx1-31087"></a>, they will just do the corresponding <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ command.) -</p><!--l. 6707--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a +</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-28088"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span + id="dx1-31088"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164">   \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}%  <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%  <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}% @@ -14005,44 +13677,42 @@ class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩:  <br />    \glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%  <br />  }% </div> -<!--l. 6737--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the +<!--l. 6980--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the display versions. -</p><!--l. 6741--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use -</p><!--l. 6742--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28089"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 6984--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use +</p><!--l. 6985--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-31089"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6744--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6987--><p class="noindent" > within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩, where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the existing style. For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a - id="dx1-28090"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span + id="dx1-31090"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">   \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}% </div> -<!--l. 6750--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6752--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a +<!--l. 6993--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6995--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a - id="dx1-28091"></a> that displays + id="dx1-31091"></a> that displays the short form within <span class="cmtt-10">\textsf</span>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166"> \newabbreviationstyle  <br />{custom-sf}% label  <br />{% setup @@ -14053,37 +13723,37 @@ class="cmtt-10">\textsf</span>:  <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\textsf{##1}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6765--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions +<!--l. 7008--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions such as <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-28092"></a> as they explicitly use their own formatting commands, such as + id="dx1-31092"></a> as they explicitly use their own formatting commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span>. The base styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a - id="dx1-28093"></a>, use the more generic + id="dx1-31093"></a>, use the more generic <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>etc which makes them easier to adapt than the modified styles. -</p><!--l. 6773--><p class="indent" > For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code +</p><!--l. 7016--><p class="indent" > For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>). </p> -<!--l. 6776--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6776--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a +<!--l. 7019--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 7019--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a id="sec:headtitle"></a>Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</h2> -</p><!--l. 6779--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 7022--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual cautions against using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in chapter or section titles. The principle problems are: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">if you have a table of contents, the <a - id="dx1-29001"></a><a + id="dx1-32001"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will be unset in the contents rather than later in the document; </li> @@ -14100,27 +13770,31 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>etc) will be converted to upper case and the </li> <li class="itemize">if you use <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-29002"></a>, commands like <span + id="dx1-32002"></a>, commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>can’t be expanded to a simple string and only the label will appear in the PDF bookmark (with a warning from <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-29003"></a>); + id="dx1-32003"></a>); </li> <li class="itemize">if you use <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-29004"></a>, you will end up with nested hyperlinks in the table of + id="dx1-32004"></a>, you will end up with nested hyperlinks in the table of contents.</li></ul> -<!--l. 6800--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark +<!--l. 7043--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark issues). -</p><!--l. 6803--><p class="indent" > To get around all these problems, the <span +</p> +<!--l. 7046--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1 </span> <a + id="simplisticapproach"></a>Simplistic Approach</h3> +<!--l. 7048--><p class="noindent" >To get around all these problems, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual recommends using the expandable non-hyperlink commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-29005"></a> + id="dx1-33001"></a> (for regular entries) or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span><a - id="dx1-29006"></a> (for abbreviations). This is the + id="dx1-33002"></a> (for abbreviations). This is the simplest solution, but doesn’t allow for special formatting that’s applied to the entry through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span @@ -14128,7 +13802,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>. This means that if, for example, you are using one of the abbreviation styles that uses <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a - id="dx1-29007"></a> then the short form displayed with <span + id="dx1-33003"></a> then the short form displayed with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort </span>won’t use small caps. If you only have one abbreviation style in use, you can explicitly enclose <span @@ -14141,22 +13815,22 @@ this: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167"> \chapter{A Chapter about \glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} </div> -<!--l. 6816--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span +<!--l. 7061--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-29008"></a>: + id="dx1-33004"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168"> \chapter{A Chapter about  <br />\texorpdfstring{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}{\glsentryshort{html}}} </div> -<!--l. 6821--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6823--><p class="indent" > Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do +<!--l. 7066--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7068--><p class="indent" > Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do this for you. However, if you have mixed styles this won’t work as commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span @@ -14169,30 +13843,26 @@ abbreviation style in use. More complicated solutions interfere with the upper c used by the standard page styles that display the chapter or section title in the page header using <span class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><a - id="dx1-29009"></a>. -</p><!--l. 6834--><p class="indent" > The <span + id="dx1-33005"></a>. +</p><!--l. 7079--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package tries to resolve this by modifying <span class="cmtt-10">\markright</span><a - id="dx1-29010"></a> and + id="dx1-33006"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\markboth</span><a - id="dx1-29011"></a> and <span + id="dx1-33007"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\@starttoc</span>. If you don’t like this change, you can restore their former definitions using -</p><!--l. 6837--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29012"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6839--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7084--><p class="noindent" > If you only want to restore <span class="cmtt-10">\@starttoc </span>you can use: -</p><!--l. 6841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrRevertTocMarks</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29013"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-33009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertTocMarks </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6843--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7088--><p class="noindent" > If you restore the header or table of contents commands, you’ll have to use the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>manual’s recommendations of either simply using <span @@ -14203,46 +13873,58 @@ for the table of contents and page header. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169"> \chapter[A Chapter about \glsentryshort{html}]{A Chapter about \gls{html}} </div> -<!--l. 6850--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you need to find a way to insert <span +<!--l. 7095--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you need to find a way to insert <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmarkhook </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrinmark</span> at the start of the header or table of contents either scoped or afterwards cancelled with <span class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrnotinmark </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestoremarkhook</span>. -</p><!--l. 6856--><p class="indent" > If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span +</p><!--l. 7101--><p class="indent" > If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span>, you can use the commands described below in the argument of sectioning commands. You can still use them even if the mark commands have been reverted, but only where they don’t conflict with the page style. -</p><!--l. 6862--><p class="indent" > The commands listed below all use <span +</p><!--l. 7107--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 7107--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.2 </span> <a + id="newcommandsdesignedforchaptersectionheadings"></a>New Commands Designed for Chapter/Section Headings</h3> +<!--l. 7109--><p class="noindent" >The commands listed below are designed for use in chapter or section headings. +There are still limitations, but they provide a better solution. They all use +<span class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a - id="dx1-29014"></a> if <span + id="dx1-34001"></a> if <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-29015"></a> has been -loaded so that the expandable non-formatted version is added to the PDF -bookmarks. Note that since the commands that convert the first letter to -upper case aren’t expandable, the non-case-changing version is used for the -bookmarks. -</p><!--l. 6868--><p class="indent" > These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>(or -equivalent) with the options <span + id="dx1-34002"></a> has been loaded so that the expandable non-formatted +version is added to the PDF bookmarks. Note that since the commands that convert +the first letter to upper case aren’t expandable, the non-case-changing version is used +for the bookmarks. If the required field contains non-expandable (robust or fragile) +commands that cause a problem for the bookmarks then <span +class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a + id="dx1-34003"></a> will be +needed as appropriate in that field. (Take care if the field has its value expanded +before being assigned.) +</p><!--l. 7121--><p class="indent" > These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>, +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>etc with the options <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a - id="dx1-29016"></a> and <span + id="dx1-34004"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">hyper=false</span><a - id="dx1-29017"></a>. The text produced won’t be + id="dx1-34005"></a>. The text produced won’t be converted to upper case in the page headings by default. If you want the text converted to upper case you need to set the <a href="#catattr.headuc"><span class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a - id="dx1-29018"></a> attribute to “true” for the + id="dx1-34006"></a> attribute to “true” for the appropriate category. -</p><!--l. 6876--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span +</p><!--l. 7129--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a - id="dx1-29019"></a> styles, be aware that the default fonts don’t + id="dx1-34007"></a> styles, be aware that the default fonts don’t provide bold small-caps or italic small-caps. This means that if the chapter or section title style uses bold, this may override the small-caps setting, in which case the abbreviation will just appear as lower case bold. If the @@ -14251,339 +13933,399 @@ heading style uses italic, the abbreviation may appear in upright small-caps, class="cmti-10">even if you have set the </span><a href="#catattr.headuc"><span class="cmssi-10">headuc</span></a><a - id="dx1-29020"></a> <span + id="dx1-34008"></a> <span class="cmti-10">attribute </span>since the all-capitals form still uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>. You may want to consider using the <span class="cmss-10">slantsc</span><a - id="dx1-29021"></a> package in this case. -</div> -</p><!--l. 6887--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6889--><p class="indent" > Display the short form: -</p><!--l. 6890--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtshort</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29022"></a> <span + id="dx1-34009"></a> package in this case. +</div> +</p><!--l. 7140--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7142--><p class="indent" > Display the short form: +</p><!--l. 7143--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6892--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6894--><p class="indent" > Display the plural short form: -</p><!--l. 6895--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtshortpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29023"></a> <span + + + +</p><!--l. 7145--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7147--><p class="indent" > Display the plural short form: +</p><!--l. 7148--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6897--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6899--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular short form: -</p><!--l. 6900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtshort</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29024"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7150--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7152--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular short form: +</p><!--l. 7153--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6902--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7155--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 6905--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural short form: - - - -</p><!--l. 6906--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtshortpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29025"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7158--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural short form: +</p><!--l. 7159--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6908--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7161--><p class="noindent" > +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) +</p><!--l. 7164--><p class="indent" > All caps singular short form: +</p><!--l. 7165--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34014"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtshort{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7167--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 6911--><p class="indent" > Display the long form: -</p><!--l. 6912--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtlong</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29026"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7170--><p class="indent" > All caps plural short form: +</p><!--l. 7171--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34015"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7173--><p class="noindent" > +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) +</p><!--l. 7176--><p class="indent" > Display the long form: +</p><!--l. 7177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6914--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6916--><p class="indent" > Display the plural long form: -</p><!--l. 6917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtlongpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29027"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7179--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7181--><p class="indent" > Display the plural long form: +</p><!--l. 7182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6921--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular long form: -</p><!--l. 6922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtlong</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29028"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7184--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7186--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular long form: +</p><!--l. 7187--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6924--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7189--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 6927--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural long form: -</p><!--l. 6928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtlongpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29029"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7192--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural long form: +</p><!--l. 7193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6930--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7195--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 6933--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span +</p><!--l. 7198--><p class="indent" > All caps singular long form: +</p><!--l. 7199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34020"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtlong{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7201--><p class="noindent" > +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) +</p><!--l. 7204--><p class="indent" > All caps plural long form: +</p><!--l. 7205--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34021"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7207--><p class="noindent" > +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) + + + +</p><!--l. 7210--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span class="cmti-10">inline</span> full form, which may be different from the full form used by <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 6937--><p class="indent" > Display the full form: -</p><!--l. 6938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfull</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29030"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. The PDF version +has to be a simple fully expandable command, so one of two commands that are +unrelated to the style is used instead: +</p><!--l. 7215--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34022"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspdffmtfull{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7217--><p class="noindent" > +for the singular form or: +</p><!--l. 7219--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34023"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspdffmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7221--><p class="noindent" > +for the full form. These simply do the long form followed by the short form in +parentheses. +</p><!--l. 7225--><p class="indent" > Display the full form: +</p><!--l. 7226--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfull{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6940--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6942--><p class="indent" > Display the plural full form: -</p><!--l. 6943--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfullpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29031"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7228--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7230--><p class="indent" > Display the plural full form: +</p><!--l. 7231--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6945--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6947--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular full form: -</p><!--l. 6948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfull</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29032"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7233--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7235--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular full form: +</p><!--l. 7236--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfull{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7238--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 6953--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural full form: -</p><!--l. 6954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfullpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29033"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7241--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural full form: +</p><!--l. 7242--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6956--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7244--><p class="noindent" > +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) +</p><!--l. 7247--><p class="indent" > All caps singular full form: +</p><!--l. 7248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34028"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfull{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7250--><p class="noindent" > +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) +</p><!--l. 7253--><p class="indent" > All caps plural full form: +</p><!--l. 7254--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34029"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7256--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 6959--><p class="indent" > There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 7259--><p class="indent" > There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-29034"></a> field: -</p><!--l. 6961--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfmttext</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29035"></a> <span + id="dx1-34030"></a> field: +</p><!--l. 7261--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6963--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6965--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 6966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmttext</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29036"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7263--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7265--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: +</p><!--l. 7266--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmttext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6968--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7268--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 6971--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents: +</p><!--l. 7271--><p class="indent" > All caps: +</p><!--l. 7272--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34033"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmttext{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6972--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtplural</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29037"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7274--><p class="noindent" > +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) +</p><!--l. 7277--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents: +</p><!--l. 7278--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6974--><p class="noindent" > -and -</p><!--l. 6976--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtplural</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29038"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7280--><p class="noindent" > +First letter upper case: +</p><!--l. 7282--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6978--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6980--><p class="indent" > Likewise for the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 7284--><p class="noindent" > +and all caps: +</p><!--l. 7286--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34036"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtplural{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7288--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7290--><p class="indent" > Likewise for the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-29039"></a> field: -</p><!--l. 6982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29040"></a> <span + id="dx1-34037"></a> field: +</p><!--l. 7292--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6984--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6986--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 6987--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29041"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7294--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7296--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: +</p><!--l. 7297--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6989--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7299--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 6992--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 7302--><p class="indent" > All caps: +</p><!--l. 7303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34040"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtname{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7305--><p class="noindent" > +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) +</p><!--l. 7308--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-29042"></a> field: -</p><!--l. 6994--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfirst</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29043"></a> <span + id="dx1-34041"></a> field: +</p><!--l. 7310--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6996--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6998--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 6999--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfirst</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29044"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7312--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7314--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: +</p><!--l. 7315--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7001--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7317--><p class="noindent" > +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) +</p><!--l. 7320--><p class="indent" > All caps: +</p><!--l. 7321--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34044"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7323--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 7004--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents: -</p><!--l. 7005--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfirstpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29045"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7326--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents: +</p><!--l. 7327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7007--><p class="noindent" > -and -</p><!--l. 7009--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfirstpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29046"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7329--><p class="noindent" > +First letter upper case: +</p><!--l. 7331--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7011--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7333--><p class="noindent" > +and all caps: +</p><!--l. 7335--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-34047"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7337--><p class="noindent" > + + + </p> -<!--l. 7013--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 7013--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a +<!--l. 7339--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 7339--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a id="sec:categories"></a>Categories</h2> -</p><!--l. 7016--><p class="indent" > Each entry defined by <span +</p><!--l. 7342--><p class="indent" > Each entry defined by <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-30001"></a> (or commands that internally use it + id="dx1-35001"></a> (or commands that internally use it such as <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-30002"></a>) is assigned a category through the <span + id="dx1-35002"></a>) is assigned a category through the <span class="cmss-10">category</span><a - id="dx1-30003"></a> key. You may + id="dx1-35003"></a> key. You may add any category that you like, but since the category is a label used in the creation of some control sequences, avoid problematic characters within the category label. (So take care if you have <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-30004"></a> shorthands on that make some characters + id="dx1-35004"></a> shorthands on that make some characters active.) -</p><!--l. 7025--><p class="indent" > The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed +</p><!--l. 7351--><p class="indent" > The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed in the text or glossary. Note that an entry’s category is independent of the glossary type. Be careful not to confuse <span class="cmss-10">category</span><a - id="dx1-30005"></a> with <span + id="dx1-35005"></a> with <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-30006"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7030--><p class="indent" > The default category assumed by <span + id="dx1-35006"></a>. +</p><!--l. 7356--><p class="indent" > The default category assumed by <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is labelled <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a - id="dx1-30007"></a>. + id="dx1-35007"></a>. Abbreviations defined with <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>have the category set to <span class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-30008"></a> + id="dx1-35008"></a> by default. Abbreviations defined with <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>have the category set to <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-30009"></a> by default. -</p><!--l. 7037--><p class="indent" > Additionally, if you have enabled <span + id="dx1-35009"></a> by default. +</p><!--l. 7363--><p class="indent" > Additionally, if you have enabled <span class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a - id="dx1-30010"></a> with the <a + id="dx1-35010"></a> with the <a href="#styopt.index"><span class="cmss-10">index</span></a><a - id="dx1-30011"></a> package option + id="dx1-35011"></a> package option that command will set the category to <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-30012"></a> by default. If you have enabled + id="dx1-35012"></a> by default. If you have enabled <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><a - id="dx1-30013"></a> with the <a + id="dx1-35013"></a> with the <a href="#styopt.symbols"><span class="cmss-10">symbols</span></a><a - id="dx1-30014"></a> package option, that command will set the + id="dx1-35014"></a> package option, that command will set the category to <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-30015"></a>. If you have enabled <span + id="dx1-35015"></a>. If you have enabled <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><a - id="dx1-30016"></a> with the <a + id="dx1-35016"></a> with the <a href="#styopt.numbers"><span class="cmss-10">numbers</span></a><a - id="dx1-30017"></a> package + id="dx1-35017"></a> package option, that command will set the category to <span class="cmss-10">number</span><a - id="dx1-30018"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7045--><p class="indent" > You can obtain the category label for a given entry using -</p><!--l. 7046--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glscategory</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30019"></a> <span + id="dx1-35018"></a>. +</p><!--l. 7371--><p class="indent" > You can obtain the category label for a given entry using +</p><!--l. 7372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscategory{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7048--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7374--><p class="noindent" > This is equivalent to commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>and so may be used in an expandable context. No error is generated if the entry doesn’t exist. -</p><!--l. 7053--><p class="indent" > You can test the category for a given entry using -</p><!--l. 7054--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsifcategory</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30020"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7379--><p class="indent" > You can test the category for a given entry using +</p><!--l. 7380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">true</span> -<span -class="cmitt-10">part</span>⟩<span +class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7057--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7383--><p class="noindent" > This is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq</span><a - id="dx1-30021"></a><span + id="dx1-35021"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span><span @@ -14604,40 +14346,40 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> so any restrictions that apply to <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq </span>also apply to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory</span>. -<!--l. 7066--><p class="indent" > Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span +<!--l. 7392--><p class="indent" > Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a - id="dx1-30022"></a> and <span + id="dx1-35022"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-30023"></a> + id="dx1-35023"></a> categories have the attribute <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-30024"></a> set to “true” to indicate that all entries with + id="dx1-35024"></a> set to “true” to indicate that all entries with either of those categories are regular entries (as opposed to abbreviations). This attribute is accessed by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>to determine whether to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>. -</p><!--l. 7074--><p class="indent" > Other attributes recognised by <span +</p><!--l. 7400--><p class="indent" > Other attributes recognised by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>are: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.nohyperfirst"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nohyperfirst</span><a - id="dx1-30025"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35025"></a> </dt><dd class="description">When using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-30026"></a> this will automatically suppress the + id="dx1-35026"></a> this will automatically suppress the hyperlink on <a - id="dx1-30027"></a><a + id="dx1-35027"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for entries with a category that has this attribute set to “true”. (This settings can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a - id="dx1-30028"></a> + id="dx1-35028"></a> key on or off in the optional argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.) As from version 1.07, <span @@ -14645,7 +14387,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirst </span>and their plural versions (which should ideally behave in a similar way to the <a - id="dx1-30029"></a>first use of + id="dx1-35029"></a>first use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>) now honour this attribute (but not the package-wide @@ -14653,67 +14395,65 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>) now honour this attribute (but not the package-wi href="#styopt.hyperfirst"><span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=false</span><a - id="dx1-30030"></a> option, which matches the behaviour of <span + id="dx1-35030"></a> option, which matches the behaviour of <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-30031"></a>). If you want + id="dx1-35031"></a>). If you want commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>to ignore the <a href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a - id="dx1-30032"></a> attribute then just + id="dx1-35032"></a> attribute then just redefine - <!--l. 7091--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30033"></a> <span + <!--l. 7417--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7093--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 7419--><p class="noindent" > to do nothing. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.nohyper"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">nohyper</span><a - id="dx1-30034"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35034"></a> </dt><dd class="description">When using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-30035"></a> this will automatically suppress the + id="dx1-35035"></a> this will automatically suppress the hyperlink for entries with a category that has this attribute set to “true”. (This settings can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a - id="dx1-30036"></a> key on or off in the + id="dx1-35036"></a> key on or off in the optional argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.) </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.indexonlyfirst"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a - id="dx1-30037"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35037"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is similar to the <a href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a - id="dx1-30038"></a> package option but only for entries + id="dx1-35038"></a> package option but only for entries that have a category with this attribute set to “true”. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.wrgloss"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">wrgloss</span><a - id="dx1-30039"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35039"></a> </dt><dd class="description">When using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-30040"></a>, if this attribute is set to “after”, it will + id="dx1-35040"></a>, if this attribute is set to “after”, it will automatically implement <span class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span><a - id="dx1-30041"></a><span + id="dx1-35041"></a><span class="cmss-10">=after</span>. (New to v1.14.) </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.discardperiod"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">discardperiod</span><a - id="dx1-30042"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35042"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If set to “true”, the post-<a - id="dx1-30043"></a><a + id="dx1-35043"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook will discard a full stop (period) that follows <span class="cmti-10">non-plural </span>commands like <span @@ -14726,48 +14466,48 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) This attribute doesn’t apply to the accessibility fields. - <!--l. 7120--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a + <!--l. 7446--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a full stop. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170"> \newabbreviation  <br /> [user1={German Speaking \TeX\ User Group}]  <br /> {dante}{DANTE e.V.}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\  <br />e.V.} </div> - <!--l. 7127--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span + <!--l. 7453--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-30044"></a> and <span + id="dx1-35044"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-30045"></a> fields end with a full stop, but the <span + id="dx1-35045"></a> fields end with a full stop, but the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-30046"></a> field doesn’t. + id="dx1-35046"></a> field doesn’t. The simplest solution in this situation is to put the sentence terminator in the final optional argument. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171"> \glsuseri{dante}[.] </div> - <!--l. 7134--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a - id="dx1-30047"></a><a + <!--l. 7460--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a + id="dx1-35047"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> and it won’t be discarded. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.pluraldiscardperiod"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span><a - id="dx1-30048"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35048"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” <span class="cmti-10">and </span>the <a href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a - id="dx1-30049"></a> attribute is + id="dx1-35049"></a> attribute is set to “true”, this will behave as above for the plural commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>or <span @@ -14780,17 +14520,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) <a id="catattr.retainfirstuseperiod"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">retainfirstuseperiod</span><a - id="dx1-30050"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35050"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” then the full stop won’t be discarded for <a - id="dx1-30051"></a><a + id="dx1-35051"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> instances, even if <a href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a - id="dx1-30052"></a> or <a + id="dx1-35052"></a> or <a href="#catattr.pluraldiscardperiod"><span class="cmss-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span></a><a - id="dx1-30053"></a> are + id="dx1-35053"></a> are set. This is useful for ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) abbreviation styles where only the @@ -14805,52 +14545,48 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) This attribute doesn’t apply to <a id="catattr.markwords"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">markwords</span><a - id="dx1-30054"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35054"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-30055"></a> + id="dx1-35055"></a> will automatically have spaces in the long form replaced with - <!--l. 7158--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrwordsep</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30056"></a> <span + <!--l. 7484--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35056"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7160--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 7486--><p class="noindent" > and each word is encapsulated with - </p><!--l. 7162--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrword</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30057"></a> <span + </p><!--l. 7488--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">word</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7164--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 7490--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172"> \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{markwords}{true}  <br />\newabbreviation{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol} </div> - <!--l. 7169--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as + <!--l. 7495--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173"> \newabbreviation{ip}{IP}  <br />{\glsxtrword{Internet}\glsxtrwordsep\glsxtrword{Protocol}} </div> - <!--l. 7174--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a + <!--l. 7500--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a - id="dx1-30058"></a>, take advantage of this + id="dx1-35058"></a>, take advantage of this markup. If the inserted material (provided in the final argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-30059"></a>) starts with a hyphen then <span + id="dx1-35059"></a>) starts with a hyphen then <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>is locally redefined to a hyphen. (The default value is a space). Note that this only applies to commands like <span @@ -14861,61 +14597,61 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. You can provide your own </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174"> \newcommand{\hyplong}[2][]{%  <br /> {\def\glsxtrwordsep{-}\glsxtrlong[#1]{#2}}} </div> - <!--l. 7186--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 7188--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. This attribute is only applicable to + <!--l. 7512--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 7514--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. This attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) - </p><!--l. 7192--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span + </p><!--l. 7518--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup ending up in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-30060"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div> - </p><!--l. 7196--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-35060"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div> + </p><!--l. 7522--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.markshortwords"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">markshortwords</span><a - id="dx1-30061"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35061"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is similar to <a href="#catattr.markwords"><span class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a - id="dx1-30062"></a> but applies to the short form. (Only + id="dx1-35062"></a> but applies to the short form. (Only useful for abbreviations that contain spaces.) This attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) - <!--l. 7204--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span + <!--l. 7530--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-30063"></a> key isn’t used. + id="dx1-35063"></a> key isn’t used. This setting will take precedence over <a href="#catattr.insertdots"><span class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a - id="dx1-30064"></a>. - </p><!--l. 7208--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span + id="dx1-35064"></a>. + </p><!--l. 7534--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup ending up in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-30065"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div> - </p><!--l. 7212--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-35065"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div> + </p><!--l. 7538--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.insertdots"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">insertdots</span><a - id="dx1-30066"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35066"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-30067"></a> + id="dx1-35067"></a> will automatically have full stops (periods) inserted after each letter. The entry will be defined with those dots present as though they had been present in the ⟨<span @@ -14929,44 +14665,44 @@ class="cmti-10">This setting is</span> class="cmti-10">incompatible with </span><a href="#catattr.markshortwords"><span class="cmssi-10">markshortwords</span></a><a - id="dx1-30068"></a><span + id="dx1-35068"></a><span class="cmti-10">. </span>This attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) - <!--l. 7226--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span + <!--l. 7552--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-30069"></a> key, you must + id="dx1-35069"></a> key, you must explicitly insert the dots yourself (since there’s no way for the code to determine if the plural has a suffix that shouldn’t be followed by a dot). </div> - </p><!--l. 7232--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 7558--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 7234--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a + </p><!--l. 7560--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a - id="dx1-30070"></a> attribute set to “true”. + id="dx1-35070"></a> attribute set to “true”. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.aposplural"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">aposplural</span><a - id="dx1-30071"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35071"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-30072"></a> will insert an + id="dx1-35072"></a> will insert an apostrophe (’) before the plural suffix for the <span class="cmti-10">short </span>plural form (unless explicitly overridden with the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-30073"></a> key). The long plural form is + id="dx1-35073"></a> key). The long plural form is unaffected by this setting. This setting overrides <a href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-30074"></a>. This + id="dx1-35074"></a>. This attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span @@ -14978,22 +14714,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) Check with your supervisor, <a id="catattr.noshortplural"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">noshortplural</span><a - id="dx1-30075"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35075"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-30076"></a> won’t append + id="dx1-35076"></a> won’t append the plural suffix for the short plural form. This means the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-30077"></a> and + id="dx1-35077"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-30078"></a> values will be the same unless explicitly overridden. <span + id="dx1-35078"></a> values will be the same unless explicitly overridden. <span class="cmti-10">This setting</span> <span class="cmti-10">is incompatible with </span><a href="#catattr.aposplural"><span class="cmssi-10">aposplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-30079"></a><span + id="dx1-35079"></a><span class="cmti-10">. </span>This attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span @@ -15002,200 +14738,49 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) </dd><dt class="description"> <a - id="catattr.accessinsertdots"></a><span -class="cmssbx-10">accessinsertdots</span><a - id="dx1-30080"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” and the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-30081"></a> package - has been loaded (with the <a -href="#styopt.accsupp"><span -class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a - id="dx1-30082"></a> option), then this behaves like <a -href="#catattr.insertdots"><span -class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a - id="dx1-30083"></a> but - for the <span -class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-30084"></a> field instead of the <span -class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-30085"></a> field. This can be used to assist the - screen reader for initialisms that should be read out letter by letter rather than - as a word. For example: - - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171"> - \glssetcategoryattribute{initialism}{accessinsertdots}{true} -  <br />\newabbreviation[category=initialism]{pi}{PI}{Private Investigator} -</div> - <!--l. 7268--><p class="nopar" > This setting will be overridden by an explicit use of the <span -class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-30086"></a> key in the - optional argument of <span -class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span -class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). This attribute is - only applicable to entries defined using <span -class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span -class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if - it’s using <span -class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) - </p></dd><dt class="description"> -<a - id="catattr.nameshortaccess"></a><span -class="cmssbx-10">nameshortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-30087"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, the <span -class="cmss-10">access</span><a - id="dx1-30088"></a> field (used for the <span -class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-30089"></a> - field’s accessibility support) is set to the <span -class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-30090"></a> value. This attribute has no - effect if there’s no accessibility support or if the <span -class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-30091"></a> field hasn’t been - assigned or if the <span -class="cmss-10">access</span><a - id="dx1-30092"></a> field is used explicitly. This attribute is only applicable - to entries defined using <span -class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span -class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using - <span -class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) - </dd><dt class="description"> -<a - id="catattr.textshortaccess"></a><span -class="cmssbx-10">textshortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-30093"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">Like <span -class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-30094"></a> but applies to the <span -class="cmss-10">textaccess</span><a - id="dx1-30095"></a> field (for use with - regular abbreviations). - </dd><dt class="description"> -<a - id="catattr.firstshortaccess"></a><span -class="cmssbx-10">firstshortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-30096"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">Like <span -class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-30097"></a> but applies to the <span -class="cmss-10">firstaccess</span><a - id="dx1-30098"></a> field (for use with - regular abbreviations). - </dd><dt class="description"> -<a - id="catattr.accessaposplural"></a><span -class="cmssbx-10">accessaposplural</span><a - id="dx1-30099"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This boolean attribute overrides <a -href="#catattr.aposplural"><span -class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-30100"></a> for the <span -class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-30101"></a> - key. Has no effect if there’s no accessibility support or if the <span -class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-30102"></a> key - hasn’t been set or if the <span -class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-30103"></a> key is explicitly set. If the <a -href="#catattr.aposplural"><span -class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-30104"></a> is - set and this attribute isn’t set and the <span -class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-30105"></a> key is set, then the - <a -href="#catattr.aposplural"><span -class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-30106"></a> setting governs the default <span -class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-30107"></a> setting. If you want - <a -href="#catattr.aposplural"><span -class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-30108"></a> but don’t want it applied to the accessibility support, set the - <a -href="#catattr.accessaposplural"><span -class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-30109"></a> attribute to “false”. This attribute is only applicable to - entries defined using <span -class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span -class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using - <span -class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) - </dd><dt class="description"> -<a - id="catattr.accessnoshortplural"></a><span -class="cmssbx-10">accessnoshortplural</span><a - id="dx1-30110"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This boolean attribute overrides <a -href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span -class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-30111"></a> for the - <span -class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-30112"></a> key. The same conditions apply as for <a -href="#catattr.accessaposplural"><span -class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span></a><a - id="dx1-30113"></a>. This - attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span -class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or - <span -class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span -class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) - </dd><dt class="description"> -<a id="catattr.headuc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">headuc</span><a - id="dx1-30114"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35080"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span><a - id="dx1-30115"></a> will use the + id="dx1-35081"></a> will use the upper case version in the page headers. - - - </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.tagging"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">tagging</span><a - id="dx1-30116"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35082"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, the tagging command defined by <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span><a - id="dx1-30117"></a> will be activated to use <span + id="dx1-35083"></a> will be activated to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont</span><a - id="dx1-30118"></a> in + id="dx1-35084"></a> in the glossary (see <a href="#sec:tagging"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.1 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.1 </a><a href="#sec:tagging">Tagging Initials<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:tagging --></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.entrycount"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">entrycount</span><a - id="dx1-30119"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35085"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Unlike the above attributes, this attribute isn’t boolean but instead must be an integer value and is used in combination with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a - id="dx1-30120"></a> + id="dx1-35086"></a> (see <a href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 </a><a href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>). Leave blank or undefined for categories that shouldn’t have this facility enabled. The value of this attribute is used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><a - id="dx1-30121"></a> to determine how commands such as <span + id="dx1-35087"></a> to determine how commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a - id="dx1-30122"></a> + id="dx1-35088"></a> should behave. - <!--l. 7329--><p class="noindent" >With <span + <!--l. 7600--><p class="noindent" >With <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>use <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>only if the previous @@ -15204,43 +14789,46 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>the test is now for entries that have the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-30123"></a> attribute set and where the previous + id="dx1-35089"></a> attribute set and where the previous usage count for that entry is less than or equal to the value of that attribute. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.linkcount"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">linkcount</span><a - id="dx1-30124"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35090"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This attribute is set to <span class="cmtt-10">true </span>by <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><a - id="dx1-30125"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-35091"></a> (see <a href="#sec:linkcount"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.2 +class="cmsy-10">§</span>7.2 </a><a href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.linkcountmaster"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">linkcountmaster</span><a - id="dx1-30126"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35092"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This attribute is set to the name of the master counter by + + + <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><a - id="dx1-30127"></a> if the optional argument is provided (see <a + id="dx1-35093"></a> if the optional argument is provided (see <a href="#sec:linkcount"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.2 +class="cmsy-10">§</span>7.2 </a><a href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.glossdesc"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">glossdesc</span><a - id="dx1-30128"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35094"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a - id="dx1-30129"></a> command (used in the predefined glossary styles) is + id="dx1-35095"></a> command (used in the predefined glossary styles) is modified by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check for this attribute. The attribute may have one of the following values: @@ -15249,34 +14837,31 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check for this attribute. The attribu class="cmtt-10">firstuc</span>: the first letter of the description will be converted to upper case (using <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span><a - id="dx1-30130"></a>). + id="dx1-35096"></a>). </li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">title</span>: the description will be used in the argument of the title casing command <span class="cmtt-10">\capitalisewords</span><a - id="dx1-30131"></a> (provided by <span + id="dx1-35097"></a> (provided by <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-30132"></a>). If you want to use a + id="dx1-35098"></a>). If you want to use a different command you can redefine: - <!--l. 7357--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30133"></a> <span + <!--l. 7628--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35099"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">phrase cs</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7359--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 7630--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs}[1]{\xcapitalisefmtwords*{#1}} </div> - <!--l. 7363--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span + <!--l. 7634--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs </span>will be a control sequence whose replacement text is the entry’s description, which is why <span @@ -15284,88 +14869,103 @@ class="cmtt-10">\xcapitalisefmtwords </span>is needed instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\capitalisefmtwords</span>.) </p> </li></ul> - <!--l. 7370--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design + <!--l. 7641--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design limitations for both the first letter uppercasing and the title casing commands. See the <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-30134"></a> user manual for further details. + id="dx1-35100"></a> user manual for further details. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.glossdescfont"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">glossdescfont</span><a - id="dx1-30135"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35101"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a - id="dx1-30136"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the + id="dx1-35102"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the name of a control sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one argument. This control sequence will be applied to the description text. For example: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossdescfont}{emph} </div> - <!--l. 7383--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 7654--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.glossname"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">glossname</span><a - id="dx1-30137"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35103"></a> </dt><dd class="description">As <a href="#catattr.glossdesc"><span class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></a><a - id="dx1-30138"></a> but applies to <span + id="dx1-35104"></a> but applies to <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-30139"></a>. Additionally, if this + id="dx1-35105"></a>. Additionally, if this attribute is set to “uc” the name is converted to all capitals. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.indexname"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">indexname</span><a - id="dx1-30140"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35106"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If set, the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>hook used at the end of <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-30141"></a> + id="dx1-35107"></a> will index the entry using <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a - id="dx1-30142"></a>. See <a + id="dx1-35108"></a>. See <a href="#sec:autoindex"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>8 </a><a href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.glossnamefont"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">glossnamefont</span><a - id="dx1-30143"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35109"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-30144"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the + id="dx1-35110"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the name of a control sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one argument. This control sequence will be applied to the name text. For example: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossnamefont}{emph} </div> - <!--l. 7403--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span + <!--l. 7674--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>which will only be used if this attribute hasn’t been set. - </p><!--l. 7407--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change, + </p><!--l. 7678--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change, such as the list styles which put the name in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\item</span>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a + id="catattr.glosssymbolfont"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">glosssymbolfont</span><a + id="dx1-35111"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">(New to version 1.42.) This is similar to <a +href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span +class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a + id="dx1-35112"></a> and + <a +href="#catattr.glossdescfont"><span +class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span></a><a + id="dx1-35113"></a> but is used by <span +class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a + id="dx1-35114"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a id="catattr.textformat"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">textformat</span><a - id="dx1-30145"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35115"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(New to version 1.21.) Commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>have the link @@ -15380,51 +14980,51 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat </span>by default. If this <a id="catattr.hyperoutside"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">hyperoutside</span><a - id="dx1-30146"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35116"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(New to v1.21.) The attribute value may be <span class="cmtt-10">false</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">true </span>or unset. If unset, <span class="cmtt-10">true </span>is assumed. This indicates the default setting of the <span class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span><a - id="dx1-30147"></a> + id="dx1-35117"></a> key, described in <a href="#sec:wrglossary"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.1 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a href="#sec:wrglossary">Entry Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:wrglossary --></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.dualindex"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">dualindex</span><a - id="dx1-30148"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35118"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If set, whenever a glossary entry has information written to the external glossary file through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-30149"></a> and <span + id="dx1-35119"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a - id="dx1-30150"></a>, a corresponding line + id="dx1-35120"></a>, a corresponding line will be written to the indexing file using <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a - id="dx1-30151"></a>. See <a + id="dx1-35121"></a>. See <a href="#sec:autoindex"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>8 </a><a href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.targeturl"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">targeturl</span><a - id="dx1-30152"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35122"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If set, the hyperlink generated by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will be set to the URL provided by this attributes value. For example: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf} </div> - <!--l. 7437--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span + <!--l. 7712--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-external.tex</span>.) If the URL contains awkward characters (such as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">%</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -15432,79 +15032,79 @@ class="cmtt-10">~</span></span></span>) remember that the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package provides commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glspercentchar</span><a - id="dx1-30153"></a> and <span + id="dx1-35123"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar </span>that expand to literal characters. - </p><!--l. 7445--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding + </p><!--l. 7720--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding <span class="cmtt-10">#</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ to the URL), then you also need to set <a href="#catattr.targetname"><span class="cmss-10">targetname</span></a><a - id="dx1-30154"></a> to the anchor ⟨<span + id="dx1-35124"></a> to the anchor ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩. You may use <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ which is set by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to the entry’s label. - </p><!--l. 7451--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span + </p><!--l. 7726--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span> which sets the anchor to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix\glslabel</span></span></span>, so if you want entries to link to glossaries in the URL given by <a href="#catattr.targeturl"><span class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a - id="dx1-30155"></a>, you can just + id="dx1-35125"></a>, you can just do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel} </div> - <!--l. 7458--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span + <!--l. 7733--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>then you will need to adjust the above as appropriate.) - </p><!--l. 7462--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form ⟨<span + </p><!--l. 7737--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name2</span>⟩ then use <a href="#catattr.targetname"><span class="cmss-10">targetname</span></a><a - id="dx1-30156"></a> for the ⟨<span + id="dx1-35126"></a> for the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name2</span>⟩ part and <a href="#catattr.targetcategory"><span class="cmss-10">targetcategory</span></a><a - id="dx1-30157"></a> for the ⟨<span + id="dx1-35127"></a> for the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩ part. - </p><!--l. 7466--><p class="noindent" >For example: + </p><!--l. 7741--><p class="noindent" >For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}  <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetcategory}{page}  <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{7} </div> - <!--l. 7471--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span + <!--l. 7746--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span class="cmtt-10">general </span>entries to link to <span class="cmtt-10">master-doc.pdf#page.7</span> (page 7 of that PDF). - </p><!--l. 7475--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal + </p><!--l. 7750--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal glossary and entries that link to an external URL then you can use the starred form of <span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a - id="dx1-30158"></a> for the external list. For + id="dx1-35128"></a> for the external list. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181"> \newignoredglossary*{external}  <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{external}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}  <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel} @@ -15514,165 +15114,319 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a  <br />  category=external,  <br />  description={external example}} </div> - <!--l. 7491--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 7766--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.externallocation"></a><span class="cmssbx-10">externallocation</span><a - id="dx1-30159"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-35129"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The value should be the file name of the target document when manually indexing an external location (see <a href="#sec:wrglossary"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.1 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a href="#sec:wrglossary">Entry Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:wrglossary --></a>). In general, it’s better to use <a - id="dx1-30160"></a><a + id="dx1-35130"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v1.7+ which can handle multiple external sources and doesn’t require this attribute. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 7501--><p class="indent" > An attribute can be set using: -</p><!--l. 7502--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glssetcategoryattribute</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30161"></a> <span +<!--l. 7776--><p class="indent" > If a term is defined using <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a + id="dx1-35131"></a> and accessibility support has been +supplied via the <a +href="#styopt.accsupp"><span +class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a + id="dx1-35132"></a> package option then the following attributes are also +available. If <span +class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a + id="dx1-35133"></a> isn’t set its value will be obtained from: +</p><!--l. 7780--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35134"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaultshortaccess{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7782--><p class="noindent" > +This is defined by <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a + id="dx1-35135"></a> to just do ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ but <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-35136"></a> redefines it to +do ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span +class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The <a +href="#catattr.accessinsertdots"><span +class="cmss-10">accessinsertdots</span></a><a + id="dx1-35137"></a>, <a +href="#catattr.accessaposplural"><span +class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span></a><a + id="dx1-35138"></a> and <a +href="#catattr.accessnoshortplural"><span +class="cmss-10">accessnoshortplural</span></a><a + id="dx1-35139"></a> +attributes below refer to the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ form that’s passed to this command. +</p><!--l. 7790--><p class="indent" > The following attributes are only applicable to entries defined using +<span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>). They have no +effect if the <a +href="#styopt.accsupp"><span +class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a + id="dx1-35140"></a> package option hasn’t been used. + </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<a + id="catattr.accessinsertdots"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">accessinsertdots</span><a + id="dx1-35141"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” and the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a + id="dx1-35142"></a> + package has been loaded (with the <a +href="#styopt.accsupp"><span +class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a + id="dx1-35143"></a> option), then this behaves + like <a +href="#catattr.insertdots"><span +class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a + id="dx1-35144"></a> but for the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ part used in the <span +class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a + id="dx1-35145"></a> field instead + of the <span +class="cmss-10">short</span><a + id="dx1-35146"></a> field. This setting will be overridden by an explicit use of + the <span +class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a + id="dx1-35147"></a> key in the optional argument of <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or + <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="catattr.accessaposplural"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">accessaposplural</span><a + id="dx1-35148"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This boolean attribute overrides <a +href="#catattr.aposplural"><span +class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a + id="dx1-35149"></a> for + + + + the <span +class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a + id="dx1-35150"></a> key. Has no effect if there’s no accessibility support + or if the <span +class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a + id="dx1-35151"></a> key hasn’t been set or if the <span +class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a + id="dx1-35152"></a> key + is explicitly set. If the <a +href="#catattr.aposplural"><span +class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a + id="dx1-35153"></a> is set and this attribute isn’t set and + the <span +class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a + id="dx1-35154"></a> key is set, then the <a +href="#catattr.aposplural"><span +class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a + id="dx1-35155"></a> setting governs the default + <span +class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a + id="dx1-35156"></a> setting. If you want <a +href="#catattr.aposplural"><span +class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a + id="dx1-35157"></a> but don’t want it applied to + the accessibility support, set the <a +href="#catattr.accessaposplural"><span +class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span></a><a + id="dx1-35158"></a> attribute to “false”. This + attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or + <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="catattr.accessnoshortplural"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">accessnoshortplural</span><a + id="dx1-35159"></a> </dt><dd +class="description"> + This boolean attribute overrides <a +href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span +class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a + id="dx1-35160"></a> for the <span +class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a + id="dx1-35161"></a> key. + The same conditions apply as for <a +href="#catattr.accessaposplural"><span +class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span></a><a + id="dx1-35162"></a>. This attribute is only + applicable to entries defined using <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if + it’s using <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="catattr.nameshortaccess"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">nameshortaccess</span><a + id="dx1-35163"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, the <span +class="cmss-10">access</span><a + id="dx1-35164"></a> field (used for + the <span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-35165"></a> field’s accessibility support) automatically assigned if it’s not + provided. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="catattr.textshortaccess"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">textshortaccess</span><a + id="dx1-35166"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <span +class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span><a + id="dx1-35167"></a> but applies to the <span +class="cmss-10">textaccess</span><a + id="dx1-35168"></a> field + automatically assigned if it’s not provided. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a + id="catattr.firstshortaccess"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">firstshortaccess</span><a + id="dx1-35169"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Like <span +class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span><a + id="dx1-35170"></a> but applies to the <span +class="cmss-10">firstaccess</span><a + id="dx1-35171"></a> field + automatically assigned if it’s not provided. + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 7840--><p class="indent" > An attribute can be set using: +</p><!--l. 7841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35172"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7504--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7843--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ is the category label, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ is the attribute label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the new value for the attribute. -</p><!--l. 7509--><p class="indent" > There is a shortcut version to set the <a +</p><!--l. 7848--><p class="indent" > There is a shortcut version to set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-30162"></a> attribute to “true”: -</p><!--l. 7511--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glssetregularcategory</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30163"></a> <span + id="dx1-35173"></a> attribute to “true”: +</p><!--l. 7850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35174"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetregularcategory{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7513--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7515--><p class="indent" > If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7852--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7854--><p class="indent" > If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the shortcut command: -</p><!--l. 7517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glssetattribute</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30164"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35175"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetattribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7519--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7858--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute </span>with <span class="cmtt-10">\glscategory </span>to set the attribute. Note that this will affect all other entries that share this entry’s category. -</p><!--l. 7524--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using: -</p><!--l. 7526--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsgetcategoryattribute</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30165"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsgetcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7863--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using: -</p><!--l. 7528--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7865--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35176"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsgetcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7867--><p class="noindent" > Again there is a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label for a given entry: -</p><!--l. 7531--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsgetattribute</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30166"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7870--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35177"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetattribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7533--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7535--><p class="indent" > You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using: -</p><!--l. 7537--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glshascategoryattribute</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30167"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7872--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7874--><p class="indent" > You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using: +</p><!--l. 7876--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35178"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glshascategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">true code</span>⟩<span +class="cmitt-10">true</span> +<span +class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7540--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7879--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-30168"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-35179"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\ifcsvoid </span>and does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true code</span>⟩ if the attribute has been set and isn’t blank and isn’t <span class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. The shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from an entry is: -</p><!--l. 7545--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glshasattribute</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30169"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35180"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glshasattribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">true</span> +class="cmitt-10">true code</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">false</span> <span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">false code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7548--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7550--><p class="indent" > You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using: -</p><!--l. 7552--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsifcategoryattribute</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30170"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7887--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7889--><p class="indent" > You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using: +</p><!--l. 7891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35181"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} {</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +<span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7554--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7893--><p class="noindent" > This tests if the attribute (given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩) for the category (given by ⟨<span @@ -15682,128 +15436,114 @@ class="cmti-10">true-part</span>⟩ is done. If the attribute isn’t set or is set but isn’t equal to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩ is done. -</p><!--l. 7561--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 7900--><p class="indent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182"> \glsifcategoryattribute{general}{nohyper}{true}{NO HYPER}{HYPER} </div> -<!--l. 7564--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span +<!--l. 7903--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a - id="dx1-30171"></a> category has the <a + id="dx1-35182"></a> category has the <a href="#catattr.nohyper"><span class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a - id="dx1-30172"></a> attribute set to + id="dx1-35183"></a> attribute set to <span class="cmtt-10">true </span>otherwise if does “HYPER”. -</p><!--l. 7569--><p class="indent" > With boolean-style attributes like <a +</p><!--l. 7908--><p class="indent" > With boolean-style attributes like <a href="#catattr.nohyper"><span class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a - id="dx1-30173"></a>, make sure you always test for <span + id="dx1-35184"></a>, make sure you always test for <span class="cmtt-10">true</span> not <span class="cmtt-10">false </span>in case the attribute hasn’t been set. -</p><!--l. 7572--><p class="indent" > Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular +</p><!--l. 7911--><p class="indent" > Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular entry: -</p><!--l. 7574--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsifattribute</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30174"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7913--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35185"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifattribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> <span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} {</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7576--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7578--><p class="indent" > There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a +</p><!--l. 7915--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7917--><p class="indent" > There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-30175"></a> + id="dx1-35186"></a> attribute set to “true”: -</p><!--l. 7580--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsifregularcategory</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30176"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35187"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifregularcategory{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7582--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7921--><p class="noindent" > Alternatively, if you need to lookup the category for a particular entry: -</p><!--l. 7585--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsifregular</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30177"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7924--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35188"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifregular{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7587--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7926--><p class="noindent" > Note that if the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-30178"></a> attribute hasn’t be set, the above do ⟨<span + id="dx1-35189"></a> attribute hasn’t be set, the above do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false-part</span>⟩. There are also reverse commands that test if the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-30179"></a> attribute has been set to + id="dx1-35190"></a> attribute has been set to “false”: -</p><!--l. 7591--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsifnotregularcategory</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30180"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7930--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35191"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregularcategory{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7593--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7932--><p class="noindent" > or for a particular entry: -</p><!--l. 7595--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsifnotregular</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30181"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7934--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35192"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregular{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7597--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7936--><p class="noindent" > Again, if the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-30182"></a> attribute hasn’t been set, the above do ⟨<span + id="dx1-35193"></a> attribute hasn’t been set, the above do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false-part</span>⟩, so these reverse commands aren’t logically opposite in the strict sense. -</p><!--l. 7602--><p class="indent" > You can iterate through all entries with a given category using: -</p><!--l. 7604--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 7941--><p class="indent" > You can iterate through all entries with a given category using: +</p><!--l. 7943--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachincategory[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15817,7 +15557,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label-cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7605--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7944--><p class="noindent" > This iterates through all entries in the glossaries identified by the comma-separated list ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ that have the category given by ⟨<span @@ -15830,22 +15570,20 @@ class="cmti-10">label-cs</span>⟩ (which much be control sequences) to access the current glossary and entry label. If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ is omitted, all glossaries are assumed. +</p><!--l. 7954--><p class="indent" > Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given +attribute using: -</p><!--l. 7615--><p class="indent" > Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given -attribute using: -</p><!--l. 7617--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsforeachwithattribute</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30183"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7956--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35194"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachwithattribute[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]</span> +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> <span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} {</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">attribute-value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary-cs</span>⟩<span @@ -15853,66 +15591,59 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label-cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7619--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7958--><p class="noindent" > This will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩ for each entry that has a category with the attribute ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ set to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-value</span>⟩. The remaining arguments are as the previous command. -</p><!--l. 7624--><p class="indent" > You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary +</p><!--l. 7963--><p class="indent" > You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary field changing commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfielddef</span><a - id="dx1-30184"></a>. Alternatively, you can + id="dx1-35195"></a>. Alternatively, you can use -</p><!--l. 7627--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetcategory</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30185"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35196"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategory{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-labels</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7629--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7968--><p class="noindent" > This will change the category to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ for each entry listed in the comma-separated list ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-labels</span>⟩. This command uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldxdef</span><a - id="dx1-30186"></a> so it will + id="dx1-35197"></a> so it will expand ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ and make the change global. -</p><!--l. 7635--><p class="indent" > You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries +</p><!--l. 7974--><p class="indent" > You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries using: -</p><!--l. 7637--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-30187"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 7976--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-35198"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7639--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7978--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of glossary labels. </p> -<!--l. 7643--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 7643--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a +<!--l. 7982--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 7982--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a id="sec:countref"></a>Counting References</h2> -</p><!--l. 7646--><p class="indent" > There are three basic ways of counting entry references: +</p><!--l. 7985--><p class="indent" > There are three basic ways of counting entry references: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-31002x1">Counting the total number of times <span + class="enumerate" id="x1-36002x1">Counting the total number of times <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is used (<span class="cmtt-10">\glsreset </span>resets the count and is best avoided). This is provided by the base <span @@ -15923,17 +15654,17 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file so that it’s available on the next <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run. - <!--l. 7656--><p class="noindent" >This method is extended by <span + <!--l. 7995--><p class="noindent" >This method is extended by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and is described in <a href="#sec:entrycount"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>7.1 </a><a href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>. </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-31004x2">Counting the total number of records. This method is only available with + class="enumerate" id="x1-36004x2">Counting the total number of records. This method is only available with <a - id="dx1-31005"></a><a + id="dx1-36005"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> and is intended for documents where the term should be displayed differently if it’s only been recorded (indexed) a certain number of times. @@ -15943,7 +15674,7 @@ class="cmsy-10">§</span>9.5 </a><a href="#sec:recordcount">Record Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:recordcount --></a> for further details. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-31007x3">Counting the number of times the <span + class="enumerate" id="x1-36007x3">Counting the number of times the <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like or <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands are used. (That is, those commands that internally use @@ -15958,52 +15689,52 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span>. See <a href="#sec:linkcount"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.2 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>7.2 </a><a href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a> for further details.</li></ol> -<!--l. 7675--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1 </span> <a +<!--l. 8014--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.1 </span> <a id="sec:entrycount"></a>Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</h3> -<!--l. 7678--><p class="noindent" >As mentioned in <a +<!--l. 8017--><p class="noindent" >As mentioned in <a href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 </a><a href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>modifies the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a - id="dx1-32001"></a> command to allow for the <a + id="dx1-37001"></a> command to allow for the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-32002"></a> attribute. This means + id="dx1-37002"></a> attribute. This means that you not only need to enable entry counting with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a - id="dx1-32003"></a>, but + id="dx1-37003"></a>, but you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see <a href="#sec:categories"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). -</p><!--l. 7685--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used +</p><!--l. 8024--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used by commands that change the <a - id="dx1-32004"></a><a + id="dx1-37004"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. (That is, all those commands that mark the entry as having been used.) There are many commands that don’t modify this flag and they won’t contribute to the entry use count. </div> -</p><!--l. 7691--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7693--><p class="indent" > With <span +</p><!--l. 8030--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8032--><p class="indent" > With <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, you may use <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a - id="dx1-32005"></a> instead of <span + id="dx1-37005"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-32006"></a> even if you haven’t enabled + id="dx1-37006"></a> even if you haven’t enabled entry counting. You will only get a warning if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span> without setting the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-32007"></a> attribute. (With <span + id="dx1-37007"></a> attribute. (With <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a - id="dx1-32008"></a> + id="dx1-37008"></a> will generate a warning if <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span>hasn’t been used.) The @@ -16011,40 +15742,38 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span>hasn’t been used.) The abbreviation shortcut <span class="cmtt-10">\ab</span><a - id="dx1-32009"></a> uses <span + id="dx1-37009"></a> uses <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>(see <a href="#sec:abbrshortcuts"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.3 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 </a><a href="#sec:abbrshortcuts">Shortcut Commands<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrshortcuts --></a>). The acronym shortcut <span class="cmtt-10">\ac</span><a - id="dx1-32010"></a> uses <span + id="dx1-37010"></a> uses <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>if it’s been defined with <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a - id="dx1-32011"></a> (or + id="dx1-37011"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=all</span><a - id="dx1-32012"></a>) but uses <span + id="dx1-37012"></a>) but uses <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>if it’s been defined with <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=acronyms</span><a - id="dx1-32013"></a> (or + id="dx1-37013"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=acro</span><a - id="dx1-32014"></a>). -</p><!--l. 7706--><p class="indent" > All upper case versions (not provided by <span + id="dx1-37014"></a>). +</p><!--l. 8045--><p class="indent" > All upper case versions (not provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) are also available: -</p><!--l. 7708--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\cGLS</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-32015"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-37015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\cGLS[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16052,12 +15781,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7710--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8049--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 7712--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\cGLSpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-32016"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8051--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-37016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\cGLSpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16065,42 +15792,38 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7714--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8053--><p class="noindent" > These are analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\cglspl </span>but they use -</p><!--l. 7717--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\cGLSformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-32017"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8056--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-37017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\cGLSformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7719--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8058--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 7721--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\cGLSplformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-32018"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8060--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-37018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\cGLSplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7723--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8062--><p class="noindent" > which convert the analogous <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsplformat </span>to upper case. -</p><!--l. 7727--><p class="indent" > Just using <span +</p><!--l. 8066--><p class="indent" > Just using <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\makeglossaries @@ -16113,17 +15836,17 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>:  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 7749--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7751--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <span +<!--l. 8088--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8090--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>you must set the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-32019"></a> attribute: + id="dx1-37019"></a> attribute: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}  <br />\makeglossaries @@ -16137,31 +15860,27 @@ class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 7776--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7778--><p class="indent" > When activated with <span +<!--l. 8115--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8117--><p class="indent" > When activated with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a - id="dx1-32020"></a> now + id="dx1-37020"></a> now use -</p><!--l. 7780--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-32021"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8119--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-37021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">trigger code</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">normal code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7783--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8122--><p class="noindent" > to determine if the entry trips the entry count trigger. The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ uses commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>and unsets the <a - id="dx1-32022"></a><a + id="dx1-37022"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">normal code</span>⟩ is the code that would ordinarily be performed by whatever the equivalent command is (for @@ -16172,12 +15891,12 @@ class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ but the usual <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>behaviour in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">normal code</span>⟩). -</p><!--l. 7792--><p class="indent" > The default definition is: +</p><!--l. 8131--><p class="indent" > The default definition is: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrifcounttrigger}[3]{%  <br /> \glshasattribute{#1}{entrycount}%  <br /> {% @@ -16190,57 +15909,53 @@ class="cmti-10">normal code</span>⟩).  <br /> {#3}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7805--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a +<!--l. 8144--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-32023"></a> + id="dx1-37023"></a> attribute then the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ will be used if the previous count value (the number of times the entry was used on the last run) is greater than the value of the attribute. -</p><!--l. 7812--><p class="indent" > For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than +</p><!--l. 8151--><p class="indent" > For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than four: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186"> \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{4} </div> -<!--l. 7816--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7818--><p class="indent" > There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the +<!--l. 8155--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8157--><p class="indent" > There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-32024"></a> attribute and redefine <span + id="dx1-37024"></a> attribute and redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-32025"></a>, etc to use <span + id="dx1-37025"></a>, etc to use <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a - id="dx1-32026"></a> etc: -</p><!--l. 7821--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-32027"></a> <span + id="dx1-37026"></a> etc: +</p><!--l. 8160--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-37027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7823--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8162--><p class="noindent" > The first argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of categories. For each category, the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-32028"></a> attribute is set to ⟨<span + id="dx1-37028"></a> attribute is set to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩. In addition, this does: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187"> \renewcommand*{\gls}{\cgls}%  <br />\renewcommand*{\Gls}{\cGls}%  <br />\renewcommand*{\glspl}{\cglspl}% @@ -16248,19 +15963,19 @@ class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩. In addition, this does:  <br />\renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%  <br />\renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}% </div> -<!--l. 7834--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents. -</p><!--l. 7838--><p class="indent" > If you use <span +<!--l. 8173--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents. +</p><!--l. 8177--><p class="indent" > If you use <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting </span>more than once, subsequent uses will just set the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-32029"></a> attribute for each listed category. -</p><!--l. 7842--><p class="indent" > The above example document can then become: + id="dx1-37029"></a> attribute for each listed category. +</p><!--l. 8181--><p class="indent" > The above example document can then become: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}  <br />\makeglossaries @@ -16273,45 +15988,42 @@ class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 7864--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7866--><p class="indent" > The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times +<!--l. 8203--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8205--><p class="indent" > The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times an entry has been marked as used throughout the document. (The reset commands will reset the total back to zero.) If you prefer to count per sectional-unit, you can use -</p><!--l. 7871--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-32030"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +</p><!--l. 8210--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-37030"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter-name</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7873--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8212--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of categories to which this feature should be applied, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the trigger value and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ is the name of the counter used by the sectional unit. -</p><!--l. 7879--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span +</p><!--l. 8218--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s output routine, discrepancies will occur in page spanning paragraphs if you use the <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a - id="dx1-32031"></a> counter. </div> -</p><!--l. 7883--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7885--><p class="indent" > Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit + id="dx1-37031"></a> counter. </div> +</p><!--l. 8222--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8224--><p class="indent" > Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit counting in the same document. -</p><!--l. 7888--><p class="indent" > The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span +</p><!--l. 8227--><p class="indent" > The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ needs to be expandable. Since <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-32032"></a> also has a similar requirement and provides + id="dx1-37032"></a> also has a similar requirement and provides <span class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ as an expandable alternative, <span @@ -16321,69 +16033,61 @@ class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ if it exists otherwise it will use <span class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7895--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a +</p><!--l. 8234--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a - id="dx1-32033"></a> (as before) and + id="dx1-37033"></a> (as before) and <a href="#catattr.unitcount"><span class="cmss-10">unitcount</span></a><a - id="dx1-32034"></a> (the name of the counter). -</p><!--l. 7898--><p class="indent" > Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting + id="dx1-37034"></a> (the name of the counter). +</p><!--l. 8237--><p class="indent" > Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting mechanism provide a command that can be used to access the current count value for this run: -</p><!--l. 7901--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsentrycurrcount</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-32035"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-37035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7903--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8242--><p class="noindent" > and the final value from the previous run: -</p><!--l. 7905--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevcount</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-32036"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8244--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-37036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7907--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8246--><p class="noindent" > In the case of the per-unit counting, this is the final value <span class="cmti-10">for the current unit</span>. In both commands ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. -</p><!--l. 7912--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides: -</p><!--l. 7913--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevtotalcount</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-32037"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8251--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides: +</p><!--l. 8252--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-37037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevtotalcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7915--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8254--><p class="noindent" > which gives the sum of all the per-unit totals from the previous run for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, and -</p><!--l. 7918--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevmaxcount</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-32038"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-37038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevmaxcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7920--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8259--><p class="noindent" > which gives the maximum per-unit total from the previous run. -</p><!--l. 7923--><p class="indent" > The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting. -</p><!--l. 7925--><p class="indent" > Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter: +</p><!--l. 8262--><p class="indent" > The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting. +</p><!--l. 8264--><p class="indent" > Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189"> \documentclass{report}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}  <br />\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{abbreviation}{2}{chapter} @@ -16402,11 +16106,11 @@ which gives the maximum per-unit total from the previous run.  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 7956--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span +<!--l. 8295--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span class="cmtt-10">css </span>entry is used three times in the first chapter. This is more than the trigger value of 2, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> is expanded on <a - id="dx1-32039"></a><a + id="dx1-37039"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with the short form used on subsequent use, and the <span class="cmtt-10">css </span>entries in that @@ -16416,40 +16120,38 @@ only used once, which trips the suppression trigger, so in that chapter, the long form is used and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> doesn’t get a line added to the glossary file. -</p><!--l. 7967--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 8306--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>is used a total of three times, but the expansion and indexing suppression trigger is tripped in both chapters because the per-unit total (1 for the first chapter and 2 for the second chapter) is less than or equal to the trigger value. -</p><!--l. 7973--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 8312--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">sample </span>entry has only been used once, but it doesn’t trip the indexing suppression because it’s in the <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a - id="dx1-32040"></a> category, which hasn’t been listed in + id="dx1-37040"></a> category, which hasn’t been listed in <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span>. -</p><!--l. 7978--><p class="indent" > The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following +</p><!--l. 8317--><p class="indent" > The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following example document the trigger value is set to zero, which means the index suppression won’t be triggered, but the unit entry count is used to automatically suppress the hyperlink for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-32041"></a> by modifying the hook -</p><!--l. 7984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-32042"></a> <span + id="dx1-37041"></a> by modifying the hook +</p><!--l. 8323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-37042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7986--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8325--><p class="noindent" > which is used at the end of the macro the determines whether or not to suppress the hyperlink. </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra} @@ -16470,22 +16172,22 @@ hyperlink.  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 8021--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 8360--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> on each page. -</p><!--l. 8025--><p class="indent" > The earlier warning about using the <span +</p><!--l. 8364--><p class="indent" > The earlier warning about using the <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a - id="dx1-32043"></a> counter still applies. If the + id="dx1-37043"></a> counter still applies. If the first instance of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>occurs at the top of the page within a paragraph that started on the previous page, then the count will continue from the previous page. -</p><!--l. 8030--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8369--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8030--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2 </span> <a +<!--l. 8369--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.2 </span> <a id="sec:linkcount"></a>Link Counting</h3> -<!--l. 8033--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.26, an alternative method of entry counting is to count the number +<!--l. 8372--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.26, an alternative method of entry counting is to count the number @@ -16499,21 +16201,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>although <span class="cmtt-10">\@gls@link </span>may use <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>when displaying the <a - id="dx1-33001"></a><a + id="dx1-38001"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>.) -</p><!--l. 8040--><p class="indent" > To enable link counting use the preamble-only command: -</p><!--l. 8041--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-33002"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8379--><p class="indent" > To enable link counting use the preamble-only command: +</p><!--l. 8380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-38002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">master counter</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8043--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8382--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a list of category labels. The optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">master</span> @@ -16523,24 +16221,22 @@ present, the associated link counter will be reset when the master counter is incremented. This command automatically sets the <a href="#catattr.linkcount"><span class="cmss-10">linkcount</span></a><a - id="dx1-33003"></a> attribute for the given + id="dx1-38003"></a> attribute for the given categories. If the optional argument is present, it also sets the <a href="#catattr.linkcountmaster"><span class="cmss-10">linkcountmaster</span></a><a - id="dx1-33004"></a> + id="dx1-38004"></a> attribute. -</p><!--l. 8052--><p class="indent" > When enabled, commands like <span +</p><!--l. 8391--><p class="indent" > When enabled, commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>increment the associated counter using -</p><!--l. 8054--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinclinkcounter</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-33005"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8393--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-38005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinclinkcounter{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8056--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8395--><p class="noindent" > This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\stepcounter{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span @@ -16551,64 +16247,55 @@ class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>instead, just redefine this command: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinclinkcounter}[1]{\refstepcounter{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 8062--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8064--><p class="indent" > You can access the internal count register using -</p><!--l. 8065--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-33006"></a> <span +<!--l. 8401--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8403--><p class="indent" > You can access the internal count register using +</p><!--l. 8404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-38006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8067--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8406--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This will expand to 0 if the counter hasn’t been defined. -</p><!--l. 8071--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to access the display value (<span +</p><!--l. 8410--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to access the display value (<span class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩) using -</p><!--l. 8073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-33007"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8412--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-38007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8075--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8414--><p class="noindent" > (This will expand to 0 if the counter hasn’t been defined.) -</p><!--l. 8078--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to conserve resources, the counter is only defined when it first +</p><!--l. 8417--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to conserve resources, the counter is only defined when it first needs to be incremented so terms that have been defined but haven’t been used in the document won’t have the associated count register allocated. </div> -</p><!--l. 8083--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8085--><p class="indent" > You can test if the counter has been defined using: -</p><!--l. 8086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-33008"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8422--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8424--><p class="indent" > You can test if the counter has been defined using: +</p><!--l. 8425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-38008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8088--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8427--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. -</p><!--l. 8091--><p class="indent" > The counter name can be obtained using -</p><!--l. 8092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLinkCounterName</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-33009"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8430--><p class="indent" > The counter name can be obtained using +</p><!--l. 8431--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-38009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8094--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8433--><p class="noindent" > This simply expands to the counter name associated with the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ without any check for existence. For example, to change the display command @@ -16616,15 +16303,15 @@ without any check for existence. For example, to change the display command class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩) using <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-33010"></a>: + id="dx1-38010"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192"> \csdef{the\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{duck}}{\Roman{\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{duck}}} </div> -<!--l. 8101--><p class="nopar" > This is useful if you just want to change the display for specific entries but isn’t +<!--l. 8440--><p class="nopar" > This is useful if you just want to change the display for specific entries but isn’t convenient if you want to change the display for all entries. Instead, it’s simpler to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter</span>. For example: @@ -16632,19 +16319,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter</span>. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193"> \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter}[1]{%  <br /> \GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef{#1}%  <br /> {\Roman{\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{#1}}}%  <br /> {0}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 8112--><p class="nopar" > In both cases, the redefinition should be implemented after <span +<!--l. 8451--><p class="nopar" > In both cases, the redefinition should be implemented after <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span>. -</p><!--l. 8116--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example document that uses link counting to disable the hyperlink after +</p><!--l. 8455--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example document that uses link counting to disable the hyperlink after the first reference. This redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a - id="dx1-33011"></a> (which is used by both <span + id="dx1-38011"></a> (which is used by both <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>) instead of <span @@ -16656,7 +16343,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>). </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra} @@ -16679,32 +16366,32 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>).  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 8158--><p class="nopar" > The use of <span +<!--l. 8497--><p class="nopar" > The use of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a - id="dx1-33012"></a> means that the options can override this. For + id="dx1-38012"></a> means that the options can override this. For example </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195"> \gls[hyper=true]{sample1} </div> -<!--l. 8163--><p class="nopar" > will override the <span +<!--l. 8502--><p class="nopar" > will override the <span class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>setting in <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a - id="dx1-33013"></a>. If <span + id="dx1-38013"></a>. If <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a - id="dx1-33014"></a> + id="dx1-38014"></a> is used instead, the <span class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>setting will override the setting provided in the optional argument. -</p><!--l. 8169--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 8508--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a - id="dx1-33015"></a> category doesn’t have the <a + id="dx1-38015"></a> category doesn’t have the <a href="#catattr.linkcount"><span class="cmss-10">linkcount</span></a><a - id="dx1-33016"></a> attribute set (since it’s not + id="dx1-38016"></a> attribute set (since it’s not listed in the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span>). This means that <span @@ -16715,160 +16402,152 @@ inequality test </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196"> \ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}>1 </div> -<!--l. 8177--><p class="nopar" > will always be false. This means that the abbreviation won’t have <span +<!--l. 8516--><p class="nopar" > will always be false. This means that the abbreviation won’t have <span class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span> applied. If the test is changed to </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197"> \ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}=1  <br />\else  <br /> \setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%  <br />\fi </div> -<!--l. 8185--><p class="nopar" > Then the abbreviation will always have <span +<!--l. 8524--><p class="nopar" > Then the abbreviation will always have <span class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>applied. -</p><!--l. 8189--><p class="indent" > To reset the counter every section use the optional argument to set the master +</p><!--l. 8528--><p class="indent" > To reset the counter every section use the optional argument to set the master counter: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198"> \GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting[section]{general} </div> -<!--l. 8193--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 8532--><p class="nopar" > </p> -<!--l. 8195--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 8195--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a +<!--l. 8534--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 8534--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a id="sec:autoindex"></a>Auto-Indexing</h2> -</p><!--l. 8198--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary, +</p><!--l. 8537--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary, and you may want entries to automatically be added to the index (as in this document). There are two attributes that govern this: <a href="#catattr.indexname"><span class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a - id="dx1-34001"></a> and + id="dx1-39001"></a> and <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-34002"></a>. -</p><!--l. 8204--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The auto-indexing is designed for <a - id="dx1-34003"></a><a + id="dx1-39002"></a>. +</p><!--l. 8543--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The auto-indexing is designed for <a + id="dx1-39003"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> syntax. If you’ve used the <a href="#styopt.xindy"><span class="cmss-10">xindy</span></a><a - id="dx1-34004"></a> + id="dx1-39004"></a> package option, the automatic escaping of <a - id="dx1-34005"></a><a + id="dx1-39005"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> special characters in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-34006"></a> field + id="dx1-39006"></a> field may result in an incorrect sort value for the <span class="cmtt-10">\index </span>command used by the auto-indexing. Note also that <span class="cmtt-10">texindy</span><a - id="dx1-34007"></a> has a fixed set of special characters + id="dx1-39007"></a> has a fixed set of special characters (corresponding to <a - id="dx1-34008"></a><span + id="dx1-39008"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>’s defaults) that can’t be customized. You may want to consider using <a - id="dx1-34009"></a><a + id="dx1-39009"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> and its dual entries as an alternative approach. </div> -</p><!--l. 8213--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8216--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 8552--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8555--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><a - id="dx1-34010"></a> macro, used at the end of <span + id="dx1-39010"></a> macro, used at the end of <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-34011"></a> and + id="dx1-39011"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-34012"></a>, checks the <a + id="dx1-39012"></a>, checks the <a href="#catattr.indexname"><span class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a - id="dx1-34013"></a> attribute for the category associated with + id="dx1-39013"></a> attribute for the category associated with that entry. Since <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>is used in the default glossary styles, this makes a convenient way of automatically indexing each entry name at its location in the glossary without fiddling around with the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-34014"></a> + id="dx1-39014"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 8226--><p class="indent" > The internal macro used by the <span +</p><!--l. 8565--><p class="indent" > The internal macro used by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to write the information to the external glossary file is modified to check for the <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-34015"></a> attribute. -</p><!--l. 8230--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the indexing is done through -</p><!--l. 8231--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-34016"></a> <span + id="dx1-39015"></a> attribute. +</p><!--l. 8569--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the indexing is done through +</p><!--l. 8570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-39016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8233--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8572--><p class="noindent" > This uses the standard <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a - id="dx1-34017"></a> command with the sort value taken from the entry’s + id="dx1-39017"></a> command with the sort value taken from the entry’s <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-34018"></a> key and the actual value set to <span + id="dx1-39018"></a> key and the actual value set to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. As from v1.16, there are user-level commands available to change the sort and actual value used by the automated index. -</p><!--l. 8240--><p class="indent" > The actual value is given by -</p><!--l. 8241--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindexentry</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-34019"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8579--><p class="indent" > The actual value is given by +</p><!--l. 8580--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-39019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8243--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8582--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. The default definition is: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryname{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 8248--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span +<!--l. 8587--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span class="cmtt-10">\string </span>to prevent <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>from being expanded as it’s written to the index file. -</p><!--l. 8252--><p class="indent" > The sort value is assigned using: -</p><!--l. 8253--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindexassignsort</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-34020"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8591--><p class="indent" > The sort value is assigned using: +</p><!--l. 8592--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-39020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexassignsort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8255--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8594--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is the command which needs to be set to the @@ -16877,458 +16556,212 @@ sort value. The default definition is: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexassignsort}[2]{%  <br />  \glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 8262--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, ⟨<span +<!--l. 8601--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is then processed to escape any of <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-34021"></a>’s special + id="dx1-39021"></a>’s special characters. Note that this escaping is only performed on the sort not on the actual value. The escaping of the sort value is performed by -</p><!--l. 8267--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindexesc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-34022"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8606--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-39022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexesc </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8269--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8608--><p class="noindent" > You can redefine this to do nothing if you want to omit the escaping. You may want to consider providing another field to obtain the appropriate sort value if the one provided in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-34023"></a> field isn’t suitable (because it may already have had special + id="dx1-39023"></a> field isn’t suitable (because it may already have had special characters escaped or it may be a numeric value in the case of sort by use or definition). -</p><!--l. 8277--><p class="indent" > The command used to perform the actual indexing is: -</p><!--l. 8278--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindex</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-34024"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8616--><p class="indent" > The command used to perform the actual indexing is: +</p><!--l. 8617--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-39024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindex{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8280--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8619--><p class="noindent" > This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default. -</p><!--l. 8283--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span +</p><!--l. 8622--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a - id="dx1-34025"></a> field isn’t referenced in this automated indexing. + id="dx1-39025"></a> field isn’t referenced in this automated indexing. </div> -</p><!--l. 8286--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8288--><p class="indent" > For example, to index the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 8625--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8627--><p class="indent" > For example, to index the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-34026"></a> key, instead of the <span + id="dx1-39026"></a> key, instead of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-34027"></a> key: + id="dx1-39027"></a> key: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryfirst{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 8292--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span +<!--l. 8631--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-34028"></a> field, if present, otherwise the + id="dx1-39028"></a> field, if present, otherwise the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-34029"></a> field: + id="dx1-39029"></a> field: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexassignsort}[2]{%  <br />  \ifglshaslong{#2}%  <br />  {\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{long}}%  <br />  {\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 8301--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8303--><p class="indent" > If the value of the attribute given by ⟨<span +<!--l. 8640--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8642--><p class="indent" > If the value of the attribute given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ is “true”, no encap will be added, otherwise the encap will be the attribute value. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{indexname}{textbf} </div> -<!--l. 8309--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span +<!--l. 8648--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span class="cmtt-10">textbf </span>which will display the relevant page number in bold whereas </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{dualindex}{true} </div> -<!--l. 8314--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index. -</p><!--l. 8317--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter +<!--l. 8653--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index. +</p><!--l. 8656--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter used in the glossary. (Unless some other loaded package has modified the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\index </span>to use some thing else.) </div> -</p><!--l. 8322--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8324--><p class="indent" > By default the <span +</p><!--l. 8661--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8663--><p class="indent" > By default the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-34030"></a> key won’t be used with the <a + id="dx1-39030"></a> key won’t be used with the <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-34031"></a> attribute. You can + id="dx1-39031"></a> attribute. You can allow the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-34032"></a> key to override the attribute value by using the preamble-only + id="dx1-39032"></a> key to override the attribute value by using the preamble-only command: -</p><!--l. 8328--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-34033"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8330--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8667--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-39033"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8669--><p class="noindent" > If you use this command and <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-34034"></a> has been loaded, then the <span + id="dx1-39034"></a> has been loaded, then the <span class="cmss-10">theindex</span><a - id="dx1-34035"></a><a - id="dx1-34036"></a> + id="dx1-39035"></a><a + id="dx1-39036"></a> environment will be modified to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span><a - id="dx1-34037"></a> to allow formats that use + id="dx1-39037"></a> to allow formats that use that command. -</p><!--l. 8335--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a +</p><!--l. 8674--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-34038"></a> attribute will still be used on subsequent use even if the + id="dx1-39038"></a> attribute will still be used on subsequent use even if the <a href="#catattr.indexonlyfirst"><span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a - id="dx1-34039"></a> attribute (or <a + id="dx1-39039"></a> attribute (or <a href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a - id="dx1-34040"></a> package option) is set. However, the <a + id="dx1-39040"></a> package option) is set. However, the <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-34041"></a> + id="dx1-39041"></a> attribute will honour the <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a - id="dx1-34042"></a> key. </div> -</p><!--l. 8341--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8343--><p class="indent" > The <span + id="dx1-39042"></a> key. </div> +</p><!--l. 8680--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8682--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname </span>command will attempt to escape any of <span class="cmtt-10">\makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-34043"></a>’s special characters, but there may be special cases where it fails, so take + id="dx1-39043"></a>’s special characters, but there may be special cases where it fails, so take care. This assumes the default <a - id="dx1-34044"></a><a + id="dx1-39044"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> actual, level, quote and encap values (unless any of the commands <span class="cmtt-10">\actualchar</span><a - id="dx1-34045"></a>, <span + id="dx1-39045"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\levelchar</span><a - id="dx1-34046"></a>, <span + id="dx1-39046"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\quotechar</span><a - id="dx1-34047"></a> or <span + id="dx1-39047"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\encapchar</span><a - id="dx1-34048"></a> + id="dx1-39048"></a> have been defined before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is loaded). -</p><!--l. 8351--><p class="indent" > If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set +</p><!--l. 8690--><p class="indent" > If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set the correct characters. -</p><!--l. 8353--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div> -</p><!--l. 8355--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8357--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetActualChar</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-34049"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8692--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div> +</p><!--l. 8694--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8696--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-39049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetActualChar{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8359--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8698--><p class="noindent" > Set the actual character to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 8362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-34050"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8701--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-39050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8364--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8703--><p class="noindent" > Set the level character to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 8367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetEscChar</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-34051"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8706--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-39051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEscChar{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8369--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8708--><p class="noindent" > Set the escape (quote) character to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 8372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-34052"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8711--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-39052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8374--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8713--><p class="noindent" > Set the encap character to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩. </p> -<!--l. 8377--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 8377--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a - id="sec:onthefly"></a>On-the-Fly Document Definitions</h2> -</p><!--l. 8380--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span>, -but they behave rather differently. If you want to use <span -class="cmtt-10">\index </span>then just use <span -class="cmtt-10">\index</span>. -</div> -</p><!--l. 8385--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8387--><p class="indent" > The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package advises against defining entries in the <span -class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-35001"></a><a - id="dx1-35002"></a> -environment. As mentioned in <a -href="#sec:pkgopts"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.2 </a><a -href="#sec:pkgopts">New or Modified Package Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts --></a> above, this -ability is disabled by default with <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>but can be enabled using the -<a -href="#styopt.docdefs"><span -class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a - id="dx1-35003"></a> package options. -</p><!--l. 8393--><p class="indent" > Although this can be problematic, the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of -defining and using entries within the <span -class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-35004"></a><a - id="dx1-35005"></a> environment without the tricks used -with the <a -href="#styopt.docdefs"><span -class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a - id="dx1-35006"></a> option. <span -class="cmti-10">There are limitations with this approach, so take care with it.</span> -This function is disabled by default, but can be enabled using the preamble-only -command: -</p><!--l. 8399--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-35007"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8401--><p class="noindent" > -When used, this defines the commands described below. -</p><!--l. 8404--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrpl </span>can’t be used after -the glossaries have been displayed (through <span -class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-35008"></a> etc). It’s best not to -mix these commands with the standard glossary commands, such as <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or there -may be unexpected results. </div> -</p><!--l. 8410--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8412--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtr</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-35009"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8414--><p class="noindent" > -If an entry with the label ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has already been defined, this just does <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ hasn’t been defined, this will define the entry using: -</p><div class="alltt"> -<div class="obeylines-v"> -<span -class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span><span -class="cmsy-10">{</span><span -class="cmtt-10">name={</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">},</span> -<br /><span -class="cmtt-10"> category=\glsxtrcat,</span> -<br /><span -class="cmtt-10"> description=</span><span -class="cmsy-10">{</span><span -class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><span -class="cmsy-10">}</span><span -class="cmtt-10">,</span> -<br /><span -class="cmtt-10"> </span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span -class="cmsy-10">}</span> -</div> -</div> -<!--l. 8426--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ must contain any non-expandable commands, such as formatting -commands or problematic characters. If the term requires any of these, they must be -omitted from the ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and placed in the <span -class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-35010"></a> key must be provided in the optional -argument ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩. </div> -</p><!--l. 8432--><p class="noindent" > - - - -</p><!--l. 8434--><p class="indent" > The second optional argument ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩ should be empty if the entry has -already been defined, since it’s too late for them. If it’s not empty, a warning will be -generated with -</p><!--l. 8437--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrWarning</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-35011"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarning{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8439--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8441--><p class="indent" > For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span> -below: - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202"> -\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose} - <br /> ... later - <br />\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose} -</div> -<!--l. 8447--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8449--><p class="indent" > If you are considering doing something like: - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203"> -\newcommand*{\goose}{\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}} - <br />\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrWarning}[2]{} - <br /> ... later - <br />\goose\ some more text here -</div> -<!--l. 8455--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the -preamble with <span -class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-35012"></a> and then use <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the document. -</p><!--l. 8460--><p class="indent" > There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>: -</p><!--l. 8461--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-35013"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8463--><p class="noindent" > -This is like <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span -class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>instead of <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 8466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtr</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-35014"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8468--><p class="noindent" > -This is like <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span -class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>instead of <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 8471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-35015"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrpl[</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8473--><p class="noindent" > -This is like <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>instead of <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 8476--><p class="indent" > If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an -ASCII-only label, then it’s better to use <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> instead of -<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> (or pdf<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). If you really desperately want to use UTF-8 entry labels -without switching to <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> then there is a starred version of -<span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>that allows you to use UTF-8 characters in ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, but it’s -experimental and may not work in some cases. -</p><!--l. 8485--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>don’t use any -commands in the ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, even if they expand to just text. </div> -</p><!--l. 8489--><p class="noindent" > - - - -</p> -<!--l. 8491--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 8491--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8716--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 8716--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a id="sec:bib2gls"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases</h2> -</p><!--l. 8494--><p class="indent" > There is a new command line application called <a - id="dx1-36001"></a><a +</p><!--l. 8719--><p class="indent" > There is a new command line application called <a + id="dx1-40001"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, which works in much the same way as a combination of <span @@ -17341,14 +16774,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\input </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span>, the entries can instead be stored in a <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file and <a - id="dx1-36002"></a><span + id="dx1-40002"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can selectively write the appropriate commands to a <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file which is loaded using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>). -</p><!--l. 8505--><p class="indent" > This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to +</p><!--l. 8730--><p class="indent" > This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to maintain the database and it reduces the <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> overhead by only defining the entries that are actually required in the document. If you currently have a <span @@ -17360,32 +16793,32 @@ class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>file containing glossary definitions to a <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file using <span class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a - id="dx1-36003"></a>, supplied with + id="dx1-40003"></a>, supplied with <a - id="dx1-36004"></a><span + id="dx1-40004"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>.) -</p><!--l. 8516--><p class="indent" > There are some new commands and options added to <span +</p><!--l. 8741--><p class="indent" > There are some new commands and options added to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to help assist the integration of <a - id="dx1-36005"></a><span + id="dx1-40005"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>into the document build process. -</p><!--l. 8520--><p class="indent" > This chapter just provides a general overview of <a - id="dx1-36006"></a><span +</p><!--l. 8745--><p class="indent" > This chapter just provides a general overview of <a + id="dx1-40006"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The full details and some sample documents are provided in the <a - id="dx1-36007"></a><span + id="dx1-40007"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span><a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls.pdf" >manual</a>. -</p><!--l. 8524--><p class="indent" > An example of the contents of <span +</p><!--l. 8749--><p class="indent" > An example of the contents of <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file that stores glossary entries that can be extracted with <a - id="dx1-36008"></a><span + id="dx1-40008"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205"> @entry{bird,  <br />  name={bird},  <br />  description = {feathered animal}, @@ -17401,13 +16834,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>:  <br />  description={a waterbird with a long neck}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 8543--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8545--><p class="indent" > The follow provides some abbreviations: +<!--l. 8768--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8770--><p class="indent" > The follow provides some abbreviations: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206"> @string{ssi={server-side includes}}  <br />@string{html={hypertext markup language}}  <br />@abbreviation{shtml, @@ -17426,13 +16859,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>:  <br />  description={a simple interpreted server-side scripting language}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 8567--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8569--><p class="indent" > Here are some symbols: +<!--l. 8792--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8794--><p class="indent" > Here are some symbols: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207"> preamble{"\providecommand{\mtx}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}}"}  <br />@symbol{M,  <br />  name={$\mtx{M}$}, @@ -17450,74 +16883,69 @@ preamble{"\providecommand{\mtx}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}}"}  <br />  description={a set}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 8590--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8592--><p class="indent" > To ensure that <a - id="dx1-36009"></a><a +<!--l. 8815--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8817--><p class="indent" > To ensure that <a + id="dx1-40009"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can find out which entries have been used in the document, you need the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-36010"></a> package option: + id="dx1-40010"></a> package option: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208"> \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} </div> -<!--l. 8596--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off, +<!--l. 8821--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off, since <a - id="dx1-36011"></a><a + id="dx1-40011"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can also sort the entries and collate the locations. -</p><!--l. 8601--><p class="indent" > If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom +</p><!--l. 8826--><p class="indent" > If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom <a - id="dx1-36012"></a><a + id="dx1-40012"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> rule), then just use <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a - id="dx1-36013"></a> and continue to use <span + id="dx1-40013"></a> and continue to use <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span> and <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>), but you also need to instruct <a - id="dx1-36014"></a><span + id="dx1-40014"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to omit sorting to save time and to prevent the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-36015"></a> key from being + id="dx1-40015"></a> key from being set. -</p><!--l. 8608--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 8833--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file created by <a - id="dx1-36016"></a><span + id="dx1-40016"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>is loaded using: -</p><!--l. 8609--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrresourcefile</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-36017"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8834--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-40017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">filename</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8611--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8836--><p class="noindent" > (Don’t include the file extension in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩.) There’s a shortcut version (recommended over the above) that sets ⟨<span class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩ to use <span class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span>: -</p><!--l. 8614--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-36018"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 8839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-40018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8616--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8841--><p class="noindent" > On the first use, this command is a shortcut for </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -17530,7 +16958,7 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> On subsequent use,<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x9" id="fn1x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-36019f1"></a> this + id="x1-40019f1"></a> this command is a shortcut for <div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -17544,15 +16972,15 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is the current value of -<!--l. 8628--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +<!--l. 8853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcecount </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8629--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8854--><p class="noindent" > which is incremented at the end of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. Any advisory notes regarding <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>also apply to <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. -</p><!--l. 8634--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 8859--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>command writes the line </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -17568,42 +16996,42 @@ class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>if it exists.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x9" id="fn2x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.2</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-36020f2"></a> + id="x1-40020f2"></a> -<!--l. 8644--><p class="indent" > Since the <span +<!--l. 8869--><p class="indent" > Since the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file won’t exist on the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-36021"></a> package + id="dx1-40021"></a> package option additionally switches on <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-36022"></a>. Any use of commands like <span + id="dx1-40022"></a>. Any use of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>will produce ?? in the document, since the entries are undefined at this point. Once <a - id="dx1-36023"></a><span + id="dx1-40023"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>has created the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file the references should be resolved. This may cause a shift in the locations if the actual text produced once the entry is defined is significantly larger than the placeholder ?? (as this can alter the page breaking). -</p><!--l. 8654--><p class="indent" > Note that as from v1.12, <span +</p><!--l. 8879--><p class="indent" > Note that as from v1.12, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>temporarily switches the category code of <span class="cmtt-10">@ </span>to 11 (letter) while it reads the file to allow for any internal commands stored in the location field. </p> -<!--l. 8659--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8884--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1 </span> <a id="selection"></a>Selection</h3> -<!--l. 8661--><p class="noindent" >The default behaviour is for <a - id="dx1-37001"></a><a +<!--l. 8886--><p class="noindent" >The default behaviour is for <a + id="dx1-41001"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to select all entries that have a record in the <span @@ -17612,7 +17040,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file, and any dependent entries (including parent an class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>format (for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=glsignore]{duck}</span></span></span>) is recognised by <a - id="dx1-37002"></a><span + id="dx1-41002"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>as a special ignored record. This means that it will match the selection criteria but the record won’t be added to the location list. This means that you won’t get spurious commas in the location list (as can happen with the other indexing @@ -17621,66 +17049,66 @@ methods), so you can do, for example, </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209"> \GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{glsignore} </div> -<!--l. 8673--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the front matter and +<!--l. 8898--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the front matter and </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210"> \GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{glsnumberformat} </div> -<!--l. 8677--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the main matter to prevent any records in the front matter from +<!--l. 8902--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the main matter to prevent any records in the front matter from occurring in the location lists. -</p><!--l. 8681--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span +</p><!--l. 8906--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused </span>don’t work with <a - id="dx1-37003"></a><a + id="dx1-41003"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> as the command has to iterate over the internal lists of defined entry labels, which will be empty on the first run and on subsequent runs will only contain those entries that have been selected by <a - id="dx1-37004"></a><span + id="dx1-41004"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 8686--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8688--><p class="indent" > If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a - id="dx1-37005"></a><span +</p><!--l. 8911--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8913--><p class="indent" > If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a + id="dx1-41005"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>this in the options list. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211"> \GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},selection={all}] </div> -<!--l. 8693--><p class="nopar" > This will add all entries, regardless of whether or not they have any records in the +<!--l. 8918--><p class="nopar" > This will add all entries, regardless of whether or not they have any records in the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. Those that don’t have any records will have an empty location list. See the <a - id="dx1-37006"></a><a + id="dx1-41006"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> user manual for more details of this option. -</p><!--l. 8699--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8924--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8699--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8924--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.2 </span> <a id="sortinganddisplayingtheglossary"></a>Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</h3> -<!--l. 8701--><p class="noindent" >There are many sorting options provided by <a - id="dx1-38001"></a><span +<!--l. 8926--><p class="noindent" >There are many sorting options provided by <a + id="dx1-42001"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The default is to sort according to the system locale. If the document has a language setting, you can use <span class="cmtt-10">sort=doc </span>to instruct <a - id="dx1-38002"></a><span + id="dx1-42002"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to sort according to that. (The language tag obtained from <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-38003"></a>’s interface is written to the <span + id="dx1-42003"></a>’s interface is written to the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file.) For a multilingual document you need to explicitly set the locale using a well-formed language tag. For example: @@ -17688,26 +17116,26 @@ example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212"> \GlsXtrLoadResources[  <br />  src=terms, % data in terms.bib  <br />  sort=de-DE-1996 % sort according to this locale  <br />] </div> -<!--l. 8714--><p class="nopar" > The locale-sensitive sort methods usually ignore most punctuation so for lists of +<!--l. 8939--><p class="nopar" > The locale-sensitive sort methods usually ignore most punctuation so for lists of symbols you may find it more appropriate to use one of the letter-base sort methods that sort according to the Unicode value of each character. Alternatively you can provide a custom rule. See the <a - id="dx1-38004"></a><a + id="dx1-42004"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> manual for full details of all the available sort methods. -</p><!--l. 8723--><p class="indent" > Since the <span +</p><!--l. 8948--><p class="indent" > Since the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file only defines those references required within the document (selected according to the <span class="cmtt-10">selection </span>option) and the definitions have been written in the order corresponding to <a - id="dx1-38005"></a><span + id="dx1-42005"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s sorted list, the glossaries can simply be displayed using <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>(or <span @@ -17716,7 +17144,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>), described in href="#sec:printunsrt"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.2 </a><a href="#sec:printunsrt">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printunsrt --></a>. -</p><!--l. 8731--><p class="indent" > Suppose the <span +</p><!--l. 8956--><p class="indent" > Suppose the <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>examples shown above have been stored in the files <span class="cmtt-10">terms.bib</span>, <span @@ -17728,7 +17156,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path. Then the document might look like: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}  <br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc} @@ -17740,18 +17168,18 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path. Then the document might look like:  <br />\printunsrtglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 8753--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span +<!--l. 8978--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span class="cmtt-10">mydoc</span>) is: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214"> pdflatex mydoc  <br />bib2gls mydoc  <br />pdflatex mydoc </div> -<!--l. 8760--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span +<!--l. 8985--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span class="cmtt-10">bird</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">duck</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">goose</span>, <span @@ -17764,12 +17192,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">bird</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">M </span>entries were added because <a - id="dx1-38006"></a><a + id="dx1-42006"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> detected (from the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file) that they had been used in the document. The other entries were added because <a - id="dx1-38007"></a><span + id="dx1-42007"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>detected (from the <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files) that they are referenced by the used entries. In the case of <span @@ -17777,24 +17205,24 @@ class="cmtt-10">duck </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">goose</span>, they are in the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-38008"></a> field for <span + id="dx1-42008"></a> field for <span class="cmtt-10">bird</span>. In the case of <span class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">html</span>, they are referenced in the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-38009"></a> field of <span + id="dx1-42009"></a> field of <span class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>. These cross-referenced entries won’t have a location list when the glossary is first displayed, but depending on how they are referenced, they may pick up a location list on the next document build. -</p><!--l. 8777--><p class="indent" > The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort +</p><!--l. 9002--><p class="indent" > The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort methods: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}  <br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc} @@ -17810,8 +17238,8 @@ methods:  <br />\printunsrtglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 8803--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8805--><p class="indent" > Or you can have multiple instance of <span +<!--l. 9028--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9030--><p class="indent" > Or you can have multiple instance of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>with the same <span class="cmtt-10">type</span>, which will produce a glossary with ordered sub-blocks. For example: @@ -17819,7 +17247,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">type</span>, which will produce a glossary with ordered sub-bloc </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[record,style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra}  <br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc} @@ -17837,10 +17265,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">type</span>, which will produce a glossary with ordered sub-bloc  <br />\printunsrtglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 8834--><p class="nopar" > This will result in a glossary where the first group has the title “Abbreviations”, the +<!--l. 9059--><p class="nopar" > This will result in a glossary where the first group has the title “Abbreviations”, the second group has the title “Symbols” and then follow the usual letter groups. Note that for this example to work, you must run <a - id="dx1-38010"></a><a + id="dx1-42010"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> (or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -17851,21 +17279,21 @@ class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217"> pdflatex myDoc  <br />bib2gls -g myDoc  <br />pdflatex myDoc </div> -<!--l. 8845--><p class="nopar" > The value of the <span +<!--l. 9070--><p class="nopar" > The value of the <span class="cmss-10">group</span><a - id="dx1-38011"></a> field must always be a label. You can set the corresponding + id="dx1-42011"></a> field must always be a label. You can set the corresponding title with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle </span>(see <a href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.12 </a><a -href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>). If no title -is set then the label is used as the group title. -</p><!--l. 8851--><p class="indent" > You can provide your own custom sort rule. For example, if you are using +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.10.1 </a><a +href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>). If no +title is set then the label is used as the group title. +</p><!--l. 9076--><p class="indent" > You can provide your own custom sort rule. For example, if you are using <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -18002,7 +17430,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> Remember that if you are using <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a - id="dx1-38012"></a> then extended characters, such as é or ø, + id="dx1-42012"></a> then extended characters, such as é or ø, are active and will expand when written to the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. So with PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> the @@ -18017,7 +17445,7 @@ class="cmti-10">hex</span>⟩) <span class="cmbx-10">in the </span><span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span><span class="cmbx-10">file</span>. <a - id="dx1-38013"></a><a + id="dx1-42013"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> will recognise this as the character given by the hexadecimal value ⟨<span @@ -18028,7 +17456,7 @@ written as <span class="cmtt-10">\string\uE6 </span>and so on. This is quite cumbersome, but you can use the shortcut <span class="cmtt-10">\glshex</span><a - id="dx1-38014"></a> <span + id="dx1-42014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">E6 </span>instead, so the above needs to be written as: <div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -18164,49 +17592,49 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span><span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> -<!--l. 8899--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 9124--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8899--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9124--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3 </span> <a - id="x1-390009.3"></a>The <span + id="x1-430009.3"></a>The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package</h3> -<!--l. 8902--><p class="noindent" >The package option <a +<!--l. 9127--><p class="noindent" >The package option <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-39001"></a> (or simply <a + id="dx1-43001"></a> (or simply <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-39002"></a>) automatically loads the + id="dx1-43002"></a>) automatically loads the supplementary package <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-39003"></a>, which provides some commands that + id="dx1-43003"></a>, which provides some commands that are specific to <a - id="dx1-39004"></a><a + id="dx1-43004"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. The package isn’t loaded by <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a - id="dx1-39005"></a> as that option + id="dx1-43005"></a> as that option is intended for sorting with <a - id="dx1-39006"></a><a + id="dx1-43006"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a - id="dx1-39007"></a><a + id="dx1-43007"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> and it is expected that the sorting will be switched off (with the resource option <span class="cmtt-10">sort=none</span>). -</p><!--l. 8911--><p class="indent" > If <span +</p><!--l. 9136--><p class="indent" > If <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-39008"></a> is loaded via the <a + id="dx1-43008"></a> is loaded via the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-39009"></a> package option then the + id="dx1-43009"></a> package option then the check for associated language resource files (see <a href="#sec:lang"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>14 </a><a href="#sec:lang">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lang --></a>) will also search for the existence of <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span @@ -18216,49 +17644,62 @@ document dialect (where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">script</span>⟩ is the four letter script identifier, such as <span class="cmtt-10">Latn</span>). -</p><!--l. 8919--><p class="indent" > This package provides some shortcut commands that use <span +</p><!--l. 9144--><p class="indent" > This package provides some shortcut commands that use <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a - id="dx1-39010"></a> if the + id="dx1-43010"></a> if the relevant package option has defined the associated glossary: <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtabbreviations</span><a - id="dx1-39011"></a>, + id="dx1-43011"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtacronyms</span><a - id="dx1-39012"></a>, <span + id="dx1-43012"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtsymbols</span><a - id="dx1-39013"></a>, <span + id="dx1-43013"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtnumbers</span><a - id="dx1-39014"></a> and + id="dx1-43014"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtindex</span><a - id="dx1-39015"></a>. -</p><!--l. 8925--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprovidecommand</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-39016"></a> <span + id="dx1-43015"></a>. +</p><!--l. 9150--><p class="indent" > The <a +href="#styopt.savenumberlist"><span +class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span></a><a + id="dx1-43016"></a> package option doesn’t have any effect with <a + id="dx1-43017"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. +The location lists are saved by default, so <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-43018"></a> patches +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a + id="dx1-43019"></a> and <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a + id="dx1-43020"></a> to work with the <span +class="cmss-10">location</span><a + id="dx1-43021"></a> +field +</p><!--l. 9155--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-43022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidecommand{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">default</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8927--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9157--><p class="noindent" > This command is intended for use in <span class="cmtt-10">@preamble</span>. It’s simply defined to <span class="cmtt-10">\providecommand </span>in <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-39017"></a> but <a - id="dx1-39018"></a><span + id="dx1-43023"></a> but <a + id="dx1-43024"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s interpreter treats it as <span class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>. This means that you can override <a - id="dx1-39019"></a><span + id="dx1-43025"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s internal definition of a command without overriding the command definition in the document (if it’s already defined before the resource file is input). For example @@ -18266,11 +17707,11 @@ defined before the resource file is input). For example </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218"> @preamble{"\glsxtrprovidecommand{\int}{integral}"} </div> -<!--l. 8938--><p class="nopar" > This will force <a - id="dx1-39020"></a><a +<!--l. 9168--><p class="nopar" > This will force <a + id="dx1-43026"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to treat <span class="cmtt-10">\int </span>as the word “integral” to assist sorting but if @@ -18278,7 +17719,7 @@ this preamble code is written to the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file (as it is by default) then it won’t override the current definition (provided by the kernel or redefined by a package). -</p><!--l. 8945--><p class="indent" > The helper commands in the resource files are defined using <span +</p><!--l. 9175--><p class="indent" > The helper commands in the resource files are defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\providecommand</span>. For many of them, if you want to provide an alternative definition then you need to define the command before the resource file is loaded. There are a few that may be @@ -18288,10 +17729,8 @@ first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run when the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file doesn’t exist. In this case, you may prefer to use: -</p><!--l. 8952--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsrenewcommand</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-39021"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-43027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrenewcommand{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span @@ -18300,29 +17739,25 @@ class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">default</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8954--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9184--><p class="noindent" > This behaves like <span class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand </span>but only generates a warning rather than an error if the command isn’t already defined so it won’t interrupt the document build. -</p><!--l. 8959--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIndexCounterLink</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-39022"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-43028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIndexCounterLink{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8961--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9191--><p class="noindent" > If the <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-39023"></a> command has been defined (that is, <span + id="dx1-43029"></a> command has been defined (that is, <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-39024"></a> has been + id="dx1-43030"></a> has been loaded before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>) then this command checks for the existence of the <span @@ -18343,23 +17778,21 @@ class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. This command is provided for use with the <a href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a - id="dx1-39025"></a> package option combined with <a - id="dx1-39026"></a><span + id="dx1-43031"></a> package option combined with <a + id="dx1-43032"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s <span class="cmtt-10">save-index-counter</span> resource option. See the <a - id="dx1-39027"></a><span + id="dx1-43033"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>manual for further details (at least version 1.4). -</p><!--l. 8975--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span +</p><!--l. 9205--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>resource option, <a - id="dx1-39028"></a><span + id="dx1-43034"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+ will now use: -</p><!--l. 8977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrSetWidest</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-39029"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9207--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-43035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidest{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -18367,103 +17800,93 @@ class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8979--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9209--><p class="noindent" > (if it has been defined) to set the widest name for the given glossary type and level. This allows for both the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-39030"></a> style and the styles provided by <span + id="dx1-43036"></a> style and the styles provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span><a - id="dx1-39031"></a>, + id="dx1-43037"></a>, which need to know the widest name. -</p><!--l. 8985--><p class="indent" > If <a - id="dx1-39032"></a><span +</p><!--l. 9215--><p class="indent" > If <a + id="dx1-43038"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can’t determine the widest name (typically because the name field consists of commands that aren’t recognised by the interpreter) then <a - id="dx1-39033"></a><span + id="dx1-43039"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+ will now use: -</p><!--l. 8988--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrSetWidestFallback</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-39034"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9218--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-43040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidestFallback{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">max depth</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> - - - -</p><!--l. 8990--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9220--><p class="noindent" > (if defined). Currently the maximum hierarchical depth ⟨<span class="cmti-10">max depth</span>⟩ may only be 0 or 2. This command requires commands provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a - id="dx1-39035"></a> + id="dx1-43041"></a> + + + package with the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-39036"></a> style enabled. In this case, it may be simpler to just use + id="dx1-43042"></a> style enabled. In this case, it may be simpler to just use <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest</span><a - id="dx1-39037"></a>. -</p><!--l. 8997--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-43043"></a>. +</p><!--l. 9227--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8997--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9227--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.1 </span> <a id="sec:supplocations"></a>Supplemental Locations</h4> -<!--l. 9000--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaysupploc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-40001"></a> <span +<!--l. 9230--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-44001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysupploc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">src</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9002--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9232--><p class="noindent" > This is used by <a - id="dx1-40002"></a><a + id="dx1-44002"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> version 1.7+ for supplemental locations, instead of using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>with the <a href="#catattr.externallocation"><span class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a - id="dx1-40003"></a> attribute. This command sets up + id="dx1-44003"></a> attribute. This command sets up the location counter and prefix (used in the formation of hyperlinks) and then uses -</p><!--l. 9008--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrmultisupplocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-40004"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9238--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-44004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultisupplocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">src</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9010--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9240--><p class="noindent" > to format the actual location (with an external hyperlink, if supported). -</p><!--l. 9014--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9244--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9014--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9244--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.2 </span> <a id="sec:recordnameref"></a>Nameref Record</h4> -<!--l. 9017--><p class="noindent" >Normally locations are recorded in the <span +<!--l. 9247--><p class="noindent" >Normally locations are recorded in the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file in the form: -</p><!--l. 9020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 9250--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@record{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -18476,16 +17899,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9021--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9251--><p class="noindent" > The <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a - id="dx1-41001"></a> option, which requires at least <a - id="dx1-41002"></a><span + id="dx1-45001"></a> option, which requires at least <a + id="dx1-45002"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8, instead uses: -</p><!--l. 9025--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 9255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@record@nameref{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -18505,7 +17928,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">href</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">hcounter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9026--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9256--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabelname </span>and ⟨<span @@ -18513,37 +17936,34 @@ class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\@currentHref</span>. These commands require <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-41003"></a>. If they are undefined, ⟨<span + id="dx1-45003"></a>. If they are undefined, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ will be left empty and <a - id="dx1-41004"></a><span + id="dx1-45004"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>will treat it as a regular record. -</p><!--l. 9033--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful with this option as ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 9263--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful with this option as ⟨<span class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ will globally change on every instance of <span class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>but ⟨<span class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ won’t necessarily change. It can therefore cause unexpected behaviour. </div> -</p><!--l. 9037--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9039--><p class="indent" > The final argument ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 9267--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9269--><p class="indent" > The final argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩ is obtained from <span class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ which provides the partial target name associated with the indexing counter. With the original - - - <a - id="dx1-41005"></a><a + id="dx1-45005"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>/<a - id="dx1-41006"></a><a + id="dx1-45006"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> approach, it’s not possible to include this information in the location, so the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-41007"></a> package attempts to derive a prefix from which the + id="dx1-45007"></a> package attempts to derive a prefix from which the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩ value can be reconstituted by appending the prefix. Unfortunately, not all definitions of <span @@ -18552,11 +17972,14 @@ class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ are in the form ⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ (most notably the + + + <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a - id="dx1-41008"></a> counter with chapters) so this can fail. -</p><!--l. 9050--><p class="indent" > Since <a - id="dx1-41009"></a><a + id="dx1-45008"></a> counter with chapters) so this can fail. +</p><!--l. 9280--><p class="indent" > Since <a + id="dx1-45009"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> is customized specifically for use with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, it’s now @@ -18565,7 +17988,7 @@ class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩, so the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a - id="dx1-41010"></a> option does this. By providing both + id="dx1-45010"></a> option does this. By providing both ⟨<span class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩, you can determine which target you would rather use. The default @@ -18576,10 +17999,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter</span>. However, you may choose to switch to using the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ target, which will take you to the nearest target before the indexing took place. -</p><!--l. 9061--><p class="indent" > With <a - id="dx1-41011"></a><span +</p><!--l. 9291--><p class="indent" > With <a + id="dx1-45011"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+, normal locations are displayed using: -</p><!--l. 9063--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 9293--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -18589,11 +18012,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9064--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9294--><p class="noindent" > This is provided by the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-41012"></a> package and is simply defined to do: -</p><!--l. 9068--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span + id="dx1-45012"></a> package and is simply defined to do: +</p><!--l. 9298--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -18604,16 +18027,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9069--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9299--><p class="noindent" > Earlier versions of <a - id="dx1-41013"></a><span + id="dx1-45013"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>only used this in the <span class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a - id="dx1-41014"></a> field and explicitly used + id="dx1-45014"></a> field and explicitly used <span class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter </span>in the <span class="cmss-10">location</span><a - id="dx1-41015"></a> field followed by <span + id="dx1-45015"></a> field followed by <span class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span @@ -18622,31 +18045,29 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>, which follows the code that’s created with the default <a href="#styopt.makeindex"><span class="cmss-10">makeindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-41016"></a> setting. The <span + id="dx1-45016"></a> setting. The <span class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter</span> command sets up the prefix needed for <span class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber </span>to reform the target name from the given location. -</p><!--l. 9079--><p class="indent" > The locations identified by <span +</p><!--l. 9309--><p class="indent" > The locations identified by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@record@nameref </span>are written by <a - id="dx1-41017"></a><span + id="dx1-45017"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to the location list using: -</p><!--l. 9081--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-41018"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9311--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-45018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +<span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">href</span>⟩<span @@ -18655,17 +18076,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">hcounter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9083--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9313--><p class="noindent" > With normal internal locations, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ will always be empty. With supplemental locations, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ will be the external file reference. -</p><!--l. 9088--><p class="indent" > The default definition is: +</p><!--l. 9318--><p class="indent" > The default definition is: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref}[8]{%  <br />  \ifstrequal{#2}{equation}%  <br />  {\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{(#4)}{#2.#7}{#8}}% @@ -18682,11 +18103,9 @@ class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ will be the external file reference.  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9105--><p class="nopar" > which uses: -</p><!--l. 9107--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnamereflink</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-41019"></a> <span +<!--l. 9335--><p class="nopar" > which uses: +</p><!--l. 9337--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-45019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnamereflink{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -18695,9 +18114,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">target</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9109--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9339--><p class="noindent" > This ignores the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ and <span @@ -18707,57 +18125,49 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>arguments and instead creates a hyperlink with the target name obtained from ⟨<span class="cmti-10">target</span>⟩ (and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩, if not empty). -</p><!--l. 9113--><p class="indent" > Since pages and equations typically don’t have titles, the default definition of +</p><!--l. 9343--><p class="indent" > Since pages and equations typically don’t have titles, the default definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref </span>checks the counter was used as the location. If it’s <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a - id="dx1-41020"></a> + id="dx1-45020"></a> or if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ is empty, then just the location is used as the hyperlink text. If the counter <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a - id="dx1-41021"></a>, then the text is the location in parentheses. Otherwise the text is obtained + id="dx1-45021"></a>, then the text is the location in parentheses. Otherwise the text is obtained from ⟨<span class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 9120--><p class="indent" > If ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 9350--><p class="indent" > If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ is empty an internal link is created with: -</p><!--l. 9121--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmtinternalnameref</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-41022"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9351--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-45022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtinternalnameref{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">target</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9123--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9353--><p class="noindent" > otherwise an external link is created with: -</p><!--l. 9125--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmtexternalnameref</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-41023"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-45023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtexternalnameref{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">target</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9127--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9357--><p class="noindent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ argument is set by <a - id="dx1-41024"></a><a + id="dx1-45024"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> for supplemental locations. -</p><!--l. 9131--><p class="indent" > Here’s alternative definition that uses the ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 9361--><p class="indent" > Here’s alternative definition that uses the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ to reform the target name (as <span @@ -18768,35 +18178,33 @@ text: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref}[7]{%  <br /> \glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#5}{#6}{#7}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9138--><p class="nopar" > which uses: -</p><!--l. 9140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnameloclink</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-41025"></a> <span +<!--l. 9368--><p class="nopar" > which uses: +</p><!--l. 9370--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-45025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnameloclink{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +<span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9142--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9372--><p class="noindent" > This uses the same commands as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnamereflink </span>to produce the hyperlinks. -</p><!--l. 9146--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the link is encapsulated with the text-block command whose +</p><!--l. 9376--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the link is encapsulated with the text-block command whose name is given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩, but <span class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber </span>is first locally redefined to @@ -18807,8 +18215,8 @@ class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩ is <span class="cmtt-10">hyperbf </span>then it will simply behave like <span class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>. -</p><!--l. 9153--><p class="indent" > For compactness, <a - id="dx1-41026"></a><a +</p><!--l. 9383--><p class="indent" > For compactness, <a + id="dx1-45026"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> merges normal records if the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩, ⟨<span @@ -18818,7 +18226,7 @@ class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ all match. (An order of precedence can b With nameref records, you can use the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">--merge-nameref-on</span></span></span> switch provided by <a - id="dx1-41027"></a><span + id="dx1-45027"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+ to determine how to merge nameref records. This switch must be followed by one of the following keywords: <span class="cmtt-10">hcounter </span>(merge on @@ -18833,62 +18241,54 @@ class="cmtt-10">location</span> class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩, as regular records). In all cases, the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ must also match. -</p><!--l. 9164--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9394--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9164--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9394--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.3 </span> <a id="sec:resourcecommands"></a>Helper Commands for Resource Options</h4> -<!--l. 9167--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glshex</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42001"></a> <span +<!--l. 9397--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glshex </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9169--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9399--><p class="noindent" > This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\string\u</span></span></span>, which is required when you need to indicate a Unicode character in the form <span class="cmtt-10">\u</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">hex</span>⟩ in some of the resource options (as illustrated above). -</p><!--l. 9175--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glscapturedgroup</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42002"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9405--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscapturedgroup </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9177--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9407--><p class="noindent" > This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\string\$</span></span></span> and is used for the captured group reference in a replacement part of a regular expression substitution (requires at least <a - id="dx1-42003"></a><span + id="dx1-46003"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span> version 1.5). For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221"> sort-replace={{([a-zA-Z])\string\.}{\glscapturedgroup1}} </div> -<!--l. 9183--><p class="nopar" > This only removes a full stop that follows any of the characters a,…,z or +<!--l. 9413--><p class="nopar" > This only removes a full stop that follows any of the characters a,…,z or A,…,Z. -</p><!--l. 9187--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span +</p><!--l. 9417--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span class="cmtt-10">save-child-count </span>resource option, you can test if the <span class="cmtt-10">childcount</span> field is non-zero using: -</p><!--l. 9189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42004"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9419--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9191--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9421--><p class="noindent" > This internally uses <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero </span>and will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ if the field isn’t set. @@ -18898,39 +18298,35 @@ class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>to access the value. (It will be 0 in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ if the field isn’t set.) -</p><!--l. 9198--><p class="indent" > A convenient shortcut for use in the <span +</p><!--l. 9428--><p class="indent" > A convenient shortcut for use in the <span class="cmtt-10">entry-type-aliases </span>setting: -</p><!--l. 9200--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrBibTeXEntryAliases</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42005"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrBibTeXEntryAliases </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9202--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9432--><p class="noindent" > This provides aliases for Bib<span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s standard entry types to <a - id="dx1-42006"></a><a + id="dx1-46006"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> <span class="cmtt-10">@bibtexentry</span> entry type (requires at least <a - id="dx1-42007"></a><span + id="dx1-46007"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>version 1.4). -</p><!--l. 9207--><p class="indent" > You may also want to provide storage keys for Bib<span class="TEX">T<span +</p><!--l. 9437--><p class="indent" > You may also want to provide storage keys for Bib<span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s standard fields rather than having to alias them all. This can be done with: -</p><!--l. 9209--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrProvideBibTeXFields</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42008"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9439--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrProvideBibTeXFields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9211--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9441--><p class="noindent" > Note that Bib<span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s <span class="cmtt-10">type </span>field clashes with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-42009"></a> package’s <span + id="dx1-46009"></a> package’s <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-42010"></a> key, so + id="dx1-46010"></a> key, so this command provides the key <span class="cmtt-10">bibtextype </span>instead. You can alias it with <span @@ -18944,55 +18340,55 @@ class="cmtt-10">bibtextype </span>field can be accessed with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbibtype</span>. Each of these commands takes the entry label as the sole argument. -</p><!--l. 9222--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 9452--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-42011"></a> package also provides definitions of the missing + id="dx1-46011"></a> package also provides definitions of the missing mathematical Greek commands: <span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a - id="dx1-42012"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46012"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a - id="dx1-42013"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46013"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Epsilon</span><a - id="dx1-42014"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46014"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Zeta</span><a - id="dx1-42015"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46015"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Eta</span><a - id="dx1-42016"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46016"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Iota</span><a - id="dx1-42017"></a>, + id="dx1-46017"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Kappa</span><a - id="dx1-42018"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46018"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Mu</span><a - id="dx1-42019"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46019"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Nu</span><a - id="dx1-42020"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46020"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Omicron</span><a - id="dx1-42021"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46021"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Rho</span><a - id="dx1-42022"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46022"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Tau</span><a - id="dx1-42023"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46023"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Chi</span><a - id="dx1-42024"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46024"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a - id="dx1-42025"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46025"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\omicron</span><a - id="dx1-42026"></a>. These are all + id="dx1-46026"></a>. These are all defined with <span class="cmtt-10">\providecommand</span>, so they won’t override any definitions provided by any package loaded before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-42027"></a>. Since <a - id="dx1-42028"></a><span + id="dx1-46027"></a>. Since <a + id="dx1-46028"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s interpreter recognises these commands, using them instead of explicitly using the Latin characters with the same shape helps to keep the Greek symbols together when sorting. Similarly, if <span class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a - id="dx1-42029"></a> has been loaded, the missing upright Greek commands are also + id="dx1-46029"></a> has been loaded, the missing upright Greek commands are also provided. -</p><!--l. 9236--><p class="indent" > The remaining commands provide common rule blocks for use in the +</p><!--l. 9466--><p class="indent" > The remaining commands provide common rule blocks for use in the <span class="cmtt-10">sort-rule </span>resource option. If you want a rule for a specific locale, you can provide similar commands in a file called <span @@ -19004,14 +18400,14 @@ identifies the dialect, locale, region or root language. See the description of <span class="cmtt-10">\IfTrackedLanguageFileExists </span>in the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-42030"></a> documentation for further details. - - - + id="dx1-46030"></a> documentation for further details. If this file is on <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path and the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-42031"></a> package (automatically loaded by + id="dx1-46031"></a> package (automatically loaded by + + + <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) detects that the document has requested that language or locale, then the file will automatically be loaded. For example, if you want to provide a rule @@ -19022,7 +18418,7 @@ contains: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222"> \ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{welsh}[2018/02/23 v1.0]  <br />\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-extra-bib2gls}  <br />{ @@ -19060,7 +18456,7 @@ contains:  <br />}  <br />{}% glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty not loaded </div> -<!--l. 9286--><p class="nopar" > (The use of <span +<!--l. 9516--><p class="nopar" > (The use of <span class="cmtt-10">\string </span>is in case the <span class="cmtt-10">< </span>character has been made active.) You can provide more than one rule-block per local, to allow for loanwords or foreign words. @@ -19068,7 +18464,7 @@ For example, you could provide <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrWelshIRules</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrWelshIIRules</span> etc. -</p><!--l. 9293--><p class="indent" > If the rules are for a particular script (independent of language or region) then +</p><!--l. 9523--><p class="indent" > If the rules are for a particular script (independent of language or region) then they can be provided in a file given by <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">script</span>⟩<span @@ -19079,7 +18475,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-Cyrl.ldf </span>could contain: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223"> \ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{Cyrl}[2018/02/23 v1.0]  <br />\newcommand*{\glsxtrGeneralCyrillicIRules}{%  <br />  % Cyrillic rules @@ -19088,20 +18484,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-Cyrl.ldf </span>could contain:  <br />  % an alternative set of Cyrillic rules  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9305--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that the required document language scripts need to be tracked through +<!--l. 9535--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that the required document language scripts need to be tracked through the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-42032"></a> package, in order for these files to be automatically loaded. This + id="dx1-46032"></a> package, in order for these files to be automatically loaded. This essentially means ensuring you load the appropriate language package before <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-42033"></a> is loaded by the base <span + id="dx1-46033"></a> is loaded by the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-42034"></a> package or any other package that uses it. + id="dx1-46034"></a> package or any other package that uses it. See the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-42035"></a> documentation for further details.) -</p><!--l. 9313--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if the rules are specific to a subject rather than a region or + id="dx1-46035"></a> documentation for further details.) +</p><!--l. 9543--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if the rules are specific to a subject rather than a region or language, then you can provide a supplementary package. For example, if you have a package called, say, <span class="cmss-10">mapsymbols </span>that provides map symbols, then the file @@ -19111,7 +18507,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">mapsymbols.sty </span>might contain: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224"> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}  <br />\ProvidesPackage{mapsymbols}  <br /> some package or font loading stuff here to provide @@ -19127,27 +18523,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">mapsymbols.sty </span>might contain:  <br /> \string< \glshex 26BD % football 0x26BD  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9334--><p class="nopar" > and the supplementary file <span +<!--l. 9564--><p class="nopar" > and the supplementary file <span class="cmtt-10">mapsymbols.bib </span>can provide the appropriate definitions for <a - id="dx1-42036"></a><a + id="dx1-46036"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225"> @preamble{"\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Harbour}{\char"2693}  <br />\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Battlefield}{\char"2694}  <br />\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Stadium}{\char"26BD}"} </div> -<!--l. 9341--><p class="nopar" > Now both the preamble and rule block can be used in the resource set: +<!--l. 9571--><p class="nopar" > Now both the preamble and rule block can be used in the resource set: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226"> \usepackage{mapsymbols}% my custom package  <br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}  <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[ @@ -19169,10 +18565,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>:  <br /> }  <br />] </div> -<!--l. 9366--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9368--><p class="indent" > The following commands are provided by <span +<!--l. 9596--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9598--><p class="indent" > The following commands are provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-42037"></a>. They should be + id="dx1-46037"></a>. They should be separated by the rule separator characters <span class="cmtt-10">;</span> (semi-colon) or <span class="cmtt-10">,</span> (comma) or @@ -19181,21 +18577,21 @@ class="cmtt-10">&</span></span></span> (ampersand) or <span class="cmtt-10"><</span> (less than). See Java’s <a href="http://docs.oracle.com/javase/8/docs/api/java/text/RuleBasedCollator.html" >RuleBasedCollator</a> documentation for details of the rule syntax. -</p><!--l. 9375--><p class="indent" > For example, the following will place the mathematical Greek symbols (<span +</p><!--l. 9605--><p class="indent" > For example, the following will place the mathematical Greek symbols (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a - id="dx1-42038"></a>, + id="dx1-46038"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a - id="dx1-42039"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46039"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a - id="dx1-42040"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46040"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a - id="dx1-42041"></a> etc) in a block before Latin characters: + id="dx1-46041"></a> etc) in a block before Latin characters: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227"> sort-rule={\glsxtrcontrolrules  <br /> ;\glsxtrspacerules  <br /> ;\glsxtrnonprintablerules @@ -19210,47 +18606,38 @@ sort-rule={\glsxtrcontrolrules  <br /> <\glsxtrLatinOslash  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9392--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9394--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcontrolrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42042"></a> <span +<!--l. 9622--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9624--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcontrolrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9396--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9626--><p class="noindent" > These are control characters that are usually placed at the start of a rule in the ignored section. They typically won’t occur in any sort values, but if they do they should normally be ignored. -</p><!--l. 9401--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrspacerules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42043"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9631--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrspacerules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9403--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9633--><p class="noindent" > These are space characters. They typically come after the control characters with the two blocks separated by a <span class="cmtt-10">;</span> (semi-colon). -</p><!--l. 9407--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnonprintablerules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42044"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9637--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnonprintablerules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9409--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9639--><p class="noindent" > These are non-printable characters (BOM, tabs, line feed and carriage return). They typically come after the spaces separated by a <span class="cmtt-10">;</span> (semi-colon). These characters aren’t checked for by <a - id="dx1-42045"></a><a + id="dx1-46045"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> when it determines whether or not to use the interpreter, so a TAB or newline character may end up in the sort value if it wasn’t interpreted. -</p><!--l. 9417--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42046"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9419--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46046"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9649--><p class="noindent" > These are combining diacritic marks which typically follow the space and non-printable blocks (separated by a semi-colon). This command is defined in terms of sub-block commands: @@ -19258,7 +18645,7 @@ of sub-block commands: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules}{%  <br /> \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules\string;  <br /> \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules\string; @@ -19266,36 +18653,27 @@ of sub-block commands:  <br /> \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9430--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer, you can use the sub-blocks directly in your required ordered. -</p><!--l. 9434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42047"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9436--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 9660--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer, you can use the sub-blocks directly in your required ordered. +</p><!--l. 9664--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46047"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9666--><p class="noindent" > This contains the combining diacritics: acute, grave, breve, circumflex, caron, ring, vertical line above, diaeresis (umlaut), double acute, tilde, dot above, combining macron. -</p><!--l. 9441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42048"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9443--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9671--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46048"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9673--><p class="noindent" > This contains the combining diacritics: short solidus overlay, cedilla, ogonek, dot below, low line, overline, hook above, double vertical line above, double grave accent, candrabindu, inverted breve, turned comma above, comma above, reversed comma above, comma above right, grave accent below, acute accent below. -</p><!--l. 9450--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42049"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9452--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46049"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9682--><p class="noindent" > This contains the combining diacritics: left tack below, right tack below, left angle above, horn, left half ring below, up tack below, down tack below, plus sign below, minus sign below, palatalized hook below, retroflex hook below, diaresis below, ring @@ -19307,36 +18685,29 @@ seagull below, x above, vertical tilde, double overline, Greek perispomeni, Gree dialytika tonos, Greek ypogegrammeni, double tilde, double inverted breve, Cyrillic titlo, Cyrillic palatalization, Cyrillic dasia pneumata, Cyrillic psili pneumata. -</p><!--l. 9467--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42050"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9469--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9697--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46050"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9699--><p class="noindent" > This contains the combining diacritics: left harpoon above, right harpoon above, long vertical line overlay, short vertical line overlay, anticlockwise arrow above, clockwise arrow above, left arrow above, right arrow above, ring overlay, clockwise ring overlay, - - - anticlockwise ring overlay, three dots above, four dots above, enclosing circle, enclosing square, enclosing diamond, enclosing circle backslash, left right arrow above. -</p><!--l. 9479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrhyphenrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42051"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9709--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphenrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9481--><p class="noindent" > + + + +</p><!--l. 9711--><p class="noindent" > This contains hyphens (including the minus sign 0x2212). This rule block typically comes after the diacritic rules separated by a comma. -</p><!--l. 9486--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42052"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9716--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9488--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9718--><p class="noindent" > This contains punctuation characters. This rule block typically comes after the hyphen rules separated by a less than (<span class="cmtt-10"><</span>). As with the combining diacritics, this @@ -19346,20 +18717,18 @@ different order is required: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules}{%  <br />  \glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules  <br />  \string<\glsxtrcurrencyrules  <br />  \string<\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9500--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9502--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42053"></a> <span +<!--l. 9730--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9732--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9504--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9734--><p class="noindent" > This is the first punctuation sub-block containing: underscore, macron, comma, semi-colon, colon, exclamation mark, inverted exclamation mark, question mark, inverted question mark, solidus, full stop, acute accent, grave accent, @@ -19368,32 +18737,26 @@ straight double quote, left guillemet, right guillemet, left parenthesis, right parenthesis, left square bracket, right square bracket, left curly bracket, right curly bracket, section sign, pilcrow sign, copyright sign, registered sign, at sign. -</p><!--l. 9515--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcurrencyrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42054"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9745--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcurrencyrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9517--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9747--><p class="noindent" > This sub-block contains some currency symbols: currency sign, Thai currency symbol baht, cent sign, colon sign, cruzeiro sign, dollar sign, dong sign, euro sign, French franc sign, lira sign, mill sign, naira sign, peseta sign, pound sign, rupee sign, new sheqel sign, won sign, yen sign. -</p><!--l. 9524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42055"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9754--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46055"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9526--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9756--><p class="noindent" > This sub-block contains some other punctuation symbols: asterisk, backslash, ampersand, hash sign, percent sign, plus sign, plus-minus sign, division sign, multiplication sign, less-than sign, equals sign, greater-than sign, not sign, vertical bar (pipe), broken bar, degree sign, micron sign. -</p><!--l. 9533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdigitrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42056"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9763--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46056"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdigitrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9535--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9765--><p class="noindent" > This rule block contains the Basic Latin digits (0, …, 9) and the subscript and superscript digits (<sub class="textsubscript"><span class="cmr-9">0</span></sub> <sup class="textsuperscript"><span @@ -19401,44 +18764,36 @@ class="cmr-9">0</span></sup> etc) made equivalent to the corresponding Basic Lat The digit block typically comes after the punctuation rules separated by a less than (<span class="cmtt-10"><</span>). -</p><!--l. 9543--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrBasicDigitrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42057"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9773--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrBasicDigitrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9545--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9775--><p class="noindent" > This rule block contains just the Basic Latin digits (0, …, 9). -</p><!--l. 9548--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrSubScriptDigitrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42058"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9778--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSubScriptDigitrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9550--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9780--><p class="noindent" > This rule block contains just the subscript digits (<sub class="textsubscript"><span class="cmr-9">0</span></sub> … <sub class="textsubscript"><span class="cmr-9">9</span></sub>). -</p><!--l. 9554--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrSuperScriptDigitrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42059"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9784--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46059"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSuperScriptDigitrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9556--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9786--><p class="noindent" > This rule block contains just the superscript digits (<sup class="textsuperscript"><span class="cmr-9">0</span></sup> … <sup class="textsuperscript"><span class="cmr-9">9</span></sup>). -</p><!--l. 9560--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfractionrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42060"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9790--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46060"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfractionrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9562--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9792--><p class="noindent" > This rule block contains vulgar fraction characters. The digit block typically comes after the digit rules separated by a less than (<span class="cmtt-10"><</span>). -</p><!--l. 9567--><p class="indent" > There are a number of Latin rule blocks. Some of these included extended +</p><!--l. 9797--><p class="indent" > There are a number of Latin rule blocks. Some of these included extended characters or ligatures (such as ß or œ) but they don’t include accented characters. If you require a Latin rule block that includes accented characters, digraphs, trigraphs or other extended characters, then it’s best to provide similar @@ -19447,12 +18802,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file for the particular language or region. -</p><!--l. 9575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42061"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9805--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9577--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9807--><p class="noindent" > This is just the basic (non-extended) Latin alphabet with the superscript and subscript Latin letters (<sup class="textsuperscript"><span class="cmr-9">a</span></sup> <sub class="textsubscript"><span @@ -19460,416 +18813,328 @@ class="cmr-9">a</span></sub> etc) treated as the equivalent basic Latin letter. don’t want the subscripts and superscripts included you can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA</span> etc to omit them.) -</p><!--l. 9584--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42062"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9814--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9586--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9816--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’ and eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’. -</p><!--l. 9590--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42063"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9820--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46063"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9592--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9822--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’ and eszett (ß) treated as ‘sz’. -</p><!--l. 9596--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42064"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9826--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46064"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9598--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9828--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’, ae-ligature (æ) is treated as ‘ae’, oe-ligature (œ) is treated as ‘oe’, eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’ and thorn (þ) is treated as ‘th’. -</p><!--l. 9604--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42065"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9834--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46065"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9606--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9836--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’, eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’ and thorn (þ) treated as ‘th’. -</p><!--l. 9611--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42066"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9613--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9843--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’, eszett (ß) treated as ‘sz’ and thorn (þ) treated as ‘th’. -</p><!--l. 9618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42067"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9848--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46067"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9620--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9850--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes ae-ligature (æ) between ‘A’ and ‘B’, eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’, insular G (Ᵹ) instead of ‘G’, oe-ligature between ‘O’ and ‘P’, long s (ſ) equivalent to ‘s’, thorn (þ) between ‘T’ and ‘U’ and wynn (Ƿ) instead of W. -</p><!--l. 9627--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42068"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9857--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46068"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9629--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9859--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but ae-ligature (æ) is treated as ‘ae’, oe-ligature (œ) is treated as ‘oe’, eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’, thorn (þ) is treated as ‘th’, Ø is treated as ‘O’ and ‘Ł’ is treated as ‘L’. -</p><!--l. 9635--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinA</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42069"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9865--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46069"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9637--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9867--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘A’ but includes the sub- and superscript A. -</p><!--l. 9641--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinE</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42070"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9871--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46070"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinE </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9643--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9873--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘E’ but includes the subscript E. -</p><!--l. 9647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinH</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42071"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9877--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46071"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinH </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9649--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9879--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘H’ but includes the subscript H. -</p><!--l. 9653--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinK</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42072"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9883--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46072"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinK </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9655--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9885--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘K’ but includes the subscript K. -</p><!--l. 9659--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinI</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42073"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinI </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9661--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9891--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘I’ but includes the superscript I. -</p><!--l. 9665--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinL</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42074"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9895--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46074"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinL </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9667--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9897--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘L’ but includes the subscript L. -</p><!--l. 9671--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinM</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42075"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9901--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46075"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinM </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9673--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9903--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘M’ but includes the subscript M. -</p><!--l. 9677--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinN</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42076"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9907--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46076"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinN </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9679--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9909--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘N’ but includes the sub- and superscript N. -</p><!--l. 9683--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinO</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42077"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9913--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46077"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinO </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9685--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9915--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘O’ but includes the sub- and superscript O. -</p><!--l. 9689--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinP</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42078"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46078"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinP </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9691--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9921--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘P’ but includes the subscript P. -</p><!--l. 9695--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinS</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42079"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9925--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46079"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinS </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9697--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9927--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘S’ but includes the subscript S. -</p><!--l. 9701--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinT</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42080"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9931--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46080"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinT </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9703--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9933--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘T’ but includes the subscript T. -</p><!--l. 9707--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinX</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42081"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46081"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinX </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9709--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9939--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers ‘X’ but includes the subscript X. -</p><!--l. 9713--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinEszettSs</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42082"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9943--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46082"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSs </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9715--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9945--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers eszett (ß) and makes long s (ſ) followed by short ‘s’ equivalent to ‘ß’. (This is used in the above blocks that treat ‘ß’ as ‘ss’.) -</p><!--l. 9720--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinEszettSz</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42083"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46083"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSz </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9722--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9952--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers eszett (ß) and makes long s (ſ) followed by ‘z’ equivalent to ‘ß’. (This is used in the above blocks that treat ‘ß’ as ‘sz’.) -</p><!--l. 9727--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinEth</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42084"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46084"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEth </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9729--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9959--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for eth (Ð) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 9733--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinThorn</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42085"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46085"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinThorn </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9735--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9965--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for thorn (þ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 9739--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinAELigature</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42086"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9969--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46086"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAELigature </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9741--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9971--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for ae-ligature (æ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 9745--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinOELigature</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42087"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46087"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOELigature </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9747--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9977--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for oe-ligature (œ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 9751--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinOslash</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42088"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46088"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOslash </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9753--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9983--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for ‘Ø’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 9757--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinLslash</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42089"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9987--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46089"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinLslash </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9759--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9989--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for ‘Ł’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 9763--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinWynn</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42090"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9993--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46090"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinWynn </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9765--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9995--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for wynn (Ƿ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 9769--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinInsularG</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42091"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 9999--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46091"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinInsularG </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9771--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10001--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for insular G (Ᵹ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. -</p><!--l. 9775--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinSchwa</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42092"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10005--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46092"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinSchwa </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9777--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10007--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule that just covers schwa (Ə) but includes the subscript schwa. (Not used in any of the provided Latin rule blocks described above.) -</p><!--l. 9782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinAA</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42093"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10012--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46093"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAA </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9784--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10014--><p class="noindent" > A mini-rule for ‘Å’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. (Not used in any of the provided Latin rule blocks described above.) -</p><!--l. 9789--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42094"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46094"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9791--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10021--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a - id="dx1-42095"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46095"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a - id="dx1-42096"></a> etc) and upright Greek + id="dx1-46096"></a> etc) and upright Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a - id="dx1-42097"></a>, etc, from the <span + id="dx1-46097"></a>, etc, from the <span class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a - id="dx1-42098"></a> package) characters that includes digamma + id="dx1-46098"></a> package) characters that includes digamma (<span class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a - id="dx1-42099"></a> and <span + id="dx1-46099"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a - id="dx1-42100"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. The upright and italic versions + id="dx1-46100"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. The upright and italic versions are gathered together into the same letter group. -</p><!--l. 9798--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathGreekIIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42101"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10028--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46101"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9800--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10030--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules </span>but doesn’t include digamma. -</p><!--l. 9803--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42102"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10033--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46102"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9805--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10035--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for upright Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a - id="dx1-42103"></a>, etc, from the <span + id="dx1-46103"></a>, etc, from the <span class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a - id="dx1-42104"></a> package) + id="dx1-46104"></a> package) characters that includes digamma (<span class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a - id="dx1-42105"></a> and <span + id="dx1-46105"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a - id="dx1-42106"></a>) between epsilon and + id="dx1-46106"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. -</p><!--l. 9811--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42107"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10041--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46107"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9813--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10043--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for upright Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a - id="dx1-42108"></a>, etc, from the <span + id="dx1-46108"></a>, etc, from the <span class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a - id="dx1-42109"></a> package) that + id="dx1-46109"></a> package) that doesn’t include digamma. -</p><!--l. 9817--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42110"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46110"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9819--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10049--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a - id="dx1-42111"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46111"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a - id="dx1-42112"></a>, etc) characters that includes + id="dx1-46112"></a>, etc) characters that includes digamma (<span class="cmtt-10">\diagamma</span><a - id="dx1-42113"></a> and <span + id="dx1-46113"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a - id="dx1-42114"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. Note that even + id="dx1-46114"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. Note that even though the upper case <span class="cmtt-10">\Delta </span>etc are actually rendered upright by <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span>, <a - id="dx1-42115"></a><a + id="dx1-46115"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> interpreter treats them as italic to help keep them close to the lower case versions. -</p><!--l. 9827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42116"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10057--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46116"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIIrules </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9829--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10059--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a - id="dx1-42117"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46117"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a - id="dx1-42118"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t + id="dx1-46118"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t include digamma. -</p><!--l. 9833--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42119"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIrules</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9835--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10063--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46119"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIrules </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10065--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for upper case mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a - id="dx1-42120"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46120"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a - id="dx1-42121"></a>, etc) characters that + id="dx1-46121"></a>, etc) characters that includes digamma (<span class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a - id="dx1-42122"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. -</p><!--l. 9840--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42123"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIIrules</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9842--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-46122"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. +</p><!--l. 10070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46123"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIIrules </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10072--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for upper case mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a - id="dx1-42124"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46124"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a - id="dx1-42125"></a>, etc) characters that + id="dx1-46125"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t include digamma. -</p><!--l. 9846--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42126"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIrules</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9848--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10076--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46126"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIrules </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10078--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for lower case mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a - id="dx1-42127"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46127"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a - id="dx1-42128"></a>, etc) characters that + id="dx1-46128"></a>, etc) characters that includes digamma (<span class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a - id="dx1-42129"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. -</p><!--l. 9853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIIrules</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42130"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIIrules</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9855--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-46129"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. +</p><!--l. 10083--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46130"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIIrules </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10085--><p class="noindent" > A rule block for lower case mathematical Greek (<span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a - id="dx1-42131"></a>, <span + id="dx1-46131"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a - id="dx1-42132"></a>, etc) characters that + id="dx1-46132"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t include digamma. -</p><!--l. 9859--><p class="indent" > Additionally, there are commands in the form <span +</p><!--l. 10089--><p class="indent" > Additionally, there are commands in the form <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrUpAlpha</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrUpBeta</span> etc and <span @@ -19878,39 +19143,35 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicBeta </span>etc that just cover the upper and lower case forms of a special Greek character (<span class="cmtt-10">\Upalpha</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\upalpha </span>etc - - - and <span class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\alpha </span>etc) as well as the following: -</p><!--l. 9866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicPartial</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42133"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10096--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46133"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicPartial </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9868--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10098--><p class="noindent" > The partial derivative symbol (<span class="cmmi-10">∂</span>). -</p><!--l. 9871--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicNabla</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-42134"></a> <span + + + +</p><!--l. 10101--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-46134"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicNabla </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9873--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10103--><p class="noindent" > The nabla symbol (<span class="cmsy-10">∇</span>). -</p><!--l. 9877--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10107--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9877--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10107--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.4 </span> <a id="supplementarycommands"></a>Supplementary Commands</h3> -<!--l. 9879--><p class="noindent" >These commands are provided by <span +<!--l. 10109--><p class="noindent" >These commands are provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>for use with <a - id="dx1-43001"></a><a + id="dx1-47001"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 9882--><p class="indent" > The information provided with <span +</p><!--l. 10112--><p class="indent" > The information provided with <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>is written to the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file using </p><div class="alltt"> @@ -19926,15 +19187,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> </div> where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">information</span>⟩ is the information to pass to <a - id="dx1-43002"></a><span + id="dx1-47002"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The command in the second argument -<!--l. 9889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrresourceinit</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43003"></a> <span +<!--l. 10119--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourceinit </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9891--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10121--><p class="noindent" > may be used to temporarily redefine commands before the information is written to the file. This does nothing by default, but may be redefined to allow the use of short commands for convenience. For example, with: @@ -19942,40 +19201,38 @@ commands for convenience. For example, with: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230"> \renewcommand{\glsxtrresourceinit}{\let\u\glshex} </div> -<!--l. 9898--><p class="nopar" > you can just use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 10128--><p class="nopar" > you can just use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\u</span><span class="cmtt-10"> E6</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\string\uE6</span></span></span> in the custom rule. This redefinition of <span class="cmtt-10">\u </span>is scoped so its original definition is restored after the write operation. -</p><!--l. 9903--><p class="indent" > If you have multiple resource commands and you want a default set of options you +</p><!--l. 10133--><p class="indent" > If you have multiple resource commands and you want a default set of options you can supply them in the definition of: -</p><!--l. 9905--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrDefaultResourceOptions</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43004"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10135--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrDefaultResourceOptions </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9907--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10137--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231"> \renewcommand{\GlsXtrDefaultResourceOptions}{selection=all} </div> -<!--l. 9911--><p class="nopar" > This should be done before the resource commands. -</p><!--l. 9914--><p class="indent" > It’s possible to specify label prefixes. For example, modifying the earlier +<!--l. 10141--><p class="nopar" > This should be done before the resource commands. +</p><!--l. 10144--><p class="indent" > It’s possible to specify label prefixes. For example, modifying the earlier example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[record,style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra}  <br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc} @@ -19996,24 +19253,22 @@ example:  <br />\printunsrtglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 9945--><p class="nopar" > If you do something like this, you may find it more convenient to define custom +<!--l. 10175--><p class="nopar" > If you do something like this, you may find it more convenient to define custom commands that set the prefix. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233"> \newcommand*{\sym}[2][]{\gls[#1]{sym.#2}} </div> -<!--l. 9950--><p class="nopar" > The problem with this is that the custom command <span +<!--l. 10180--><p class="nopar" > The problem with this is that the custom command <span class="cmtt-10">\sym </span>doesn’t allow for modifiers (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls* </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\gls+</span>). Instead you can use: -</p><!--l. 9954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewgls</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43005"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10184--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewgls[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20021,7 +19276,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9956--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10186--><p class="noindent" > which defines the command ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ that behaves like </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -20046,136 +19301,123 @@ class="cmtt-10">]</span> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234"> \glsxtrnewgls{sym.}{\sym} </div> -<!--l. 9964--><p class="nopar" > or (to default to no hyperlinks) +<!--l. 10194--><p class="nopar" > or (to default to no hyperlinks) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235"> \glsxtrnewgls[hyper=false]{sym.}{\sym} </div> -<!--l. 9968--><p class="nopar" > now you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 10198--><p class="nopar" > now you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\sym+{M}</span></span></span> to behave like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls+{sym.M}</span></span></span>. -</p><!--l. 9971--><p class="indent" > If you also want the plural and first letter upper case versions you can +</p><!--l. 10201--><p class="indent" > If you also want the plural and first letter upper case versions you can use -</p><!--l. 9973--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewglslike</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43006"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10203--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">\gls-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> <span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">\gls-like cs</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">\glspl-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">\Gls-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">\Glspl-like cs</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9976--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10206--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-236"> \glsxtrnewglslike[hyper=false]{idx.}{\idx}{\idxpl}{\Idx}{\Idxpl} </div> -<!--l. 9980--><p class="nopar" > For the all caps versions: -</p><!--l. 9982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewGLSlike</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43007"></a> <span +<!--l. 10210--><p class="nopar" > For the all caps versions: +</p><!--l. 10212--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewGLSlike[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">\GLS-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> <span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">\GLS-like cs</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">\GLSpl-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9985--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10215--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-236"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237"> \glsxtrnewGLSlike[hyper=false]{idx.}{\IDX}{\IDXpl} </div> -<!--l. 9989--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9991--><p class="indent" > There’s an analogous command for <span +<!--l. 10219--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10221--><p class="indent" > There’s an analogous command for <span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>: -</p><!--l. 9992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewrgls</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43008"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrgls[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9994--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10224--><p class="noindent" > and for <span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\rGls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>: -</p><!--l. 9997--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewrglslike</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43009"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10227--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrglslike[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">\rgls-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> <span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">\rgls-like cs</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">\rglspl-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">\rGls-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">\rGlspl-like cs</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10001--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10231--><p class="noindent" > and for the all caps: -</p><!--l. 10003--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewrGLSlike</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43010"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10233--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrGLSlike[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">\rGLS-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> <span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">\rGLS-like cs</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">\rGLSpl-like cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10006--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10008--><p class="indent" > If you provide your own custom command with just <span +</p><!--l. 10236--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10238--><p class="indent" > If you provide your own custom command with just <span class="cmtt-10">\newcommand </span>that has syntax that starts with <span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span @@ -20183,86 +19425,70 @@ class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>, then you can notify <a - id="dx1-43011"></a><a + id="dx1-47011"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> using: -</p><!--l. 10011--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtridentifyglslike</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43012"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10241--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtridentifyglslike{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">command</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10013--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10243--><p class="noindent" > This writes information to the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file so that <a - id="dx1-43013"></a><span + id="dx1-47013"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can search for the given command when looking for dependencies. -</p><!--l. 10018--><p class="indent" > Another possibility is to set up known label prefixes, with each one identified +</p><!--l. 10248--><p class="indent" > Another possibility is to set up known label prefixes, with each one identified by: -</p><!--l. 10020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtraddlabelprefix</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43014"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10250--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddlabelprefix{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10022--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10252--><p class="noindent" > These should be listed in order of precedence. Since no entries are defined on the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, the final prefix should be the fallback. You can prepend a prefix to the list using: -</p><!--l. 10026--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprependlabelprefix</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43015"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10256--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10028--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10258--><p class="noindent" > which gives it the highest order of precedence. -</p><!--l. 10031--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 10261--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ argument may be empty. You can clear the list with: -</p><!--l. 10033--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrclearlabelprefixes</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43016"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10263--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrclearlabelprefixes </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10035--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10037--><p class="indent" > You can test if a prefix is already in the list with: - - - -</p><!--l. 10038--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifinlabelprefixlist</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43017"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10265--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10267--><p class="indent" > You can test if a prefix is already in the list with: +</p><!--l. 10268--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifinlabelprefixlist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10040--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10270--><p class="noindent" > In general it’s best to avoid adding multiple instances of the same prefix, so you can check with this command before adding a prefix to the list. However, it can be useful + + + to repeat a prefix at the end of the list so that it can be used as a fallback for entries that haven’t yet been defined. -</p><!--l. 10047--><p class="indent" > With the list of possible prefixes set up (including an empty prefix if necessary), +</p><!--l. 10277--><p class="indent" > With the list of possible prefixes set up (including an empty prefix if necessary), you can use: -</p><!--l. 10049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\dgls</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43018"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\dgls[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20270,7 +19496,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10051--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10281--><p class="noindent" > which behaves like </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -20290,12 +19516,10 @@ class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ is the first prefix in the list such that class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ matches a defined entry (or the last entry in the prefix list if none match). -<!--l. 10060--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands for the plural and case-changing +<!--l. 10290--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands for the plural and case-changing versions: -</p><!--l. 10062--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\dglspl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43019"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10292--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\dglspl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20303,13 +19527,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10064--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10294--><p class="noindent" > (uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>), -</p><!--l. 10066--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\dGls</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43020"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10296--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\dGls[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20317,13 +19539,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10068--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10298--><p class="noindent" > (uses <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>), -</p><!--l. 10070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\dGlspl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43021"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10300--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\dGlspl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20331,13 +19551,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10072--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10302--><p class="noindent" > (uses <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span>), -</p><!--l. 10074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\dGLS</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43022"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10304--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\dGLS[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20345,13 +19563,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10076--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10306--><p class="noindent" > (uses <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>), -</p><!--l. 10078--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\dGLSpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43023"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10308--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\dGLSpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20359,13 +19575,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10080--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10310--><p class="noindent" > (uses <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span>), -</p><!--l. 10082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\dglslink</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43024"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10312--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\dglslink[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20373,13 +19587,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10084--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10314--><p class="noindent" > (uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>), -</p><!--l. 10086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\dglsdisp</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43025"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10316--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-47025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\dglsdisp[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20387,17 +19599,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10088--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10318--><p class="noindent" > (uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>). -</p><!--l. 10091--><p class="indent" > These commands are essentially provided for a mixture of single and dual entries. +</p><!--l. 10321--><p class="indent" > These commands are essentially provided for a mixture of single and dual entries. Suppose the file <span class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>contains: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238"> @index{duck}  <br />@dualindexabbreviation{svm,  <br />  short={SVM}, @@ -20409,12 +19621,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>contains:  <br />    diameter}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 10104--><p class="nopar" > and suppose the document code is: +<!--l. 10334--><p class="nopar" > and suppose the document code is: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{hyperref}  <br />\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra} @@ -20429,7 +19641,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>contains:  <br />\printunsrtglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 10123--><p class="nopar" > This uses the default empty primary prefix and <span +<!--l. 10353--><p class="nopar" > This uses the default empty primary prefix and <span class="cmtt-10">dual.</span> for the dual prefix, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> is referencing the primary entry, which is (essentially) an <span @@ -20440,50 +19652,50 @@ for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{pi}</span></span></span>, which references the primary <span class="cmtt-10">@index </span>entry rather than the symbol. -</p><!--l. 10132--><p class="indent" > What’s really needed is: +</p><!--l. 10362--><p class="indent" > What’s really needed is: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240"> \gls{duck}, \gls{dual.svm}, \gls{dual.pi}. </div> -<!--l. 10135--><p class="nopar" > or with +<!--l. 10365--><p class="nopar" > or with </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241"> \GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries,  <br /> label-prefix={idx.},  <br /> dual-prefix={}  <br />] </div> -<!--l. 10142--><p class="nopar" > then only the entries without a dual need a prefix: +<!--l. 10372--><p class="nopar" > then only the entries without a dual need a prefix: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242"> \gls{idx.duck}, \gls{svm}, \gls{pi}. </div> -<!--l. 10146--><p class="nopar" > Using <span +<!--l. 10376--><p class="nopar" > Using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike</span>, as earlier, this can be simplified to: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243"> \idx{duck}, \gls{svm}, \gls{pi}. </div> -<!--l. 10150--><p class="nopar" > but this requires remembering which terms have duals. -</p><!--l. 10153--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span +<!--l. 10380--><p class="nopar" > but this requires remembering which terms have duals. +</p><!--l. 10383--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span class="cmtt-10">\dgls </span>instead: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{hyperref}  <br />\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra} @@ -20500,7 +19712,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\dgls </span>instead:  <br />\printunsrtglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 10174--><p class="nopar" > On the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +<!--l. 10404--><p class="nopar" > On the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> call (when the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file doesn’t exist), neither <span @@ -20520,8 +19732,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">dual.svm</span>) entry to be selected. The location will be adde primary entry’s location list, unless overridden by resource options, such as <span class="cmtt-10">combine-dual-locations</span>. -</p><!--l. 10186--><p class="indent" > Once <a - id="dx1-43026"></a><a +</p><!--l. 10416--><p class="indent" > Once <a + id="dx1-47026"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> has been run and the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file exists, then <span @@ -20535,7 +19747,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\dgls{svm}</span></span></span> now behaves like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{dual.svm}</span></span></span>, which follows the abbreviation style and hyperlinks to the list of abbreviations. -</p><!--l. 10194--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the index-symbol combination <span +</p><!--l. 10424--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the index-symbol combination <span class="cmtt-10">dual.pi </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">pi</span>. In the case of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -20545,20 +19757,20 @@ prefix is the only one that matches, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="v class="cmtt-10">\dgls{duck}</span></span></span> always behaves like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{duck}</span></span></span>. -</p><!--l. 10200--><p class="indent" > If you haven’t used <span +</p><!--l. 10430--><p class="indent" > If you haven’t used <span class="cmtt-10">combine-dual-locations </span>an extra <a - id="dx1-43027"></a><span + id="dx1-47027"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>+<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run may be required to correct the location lists. -</p><!--l. 10204--><p class="indent" > If you change the label prefixes, remember to update the corresponding +</p><!--l. 10434--><p class="indent" > If you change the label prefixes, remember to update the corresponding <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddlabelprefix{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If no prefixes have been added to the list (or if the list is cleared), just an empty prefix is assumed. -</p><!--l. 10209--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.8, <a - id="dx1-43028"></a><span +</p><!--l. 10439--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.8, <a + id="dx1-47028"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>provides hooks that identify the label prefixes in the @@ -20568,19 +19780,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\bibglstertiaryprefixlabel</span><a - id="dx1-43029"></a><span + id="dx1-47029"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\bibglsdualprefixlabel</span><a - id="dx1-43030"></a><span + id="dx1-47030"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\bibglsprimaryprefixlabel</span><a - id="dx1-43031"></a><span + id="dx1-47031"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> @@ -20590,12 +19802,12 @@ loaded to set up the prefix list. For example: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245"> \newcommand{\bibglsprimaryprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtraddlabelprefix{#1}}  <br />\newcommand{\bibglsdualprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{#1}}  <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries] </div> -<!--l. 10223--><p class="nopar" > Remember that this will only have an effect once the <span +<!--l. 10453--><p class="nopar" > Remember that this will only have an effect once the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file has been created. The prefix list will be empty on the first run (which is treated as a single empty prefix). If this isn’t a suitable fallback, it may be necessary to add one after all the @@ -20604,32 +19816,32 @@ resource commands: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246"> \newcommand{\bibglsprimaryprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtraddlabelprefix{#1}}  <br />\newcommand{\bibglsdualprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{#1}}  <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries,label-prefix={idx.}]  <br />\glsxtraddlabelprefix{idx.} </div> -<!--l. 10234--><p class="nopar" > Although this rather defeats the purpose of using the hooks as you still have to keep +<!--l. 10464--><p class="nopar" > Although this rather defeats the purpose of using the hooks as you still have to keep track of the fallback prefix. -</p><!--l. 10238--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10468--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 10238--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10468--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.5 </span> <a id="sec:recordcount"></a>Record Counting</h3> -<!--l. 10241--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.1 of <a - id="dx1-44001"></a><a +<!--l. 10471--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.1 of <a + id="dx1-48001"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you can save the total record count for each entry by invoking <a - id="dx1-44002"></a><span + id="dx1-48002"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>with the <span class="cmtt-10">--record-count </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">--record-count-unit </span>switches. These options will ensure that when each entry is written to the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file <a - id="dx1-44003"></a><span + id="dx1-48003"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>will additionally set the following internal fields for that entry: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> @@ -20640,7 +19852,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">recordcount</span>: set to the total number of records found for class="cmtt-10">recordcount.</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩: set to the total number of records found for the entry for the given counter.</li></ul> -<!--l. 10253--><p class="noindent" >If <span +<!--l. 10483--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmtt-10">--record-count-unit </span>is used then additionally: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><span @@ -20649,25 +19861,23 @@ class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩: set to the total number of records found for the entry for the given counter with the given location.</li></ul> -<!--l. 10259--><p class="noindent" >Only use the unit counting option if the locations don’t contain any special characters. If +<!--l. 10489--><p class="noindent" >Only use the unit counting option if the locations don’t contain any special characters. If you really need it with locations that may contain formatting commands, then you can try redefining: -</p><!--l. 10262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdetoklocation</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44004"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10492--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdetoklocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10264--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10494--><p class="noindent" > so that it detokenizes ⟨<span class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ but take care when using <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount</span> with commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>as they can end up becoming detokenized too early. -</p><!--l. 10270--><p class="indent" > Note that the record count includes locations that <a - id="dx1-44005"></a><span +</p><!--l. 10500--><p class="indent" > Note that the record count includes locations that <a + id="dx1-48005"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>discards, such as ignored records, duplicates and partial duplicates. It doesn’t include cross-reference records. For example, if <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -20686,43 +19896,39 @@ field) is 2 + 1 + 4 = 7, and the total for the <span class="cmtt-10">section </span>counter (stored in the <span class="cmtt-10">recordcount.section </span>field) is 1. -</p><!--l. 10282--><p class="indent" > With the unit counting on as well, the field <span +</p><!--l. 10512--><p class="indent" > With the unit counting on as well, the field <span class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.1 </span>is set to 2, <span class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.2 </span>is set to 1, <span class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.3 </span>is set to 4 and <span class="cmtt-10">recordcount.section.3 </span>is set to 1. -</p><!--l. 10287--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using the following commands which will expand to +</p><!--l. 10517--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using the following commands which will expand to the field value if set or to 0 if unset: -</p><!--l. 10289--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44006"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10519--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10291--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10521--><p class="noindent" > This expands to the total record count for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247"> \GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{bird} </div> -<!--l. 10296--><p class="nopar" > expands to 8. -</p><!--l. 10299--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrRecordCount</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44007"></a> <span +<!--l. 10526--><p class="nopar" > expands to 8. +</p><!--l. 10529--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10301--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10531--><p class="noindent" > This expands to the counter total for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ is the @@ -20731,55 +19937,49 @@ counter name. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248"> \GlsXtrRecordCount{bird}{page} </div> -<!--l. 10307--><p class="nopar" > expands to 7 and +<!--l. 10537--><p class="nopar" > expands to 7 and </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-249"> \GlsXtrRecordCount{bird}{section} </div> -<!--l. 10311--><p class="nopar" > expands to 1. -</p><!--l. 10314--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44008"></a> <span +<!--l. 10541--><p class="nopar" > expands to 1. +</p><!--l. 10544--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10316--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10546--><p class="noindent" > This expands to the total for the given location. For example </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-249"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250"> \GlsXtrLocationRecordCount{bird}{page}{3} </div> -<!--l. 10320--><p class="nopar" > expands to 4. Be careful about using <span +<!--l. 10550--><p class="nopar" > expands to 4. Be careful about using <span class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ part. Remember that due to <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s asynchronous output routine, <span class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>may not be correct. -</p><!--l. 10325--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to the entry counting commands like <span +</p><!--l. 10555--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to the entry counting commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span> and <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>that are triggered by the record count. These are listed below. -</p><!--l. 10329--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\rgls</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44009"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10559--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span @@ -20789,11 +19989,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10331--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10332--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\rglspl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44010"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10561--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10562--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span @@ -20803,11 +20001,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10334--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10335--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\rGls</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44011"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10564--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10565--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rGls</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span @@ -20817,11 +20013,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10337--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10338--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\rGlspl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44012"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10567--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10568--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span @@ -20831,11 +20025,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10340--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\rGLS</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44013"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10570--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10571--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span @@ -20845,11 +20037,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10343--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\rGLSpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44014"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10573--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10574--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span @@ -20859,80 +20049,70 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10346--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10576--><p class="noindent" > These commands check the <a href="#catattr.recordcount"><span class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a - id="dx1-44015"></a> attribute which, if set, should be a number. + id="dx1-48015"></a> attribute which, if set, should be a number. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251"> \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{recordcount}{1} </div> -<!--l. 10351--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, you can use -</p><!--l. 10353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetRecordCountAttribute</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44016"></a> <span +<!--l. 10581--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, you can use +</p><!--l. 10583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetRecordCountAttribute{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">category</span> -<span -class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span +class="cmitt-10">category list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10355--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10585--><p class="noindent" > to set the <a href="#catattr.recordcount"><span class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a - id="dx1-44017"></a> attribute to ⟨<span + id="dx1-48017"></a> attribute to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ for all the categories listed in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span> <span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 10359--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 10589--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like commands use -</p><!--l. 10360--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifrecordtrigger</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44018"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10590--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifrecordtrigger{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">trigger code</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">normal</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10363--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10593--><p class="noindent" > to determine whether the <span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like command should behave like its <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> counterpart (⟨<span class="cmti-10">normal</span>⟩) or whether it should instead use ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 10368--><p class="indent" > This command checks if the <a +</p><!--l. 10598--><p class="indent" > This command checks if the <a href="#catattr.recordcount"><span class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a - id="dx1-44019"></a> attribute is set. If not is just does + id="dx1-48019"></a> attribute is set. If not is just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">normal</span>⟩, otherwise it tests if -</p><!--l. 10371--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44020"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10601--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10373--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10603--><p class="noindent" > is greater than the value given in the <a href="#catattr.recordcount"><span class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a - id="dx1-44021"></a> attribute for that entry’s category. + id="dx1-48021"></a> attribute for that entry’s category. If true, this does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">normal</span>⟩ otherwise it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩. The default definition of the @@ -20941,104 +20121,90 @@ trigger value command is: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue}[1]{%  <br /> \GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{#1}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 10382--><p class="nopar" > The ⟨<span +<!--l. 10612--><p class="nopar" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ part writes a record with the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-44022"></a> set to <span + id="dx1-48022"></a> set to <span class="cmtt-10">glstriggerrecordformat</span> (which <a - id="dx1-44023"></a><a + id="dx1-48023"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v1.1+ recognises as a special type of ignored location format) and does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger format</span>⟩. Then it unsets the <a - id="dx1-44024"></a><a + id="dx1-48024"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Note that it doesn’t implement the post-link hook. This ensures that the record count is correct on the next run. -</p><!--l. 10391--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 10621--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger format</span>⟩ depends on the <span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like command used and will be one of the following: -</p><!--l. 10393--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\rglsformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44025"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10623--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rglsformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10395--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10396--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\rglsplformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44026"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10625--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10626--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rglsplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10398--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10399--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\rGlsformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44027"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10628--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10629--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rGlsformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10401--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10402--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\rGlsplformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44028"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10631--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10632--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rGlsplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10404--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10405--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\rGLSformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44029"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10634--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10635--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10407--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\rGLSplformat</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44030"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10637--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10638--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10410--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10640--><p class="noindent" > These all behave much like their <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>counterparts. If the entry’s <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a - id="dx1-44031"></a> + id="dx1-48031"></a> attribute is set or if the entry doesn’t have a long form, the first or first plural is used, otherwise the long or long plural form is used. -</p><!--l. 10416--><p class="indent" > You can use -</p><!--l. 10417--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrenablerecordcount</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44032"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10646--><p class="indent" > You can use +</p><!--l. 10647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-48032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrenablerecordcount </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10419--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10649--><p class="noindent" > to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span @@ -21053,7 +20219,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\rGls</span>, class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span>, respectively, for convenience. -</p><!--l. 10424--><p class="indent" > If you don’t want the entries that use ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 10654--><p class="indent" > If you don’t want the entries that use ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ to appear in the glossary, you need to use the resource option <span class="cmtt-10">trigger-type </span>to assign them to another glossary. @@ -21062,7 +20228,7 @@ For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}  <br />\newignoredglossary{ignored} @@ -21079,7 +20245,7 @@ For example:  <br />\printunsrtglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 10450--><p class="nopar" > In the above, <span +<!--l. 10680--><p class="nopar" > In the above, <span class="cmtt-10">stc </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">upa </span>both only have one record, so they are assigned to the <span @@ -21089,118 +20255,107 @@ class="cmtt-10">main </span>one. </p> -<!--l. 10455--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 10455--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10685--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 10685--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a id="sec:miscnew"></a>Miscellaneous New Commands</h2> -</p><!--l. 10458--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 10688--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a - id="dx1-45001"></a> entry to cross-reference entries + id="dx1-49001"></a> entry to cross-reference entries when used with the <a href="#styopt.entrycounter"><span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span></a><a - id="dx1-45002"></a> or <a + id="dx1-49002"></a> or <a href="#styopt.subentrycounter"><span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span></a><a - id="dx1-45003"></a> options. The <span + id="dx1-49003"></a> options. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> package provides a supplementary command -</p><!--l. 10462--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpageref</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-45004"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10692--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10464--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10694--><p class="noindent" > that works in the same way except that it uses <span class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span><a - id="dx1-45005"></a> instead of <span + id="dx1-49005"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\ref</span><a - id="dx1-45006"></a>. -</p><!--l. 10468--><p class="indent" > You can copy an entry to another glossary using -</p><!--l. 10469--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcopytoglossary</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-45007"></a> <span + id="dx1-49006"></a>. +</p><!--l. 10698--><p class="indent" > You can copy an entry to another glossary using +</p><!--l. 10699--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcopytoglossary{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary-type</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10471--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10701--><p class="noindent" > This appends ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-label</span>⟩ to the end of the internal list for the glossary given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary-type</span>⟩. Be careful if you use the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-45008"></a> package as this may cause duplicate + id="dx1-49008"></a> package as this may cause duplicate hypertargets. You will need to change <span class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>to another value or disable hyperlinks when you display the duplicate. Alternatively, use the new <span class="cmss-10">target</span><a - id="dx1-45009"></a> key to + id="dx1-49009"></a> key to switch off the targets: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254"> \printunsrtglossary[target=false] </div> -<!--l. 10481--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 10483--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 10711--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10713--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows you to set preamble code for a given glossary type using <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span>. This overrides any previous setting. With <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>(as from v1.12) you can instead append to the preamble using -</p><!--l. 10488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\apptoglossarypreamble</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-45010"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10718--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\apptoglossarypreamble[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10490--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10720--><p class="noindent" > or prepend using -</p><!--l. 10492--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\pretoglossarypreamble</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-45011"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10722--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-49011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\pretoglossarypreamble[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10494--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10724--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 10496--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10726--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1 </span> <a id="sec:fields"></a>Entry Fields</h3> -<!--l. 10499--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a +<!--l. 10729--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a single argument. The field is given by -</p><!--l. 10501--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFmtField</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46001"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10731--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtField </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10503--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10733--><p class="noindent" > The default value is <span class="cmtt-10">useri</span>. Note that the value must be the control sequence name <span class="cmti-10">without the initial backslash</span>. -</p><!--l. 10508--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 10738--><p class="indent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255"> \newcommand*{\mtx}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}}  <br />\newcommand*{\mtxinv}[1]{\mtx{#1}\sp{-1}}  <br />\newglossaryentry{matrix}{% @@ -21225,13 +20380,11 @@ class="cmti-10">without the initial backslash</span>.  <br />   $\mtx{M}\mtxinv{M}=\glssymbol{identitymatrix}$}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 10536--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 10538--><p class="indent" > There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an +<!--l. 10766--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10768--><p class="indent" > There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an argument: -</p><!--l. 10540--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46002"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10770--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -21239,7 +20392,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10542--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10772--><p class="noindent" > This effectively does </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -21266,29 +20419,25 @@ class="cmti-10">cs name</span>⟩ is the control sequence name supplied in must be defined to take a single required argument. Although it effectively acts like <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>it misses out the post-link hook. -<!--l. 10552--><p class="indent" > The default ⟨<span +<!--l. 10782--><p class="indent" > The default ⟨<span class="cmti-10">default-options</span>⟩ are given by -</p><!--l. 10553--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46003"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10783--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10555--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10785--><p class="noindent" > This is defined as <span class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>but may be redefined as appropriate. Note that the replacement text of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span>is prepended to the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>. -</p><!--l. 10561--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.23, there’s also a starred version of this command that has a +</p><!--l. 10791--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.23, there’s also a starred version of this command that has a final optional argument: -</p><!--l. 10563--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmt*</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46004"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt*[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -21298,21 +20447,18 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10565--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10795--><p class="noindent" > Both the starred and unstarred versions use: -</p><!--l. 10567--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmtdisplay</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46005"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10797--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtdisplay{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10569--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10799--><p class="noindent" > within the link text. In the case of the unstarred version ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ will be empty. It will also be empty if the final option argument is missing from the starred form. If the @@ -21324,7 +20470,7 @@ warning if <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-46006"></a>). There won’t be a warning or error if the entry is + id="dx1-50006"></a>). There won’t be a warning or error if the entry is defined by the given field is missing. In either case, (the entry is undefined or the field is missing) ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs name</span>⟩ will be <span @@ -21334,25 +20480,25 @@ default definition is: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256"> \newcommand{\glsxtrfmtdisplay}[3]{\csuse{#1}{#2}#3} </div> -<!--l. 10583--><p class="nopar" > which puts ⟨<span +<!--l. 10813--><p class="nopar" > which puts ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ inside the argument of the control sequence and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ outside it (but it will still be inside the link text). -</p><!--l. 10588--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that nested links cause a problem so avoid using commands like <span +</p><!--l. 10818--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that nested links cause a problem so avoid using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. </div> -</p><!--l. 10591--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10593--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 10821--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10823--><p class="indent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257"> \[  <br />  \glsxtrfmt{matrix}{A}  <br />  \glsxtrfmt{matrixinv}{A} @@ -21360,64 +20506,71 @@ class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. </div>  <br />  \glssymbol{identitymatrix}  <br />\] </div> -<!--l. 10601--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span +<!--l. 10831--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>then <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t index, but will create a hyperlink (if <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-46007"></a> has been loaded). This can be changed so that it also + id="dx1-50007"></a> has been loaded). This can be changed so that it also suppresses the hyperlink: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258"> \renewcommand{\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions}{hyper=false,noindex} </div> -<!--l. 10608--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 10610--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +<!--l. 10838--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10840--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t work with PDF bookmarks. Instead you can use -</p><!--l. 10612--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrentryfmt</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46008"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10842--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrentryfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10614--><p class="noindent" > -This uses <span -class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>and will simply expand to ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ within the PDF -bookmarks, but in the document it will do ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 10844--><p class="noindent" > +If <span +class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a + id="dx1-50009"></a> is used, this uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>and will expand to +</p><!--l. 10846--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50010"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpdfentryfmt{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10848--><p class="noindent" > +within the PDF bookmarks, but in the document it will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span>if a control sequence name has -been provided or just ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ otherwise. -</p><!--l. 10620--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>if a control +sequence name has been provided or just ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ otherwise. The PDF bookmark version +simply does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. It may be redefined, but remember that it needs to expand +fully. +</p><!--l. 10855--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>to add new keys. This command will cause an error if the key has already been defined. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> package provides a supplementary command that will only define the key if it doesn’t already exist: -</p><!--l. 10625--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprovidestoragekey</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46009"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10860--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidestoragekey{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">default</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10627--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10862--><p class="noindent" > If the key has already been defined, it will still provide the command given in the third argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ (if it hasn’t already been defined). Unlike <span @@ -21426,11 +20579,9 @@ class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ may be left empty if you’re happy to just use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch </span>to fetch the value of this new key. -</p><!--l. 10633--><p class="indent" > You can test if a key has been provided with: -</p><!--l. 10634--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifkeydefined</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46010"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10868--><p class="indent" > You can test if a key has been provided with: +</p><!--l. 10869--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifkeydefined{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21438,7 +20589,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10636--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10871--><p class="noindent" > This tests if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩ is available for use in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩= list in the second argument of @@ -21447,22 +20598,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>(or the optional argument of commands l class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>). The corresponding field may not have been set for any of the entries if no default was provided. -</p><!--l. 10644--><p class="indent" > There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that +</p><!--l. 10879--><p class="indent" > There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that these only change the specified field, not any related values. For example, changing the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-46011"></a> field won’t update the <span + id="dx1-50013"></a> field won’t update the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-46012"></a> field. There are also + id="dx1-50014"></a> field. There are also some fields that should really only be set when entries are defined (such as the <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a - id="dx1-46013"></a> field). Unexpected results may occur if they are subsequently + id="dx1-50015"></a> field). Unexpected results may occur if they are subsequently changed. -</p><!--l. 10652--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetField</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46014"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10887--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21470,7 +20619,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10654--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10889--><p class="noindent" > Sets the field given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span @@ -21479,34 +20628,31 @@ performed. It’s not necessary for the field to have been defined as a key. access the value later with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusefield</span>. Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifkeydefined </span>only + + + tests if a key has been defined for use with commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. If a field without a corresponding key is assigned a value, the key remains undefined. This command is robust. - - - -</p><!--l. 10664--><p class="indent" > <span +</p><!--l. 10899--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>uses -</p><!--l. 10665--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46015"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10667--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10902--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is the assignment code. -</p><!--l. 10671--><p class="indent" > This command just uses <span +</p><!--l. 10906--><p class="indent" > This command just uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a - id="dx1-46016"></a><span + id="dx1-50018"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21518,15 +20664,13 @@ This can be changed to a warning with <a href="#styopt.undefaction"><span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-46017"></a>. You can redefine + id="dx1-50019"></a>. You can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists </span>to simply do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if you want to skip the existence check. Alternatively you can instead use -</p><!--l. 10677--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdeffield</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46018"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10912--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdeffield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21534,24 +20678,21 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">arguments</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">replacement</span> -<span -class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10679--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmitt-10">replacement text</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10914--><p class="noindent" > This simply uses <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-46019"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-50021"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\csdef </span>without any checks. This command isn’t robust. There is also a version that uses <span class="cmtt-10">\protected@csedef</span> instead:<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x10" id="fn1x10-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-46020f1"></a> -</p><!--l. 10684--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtredeffield</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46021"></a> <span + id="x1-50022f1"></a> +</p><!--l. 10919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtredeffield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21559,15 +20700,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">arguments</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">replacement</span> -<span -class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10686--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10688--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\gGlsXtrSetField</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46022"></a> <span +class="cmitt-10">replacement text</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10921--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10923--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21575,13 +20713,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10690--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10925--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but globally. -</p><!--l. 10693--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\eGlsXtrSetField</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46023"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\eGlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21589,13 +20725,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10695--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10930--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion. -</p><!--l. 10698--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\xGlsXtrSetField</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46024"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10933--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21603,13 +20737,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10700--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10935--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion. -</p><!--l. 10703--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLetField</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46025"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21617,44 +20749,38 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10705--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10940--><p class="noindent" > Sets the field given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ to the replacement text of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ (using <span class="cmtt-10">\let</span>). -</p><!--l. 10709--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\csGlsXtrLetField</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46026"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\csGlsXtrLetField{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10711--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10946--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField </span>but the control sequence name is supplied instead. -</p><!--l. 10715--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLetFieldToField</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46027"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetFieldToField{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label-1</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field-1</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label-2</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field-2</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10717--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10952--><p class="noindent" > Sets the field given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field-1</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label-1</span>⟩ to the field given by @@ -21672,19 +20798,17 @@ class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>is still used, as for <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span>. -</p><!--l. 10725--><p class="indent" > The <span + + + +</p><!--l. 10960--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a - id="dx1-46028"></a> to determine if a field has been + id="dx1-50030"></a> to determine if a field has been set. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a simpler version: - - - -</p><!--l. 10728--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifhasfield</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46029"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21693,9 +20817,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10730--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10965--><p class="noindent" > (New to v1.19.) Note that in this case the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ must be the <span class="cmti-10">internal </span>field label (for @@ -21712,20 +20835,16 @@ class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ part is done otherwise it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. Within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ you may use -</p><!--l. 10739--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glscurrentfieldvalue</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46030"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10974--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10741--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10976--><p class="noindent" > to access the field value. This command includes grouping which scopes the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ parts. The starred version -</p><!--l. 10745--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifhasfield*</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46031"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10980--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield*{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21734,25 +20853,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10747--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10982--><p class="noindent" > omits the implicit grouping. -</p><!--l. 10750--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of keys that use <span +</p><!--l. 10985--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of keys that use <span class="cmtt-10">\relax </span>as the default value (such as the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-46032"></a>). Use + id="dx1-50034"></a>). Use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol </span>instead. </div> -</p><!--l. 10753--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10755--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that simply uses <span +</p><!--l. 10988--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10990--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that simply uses <span class="cmtt-10">\ifcsundef</span>. It doesn’t save the field value, but can be used if you only need to check if the field is defined without accessing it: -</p><!--l. 10758--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46033"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 10993--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21761,10 +20877,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10760--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10762--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a difference between an undefined field and an unset field. An undefined +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10995--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10997--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a difference between an undefined field and an unset field. An undefined field hasn’t been assigned any value (no associated internal control sequence has been defined). If a defined field has been defined to empty, then it’s considered unset. <span @@ -21782,12 +20897,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef </span>for fields that can only be defined through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 10775--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10777--><p class="indent" > You can test if a field value equals a string using -</p><!--l. 10778--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46034"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11010--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11012--><p class="indent" > You can test if a field value equals a string using +</p><!--l. 11013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21796,76 +20909,117 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10780--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11015--><p class="noindent" > If the entry exists and has the given field set to the given text then this does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ otherwise it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield </span>to test if the field exists and - - - then compares the replacement text of <span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>with ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ using <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-46035"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-50037"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstring</span>. Version 1.39 introduced a starred form of this command, + + + which uses the starred form of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield</span>. -</p><!--l. 10790--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, there’s a similar command: -</p><!--l. 10791--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqXpStr</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46036"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11025--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, there’s a similar command: +</p><!--l. 11026--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqXpStr{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10793--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11028--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr </span>but first (protected) fully expands ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ (but not the field value). If you want to compare the (protected) full expansion of both the field value and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ use: -</p><!--l. 10798--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46037"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11033--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10800--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11035--><p class="noindent" > Again, version 1.39 introduced a starred form of these commands, which use the starred form of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield</span>. -</p><!--l. 10804--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, if a field represents a numeric (integer) value, you can use the +</p><!--l. 11039--><p class="indent" > As from v1.42, you can test if the field value is contained in a comma-separated +list with: +</p><!--l. 11041--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50040"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11043--><p class="noindent" > +The unstarred version uses the unstarred form of <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield </span>(which +adds grouping so ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ and ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ will be localised). The starred version uses +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield*</span>. If the field value (without expansion) is contained in ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ then +⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ is done otherwise ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ is done. If the field hasn’t been set ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ is done. This +internally uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\DTLifinlist </span>provided by <span +class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a + id="dx1-50041"></a> which performs +a one level expansion on ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩. See the <span +class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a + id="dx1-50042"></a> documentation for further +details. +</p><!--l. 11055--><p class="indent" > This command is intended for fields that contain a label. For example, to test if +the category is one of a set of labels: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-259"> +\GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList{examplelabel}{category}% + <br /> {abbreviation,acronym}% set of labels + <br /> {true part}{false part} +</div> +<!--l. 11061--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11063--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, if a field represents a numeric (integer) value, you can use the following two numeric tests. If the field is set, it must expand to an integer. You may use <span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>within ⟨<span @@ -21878,28 +21032,22 @@ be 0, and <span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>is set accordingly. As from version 1.39, these numeric tests have starred versions. The unstarred versions add implicit grouping. The starred versions don’t. -</p><!--l. 10814--><p class="indent" > To test if the value is non-zero: -</p><!--l. 10815--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46038"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11073--><p class="indent" > To test if the value is non-zero: +</p><!--l. 11074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10817--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11076--><p class="noindent" > Alternatively, you can test if the field expands to a specific number using: -</p><!--l. 10820--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46039"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11079--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21908,12 +21056,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10822--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11081--><p class="noindent" > This does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the field value equals ⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ (using <span @@ -21921,105 +21067,93 @@ class="cmtt-10">\ifnum </span>for the comparison) otherwise it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. For a more general numeric comparison you can use: -</p><!--l. 10827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldCmpNum</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46040"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldCmpNum{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">comparison</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10829--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11088--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">comparison</span>⟩ is one of <span class="cmtt-10">=</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">< </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">></span>. -</p><!--l. 10833--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 11092--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch</span><a - id="dx1-46041"></a> which can be used to fetch the + id="dx1-50046"></a> which can be used to fetch the value of the given field and store it in a control sequence. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides another way of accessing the field value: -</p><!--l. 10837--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusefield</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46042"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11096--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusefield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10839--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11098--><p class="noindent" > This works in the same way as commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>but the field label is specified in the first argument. Note that the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field-label</span>⟩ corresponds to the internal field tag, which isn’t always the same as the key name. See Table 4.1 of the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-46043"></a> + id="dx1-50048"></a> manual. No error occurs if the entry or field haven’t been defined. This command is - - - not robust. -</p><!--l. 10847--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to +</p><!--l. 11106--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span>): -</p><!--l. 10849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrusefield</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46044"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrusefield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10851--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11110--><p class="noindent" > and, as from v1.37, a command that converts the entire value to upper case: -</p><!--l. 10853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrusefield</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46045"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11112--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrusefield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10855--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10857--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span + + + +</p><!--l. 11114--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11116--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-46046"></a> internal + id="dx1-50051"></a> internal list, you can use the following command that adds an item to the field using <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-46047"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-50052"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\listcsadd</span>: -</p><!--l. 10861--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistadd</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46048"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11120--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistadd{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10863--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11122--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the entry’s field and ⟨<span @@ -22029,81 +21163,116 @@ class="cmtt-10">\listgadd</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\listeadd </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\listxadd</span>: -</p><!--l. 10868--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistgadd</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46049"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11127--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistgadd{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10870--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10871--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlisteadd</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46050"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11129--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11130--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50055"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlisteadd{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10873--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistxadd</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46051"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11132--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11133--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50056"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistxadd{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10876--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11135--><p class="noindent" > You can then iterate over the list using: -</p><!--l. 10878--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfielddolistloop</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46052"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11137--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10880--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11139--><p class="noindent" > or -</p><!--l. 10882--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46053"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11141--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">handler</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10884--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11143--><p class="noindent" > that internally use <span class="cmtt-10">\dolistcsloop </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">\forlistloop</span>, respectively. -</p><!--l. 10888--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that use <span +class="cmtt-10">\forlistloop</span>, respectively. You can use +<span +class="cmtt-10">\listbreak</span><a + id="dx1-50059"></a> to break out of the loop (see the <span +class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a + id="dx1-50060"></a> manual for further +details). +</p><!--l. 11148--><p class="indent" > For fields that contain comma-separated lists use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span> +instead. +</p><!--l. 11151--><p class="indent" > New to v1.42: +</p><!--l. 11152--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50061"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatlist{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11154--><p class="noindent" > +Like <span +class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a + id="dx1-50062"></a>’s <span +class="cmtt-10">\DTLformatlist</span><a + id="dx1-50063"></a>, this iterates over an (<span +class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a + id="dx1-50064"></a>) internal list and +formats each item. Uses all the same helper commands as <span +class="cmtt-10">\DTLformatlist </span>(the same +list handler macro is used). Unlike the <span +class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a + id="dx1-50065"></a> command, this command has no +starred version. Grouping is automatically applied. +</p><!--l. 11161--><p class="indent" > For example, with <a + id="dx1-50066"></a><a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> <span +class="cmtt-10">save-child-count </span>resource option: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260"> +\newcommand*{\listchildren}[1]{% + <br />  \GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero{childcount}{#1}% + <br />  {child count: \glscurrentfieldvalue; children: + <br />   \let\DTLlistformatitem\glsfmtname + <br />   \glsxtrfieldformatlist{#1}{childlist}% + <br />  }% + <br />  {no children}% + <br />} +</div> +<!--l. 11172--><p class="nopar" > For fields that contain a comma-separated list use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist</span> +instead. +</p><!--l. 11176--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifinlistcs</span>: -</p><!--l. 10889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldifinlist</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46054"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50067"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldifinlist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22112,104 +21281,101 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10891--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11179--><p class="noindent" > and <span class="cmtt-10">\xifinlistcs</span> -</p><!--l. 10893--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldxifinlist</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46055"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11181--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50068"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - - - -</p><!--l. 10895--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10897--><p class="indent" > See the <span +</p><!--l. 11183--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11185--><p class="indent" > See the <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-46056"></a>’s user manual for further details of these commands, in particular + id="dx1-50069"></a>’s user manual for further details of these commands, in particular the limitations of <span class="cmtt-10">\ifinlist</span>. -</p><!--l. 10901--><p class="indent" > If the field has a comma-separated list value instead, you can iterate over it +</p><!--l. 11189--><p class="indent" > If the field has a comma-separated list value instead, you can iterate over it using: -</p><!--l. 10903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46057"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11191--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50070"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">handler</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10905--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11193--><p class="noindent" > where again ⟨<span class="cmti-10">handler</span>⟩ is a control sequence that takes a single argument. Unlike the <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-46058"></a> loops, this doesn’t ignore empty elements nor does it discard leading / + id="dx1-50071"></a> loops, this doesn’t ignore empty elements nor does it discard leading / trailing spaces. Internally it uses <span class="cmtt-10">\@for </span>(modified by <span class="cmss-10">xfor</span><a - id="dx1-46059"></a> which is automatically + id="dx1-50072"></a> which is automatically loaded by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-46060"></a>). The <span + id="dx1-50073"></a>). The <span class="cmss-10">xfor</span><a - id="dx1-46061"></a> package modifies the behaviour of <span + id="dx1-50074"></a> package modifies the behaviour of <span class="cmtt-10">\@for </span>to allow the loop to be broken prematurely using <span class="cmtt-10">\@endfortrue</span>. The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span> command locally defines a user level command: -</p><!--l. 10915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrendfor</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46062"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11203--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50075"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrendfor </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10917--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11205--><p class="noindent" > which is just a synonym for <span class="cmtt-10">\@endfortrue</span>. -</p><!--l. 10920--><p class="indent" > The loop is performed within the true part of <span +</p><!--l. 11208--><p class="indent" > The loop is performed within the true part of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield </span>so scoping is automatically applied. -</p><!--l. 10923--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.32, if the field given by -</p><!--l. 10924--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrForeignTextField</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46063"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11211--><p class="indent" > New to v1.42: +</p><!--l. 11212--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50076"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11214--><p class="noindent" > +Like <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist </span>but for fields that contain comma-separated +lists. +</p><!--l. 11218--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.32, if the field given by +</p><!--l. 11219--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50077"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignTextField </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10926--><p class="noindent" > + + + +</p><!--l. 11221--><p class="noindent" > (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">userii</span>) contains a locale tag, then -</p><!--l. 10928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrForeignText</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46064"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50078"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignText{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">entry label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10930--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11225--><p class="noindent" > can be used to encapsulate ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ in <span class="cmtt-10">\foreignlanguage{</span>⟨<span @@ -22220,18 +21386,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">dialect</span>⟩ is obtained from the locale tag through <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-46065"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-50079"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\GetTrackedDialectFromLanguageTag</span><a - id="dx1-46066"></a> + id="dx1-50080"></a> command. You need at least <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-46067"></a> v1.3.6 for this to work properly. The ⟨<span + id="dx1-50081"></a> v1.3.6 for this to work properly. The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">dialect</span>⟩ must be one that’s tracked (which typically means that <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-46068"></a> or <span + id="dx1-50082"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-46069"></a> has been + id="dx1-50083"></a> has been loaded with the appropriate setting for that language). If <span class="cmtt-10">\foreignlanguage </span>hasn’t been defined, this just does ⟨<span @@ -22240,7 +21406,7 @@ class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-261"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[main=british,brazilian,ngerman]{babel}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra} @@ -22267,31 +21433,29 @@ class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. For example:  <br />\gls{abnt}, \gls{din}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 10972--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 10975--><p class="indent" > When using the <a +<!--l. 11267--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11270--><p class="indent" > When using the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-46070"></a> option, in addition to recording the usual location, you can + id="dx1-50084"></a> option, in addition to recording the usual location, you can also record the current value of another counter at the same time using the preamble-only command: -</p><!--l. 10978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrRecordCounter</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46071"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11273--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-50085"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCounter{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10980--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11275--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-259"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262"> \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}  <br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section} </div> -<!--l. 10985--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span +<!--l. 11280--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>, the <span @@ -22335,55 +21499,51 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls{bird}</span></span></span> is used in section 1.2 th - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-263"> \glsxtrfieldlistgadd{bird}{record.section}{1.2} </div> -<!--l. 11002--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span +<!--l. 11297--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field, but its value can be accessed with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielduse </span>or the list can be iterated over with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop </span>etc. -</p><!--l. 11008--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11303--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 11008--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 11303--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2 </span> <a id="sec:printunsrt"></a>Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</h3> -<!--l. 11011--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossary</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47001"></a> <span +<!--l. 11306--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11013--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11308--><p class="noindent" > This behaves like <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>but never sorts the entries and always lists all the defined entries for the given glossary (and doesn’t require <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>). If you want to use one of the <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-47002"></a><a - id="dx1-47003"></a>-like styles with + id="dx1-51002"></a><a + id="dx1-51003"></a>-like styles with <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>, make sure you load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a - id="dx1-47004"></a> which modifies + id="dx1-51004"></a> which modifies the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to avoid the “Incomplete <span class="cmtt-10">\iftrue</span>” error that may otherwise occur. -</p><!--l. 11023--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form -</p><!--l. 11024--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossary*</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47005"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11318--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form +</p><!--l. 11319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11026--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11321--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -22401,13 +21561,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\endgroup</span> class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span>, the supplied ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is done before the glossary header. -<!--l. 11036--><p class="indent" > This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first +<!--l. 11331--><p class="indent" > This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run without the need for a post-processor, however there will be no <a - id="dx1-47006"></a><a + id="dx1-51006"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> in this case, as that has to be set by a post-processor such as <a - id="dx1-47007"></a><a + id="dx1-51007"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (see <a href="#sec:bib2gls"><span @@ -22415,93 +21575,91 @@ class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>). -</p><!--l. 11042--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined +</p><!--l. 11337--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined immediately after their parent entry, they won’t be together in the glossary when using <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 11047--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11342--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11049--><p class="indent" > There’s a difference in behaviour depending on whether or not the <span +</p><!--l. 11344--><p class="indent" > There’s a difference in behaviour depending on whether or not the <span class="cmss-10">group</span><a - id="dx1-47008"></a> key is -defined. If not defined (default), the group label will be formed from the first -letter of the <span + id="dx1-51008"></a> key is +defined. If not defined (default), the group label will be formed from the first letter of +the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-47009"></a> field. The corresponding group title will be obtained as -discussed in <a + id="dx1-51009"></a> field. The corresponding group title will be obtained as discussed +in <a href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.12 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.10.1 </a><a href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>. This can lead to an odd effect if you are using a style that separates letter groups when the ordering isn’t alphabetical. -</p><!--l. 11057--><p class="indent" > If the <span +</p><!--l. 11352--><p class="indent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">group</span><a - id="dx1-47010"></a> key is defined (which it is with the <a + id="dx1-51010"></a> key is defined (which it is with the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-47011"></a> option) then the group label + id="dx1-51011"></a> option) then the group label will be obtained from the value of that field. If the field is empty, <span class="cmti-10">no grouping is</span> <span class="cmti-10">performed</span>, even if the style supports it. (That is, there won’t be a header or a vertical separation.) If the <span class="cmss-10">group</span><a - id="dx1-47012"></a> field is non-empty, then the corresponding title is obtained + id="dx1-51012"></a> field is non-empty, then the corresponding title is obtained as described earlier. -</p><!--l. 11065--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a different field, you can redefine -</p><!--l. 11066--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrgroupfield</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47013"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11360--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a different field, you can redefine +</p><!--l. 11361--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgroupfield </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11068--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11363--><p class="noindent" > to the relevant internal field label, but the <span class="cmss-10">group</span><a - id="dx1-47014"></a> <span + id="dx1-51014"></a> <span class="cmti-10">key </span>must still be defined (through the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-47015"></a> option or with commands like <span + id="dx1-51015"></a> option or with commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span>) to ensure that <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgroupfield</span>. (This method is used by <a - id="dx1-47016"></a><a + id="dx1-51016"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> for secondary entries, which have the group label stored in the <span class="cmtt-10">secondarygroup</span> internal field.) -</p><!--l. 11076--><p class="indent" > If you have any entries with the <span +</p><!--l. 11371--><p class="indent" > If you have any entries with the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-47017"></a> key set, you will need the <span + id="dx1-51017"></a> key set, you will need the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-47018"></a> package + id="dx1-51018"></a> package option <a href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=ignore</span><a - id="dx1-47019"></a> or <a + id="dx1-51019"></a> or <a href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a - id="dx1-47020"></a> to prevent an error occurring from the + id="dx1-51020"></a> to prevent an error occurring from the automated <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee </span>normally triggered by this key. The <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-47021"></a> package option + id="dx1-51021"></a> package option will automatically deal with this. -</p><!--l. 11083--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 11378--><p class="indent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-261"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-264"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}  <br />\newglossaryentry{zebra}{name={zebra},description={stripy animal}} @@ -22511,191 +21669,169 @@ will automatically deal with this.  <br />\printunsrtglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 11097--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first. -</p><!--l. 11101--><p class="indent" > If you allow document definitions with the <a +<!--l. 11392--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first. +</p><!--l. 11396--><p class="indent" > If you allow document definitions with the <a href="#styopt.docdefs"><span class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a - id="dx1-47022"></a> option, the document will + id="dx1-51022"></a> option, the document will require a second <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run if the entries are defined after <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. -</p><!--l. 11105--><p class="indent" > The optional argument is as for <span +</p><!--l. 11400--><p class="indent" > The optional argument is as for <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(except for the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-47023"></a> key, + id="dx1-51023"></a> key, which isn’t available). -</p><!--l. 11108--><p class="indent" > All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using: -</p><!--l. 11110--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaries</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47024"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11403--><p class="indent" > All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using: +</p><!--l. 11405--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11112--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11407--><p class="noindent" > which is analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>. This just iterates over all defined glossaries (that aren’t on the ignored list) and does <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>[type=⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩]. -</p><!--l. 11117--><p class="indent" > To avoid complications caused by <span +</p><!--l. 11412--><p class="indent" > To avoid complications caused by <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-47025"></a><a - id="dx1-47026"></a>-like glossary styles, <span + id="dx1-51025"></a><a + id="dx1-51026"></a>-like glossary styles, <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span> iterates over all entries in the selected glossary and appends the appropriate code to an internal command. Once the construction of this command is complete, then it’s performed to display the glossary. This puts the loop outside the style code. For convenience, there’s a hook used within the loop: -</p><!--l. 11124--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryentryprocesshook</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47027"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryentryprocesshook</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +</p><!--l. 11419--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51027"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryentryprocesshook{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11126--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11421--><p class="noindent" > This hook should not display any content, but may be used to perform calculations. For example, to calculate widths. Within this hook you can use: -</p><!--l. 11130--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryskipentry</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47028"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryskipentry </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11132--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11427--><p class="noindent" > to skip the current entry. This will prevent the entry from being added to the internal command. -</p><!--l. 11136--><p class="indent" > There’s another hook immediately before the internal command containing the +</p><!--l. 11431--><p class="indent" > There’s another hook immediately before the internal command containing the glossary code is performed: -</p><!--l. 11138--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossarypredoglossary</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47029"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossarypredoglossary</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11140--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51029"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossarypredoglossary </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11435--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11437--><p class="indent" > The internal command uses -</p><!--l. 11142--><p class="indent" > The internal command uses -</p><!--l. 11143--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryhandler</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47030"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryhandler{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11145--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11440--><p class="noindent" > to display each item in the list, where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the current label. -</p><!--l. 11148--><p class="indent" > By default the handler just does -</p><!--l. 11149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrunsrtdo</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47031"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11443--><p class="indent" > By default the handler just does +</p><!--l. 11444--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrunsrtdo{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11151--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11446--><p class="noindent" > which determines whether to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>and checks the <span class="cmss-10">location</span><a - id="dx1-47032"></a> and <span + id="dx1-51032"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a - id="dx1-47033"></a> fields for the <a - id="dx1-47034"></a><a + id="dx1-51033"></a> fields for the <a + id="dx1-51034"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. If you want to use a different field to be used instead of <span class="cmss-10">location</span><a - id="dx1-47035"></a> then redefine: -</p><!--l. 11157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLocationField</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47036"></a> <span + id="dx1-51035"></a> then redefine: +</p><!--l. 11452--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationField </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11159--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11454--><p class="noindent" > to the internal name of the desired field. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-265"> \renewcommand{\GlsXtrLocationField}{primarylocation} </div> -<!--l. 11163--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11164--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if the given location field is undefined or unset, the handler will +<!--l. 11458--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11459--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if the given location field is undefined or unset, the handler will fallback on the <span class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a - id="dx1-47037"></a> field. </div> -</p><!--l. 11167--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-51037"></a> field. </div> +</p><!--l. 11462--><p class="noindent" > You can instruct <a - id="dx1-47038"></a><a + id="dx1-51038"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to omit setting the <span class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a - id="dx1-47039"></a> field with the resource option + id="dx1-51039"></a> field with the resource option <span class="cmtt-10">--save-loclist=false </span>to prevent it from being used as a fallback. -</p><!--l. 11172--><p class="indent" > You can redefine the handler if required. For example, you may want to filter +</p><!--l. 11467--><p class="indent" > You can redefine the handler if required. For example, you may want to filter entries according to the category label. You can test if a label is contained in a comma-separated list of labels using: -</p><!--l. 11176--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtriflabelinlist</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47040"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtriflabelinlist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11178--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11473--><p class="noindent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label list</span>⟩ will be fully expanded. -</p><!--l. 11181--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty +</p><!--l. 11476--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty glossary. This could cause a problem for the list-based styles. </div> -</p><!--l. 11185--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11187--><p class="indent" > For example, if the preamble includes: +</p><!--l. 11480--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11482--><p class="indent" > For example, if the preamble includes: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-263"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-266"> \usepackage[record,style=index]{glossaries-extra}  <br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section} </div> -<!--l. 11191--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries +<!--l. 11486--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries that include the current section number in the <span class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-264"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-267"> \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%  <br />  \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}  <br />  {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%  <br />  {}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11201--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11203--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span +<!--l. 11496--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11498--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>which will localise the change: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-265"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-268"> \printunsrtglossary*{%  <br />  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%  <br />    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection} @@ -22704,10 +21840,10 @@ localise the change:  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11214--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11216--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span +<!--l. 11509--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11511--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-47041"></a> package and want to display the same glossary more + id="dx1-51041"></a> package and want to display the same glossary more than once, you can also add a temporary redefinition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>to avoid duplicate hypertarget names. For example: @@ -22715,7 +21851,7 @@ duplicate hypertarget names. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-266"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269"> \printunsrtglossary*{%  <br />  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%  <br />    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection} @@ -22731,7 +21867,7 @@ duplicate hypertarget names. For example:  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11236--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span +<!--l. 11531--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> that need to link an entry that doesn’t appear in the summary. In this case, it’s a better approach to use: @@ -22739,7 +21875,7 @@ better approach to use: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-267"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-270"> \printunsrtglossary*{%  <br />  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%  <br />    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection} @@ -22755,14 +21891,14 @@ better approach to use:  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11256--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11258--><p class="indent" > If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress +<!--l. 11551--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11553--><p class="indent" > If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress the glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-268"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-271"> \printunsrtglossary*{%  <br />  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%  <br />    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection} @@ -22780,64 +21916,56 @@ the glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards:  <br />  \appto\glossarypostamble{\glspar\medskip\glspar}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11278--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11280--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this: -</p><!--l. 11281--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryunit</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47042"></a> <span +<!--l. 11573--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11575--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this: +</p><!--l. 11576--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">counter</span> -<span -class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span +class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11283--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11578--><p class="noindent" > The above example can simply be replaced with: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-272"> \printunsrtglossaryunit{section} </div> -<!--l. 11287--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11289--><p class="indent" > This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span +<!--l. 11582--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11584--><p class="indent" > This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span> with -</p><!--l. 11290--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47043"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11585--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-51043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">counter</span> -<span -class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span +class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11292--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11587--><p class="noindent" > so if you want to just make some minor modifications you can do </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-270"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-273"> \printunsrtglossary*{\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup{section}%  <br />  \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\subsection*{Summary}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11299--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary” +<!--l. 11594--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary” (overriding the glossary’s title). -</p><!--l. 11303--><p class="indent" > Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a +</p><!--l. 11598--><p class="indent" > Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-47044"></a> (or + id="dx1-51044"></a> (or <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a - id="dx1-47045"></a>) package option. -</p><!--l. 11306--><p class="indent" > This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use + id="dx1-51045"></a>) package option. +</p><!--l. 11601--><p class="indent" > This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>to create a link to it as commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will try to link to the target @@ -22849,12 +21977,12 @@ the front or back matter) which can be the target for all glossary references an just use <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit </span>for a quick summary at the start of a section etc. -</p><!--l. 11316--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11611--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 11316--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 11611--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3 </span> <a id="sec:glossentry"></a>Standalone Entry Items</h3> -<!--l. 11319--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you don’t want a list but would rather display entry details +<!--l. 11614--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you don’t want a list but would rather display entry details throughout the document. You can simply do <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>followed by <span @@ -22862,16 +21990,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc</span>. (Remember that if you don’t want a s href="#styopt.sort"><span class="cmss-10">sort</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=none</span><a - id="dx1-48001"></a> to + id="dx1-52001"></a> to skip the construction of the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-48002"></a> field.) For example, in the preamble provide a + id="dx1-52002"></a> field.) For example, in the preamble provide a custom command: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-271"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-274"> \newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%  <br /> \par\medskip\par\noindent  <br /> Definition: \glsentryname{#1}.\par @@ -22879,43 +22007,41 @@ custom command:  <br /> \par\medskip  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11333--><p class="nopar" > define your entries +<!--l. 11628--><p class="nopar" > define your entries </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-272"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-275"> \newglossaryentry{function}{name={function},  <br />  description={a relation or expression involving variables}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11339--><p class="nopar" > and then later in the text: +<!--l. 11634--><p class="nopar" > and then later in the text: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-273"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-276"> \displayterm{function} </div> -<!--l. 11343--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11345--><p class="indent" > However, if may be that you want to use <span +<!--l. 11638--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11640--><p class="indent" > However, if may be that you want to use <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-48003"></a> and have commands like <span + id="dx1-52003"></a> and have commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> link back to the place where the term is described. Instead of using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span> use -</p><!--l. 11349--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrglossentry</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-48004"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11644--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-52004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11351--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11646--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. -</p><!--l. 11354--><p class="indent" > This is designed to behave much like the way the name is displayed in the +</p><!--l. 11649--><p class="indent" > This is designed to behave much like the way the name is displayed in the glossary. It performs the following: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">Defines <span @@ -22937,24 +22063,21 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and may be used by style hooks. class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem</span>. The value is obtained by fully expanding: - <!--l. 11369--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStandaloneGlossaryType</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-48005"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneGlossaryType</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 11371--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 11664--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-52005"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneGlossaryType </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 11666--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to the value of the <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-48006"></a> field for the current entry. + id="dx1-52006"></a> field for the current entry. </p></li> <li class="itemize">Increments and display the entry counters if the <a href="#styopt.entrycounter"><span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span></a><a - id="dx1-48007"></a> or <a + id="dx1-52007"></a> or <a href="#styopt.subentrycounter"><span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span></a><a - id="dx1-48008"></a> + id="dx1-52008"></a> package options are set. If the entry doesn’t have a parent, then this does <ul class="itemize2"> @@ -22962,11 +22085,11 @@ class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span></a><a class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span></li></ul> - <!--l. 11382--><p class="noindent" >otherwise it does (as from v1.31) </p> + <!--l. 11677--><p class="noindent" >otherwise it does (as from v1.31) </p> <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneSubEntryItem</span><a - id="dx1-48009"></a> + id="dx1-52009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -22978,7 +22101,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>if the entry has - <!--l. 11388--><p class="noindent" >This reflects the behaviour of the predefined hierarchical styles. A bug in + <!--l. 11683--><p class="noindent" >This reflects the behaviour of the predefined hierarchical styles. A bug in pre-version 1.31 used <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>for all child levels, which doesn’t match the hierarchical glossary styles. If you want to restore this behaviour, just @@ -22987,23 +22110,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>for all child levels, which doesn’t m </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-274"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-277"> \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrStandaloneSubEntryItem}[1]{\glssubentryitem{#1}} </div> - <!--l. 11394--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 11689--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="itemize">Sets the hyper-target if supported (using <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>) and displays the entry name using: - <!--l. 11398--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-48010"></a> <span + <!--l. 11693--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-52010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 11400--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 11695--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -23019,19 +22139,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>or picks up the style from category attributes such as <a href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a - id="dx1-48011"></a>.</p></li></ul> -<!--l. 11408--><p class="noindent" >If you have used <span + id="dx1-52011"></a>.</p></li></ul> +<!--l. 11703--><p class="noindent" >If you have used <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a - id="dx1-48012"></a> or <span + id="dx1-52012"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span><a - id="dx1-48013"></a> in any of your description fields, + id="dx1-52013"></a> in any of your description fields, you can use -</p><!--l. 11410--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtractivatenopost</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-48014"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11705--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-52014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11412--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11707--><p class="noindent" > to make these commands behave as they normally do within a glossary. This needs to be placed before </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -23044,22 +22162,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">}\glspostdescription</span> class="cmtt-10">\glsnonextpages </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnextpages </span>have no effect outside of the glossary and are not intended for use in a standalone context. -<!--l. 11422--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to select a different field (rather than using <span +<!--l. 11717--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to select a different field (rather than using <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-48015"></a>): -</p><!--l. 11424--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrglossentryother</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-48016"></a> <span + id="dx1-52015"></a>): +</p><!--l. 11719--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-52016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">header</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11426--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11721--><p class="noindent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ must be given using its internal field label which may not be the same as the key used to set the field. See the key to field mappings table in the <span @@ -23080,25 +22195,22 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩ class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. - - - </li> <li class="itemize">Otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">header</span>⟩ is simply the field value.</li></ul> -<!--l. 11438--><p class="noindent" >The <span + + + +<!--l. 11733--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother </span>command internally uses -</p><!--l. 11439--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryOther</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-48017"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11734--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-52017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryOther{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11441--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11736--><p class="noindent" > instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName</span>, which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother{</span>⟨<span @@ -23111,12 +22223,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. -</p><!--l. 11446--><p class="indent" > If you have loaded the <span +</p><!--l. 11741--><p class="indent" > If you have loaded the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-48018"></a> package (through the <a + id="dx1-52018"></a> package (through the <a href="#styopt.accsupp"><span class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a - id="dx1-48019"></a> option) + id="dx1-52019"></a> option) then accessibility support will be provided if there’s a corresponding command </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -23131,12 +22243,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> </div> (for example, <span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolaccessdisplay</span>). -<!--l. 11455--><p class="indent" > This means that my custom command can be changed to: +<!--l. 11750--><p class="indent" > This means that my custom command can be changed to: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-275"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-278"> \newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%  <br /> \par\medskip\par\noindent  <br /> Definition: \glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par @@ -23144,17 +22256,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolaccessdisplay</span>).  <br /> \par\medskip  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11463--><p class="nopar" > If I want numbered definitions, then I can use the package options <span +<!--l. 11758--><p class="nopar" > If I want numbered definitions, then I can use the package options <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-48020"></a> or + id="dx1-52020"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-48021"></a> and remove the colon: + id="dx1-52021"></a> and remove the colon: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-276"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-279"> \newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%  <br /> \par\medskip\par\noindent  <br /> Definition \glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par @@ -23162,28 +22274,28 @@ class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a  <br /> \par\medskip  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11474--><p class="nopar" > The counter label uses a dot after the number by default but this can be changed to +<!--l. 11769--><p class="nopar" > The counter label uses a dot after the number by default but this can be changed to a colon: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-277"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-280"> \renewcommand*{\glsentrycounterlabel}{\theglossaryentry:\space} </div> -<!--l. 11479--><p class="nopar" > It’s now possible to not only use <span +<!--l. 11774--><p class="nopar" > It’s now possible to not only use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to link back to the definition but also use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry </span>to reference the counter and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref </span>to reference the page number. -</p><!--l. 11484--><p class="indent" > If I want the description to behave more like it does in a glossary in need to make +</p><!--l. 11779--><p class="indent" > If I want the description to behave more like it does in a glossary in need to make the following modification: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-278"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-281"> \newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%  <br /> \par\medskip\par\noindent  <br /> Definition \glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par @@ -23194,18 +22306,18 @@ the following modification:  <br /> \par\medskip  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11496--><p class="nopar" > (Note the grouping to localise <span +<!--l. 11791--><p class="nopar" > (Note the grouping to localise <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost</span>.) -</p><!--l. 11499--><p class="indent" > You can also use <span +</p><!--l. 11794--><p class="indent" > You can also use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry </span>within section headings. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-279"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-282"> \section{\glsxtrglossentry{function}} </div> -<!--l. 11503--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span +<!--l. 11798--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>in PDF bookmarks (if <span class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>is defined) and will use <span @@ -23221,31 +22333,31 @@ start of the header or table of contents either scoped or afterwards cancelled w <span class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrnotinmark </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestoremarkhook</span>.) -</p><!--l. 11513--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11808--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 11513--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 11808--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.4 </span> <a id="sec:alias"></a>Entry Aliases</h3> -<!--l. 11516--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span +<!--l. 11811--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a - id="dx1-49001"></a> key. The + id="dx1-53001"></a> key. The value should be the label of the other term. There’s no check for the other’s existence when the aliased entry is defined. This is to allow the possibility of defining the other entry after the aliased entry. (For example, when used with <a - id="dx1-49002"></a><a + id="dx1-53002"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>.) -</p><!--l. 11523--><p class="indent" > If an entry ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 11818--><p class="indent" > If an entry ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ is made an alias of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩ then: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">If the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-49003"></a> field wasn’t provided when ⟨<span + id="dx1-53003"></a> field wasn’t provided when ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ was defined, the <span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a - id="dx1-49004"></a> key will + id="dx1-53004"></a> key will automatically trigger <div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -23259,7 +22371,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> </li> <li class="itemize">If the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-49005"></a> package has been loaded then <span + id="dx1-53005"></a> package has been loaded then <span class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>will link to @@ -23267,7 +22379,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>will link to class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩’s target. (Unless the <a href="#catattr.targeturl"><span class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a - id="dx1-49006"></a> attribute has been set for ⟨<span + id="dx1-53006"></a> attribute has been set for ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩’s category.) </li> @@ -23275,20 +22387,20 @@ class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩’s href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=off</span><a - id="dx1-49007"></a> or <a + id="dx1-53007"></a> or <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a - id="dx1-49008"></a>, the <span + id="dx1-53008"></a>, the <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a - id="dx1-49009"></a> setting will automatically + id="dx1-53009"></a> setting will automatically be triggered when referencing ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ with commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. This prevents ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ from have a <a - id="dx1-49010"></a><a + id="dx1-53010"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a> (aside from the cross-reference added with <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>) unless it’s been explicitly @@ -23299,96 +22411,309 @@ class="cmtt-10">noindex=false</span>. - <!--l. 11542--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a + <!--l. 11837--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-49011"></a>, the <a - id="dx1-49012"></a>location list for aliased entries is controlled + id="dx1-53011"></a>, the <a + id="dx1-53012"></a>location list for aliased entries is controlled with <a - id="dx1-49013"></a><span + id="dx1-53013"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s settings.</p></li></ul> -<!--l. 11546--><p class="indent" > The index suppression trigger is performed by -</p><!--l. 11547--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-49014"></a> <span +<!--l. 11841--><p class="indent" > The index suppression trigger is performed by +</p><!--l. 11842--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-53014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11549--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11844--><p class="noindent" > This is performed after the default options provided by <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><a - id="dx1-49015"></a> + id="dx1-53015"></a> have been set. With <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a - id="dx1-49016"></a>, <span + id="dx1-53016"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>will default to do nothing. -</p><!--l. 11555--><p class="indent" > Within the definition of <span +</p><!--l. 11850--><p class="indent" > Within the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>you can use -</p><!--l. 11556--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrindexaliased</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-49017"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 11851--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-53017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexaliased </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11558--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11853--><p class="noindent" > to index ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 11561--><p class="indent" > The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead. +</p><!--l. 11856--><p class="indent" > The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-280"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-283"> \renewcommand{\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex}{%  <br /> \glsxtrindexaliased  <br /> \setkeys{glslink}{noindex}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11568--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11570--><p class="indent" > The value of the <span +<!--l. 11863--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11865--><p class="indent" > The value of the <span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a - id="dx1-49018"></a> field can be accessed using -</p><!--l. 11571--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralias</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-49019"></a> <span + id="dx1-53018"></a> field can be accessed using +</p><!--l. 11866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-53019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralias{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11573--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11868--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 11575--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 11575--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 11870--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 11870--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a + id="sec:onthefly"></a>On-the-Fly Document Definitions</h2> +</p><!--l. 11873--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>, +but they behave rather differently. If you want to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\index </span>then just use <span +class="cmtt-10">\index</span>. +</div> +</p><!--l. 11878--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11880--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package advises against defining entries in the <span +class="cmss-10">document</span><a + id="dx1-54001"></a><a + id="dx1-54002"></a> +environment. As mentioned in <a +href="#sec:pkgopts"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.2 </a><a +href="#sec:pkgopts">New or Modified Package Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts --></a> above, this +ability is disabled by default with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>but can be enabled using the +<a +href="#styopt.docdefs"><span +class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a + id="dx1-54003"></a> package options. +</p><!--l. 11886--><p class="indent" > Although this can be problematic, the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of +defining and using entries within the <span +class="cmss-10">document</span><a + id="dx1-54004"></a><a + id="dx1-54005"></a> environment without the tricks used +with the <a +href="#styopt.docdefs"><span +class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a + id="dx1-54006"></a> option. <span +class="cmti-10">There are limitations with this approach, so take care with it.</span> +This function is disabled by default, but can be enabled using the preamble-only +command: +</p><!--l. 11892--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-54007"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11894--><p class="noindent" > +When used, this defines the commands described below. +</p><!--l. 11897--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl</span>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrpl </span>can’t be used after +the glossaries have been displayed (through <span +class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a + id="dx1-54008"></a> etc). It’s best not to +mix these commands with the standard glossary commands, such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or there +may be unexpected results. </div> +</p><!--l. 11903--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11905--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-54009"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11907--><p class="noindent" > +If an entry with the label ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has already been defined, this just does <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> +<span +class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ hasn’t been defined, this will define the entry using: +</p><div class="alltt"> +<div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">name={</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">},</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> category=\glsxtrcat,</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> description=</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span><span +class="cmtt-10">,</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span +class="cmsy-10">}</span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 11919--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ must contain any non-expandable commands, such as formatting +commands or problematic characters. If the term requires any of these, they must be +omitted from the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and placed in the <span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-54010"></a> key must be provided in the optional +argument ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩. </div> +</p><!--l. 11925--><p class="noindent" > + + + +</p><!--l. 11927--><p class="indent" > The second optional argument ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩ should be empty if the entry has +already been defined, since it’s too late for them. If it’s not empty, a warning will be +generated with +</p><!--l. 11930--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-54011"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarning{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11932--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11934--><p class="indent" > For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span> +below: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-284"> +\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose} + <br /> ... later + <br />\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose} +</div> +<!--l. 11940--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11942--><p class="indent" > If you are considering doing something like: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-285"> +\newcommand*{\goose}{\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}} + <br />\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrWarning}[2]{} + <br /> ... later + <br />\goose\ some more text here +</div> +<!--l. 11948--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the +preamble with <span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a + id="dx1-54012"></a> and then use <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the document. +</p><!--l. 11953--><p class="indent" > There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>: +</p><!--l. 11954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-54013"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11956--><p class="noindent" > +This is like <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>instead of <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. +</p><!--l. 11959--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-54014"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11961--><p class="noindent" > +This is like <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>instead of <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. +</p><!--l. 11964--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-54015"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrpl[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11966--><p class="noindent" > +This is like <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>instead of <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. +</p><!--l. 11969--><p class="indent" > If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an +ASCII-only label, then it’s better to use <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> instead of +<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> (or pdf<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). If you really desperately want to use UTF-8 entry labels +without switching to <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> then there is a starred version of +<span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>that allows you to use UTF-8 characters in ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, but it’s +experimental and may not work in some cases. +</p><!--l. 11978--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>don’t use any +commands in the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, even if they expand to just text. </div> +</p><!--l. 11982--><p class="noindent" > + + + +</p> +<!--l. 11984--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 11984--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a id="sec:supplemental"></a>Supplemental Packages</h2> -</p><!--l. 11578--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 11987--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle provides additional support packages <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a - id="dx1-50001"></a> (for + id="dx1-55001"></a> (for prefixing) and <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-50002"></a> (for accessibility support). These packages aren’t + id="dx1-55002"></a> (for accessibility support). These packages aren’t automatically loaded. </p> -<!--l. 11583--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a +<!--l. 11992--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.1 </span> <a id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h3> -<!--l. 11586--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span +<!--l. 11995--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a - id="dx1-51001"></a> after <span + id="dx1-56001"></a> after <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-281"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-286"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-prefix} @@ -23403,40 +22728,51 @@ example:  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 11609--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11611--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 12018--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 12020--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 11611--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2 </span> <a +<!--l. 12020--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.2 </span> <a id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h3> -<!--l. 11614--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 12023--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-52001"></a> package needs to be loaded before <span + id="dx1-57001"></a> package is still experimental and so accessibility features are +liable to change. </div> +</p><!--l. 12026--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12028--><p class="noindent" >The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a + id="dx1-57002"></a> package needs to be loaded before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>or through the <a href="#styopt.accsupp"><span class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a - id="dx1-52002"></a> package option: + id="dx1-57003"></a> package option: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-282"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287"> \usepackage[accsupp]{glossaries-extra} </div> -<!--l. 11619--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span +<!--l. 12033--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-52003"></a> or you load <span + id="dx1-57004"></a> or you load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-52004"></a> after <span + id="dx1-57005"></a> after <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> the new <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands described below will simply be equivalent to the corresponding <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands. -</p><!--l. 11626--><p class="indent" > The following <span +class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands. Other accessibility features, such as the +attributes used by <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a + id="dx1-57006"></a> also won’t work if <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a + id="dx1-57007"></a> is loaded +too late. +</p><!--l. 12042--><p class="indent" > The following <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands add accessibility information wrapped around the corresponding <span @@ -23444,34 +22780,32 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands. There is no check for existence of the entry nor do any of these commands add formatting, hyperlinks or indexing information. -</p><!--l. 11631--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52005"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11633--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12049--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-52006"></a> field for the entry identified by ⟨<span + id="dx1-57009"></a> field for the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 11637--><p class="indent" > If the <span +</p><!--l. 12053--><p class="indent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-52007"></a> package isn’t loaded, this is simply defined as: + id="dx1-57010"></a> package isn’t loaded, this is simply defined as: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-283"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-288"> \newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 11641--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as: +<!--l. 12057--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-284"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-289"> \newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{%  <br />  \glsnameaccessdisplay  <br />  {% @@ -23480,38 +22814,36 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a  <br />  {#1}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11651--><p class="nopar" > (<span +<!--l. 12067--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="cmtt-10">\glsnameaccessdisplay</span><a - id="dx1-52008"></a> is defined by the <span + id="dx1-57011"></a> is defined by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-52009"></a> package.) The first + id="dx1-57012"></a> package.) The first letter upper case version is: -</p><!--l. 11655--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessname</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52010"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12071--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11657--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12073--><p class="noindent" > Without the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-52011"></a> package this is just defined as: + id="dx1-57014"></a> package this is just defined as: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-285"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-290"> \newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{\Glsentryname{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 11662--><p class="nopar" > With the <span +<!--l. 12078--><p class="nopar" > With the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-52012"></a> package this is defined as: + id="dx1-57015"></a> package this is defined as: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-286"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-291"> \newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{%  <br />  \glsnameaccessdisplay  <br />  {% @@ -23520,299 +22852,251 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a  <br />  {#1}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11672--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11674--><p class="indent" > The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner. -</p><!--l. 11675--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesstext</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52013"></a> <span +<!--l. 12088--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 12090--><p class="indent" > The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner. +</p><!--l. 12091--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11677--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12093--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-52014"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 11680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesstext</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52015"></a> <span + id="dx1-57017"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 12096--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesstext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11682--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12098--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-52016"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-57019"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 11686--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessplural</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52017"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12102--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11688--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12104--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-52018"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 11691--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessplural</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52019"></a> <span + id="dx1-57021"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 12107--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11693--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12109--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-52020"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-57023"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 11697--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessfirst</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52021"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12113--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11699--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12115--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-52022"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 11702--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessfirst</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52023"></a> <span + id="dx1-57025"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 12118--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11704--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12120--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-52024"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-57027"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 11708--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessfirstplural</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52025"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12124--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11710--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12126--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-52026"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 11713--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessfirstplural</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52027"></a> <span + id="dx1-57029"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 12129--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11715--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12131--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-52028"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-57031"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 11719--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesssymbol</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52029"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12135--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11721--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12137--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-52030"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 11724--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesssymbol</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52031"></a> <span + id="dx1-57033"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 12140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11726--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12142--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-52032"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-57035"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 11730--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesssymbolplural</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52033"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11732--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12148--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a - id="dx1-52034"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 11735--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesssymbolplural</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52035"></a> <span + id="dx1-57037"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 12151--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11737--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12153--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a - id="dx1-52036"></a> field with the first letter converted to + id="dx1-57039"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 11741--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessdesc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52037"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11743--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12159--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-52038"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 11746--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessdesc</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52039"></a> <span + id="dx1-57041"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 12162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11748--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12164--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-52040"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-57043"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 11752--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessdescplural</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52041"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12168--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdescplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11754--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12170--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-52042"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 11757--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessdescplural</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52043"></a> <span + id="dx1-57045"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 12173--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdescplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11759--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12175--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-52044"></a> field with the first letter converted to + id="dx1-57047"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 11763--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessshort</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52045"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12179--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11765--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12181--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-52046"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 11768--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessshort</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52047"></a> <span + id="dx1-57049"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 12184--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11770--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12186--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-52048"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-57051"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 11774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessshortpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52049"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12190--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11776--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12192--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-52050"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 11779--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessshortpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52051"></a> <span + id="dx1-57053"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 12195--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11781--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12197--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-52052"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-57055"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 11785--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesslong</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52053"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12201--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57056"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11787--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12203--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-52054"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 11790--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesslong</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52055"></a> <span + id="dx1-57057"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 12206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11792--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12208--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-52056"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-57059"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 11796--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesslongpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52057"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12212--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57060"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11798--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12214--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-52058"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 11801--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesslongpl</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52059"></a> <span + id="dx1-57061"></a> field. +</p><!--l. 12217--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-57062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11803--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12219--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-52060"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper + id="dx1-57063"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. </p> -<!--l. 11807--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 11807--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a +<!--l. 12223--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 12223--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">13. <a id="sec:samples"></a>Sample Files</h2> -</p><!--l. 11810--><p class="indent" > The following sample files are provided with this package: +</p><!--l. 12226--><p class="indent" > The following sample files are provided with this package: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">sample.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -23841,7 +23125,7 @@ class="description">General abbreviations. <span class="cmbx-10">sample-acronym.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">Acronyms aren’t initialisms and don’t expand on <a - id="dx1-53001"></a><a + id="dx1-58001"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -23890,7 +23174,7 @@ class="description">Another initialisms example. <span class="cmbx-10">sample-postlink.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">Automatically inserting text after the <a - id="dx1-53002"></a><a + id="dx1-58002"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> produced by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(outside of hyperlink, if present). @@ -23904,28 +23188,28 @@ class="cmbx-10">sample-autoindex.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">Using the <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a - id="dx1-53003"></a> and <a + id="dx1-58003"></a> and <a href="#catattr.indexname"><span class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a - id="dx1-53004"></a> attributes to + id="dx1-58004"></a> attributes to automatically add glossary entries to the index (in addition to the glossary <a - id="dx1-53005"></a><a + id="dx1-58005"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">sample-autoindex-hyp.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">As previous but uses <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-53006"></a>. + id="dx1-58006"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">sample-nested.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">Using <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-53007"></a> within the value of the <span + id="dx1-58007"></a> within the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-53008"></a> key. + id="dx1-58008"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">sample-entrycount.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -23933,14 +23217,14 @@ class="description">Enable entry-use counting (only index if used more than <span class="cmmi-10">n </span>times, see <a href="#sec:entrycount"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>7.1 </a><a href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">sample-unitentrycount.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">Enable use of per-unit entry-use counting (<a href="#sec:entrycount"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 +class="cmsy-10">§</span>7.1 </a><a href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -23948,7 +23232,7 @@ href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entryc class="cmbx-10">sample-onelink.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">Using the per-unit entry counting (<a href="#sec:entrycount"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>7.1 </a><a href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>) to only have one hyperlink per entry per page. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -23956,7 +23240,7 @@ href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting class="cmbx-10">sample-linkcount.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">Using link counting (<a href="#sec:linkcount"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.2 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>7.2 </a><a href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a>) to only have one hyperlink per entry. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -23986,7 +23270,7 @@ class="cmbx-10">sample-external.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">Uses the <a href="#catattr.targeturl"><span class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a - id="dx1-53009"></a> attribute to allow for entries that + id="dx1-58009"></a> attribute to allow for entries that should link to an external URL rather than to an internal glossary. </dd><dt class="description"> <span @@ -23999,7 +23283,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt</span>. class="cmbx-10">sample-alias.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">Uses the <span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a - id="dx1-53010"></a> key. (See <a + id="dx1-58010"></a> key. (See <a href="#sec:alias"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.4 </a><a href="#sec:alias">Entry Aliases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:alias --></a>.) @@ -24008,29 +23292,29 @@ href="#sec:alias">Entry Aliases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:alias --></a>.) class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">Uses the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a - id="dx1-53011"></a> package with the <span + id="dx1-58011"></a> package with the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-53012"></a> + id="dx1-58012"></a> style (see <a -href="#x1-200002.12.3"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.12.3 </a><a -href="#x1-200002.12.3">The <span +href="#x1-190002.10.1"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.10.1 </a><a +href="#x1-190002.10.1">The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree-sym.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">Another <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-53013"></a> example that measures the symbol + id="dx1-58013"></a> example that measures the symbol widths. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree-marginpar.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">Another <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-53014"></a> example that puts the + id="dx1-58014"></a> example that puts the <a - id="dx1-53015"></a><a + id="dx1-58015"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> in the margin. </dd><dt class="description"> <span @@ -24038,17 +23322,17 @@ class="cmbx-10">sample-onthefly.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">Using on-the-fly commands. Terms with accents must have the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-53016"></a> key explicitly set. + id="dx1-58016"></a> key explicitly set. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">sample-onthefly-xetex.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">Using on-the-fly commands with <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>. Terms with UTF-8 characters don’t need to have the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-53017"></a> key explicitly + id="dx1-58017"></a> key explicitly set. Terms that contain commands must have the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-53018"></a> key explicitly set + id="dx1-58018"></a> key explicitly set with the commands removed from the label. </dd><dt class="description"> <span @@ -24057,30 +23341,30 @@ class="description">Tries to emulate the previous sample file for use with <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> through the starred version of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly</span><a - id="dx1-53019"></a>. + id="dx1-58019"></a>. This is a bit iffy and may not always work. Terms that contain commands must have the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-53020"></a> key explicitly set with the commands removed from + id="dx1-58020"></a> key explicitly set with the commands removed from the label. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">sample-accsupp.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">Integrate <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-53021"></a>. + id="dx1-58021"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">sample-prefix.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">Integrate <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a - id="dx1-53022"></a>. + id="dx1-58022"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">sample-suppl-main.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">Uses <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a - id="dx1-53023"></a> to reference a location in the + id="dx1-58023"></a> to reference a location in the supplementary file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl.tex</span>. @@ -24092,84 +23376,84 @@ class="cmbx-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">A more complicated version to the above that uses the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-53024"></a> package to reference a location in the supplementary file + id="dx1-58024"></a> package to reference a location in the supplementary file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.tex</span>. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 11942--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 11942--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">13. <a +<!--l. 12358--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 12358--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">14. <a id="sec:lang"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h2> -</p><!--l. 11945--><p class="indent" > There’s only one command provided by <span +</p><!--l. 12361--><p class="indent" > There’s only one command provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>that you’re likely to want to change in your document and that’s <span class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span><a - id="dx1-54001"></a> (<a + id="dx1-59001"></a> (<a href="#sec:pkgopts"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.2 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts">New or Modified Package Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts --></a>) if you use the <a href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a - id="dx1-54002"></a> package option to + id="dx1-59002"></a> package option to automatically create the glossary labelled <span class="cmtt-10">abbreviations</span>. If this command doesn’t already exist, it will be defined to “Abbreviations” if <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-54003"></a> hasn’t + id="dx1-59003"></a> hasn’t been loaded, otherwise it will be defined as <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>(provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). -</p><!--l. 11955--><p class="indent" > You can redefine it in the usual way. For example: +</p><!--l. 12371--><p class="indent" > You can redefine it in the usual way. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-292"> \renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations} </div> -<!--l. 11958--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span +<!--l. 12374--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-54004"></a> or <span + id="dx1-59004"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-54005"></a> captions hook: + id="dx1-59005"></a> captions hook: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-288"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-293"> \appto\captionsenglish{%  <br /> \renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11964--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11966--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span +<!--l. 12380--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 12382--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span class="cmss-10">title</span><a - id="dx1-54006"></a> key when you print the list of abbreviations. + id="dx1-59006"></a> key when you print the list of abbreviations. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-289"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-294"> \printabbreviations[title={List of Abbreviations}] </div> -<!--l. 11970--><p class="nopar" > or +<!--l. 12386--><p class="nopar" > or </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-290"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-295"> \printglossary[type=abbreviations,title={List of Abbreviations}] </div> -<!--l. 11974--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11976--><p class="indent" > The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t +<!--l. 12390--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 12392--><p class="indent" > The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t appear in the final draft of your document. -</p><!--l. 11979--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 12395--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has the facility to load language modules (whose filename is in the form <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span @@ -24177,10 +23461,10 @@ class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span>) if they exist, but won’t warn if they don’t. If <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-54007"></a> is loaded via the <a + id="dx1-59007"></a> is loaded via the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a - id="dx1-54008"></a> package option then the + id="dx1-59008"></a> package option then the check for language resource files will additionally search for an associated language script file given by <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span @@ -24191,7 +23475,7 @@ identifier, such as <span class="cmtt-10">Latn</span>, associated with the given dialect. There’s no warning if the associated file isn’t found. The script file is loaded after the dialect file. -</p><!--l. 11992--><p class="indent" > If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file +</p><!--l. 12408--><p class="indent" > If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file called <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span @@ -24199,14 +23483,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span>, where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩ identifies the language or dialect (see the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-54009"></a> package). For example, <span + id="dx1-59009"></a> package). For example, <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-french.ldf</span>. -</p><!--l. 11998--><p class="indent" > The simplest code for this file is: +</p><!--l. 12414--><p class="indent" > The simplest code for this file is: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-291"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-296"> \ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{french}[2015/12/09 v1.0]  <br />\newcommand*{\glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench}{%  <br /> \def\abbreviationsname{Abr\'eviations}% @@ -24230,85 +23514,75 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-french.ldf</span>.  <br />  {}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 12024--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 12026--><p class="indent" > You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language +<!--l. 12440--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 12442--><p class="indent" > You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language identifier <span class="cmtt-10">french </span>and the translated text <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">Abr\’eviations</span></span></span> as appropriate. You can also use the <span class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file to provide rule blocks for a particular language for use with <a - id="dx1-54010"></a><a + id="dx1-59010"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> custom sort rule. See <a -href="#x1-390009.3"><span +href="#x1-430009.3"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>9.3 </a><a -href="#x1-390009.3">The <span +href="#x1-430009.3">The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2glssty --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 12033--><p class="indent" > This <span +</p><!--l. 12449--><p class="indent" > This <span class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file then needs to be put somewhere on <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path so that it can be found by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. You might also want to consider uploading it to CTAN so that it can be useful to others. (Please don’t send it to me. I already have more packages than I am able to maintain.) -</p><!--l. 12039--><p class="indent" > If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used +</p><!--l. 12455--><p class="indent" > If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used when a glossary is missing, you need to redefine the following commands: -</p><!--l. 12042--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-54011"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12458--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-59011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12044--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 12460--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 12047--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the - - - + <!--l. 12463--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the glossary ‘⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩’ (which should be called ⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩) hasn’t been created.</p></div> -<!--l. 12050--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-54012"></a> <span + + + +<!--l. 12466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-59012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12052--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12468--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 12055--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in + <!--l. 12471--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in this glossary.</p></div> -<!--l. 12058--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-54013"></a> <span +<!--l. 12474--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-59013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12060--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12476--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 12063--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span + <!--l. 12479--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span class="cmtt-10">nomain </span>to your package option list when you load <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra.sty</span>. For example:</p></div> -<!--l. 12066--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-54014"></a> <span +<!--l. 12482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-59014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12068--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 12484--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 12071--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span + <!--l. 12487--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span class="cmtt-10">type=</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩ when you defined your entries? If you tried to load entries into this glossary with <span @@ -24320,36 +23594,28 @@ class="cmtt-10">] </span>as the optional argument? If you did, check that the definitions in the file you loaded all had the type set to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span>.</p></div> -<!--l. 12074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-54015"></a> <span +<!--l. 12490--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-59015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12076--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 12492--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 12079--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file ⟨<span + <!--l. 12495--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file ⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩. If it’s empty, that means you haven’t indexed any of your entries in this glossary (using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>) so this list can’t be generated. If the file isn’t empty, the document build process hasn’t been completed.</p></div> -<!--l. 12082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-54016"></a> <span +<!--l. 12498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-59016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12084--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12500--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - - - - <!--l. 12087--><p class="noindent" >You need + <!--l. 12503--><p class="noindent" >You need to either replace <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>with <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or @@ -24360,17 +23626,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>) class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>) and then rebuild this document.</p></div> -<!--l. 12090--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-54017"></a> <span + + + +<!--l. 12506--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-59017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12092--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12508--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 12095--><p class="noindent" >The file ⟨<span + <!--l. 12511--><p class="noindent" >The file ⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩ doesn’t exist. This most likely means you haven’t used <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or you have used <span @@ -24378,40 +23645,34 @@ class="cmtt-10">\nofiles</span>. If this is just a draft version of the document, you can suppress this message using the <span class="cmtt-10">nomissingglstext </span>package option.</p></div> -<!--l. 12098--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-54018"></a> <span +<!--l. 12514--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-59018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12100--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12516--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 12103--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></div> -<!--l. 12106--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-54019"></a> <span + <!--l. 12519--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></div> +<!--l. 12522--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-59019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12108--><p class="noindent" > -This is advice on how to generate the glossary files. See the documented code -(<span -class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>) for further details. -</p><!--l. 12113--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake</span><span -class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-54020"></a> <span +</p><!--l. 12524--><p class="noindent" > +This is advice on how to generate the glossary files. +</p><!--l. 12527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a + id="dx1-59020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 12115--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 12529--><p class="noindent" > This is the message produced when the <a href="#styopt.automake"><span class="cmss-10">automake</span></a><a - id="dx1-54021"></a> option is used, but the document -needs a rerun or the shell escape setting doesn’t permit the execution of the external -application. This command also generates a warning in the transcript file. See the -documented code for further details. + id="dx1-59021"></a> option is used, but the document +needs a rerun or the shell escape setting doesn’t permit the execution of the +external application. This command also generates a warning in the transcript +file. +</p><!--l. 12535--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span +class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>) for further +details. @@ -24425,21 +23686,21 @@ documented code for further details. <!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </div> </p><!--l. 1--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="likechapterHead"><a - id="x1-5500013"></a>Glossary</h2> + id="x1-6000014"></a>Glossary</h2> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:bib2gls"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-55001"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-60001"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A command line Java application that selects entries from a .bib file and converts them to glossary definitions (like <span class="cmtt-10">bibtex </span>but also performs hierarchical sorting and collation, thus omitting the need for <a - id="dx1-55002"></a><a + id="dx1-60002"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> or <a - id="dx1-55003"></a><a + id="dx1-60003"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>). Further details at: <a @@ -24449,7 +23710,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/software/bib2gls/</span></a>. <a id="glo:entrylocation"></a><span class="cmbx-10">entry location</span><a - id="dx1-55004"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-60004"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The location of the entry in the document. This defaults to the page number on which the entry appears. An entry may have multiple locations. @@ -24457,80 +23718,80 @@ class="description">The location of the entry in the document. This defaults to <a id="glo:firstuse"></a><span class="cmbx-10">first use</span><a - id="dx1-55005"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-60005"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start of the document or after a reset) with one of the following commands: <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-55006"></a>, <span + id="dx1-60006"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-55007"></a>, <span + id="dx1-60007"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a - id="dx1-55008"></a>, + id="dx1-60008"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-55009"></a>, <span + id="dx1-60009"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a - id="dx1-55010"></a>, <span + id="dx1-60010"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a - id="dx1-55011"></a> or <span + id="dx1-60011"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a - id="dx1-55012"></a>. + id="dx1-60012"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:firstuseflag"></a><span class="cmbx-10">first use flag</span><a - id="dx1-55013"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-60013"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A conditional that determines whether or not the entry has been used according to the rules of <a - id="dx1-55014"></a><a + id="dx1-60014"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:firstusetext"></a><span class="cmbx-10">first use text</span><a - id="dx1-55015"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-60015"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The text that is displayed on <a - id="dx1-55016"></a>first use, which is governed by the + id="dx1-60016"></a>first use, which is governed by the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-55017"></a> and <span + id="dx1-60017"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-55018"></a> keys of <span + id="dx1-60018"></a> keys of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-55019"></a>. (May be overridden by + id="dx1-60019"></a>. (May be overridden by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a - id="dx1-55020"></a>.) + id="dx1-60020"></a>.) </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:linktext"></a><span class="cmbx-10">link-text</span><a - id="dx1-55021"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-60021"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The text produced by commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-55022"></a>. It may or may not + id="dx1-60022"></a>. It may or may not have a hyperlink to the glossary. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:locationlist"></a><span class="cmbx-10">location list</span><a - id="dx1-55023"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-60023"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A list of <a - id="dx1-55024"></a><a + id="dx1-60024"></a><a href="#glo:entrylocation">entry locations</a>. See <a - id="dx1-55025"></a><a + id="dx1-60025"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:makeglossaries"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-55026"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-60026"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A custom designed Perl script interface provided with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to run <a - id="dx1-55027"></a><span + id="dx1-60027"></a><span class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>or <a - id="dx1-55028"></a><span + id="dx1-60028"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>according to the document settings. @@ -24540,13 +23801,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>according to the document <a id="glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a - id="dx1-55029"></a><a - id="dx1-55030"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-60029"></a><a + id="dx1-60030"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A custom designed Lua script interface to <a - id="dx1-55031"></a><span + id="dx1-60031"></a><span class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>and <a - id="dx1-55032"></a><span + id="dx1-60032"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>provided with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. This is a cut-down alternative to the Perl <span @@ -24567,5208 +23828,5420 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.exe</span>. <a id="glo:makeindex"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-55033"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-60033"></a> </dt><dd class="description">An indexing application. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:numberlist"></a><span class="cmbx-10">number list</span><a - id="dx1-55034"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-60034"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A list of <a - id="dx1-55035"></a><a + id="dx1-60035"></a><a href="#glo:entrylocation">entry locations</a> (also called a location list). The number list can be suppressed using the <a href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a - id="dx1-55036"></a> package option. + id="dx1-60036"></a> package option. </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:xindy"></a><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-55037"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-60037"></a> </dt><dd class="description">An flexible indexing application with multilingual support written in Perl.</dd></dl> <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a - id="x1-5600013"></a>Index</h2> + id="x1-6100014"></a>Index</h2> <!--l. 4--><p class="noindent" > <span class="cmbx-10">A</span> </p> <div class="theindex"><span class="index-item">abbreviation styles (deprecated):<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">footnote-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27173" >1</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30173" >1</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27165" >2</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30165" >2</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27169" >3</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30169" >3</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-desc-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26078" >4</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29078" >4</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-desc-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26070" >5</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29070" >5</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-desc-sm</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26074" >6</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29074" >6</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26104" >7</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29104" >7</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26096" >8</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29096" >8</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-sm</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26100" >9</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29100" >9</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">postfootnote-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27196" >10</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30214" >10</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27188" >11</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30206" >11</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sm</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27192" >12</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30210" >12</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">abbreviation styles:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27160" >13</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30160" >13</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30181" >14</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26090" >14</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29090" >15</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26064" >15</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29064" >16</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25088" >16</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26105" >17</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27029" >18</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28092" >17</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29105" >18</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30029" >19</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26079" >19</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27075" >20</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29079" >20</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30075" >21</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27074" >21</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30074" >22</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25090" >22</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26110" >23</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27028" >24</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28094" >23</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29110" >24</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30028" >25</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25056" >25</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25082" >26</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27018" >27</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28018" >28</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28060" >26</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28086" >27</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30018" >28</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31018" >29</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27071" >29</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30071" >30</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-long-hyphen</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27231" >30</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30266" >31</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27220" >31</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27224" >32</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30255" >32</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30259" >33</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25091" >33</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27223" >34</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28095" >34</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30258" >35</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25086" >35</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27219" >36</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27228" >37</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27234" >38</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27244" >39</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27246" >40</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28090" >36</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30254" >37</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30263" >38</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30269" >39</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30279" >40</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30281" >41</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27233" >41</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30268" >42</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27211" >42</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27226" >43</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27229" >44</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27237" >45</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30058" >46</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30246" >43</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30261" >44</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30264" >45</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30272" >46</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35058" >47</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27221" >47</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27225" >48</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30256" >48</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30260" >49</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13030" >49</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23002" >50</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26084" >51</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26091" >52</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26093" >53</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26098" >54</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26102" >55</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26106" >56</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27049" >57</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14042" >50</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26002" >51</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29084" >52</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29091" >53</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29093" >54</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29098" >55</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29102" >56</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29106" >57</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30049" >58</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12040" >58</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13032" >59</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26057" >60</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26065" >61</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26067" >62</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26072" >63</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26076" >64</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26080" >65</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26085" >66</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27052" >67</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-subitem">    <span -class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27051" >68</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13040" >59</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14044" >60</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29057" >61</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29065" >62</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29067" >63</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29072" >64</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29076" >65</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29080" >66</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29085" >67</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30052" >68</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc-noreg</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30051" >69</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26101" >69</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29101" >70</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-em-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26075" >70</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29075" >71</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27048" >71</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30048" >72</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25081" >72</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26092" >73</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28085" >73</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29092" >74</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26066" >74</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28041" >75</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29066" >75</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31041" >76</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sm</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26097" >76</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29097" >77</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sm-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26071" >77</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29071" >78</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25070" >78</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27021" >79</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27025" >80</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28074" >79</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30021" >80</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30025" >81</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27024" >81</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30024" >82</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27204" >82</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27208" >83</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30239" >83</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30243" >84</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27207" >84</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30242" >85</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12047" >85</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13008" >86</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13056" >87</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21019" >88</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25025" >89</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25027" >90</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27002" >91</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27010" >92</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27013" >93</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27016" >94</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27032" >95</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27035" >96</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27217" >97</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28014" >98</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28017" >99</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28091" >100</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13047" >86</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14020" >87</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14068" >88</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24028" >89</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28029" >90</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28031" >91</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30002" >92</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30010" >93</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30013" >94</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30016" >95</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30032" >96</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30035" >97</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30252" >98</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31014" >99</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31017" >100</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31091" >101</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13016" >101</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13022" >102</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27054" >103</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27063" >104</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27066" >105</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27069" >106</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27078" >107</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27085" >108</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28090" >109</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14028" >102</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14034" >103</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30054" >104</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30063" >105</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30066" >106</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30069" >107</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30078" >108</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30085" >109</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31090" >110</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25051" >110</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25083" >111</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27015" >112</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27019" >113</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28055" >111</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28087" >112</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30015" >113</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30019" >114</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-em-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27068" >114</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27072" >115</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30068" >115</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30072" >116</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13004" >116</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25035" >117</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27009" >118</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27047" >119</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14016" >117</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28039" >118</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30009" >119</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30047" >120</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13018" >120</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27062" >121</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14030" >121</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30062" >122</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13006" >122</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25045" >123</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27012" >124</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14018" >123</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28049" >124</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30012" >125</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-sm-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13020" >125</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27065" >126</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14032" >126</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30065" >127</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25084" >127</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27008" >128</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27031" >129</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27037" >130</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27043" >131</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27079" >132</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27080" >133</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27113" >134</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27206" >135</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28088" >128</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30008" >129</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30031" >130</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30037" >131</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30043" >132</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30079" >133</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30080" >134</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30113" >135</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30241" >136</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-short-user-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27077" >136</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30077" >137</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nolong-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26010" >137</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27090" >138</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29010" >138</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30090" >139</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nolong-short-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26031" >139</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29031" >140</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nolong-short-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27089" >140</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30089" >141</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nolong-short-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26017" >141</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29017" >142</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nolong-short-sm</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26024" >142</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29024" >143</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">postfootnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27183" >143</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24006" >144</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30201" >145</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">postfootnote-desc</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30221" >146</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26008" >144</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29008" >147</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26040" >145</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29040" >148</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26029" >146</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29029" >149</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26055" >147</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29055" >150</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25102" >148</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27170" >149</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28106" >151</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30170" >152</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25101" >150</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28105" >153</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30189" >154</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25052" >151</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27106" >152</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27110" >153</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28056" >155</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30106" >156</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30110" >157</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27133" >154</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27137" >155</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30133" >158</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30137" >159</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25057" >156</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27109" >157</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28061" >160</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30109" >161</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27136" >158</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30136" >162</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26026" >159</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26030" >160</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26032" >161</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29026" >163</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29030" >164</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29032" >165</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26052" >162</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26056" >163</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29052" >166</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29056" >167</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-em-postfootnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27193" >164</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30211" >168</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">short-em-postfootnote-desc</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30229" >169</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13034" >165</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21021" >166</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25094" >167</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27146" >168</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27161" >169</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27163" >170</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27167" >171</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27171" >172</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27175" >173</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28020" >174</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14046" >170</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24030" >171</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28098" >172</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30146" >173</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30161" >174</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30163" >175</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30167" >176</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30171" >177</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30175" >178</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30193" >179</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31020" >180</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13040" >175</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14052" >181</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30174" >182</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30182" >183</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30184" >184</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30187" >185</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30190" >186</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30220" >187</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27236" >176</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27241" >177</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30271" >188</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30276" >189</a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27240" >178</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30275" >190</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27243" >179</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27249" >180</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30278" >191</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30284" >192</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27248" >181</a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30283" >193</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13010" >182</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21014" >183</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25028" >184</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25077" >185</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25100" >186</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27092" >187</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27101" >188</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27104" >189</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27107" >190</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28088" >191</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28093" >192</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14022" >194</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24023" >195</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28032" >196</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28081" >197</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28104" >198</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30092" >199</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30101" >200</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30104" >201</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30107" >202</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31088" >203</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31093" >204</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13024" >193</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25099" >194</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27121" >195</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27128" >196</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27131" >197</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27134" >198</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27140" >199</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14036" >205</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28103" >206</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30121" >207</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30128" >208</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30131" >209</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30134" >210</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30140" >211</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27038" >200</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27044" >201</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27097" >202</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27112" >203</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27141" >204</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27142" >205</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27198" >206</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30038" >212</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30044" >213</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30097" >214</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30112" >215</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30141" >216</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30142" >217</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30233" >218</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-long-user-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27139" >207</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30139" >219</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21012" >208</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21020" >209</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23003" >210</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23018" >211</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26002" >212</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26009" >213</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26011" >214</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26013" >215</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26020" >216</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26027" >217</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26034" >218</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26038" >219</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26043" >220</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27087" >221</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24021" >220</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24029" >221</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26003" >222</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26018" >223</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29002" >224</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29009" >225</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29011" >226</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29013" >227</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29020" >228</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29027" >229</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29034" >230</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29038" >231</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29043" >232</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30087" >233</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26033" >222</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26041" >223</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26048" >224</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26053" >225</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27119" >226</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29033" >234</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29041" >235</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29048" >236</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29053" >237</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30119" >238</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27118" >227</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30118" >239</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-nolong-noreg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27086" >228</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30086" >240</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8062" >229</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8067" >230</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27174" >231</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27184" >232</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27186" >233</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27190" >234</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27194" >235</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9062" >241</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9067" >242</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30192" >243</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30202" >244</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30204" >245</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30208" >246</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30212" >247</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30216" >248</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30215" >249</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30222" >250</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30224" >251</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30227" >252</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30230" >253</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27197" >236</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27201" >237</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27205" >238</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30232" >254</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30236" >255</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30240" >256</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27200" >239</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30235" >257</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26015" >240</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29015" >258</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26045" >241</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29045" >259</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13036" >242</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27162" >243</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27166" >244</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14048" >260</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30162" >261</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30166" >262</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13042" >245</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14054" >263</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30183" >264</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13012" >246</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25036" >247</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27100" >248</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28092" >249</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14024" >265</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28040" >266</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30100" >267</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31092" >268</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13026" >250</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27127" >251</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14038" >269</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30127" >270</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26012" >252</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26016" >253</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26018" >254</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29012" >271</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29016" >272</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29018" >273</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26042" >255</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26046" >256</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29042" >274</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29046" >275</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25095" >257</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27185" >258</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28099" >276</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30203" >277</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30223" >278</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26022" >259</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29022" >279</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26050" >260</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29050" >280</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13038" >261</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14050" >281</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13044" >262</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14056" >282</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30186" >283</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13014" >263</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25046" >264</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27103" >265</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14026" >284</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28050" >285</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30103" >286</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13028" >266</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27130" >267</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14040" >287</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30130" >288</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26019" >268</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26023" >269</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26025" >270</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29019" >289</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29023" >290</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29025" >291</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26047" >271</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26051" >272</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29047" >292</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29051" >293</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short-sm-postfootnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27189" >273</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30207" >294</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">short-sm-postfootnote-desc</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30226" >295</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4193" ><span -class="cmti-10">274</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4199" ><span +class="cmti-10">296</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28043" ><span -class="cmti-10">275</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31043" ><span +class="cmti-10">297</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">acronym styles (glossaries):<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">dua</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13029" >276</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14041" >298</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">dua-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13031" >277</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14043" >299</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13033" >278</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14045" >300</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13039" >279</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14051" >301</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13035" >280</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14047" >302</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-sc-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13041" >281</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14053" >303</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-sm</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13037" >282</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14049" >304</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-sm-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13043" >283</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14055" >305</a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sc-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13003" >284</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14015" >306</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sc-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13017" >285</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14029" >307</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13015" >286</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14027" >308</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sm-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13005" >287</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14017" >309</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sm-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13019" >288</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14031" >310</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sp-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13007" >289</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13053" >290</a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14019" >311</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14065" >312</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sp-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13021" >291</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14033" >313</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">sc-short-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13011" >292</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14023" >314</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">sc-short-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13025" >293</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14037" >315</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">short-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13009" >294</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14021" >316</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">short-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13023" >295</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14035" >317</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">sm-short-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13013" >296</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14025" >318</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">sm-short-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13027" >297</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14039" >319</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">amsgen </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10" >298</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10" >320</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">amsmath </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4132" >299</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4135" >321</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\apptoglossarypreamble</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45010" ><span -class="cmti-10">300</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49010" ><span +class="cmti-10">322</span></a> <br /></span> <p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">B</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">babel </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3010" >301</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3014" >302</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4194" >303</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4195" >304</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4196" >305</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30004" >306</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46068" >307</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54003" >308</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54004" >309</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3010" >323</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3014" >324</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4200" >325</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4201" >326</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4202" >327</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35004" >328</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50082" >329</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59003" >330</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59004" >331</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-2" >310</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11" >311</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4010" >312</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4031" >313</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4060" >314</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4072" >315</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4075" >316</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4081" >317</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4083" >318</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4087" >319</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4096" >320</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4099" >321</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4102" >322</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4103" >323</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4107" >324</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4122" >325</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4147" >326</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4148" >327</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4152" >328</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5034" >329</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6046" >330</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6057" >331</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9001" >332</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10006" >333</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14007" >334</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14008" >335</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14022" >336</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14035" >337</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14038" >338</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15028" >339</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15029" >340</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15030" >341</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16019" >342</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19012" >343</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20077" >344</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20078" >345</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30160" >346</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31005" >347</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34009" >348</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36001" >349</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36002" >350</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36004" >351</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36005" >352</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36006" >353</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36007" >354</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36008" >355</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36009" >356</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36011" >357</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36014" >358</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36016" >359</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36023" >360</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37001" >361</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37002" >362</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37003" >363</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37004" >364</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37005" >365</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37006" >366</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38001" >367</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38002" >368</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38004" >369</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38005" >370</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38006" >371</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38007" >372</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38010" >373</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38013" >374</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39004" >375</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39018" >376</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39019" >377</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39020" >378</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39026" >379</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39027" >380</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39028" >381</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39032" >382</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39033" >383</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40002" >384</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-2" >332</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11" >333</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4010" >334</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4031" >335</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4063" >336</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4075" >337</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4078" >338</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4084" >339</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4086" >340</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4090" >341</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4099" >342</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4102" >343</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4105" >344</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4106" >345</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4110" >346</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4125" >347</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4150" >348</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4151" >349</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4155" >350</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6014" >351</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7055" >352</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7066" >353</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10001" >354</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11006" >355</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17016" >356</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18012" >357</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19078" >358</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19079" >359</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21007" >360</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21008" >361</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21022" >362</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21035" >363</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21038" >364</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22028" >365</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22029" >366</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22030" >367</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23019" >368</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35130" >369</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36005" >370</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39009" >371</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40001" >372</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40002" >373</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40004" >374</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40005" >375</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40006" >376</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40007" >377</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40008" >378</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40009" >379</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40011" >380</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40014" >381</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40016" >382</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40023" >383</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41001" >384</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41002" >385</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41004" >386</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41009" >387</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41011" >388</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41013" >389</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41017" >390</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41024" >391</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41026" >392</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41027" >393</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42003" >394</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42006" >395</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42007" >396</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42028" >397</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42036" >398</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42045" >399</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42115" >400</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43001" >401</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43002" >402</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43011" >403</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43013" >404</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43026" >405</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43027" >406</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43028" >407</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44001" >408</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44002" >409</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44003" >410</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44005" >411</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44023" >412</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47007" >413</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47016" >414</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47038" >415</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49002" >416</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49013" >417</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54010" >418</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55001" ><span -class="cmbx-10">419</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41003" >386</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41004" >387</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41005" >388</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41006" >389</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42001" >390</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42002" >391</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42004" >392</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42005" >393</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42006" >394</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42007" >395</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42010" >396</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42013" >397</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43004" >398</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43017" >399</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43024" >400</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43025" >401</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43026" >402</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43032" >403</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43033" >404</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43034" >405</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43038" >406</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43039" >407</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44002" >408</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45002" >409</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45004" >410</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45009" >411</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45011" >412</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45013" >413</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45017" >414</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45024" >415</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45026" >416</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45027" >417</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46003" >418</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46006" >419</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46007" >420</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46028" >421</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46036" >422</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46045" >423</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46115" >424</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47001" >425</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47002" >426</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47011" >427</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47013" >428</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47026" >429</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47027" >430</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47028" >431</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48001" >432</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48002" >433</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48003" >434</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48005" >435</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48023" >436</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50066" >437</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51007" >438</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51016" >439</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51038" >440</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53002" >441</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53013" >442</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59010" >443</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60001" ><span +class="cmbx-10">444</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">C</span> <span class="index-item">categories:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9004" >420</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21015" >421</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22007" >422</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30008" >423</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33015" >424</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10004" >445</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24024" >446</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25007" >447</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35008" >448</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38015" >449</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18022" >425</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21013" >426</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22006" >427</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30009" >428</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30023" >429</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17035" >450</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24022" >451</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25006" >452</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35009" >453</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35023" >454</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">general</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8037" >430</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8066" >431</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18021" >432</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18025" >433</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30007" >434</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30022" >435</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30171" >436</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32040" >437</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9037" >455</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9066" >456</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17034" >457</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17038" >458</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35007" >459</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35022" >460</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35182" >461</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37040" >462</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17004" >463</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">index</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5050" >438</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30012" >439</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6030" >464</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35012" >465</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">number</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30018" >440</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35018" >466</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8045" >441</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30015" >442</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9045" >467</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35015" >468</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">category attributes:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30099" >443</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30109" >444</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30113" >445</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35138" >469</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35148" >470</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35158" >471</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35162" >472</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">accessinsertdots</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30080" >446</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35137" >473</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35141" >474</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">accessnoshortplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30110" >447</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35139" >475</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35159" >476</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">aposplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11036" >448</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25043" >449</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30071" >450</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30079" >451</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30100" >452</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30104" >453</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30106" >454</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30108" >455</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12036" >477</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28047" >478</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35071" >479</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35079" >480</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35149" >481</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35153" >482</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35155" >483</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35157" >484</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8032" >456</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30042" >457</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30049" >458</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30052" >459</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30070" >460</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9032" >485</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35042" >486</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35049" >487</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35052" >488</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35070" >489</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30148" >461</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34002" >462</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34015" >463</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34031" >464</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34038" >465</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34041" >466</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53003" >467</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35118" >490</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39002" >491</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39015" >492</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39031" >493</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39038" >494</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39041" >495</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58003" >496</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9003" >468</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30119" >469</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30123" >470</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32002" >471</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32007" >472</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32019" >473</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32023" >474</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32024" >475</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32028" >476</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32029" >477</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32033" >478</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10003" >497</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35085" >498</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35089" >499</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37002" >500</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37007" >501</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37019" >502</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37023" >503</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37024" >504</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37028" >505</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37029" >506</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37033" >507</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">externallocation</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6052" >479</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6056" >480</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30159" >481</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40003" >482</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7061" >508</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7065" >509</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35129" >510</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44003" >511</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">firstshortaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30096" >483</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35169" >512</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18004" >484</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30128" >485</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30138" >486</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17005" >513</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35094" >514</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35104" >515</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18005" >487</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30135" >488</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17006" >516</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35101" >517</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35113" >518</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">glossname</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18003" >489</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18008" >490</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30137" >491</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17003" >519</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17021" >520</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35103" >521</a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18009" >492</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30143" >493</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48011" >494</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17022" >522</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35109" >523</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35112" >524</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52011" >525</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">glosssymbolfont</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17008" >526</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35111" >527</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">headuc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12059" >495</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29018" >496</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29020" >497</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30114" >498</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13059" >528</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34006" >529</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34008" >530</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35080" >531</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6019" >499</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30146" >500</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7019" >532</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35116" >533</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">indexname</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18014" >501</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30140" >502</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34001" >503</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34013" >504</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53004" >505</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17027" >534</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35106" >535</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39001" >536</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39013" >537</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58004" >538</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6007" >506</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30037" >507</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34039" >508</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7007" >539</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35037" >540</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39039" >541</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">insertdots</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21004" >509</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30064" >510</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30066" >511</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30083" >512</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24013" >542</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35064" >543</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35066" >544</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35144" >545</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">linkcount</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30124" >513</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33003" >514</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33016" >515</a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35090" >546</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38003" >547</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38016" >548</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">linkcountmaster</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30126" >516</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33004" >517</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35092" >549</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38004" >550</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">markshortwords</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30061" >518</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30068" >519</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35061" >551</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35068" >552</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">markwords</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27212" >520</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27215" >521</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27218" >522</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28032" >523</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30054" >524</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30062" >525</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30247" >553</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30250" >554</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30253" >555</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31032" >556</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35054" >557</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35062" >558</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30087" >526</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35163" >559</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nohyper</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30034" >527</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30172" >528</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30173" >529</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35034" >560</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35183" >561</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35184" >562</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27148" >530</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28021" >531</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28023" >532</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30025" >533</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30032" >534</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30148" >563</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31021" >564</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31023" >565</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35025" >566</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35032" >567</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11037" >535</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21005" >536</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25044" >537</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30074" >538</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30075" >539</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30111" >540</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12037" >568</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24014" >569</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28048" >570</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35074" >571</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35075" >572</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35160" >573</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30048" >541</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30053" >542</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35048" >574</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35053" >575</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">recordcount</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44015" >543</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44017" >544</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44019" >545</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44021" >546</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48015" >576</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48017" >577</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48019" >578</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48021" >579</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">regular</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8010" >547</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8019" >548</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8022" >549</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23004" >550</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25005" >551</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25014" >552</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25087" >553</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25089" >554</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25092" >555</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26001" >556</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26111" >557</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27001" >558</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27030" >559</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27050" >560</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27053" >561</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27076" >562</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27088" >563</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27091" >564</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27120" >565</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28022" >566</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28053" >567</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28057" >568</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28061" >569</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28065" >570</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28081" >571</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30024" >572</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30162" >573</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30175" >574</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30178" >575</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30179" >576</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30182" >577</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44031" >578</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9010" >580</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9019" >581</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9022" >582</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26004" >583</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28005" >584</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28014" >585</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28091" >586</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28093" >587</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28096" >588</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29001" >589</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29111" >590</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30001" >591</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30030" >592</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30050" >593</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30053" >594</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30076" >595</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30088" >596</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30091" >597</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30120" >598</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31022" >599</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31053" >600</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31057" >601</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31061" >602</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31065" >603</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31081" >604</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35024" >605</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35173" >606</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35186" >607</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35189" >608</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35190" >609</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35193" >610</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48031" >611</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">retainfirstuseperiod</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30050" >579</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35050" >612</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">tagging</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22002" >580</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22005" >581</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22008" >582</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30116" >583</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25002" >613</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25005" >614</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25008" >615</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35082" >616</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">targetcategory</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30157" >584</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35127" >617</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">targetname</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30154" >585</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30156" >586</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35124" >618</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35126" >619</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">targeturl</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5016" >587</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30152" >588</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30155" >589</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49006" >590</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53009" >591</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15002" >620</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35122" >621</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35125" >622</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53006" >623</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58009" >624</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">textformat</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6020" >592</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6023" >593</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8028" >594</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10017" >595</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30145" >596</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7020" >625</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7023" >626</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9028" >627</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11018" >628</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35115" >629</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">textshortaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30093" >597</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35166" >630</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">unitcount</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32034" >598</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37034" >631</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6015" >599</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30039" >600</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7015" >632</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35039" >633</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGLS</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32015" ><span -class="cmti-10">601</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37015" ><span +class="cmti-10">634</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGLSformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32017" ><span -class="cmti-10">602</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37017" ><span +class="cmti-10">635</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGLSpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32016" ><span -class="cmti-10">603</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37016" ><span +class="cmti-10">636</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGLSplformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32018" ><span -class="cmti-10">604</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37018" ><span +class="cmti-10">637</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36003" >605</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40003" >638</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\csGlsXtrLetField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46026" ><span -class="cmti-10">606</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50028" ><span +class="cmti-10">639</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28006" ><span -class="cmti-10">607</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31006" ><span +class="cmti-10">640</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">D</span> <span class="index-item"><span +class="cmss-10">datatool </span>package  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50042" >641</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">datatool-base </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9" >608</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9" >642</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50041" >643</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50062" >644</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50065" >645</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\dGLS</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43022" ><span -class="cmti-10">609</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47022" ><span +class="cmti-10">646</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\dGls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43020" ><span -class="cmti-10">610</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47020" ><span +class="cmti-10">647</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\dgls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43018" ><span -class="cmti-10">611</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47018" ><span +class="cmti-10">648</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\dglsdisp</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43025" ><span -class="cmti-10">612</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47025" ><span +class="cmti-10">649</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\dglslink</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43024" ><span -class="cmti-10">613</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47024" ><span +class="cmti-10">650</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\dGLSpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43023" ><span -class="cmti-10">614</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47023" ><span +class="cmti-10">651</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\dGlspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43021" ><span -class="cmti-10">615</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47021" ><span +class="cmti-10">652</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\dglspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43019" ><span -class="cmti-10">616</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47019" ><span +class="cmti-10">653</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">E</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\eglssetwidest</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20069" ><span -class="cmti-10">617</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19070" ><span +class="cmti-10">654</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\eglsupdatewidest</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20073" ><span -class="cmti-10">618</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19074" ><span +class="cmti-10">655</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\eGlsXtrSetField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46023" ><span -class="cmti-10">619</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50025" ><span +class="cmti-10">656</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">entry location  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55004" ><span -class="cmbx-10">620</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55024" >621</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55035" >622</a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60004" ><span +class="cmbx-10">657</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60024" >658</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60035" >659</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">entrycounter </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48020" >623</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52020" >660</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">equation </span>(counter)  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4109" >624</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4134" >625</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6034" >626</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41008" >627</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41021" >628</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4112" >661</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4137" >662</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7043" >663</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45008" >664</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45021" >665</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">etoolbox </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5" >629</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30168" >630</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33010" >631</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46019" >632</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46035" >633</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46046" >634</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46047" >635</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46056" >636</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46058" >637</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5" >666</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35179" >667</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38010" >668</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50021" >669</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50037" >670</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50051" >671</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50052" >672</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50060" >673</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50064" >674</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50069" >675</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50071" >676</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">F</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">fancyhdr </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14049" >638</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21049" >677</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item">file types<br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmtt-10">glg-abr</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4192" >678</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmtt-10">glo-abr</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4194" >679</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmtt-10">gls-abr</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4193" >680</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">first use  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6005" >639</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8015" >640</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8043" >641</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8044" >642</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8047" >643</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8049" >644</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8054" >645</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8058" >646</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8061" >647</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8063" >648</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8065" >649</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12008" >650</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12019" >651</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12020" >652</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12021" >653</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12022" >654</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12026" >655</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12030" >656</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12034" >657</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12048" >658</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12049" >659</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13057" >660</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13058" >661</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21001" >662</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21016" >663</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23017" >664</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23019" >665</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25006" >666</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25020" >667</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26003" >668</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27003" >669</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27055" >670</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27093" >671</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27122" >672</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27147" >673</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27149" >674</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27156" >675</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27178" >676</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27182" >677</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28044" >678</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28048" >679</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28052" >680</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28056" >681</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28060" >682</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28064" >683</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30027" >684</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30029" >685</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30051" >686</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32039" >687</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53001" >688</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55005" ><span -class="cmbx-10">689</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55014" >690</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55016" >691</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7005" >681</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9015" >682</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9043" >683</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9044" >684</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9047" >685</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9049" >686</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9054" >687</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9058" >688</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9061" >689</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9063" >690</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9065" >691</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13008" >692</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13019" >693</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13020" >694</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13021" >695</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13022" >696</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13026" >697</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13030" >698</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13034" >699</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13048" >700</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13049" >701</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14069" >702</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14070" >703</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24005" >704</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24010" >705</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24025" >706</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26017" >707</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26019" >708</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28006" >709</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28020" >710</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29003" >711</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30003" >712</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30055" >713</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30093" >714</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30122" >715</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30147" >716</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30149" >717</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30156" >718</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30196" >719</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30200" >720</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31044" >721</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31048" >722</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31052" >723</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31056" >724</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31060" >725</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31064" >726</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35027" >727</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35029" >728</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35051" >729</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37039" >730</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58001" >731</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60005" ><span +class="cmbx-10">732</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60014" >733</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60016" >734</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">first use flag  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8052" >692</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10008" >693</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29001" >694</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32004" >695</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32022" >696</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44024" >697</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55013" ><span -class="cmbx-10">698</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9052" >735</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11008" >736</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32001" >737</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37004" >738</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37022" >739</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48024" >740</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60013" ><span +class="cmbx-10">741</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">first use text  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55015" ><span -class="cmbx-10">699</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55038" >700</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60015" ><span +class="cmbx-10">742</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60038" >743</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">fontenc </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25024" >701</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28024" >744</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\forallabbreviationlists</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24040" ><span +class="cmti-10">745</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">G</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gglssetwidest</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20067" ><span -class="cmti-10">702</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19068" ><span +class="cmti-10">746</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gglsupdatewidest</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20072" ><span -class="cmti-10">703</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19073" ><span +class="cmti-10">747</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46022" ><span -class="cmti-10">704</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50024" ><span +class="cmti-10">748</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5038" >705</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7025" >706</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7028" >707</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7030" >708</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7069" >709</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11001" >710</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11003" >711</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11012" >712</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11029" >713</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17003" >714</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17004" >715</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20035" >716</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30031" >717</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41007" >718</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41012" >719</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42009" >720</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42034" >721</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46043" >722</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46060" >723</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47018" >724</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6018" >749</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8025" >750</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8028" >751</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8030" >752</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8081" >753</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12001" >754</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12003" >755</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12012" >756</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12029" >757</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16003" >758</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16004" >759</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35031" >760</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45007" >761</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45012" >762</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46009" >763</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46034" >764</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50048" >765</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50073" >766</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51018" >767</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4034" >725</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4035" >726</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4038" >727</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4041" >728</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28086" >729</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28087" >730</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30081" >731</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48018" >732</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50002" >733</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52001" >734</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52003" >735</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52004" >736</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52007" >737</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52009" >738</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52011" >739</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52012" >740</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53021" >741</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4036" >768</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4037" >769</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4038" >770</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4041" >771</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4044" >772</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17014" >773</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31086" >774</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31087" >775</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35135" >776</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35142" >777</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52018" >778</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55002" >779</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57001" >780</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57002" >781</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57004" >782</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57005" >783</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57007" >784</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57010" >785</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57012" >786</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57014" >787</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57015" >788</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58021" >789</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5011" >742</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5040" >743</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7032" >744</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7035" >745</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17005" >746</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42027" >747</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6020" >790</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8032" >791</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8035" >792</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8044" >793</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16005" >794</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35136" >795</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46027" >796</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4077" >748</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4078" >749</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4104" >750</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4190" >751</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4207" >752</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4212" >753</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4217" >754</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4222" >755</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39003" >756</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39008" >757</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39017" >758</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42011" >759</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42037" >760</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54007" >761</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4080" >797</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4081" >798</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4107" >799</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4196" >800</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4213" >801</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4218" >802</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4223" >803</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4228" >804</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43003" >805</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43008" >806</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43018" >807</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43023" >808</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46011" >809</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46037" >810</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59007" >811</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4026" >762</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4043" >763</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17001" >764</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20001" >765</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20002" >766</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20039" >767</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39035" >768</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47004" >769</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53011" >770</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4026" >812</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4046" >813</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16001" >814</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19001" >815</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19002" >816</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19038" >817</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43041" >818</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51004" >819</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58011" >820</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50001" >771</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51001" >772</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53022" >773</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4034" >821</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55001" >822</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-56001" >823</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58022" >824</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossariesextrasetup</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4249" ><span -class="cmti-10">774</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4255" ><span +class="cmti-10">825</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">glossary styles:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">altlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20023" >775</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20026" >776</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19023" >826</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19026" >827</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15026" >777</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15027" >778</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16004" >779</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20057" >780</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20064" >781</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20082" >782</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20101" >783</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20104" >784</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39030" >785</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39036" >786</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53012" >787</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53013" >788</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53014" >789</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19057" >828</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19065" >829</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19083" >830</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19102" >831</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19105" >832</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22026" >833</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22027" >834</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23004" >835</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43036" >836</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43042" >837</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58012" >838</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58013" >839</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58014" >840</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">bookindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14002" >790</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14006" >791</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14036" >792</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14037" >793</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21002" >841</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21006" >842</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21036" >843</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21037" >844</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">index</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20045" >794</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19045" >845</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">inline</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20006" >795</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20008" >796</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19006" >846</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19008" >847</a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">list</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20018" >797</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20022" >798</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20025" >799</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19018" >848</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19022" >849</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19025" >850</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">listdotted</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20024" >800</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20027" >801</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19024" >851</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19027" >852</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20012" >802</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19012" >853</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-desc-name</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15066" >803</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22066" >854</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-desc-sym-name</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15133" >804</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22133" >855</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-name</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15075" >805</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22075" >856</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-sym-name</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15141" >806</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22141" >857</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-loc-sym-desc-name</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15125" >807</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22125" >858</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15044" >808</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15058" >809</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15067" >810</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22044" >859</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22058" >860</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22067" >861</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-loc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15057" >811</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22057" >862</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15083" >812</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15100" >813</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22083" >863</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22100" >864</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15091" >814</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15109" >815</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22091" >865</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22109" >866</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15099" >816</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22099" >867</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc-loc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15108" >817</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22108" >868</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long-sym-desc-name</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15117" >818</a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22117" >869</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long3col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20004" >819</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19004" >870</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15045" >820</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15048" >821</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22045" >871</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22048" >872</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">mcolindexgroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14003" >822</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21003" >873</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">topic</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16006" >823</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16010" >824</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23006" >874</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23010" >875</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">topicmcols</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16009" >825</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23009" >876</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">tree</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16005" >826</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16007" >827</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20046" >828</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20055" >829</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19046" >877</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19055" >878</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23005" >879</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23007" >880</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">treenoname</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20051" >830</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20053" >831</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20056" >832</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19051" >881</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19053" >882</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19056" >883</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14001" >833</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14043" >834</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21001" >884</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21043" >885</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-inline </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20007" >835</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19007" >886</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-long </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15018" >836</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15022" >837</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22018" >887</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22022" >888</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15001" >838</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39031" >839</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22001" >889</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43037" >890</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-topic </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16001" >840</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23001" >891</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14042" >841</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16003" >842</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20034" >843</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20065" >844</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20068" >845</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20079" >846</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19034" >892</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19066" >893</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19069" >894</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19080" >895</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21042" >896</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23003" >897</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18007" ><span -class="cmti-10">847</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17020" ><span +class="cmti-10">898</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossxtrsetpopts</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12058" ><span -class="cmti-10">848</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13058" ><span +class="cmti-10">899</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25029" ><span -class="cmti-10">849</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25039" ><span -class="cmti-10">850</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28033" ><span +class="cmti-10">900</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28043" ><span +class="cmti-10">901</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25053" ><span -class="cmti-10">851</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28057" ><span +class="cmti-10">902</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28047" ><span -class="cmti-10">852</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31047" ><span +class="cmti-10">903</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25065" ><span -class="cmti-10">853</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28069" ><span +class="cmti-10">904</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvonlyfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25071" ><span -class="cmti-10">854</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28075" ><span +class="cmti-10">905</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25037" ><span -class="cmti-10">855</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28041" ><span +class="cmti-10">906</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25047" ><span -class="cmti-10">856</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28051" ><span +class="cmti-10">907</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25060" ><span -class="cmti-10">857</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27045" ><span -class="cmti-10">858</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28064" ><span +class="cmti-10">908</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30045" ><span +class="cmti-10">909</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52039" ><span -class="cmti-10">859</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57042" ><span +class="cmti-10">910</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52037" ><span -class="cmti-10">860</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57040" ><span +class="cmti-10">911</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdescplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52043" ><span -class="cmti-10">861</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57046" ><span +class="cmti-10">912</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdescplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52041" ><span -class="cmti-10">862</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57044" ><span +class="cmti-10">913</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52023" ><span -class="cmti-10">863</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57026" ><span +class="cmti-10">914</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52021" ><span -class="cmti-10">864</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57024" ><span +class="cmti-10">915</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52027" ><span -class="cmti-10">865</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57030" ><span +class="cmti-10">916</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52025" ><span -class="cmti-10">866</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57028" ><span +class="cmti-10">917</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52055" ><span -class="cmti-10">867</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57058" ><span +class="cmti-10">918</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52053" ><span -class="cmti-10">868</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57056" ><span +class="cmti-10">919</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52059" ><span -class="cmti-10">869</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57062" ><span +class="cmti-10">920</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52057" ><span -class="cmti-10">870</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57060" ><span +class="cmti-10">921</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52010" ><span -class="cmti-10">871</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57013" ><span +class="cmti-10">922</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52005" ><span -class="cmti-10">872</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57008" ><span +class="cmti-10">923</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52019" ><span -class="cmti-10">873</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57022" ><span +class="cmti-10">924</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52017" ><span -class="cmti-10">874</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57020" ><span +class="cmti-10">925</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52047" ><span -class="cmti-10">875</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57050" ><span +class="cmti-10">926</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52045" ><span -class="cmti-10">876</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57048" ><span +class="cmti-10">927</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52051" ><span -class="cmti-10">877</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57054" ><span +class="cmti-10">928</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52049" ><span -class="cmti-10">878</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57052" ><span +class="cmti-10">929</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52031" ><span -class="cmti-10">879</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57034" ><span +class="cmti-10">930</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52029" ><span -class="cmti-10">880</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57032" ><span +class="cmti-10">931</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbolplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52035" ><span -class="cmti-10">881</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57038" ><span +class="cmti-10">932</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbolplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52033" ><span -class="cmti-10">882</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57036" ><span +class="cmti-10">933</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesstext</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52015" ><span -class="cmti-10">883</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57018" ><span +class="cmti-10">934</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52013" ><span -class="cmti-10">884</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57016" ><span +class="cmti-10">935</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13052" ><span -class="cmti-10">885</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14064" ><span +class="cmti-10">936</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspacemax</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13054" ><span -class="cmti-10">886</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14066" ><span +class="cmti-10">937</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">format</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8075" >887</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7035" >938</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6038" >888</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6054" >889</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7047" >939</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7063" >940</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6037" >890</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6039" >891</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6043" >892</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6050" >893</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53023" >894</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7046" >941</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7048" >942</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7052" >943</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7059" >944</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58023" >945</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddeach</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6001" ><span -class="cmti-10">895</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7001" ><span +class="cmti-10">946</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpostsetkeys</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6033" ><span -class="cmti-10">896</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7042" ><span +class="cmti-10">947</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpresetkeys</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6032" ><span -class="cmti-10">897</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7041" ><span +class="cmti-10">948</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glscapturedgroup</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42002" ><span -class="cmti-10">898</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46002" ><span +class="cmti-10">949</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glscategory</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30019" ><span -class="cmti-10">899</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35019" ><span +class="cmti-10">950</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glscategorylabel</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28039" ><span -class="cmti-10">900</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31039" ><span +class="cmti-10">951</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18024" ><span -class="cmti-10">901</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17037" ><span +class="cmti-10">952</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46030" ><span -class="cmti-10">902</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50032" ><span +class="cmti-10">953</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaultshortaccess</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35134" ><span +class="cmti-10">954</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostdesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18023" ><span -class="cmti-10">903</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17036" ><span +class="cmti-10">955</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostlink</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8038" ><span -class="cmti-10">904</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9038" ><span +class="cmti-10">956</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18017" ><span -class="cmti-10">905</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17030" ><span +class="cmti-10">957</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32035" ><span -class="cmti-10">906</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37035" ><span +class="cmti-10">958</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentrypdfsymbol</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17012" ><span +class="cmti-10">959</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32036" ><span -class="cmti-10">907</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37036" ><span +class="cmti-10">960</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevmaxcount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32038" ><span -class="cmti-10">908</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37038" ><span +class="cmti-10">961</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevtotalcount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32037" ><span -class="cmti-10">909</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37037" ><span +class="cmti-10">962</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsextrapostnamehook</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18018" ><span -class="cmti-10">910</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17031" ><span +class="cmti-10">963</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyName</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20085" ><span -class="cmti-10">911</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19086" ><span +class="cmti-10">964</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20097" ><span -class="cmti-10">912</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19098" ><span +class="cmti-10">965</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20089" ><span -class="cmti-10">913</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19090" ><span +class="cmti-10">966</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20094" ><span -class="cmti-10">914</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19095" ><span +class="cmti-10">967</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20087" ><span -class="cmti-10">915</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19088" ><span +class="cmti-10">968</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20080" ><span -class="cmti-10">916</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19081" ><span +class="cmti-10">969</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20083" ><span -class="cmti-10">917</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19084" ><span +class="cmti-10">970</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20095" ><span -class="cmti-10">918</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19096" ><span +class="cmti-10">971</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20088" ><span -class="cmti-10">919</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19089" ><span +class="cmti-10">972</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20090" ><span -class="cmti-10">920</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19091" ><span +class="cmti-10">973</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20086" ><span -class="cmti-10">921</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19087" ><span +class="cmti-10">974</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20081" ><span -class="cmti-10">922</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19082" ><span +class="cmti-10">975</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25030" ><span -class="cmti-10">923</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28034" ><span +class="cmti-10">976</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvemfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25054" ><span -class="cmti-10">924</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28058" ><span +class="cmti-10">977</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28045" ><span -class="cmti-10">925</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31045" ><span +class="cmti-10">978</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25066" ><span -class="cmti-10">926</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28070" ><span +class="cmti-10">979</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25072" ><span -class="cmti-10">927</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28076" ><span +class="cmti-10">980</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25049" ><span -class="cmti-10">928</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28053" ><span +class="cmti-10">981</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25061" ><span -class="cmti-10">929</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28065" ><span +class="cmti-10">982</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25032" ><span -class="cmti-10">930</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28036" ><span +class="cmti-10">983</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25058" ><span -class="cmti-10">931</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28062" ><span +class="cmti-10">984</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28049" ><span -class="cmti-10">932</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31049" ><span +class="cmti-10">985</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27155" ><span -class="cmti-10">933</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30155" ><span +class="cmti-10">986</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25068" ><span -class="cmti-10">934</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28072" ><span +class="cmti-10">987</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongonlyfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25074" ><span -class="cmti-10">935</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28078" ><span +class="cmti-10">988</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonguserfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25063" ><span -class="cmti-10">936</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28067" ><span +class="cmti-10">989</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfirst</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34044" ><span +class="cmti-10">990</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29044" ><span -class="cmti-10">937</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34043" ><span +class="cmti-10">991</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29043" ><span -class="cmti-10">938</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34042" ><span +class="cmti-10">992</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfirstpl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34047" ><span +class="cmti-10">993</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirstpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29046" ><span -class="cmti-10">939</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34046" ><span +class="cmti-10">994</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirstpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29045" ><span -class="cmti-10">940</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34045" ><span +class="cmti-10">995</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfull</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34028" ><span +class="cmti-10">996</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfull</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29032" ><span -class="cmti-10">941</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34026" ><span +class="cmti-10">997</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfull</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29030" ><span -class="cmti-10">942</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34024" ><span +class="cmti-10">998</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfullpl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34029" ><span +class="cmti-10">999</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfullpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29033" ><span -class="cmti-10">943</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34027" ><span +class="cmti-10">1000</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfullpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29031" ><span -class="cmti-10">944</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34025" ><span +class="cmti-10">1001</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtlong</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1002</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29028" ><span -class="cmti-10">945</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34018" ><span +class="cmti-10">1003</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29026" ><span -class="cmti-10">946</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1004</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtlongpl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34021" ><span +class="cmti-10">1005</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29029" ><span -class="cmti-10">947</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34019" ><span +class="cmti-10">1006</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29027" ><span -class="cmti-10">948</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1007</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtname</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34040" ><span +class="cmti-10">1008</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29041" ><span -class="cmti-10">949</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34039" ><span +class="cmti-10">1009</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29040" ><span -class="cmti-10">950</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34038" ><span +class="cmti-10">1010</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtplural</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34036" ><span +class="cmti-10">1011</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29038" ><span -class="cmti-10">951</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34035" ><span +class="cmti-10">1012</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29037" ><span -class="cmti-10">952</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34034" ><span +class="cmti-10">1013</span></a> <br /></span> + + + +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtshort</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1014</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29024" ><span -class="cmti-10">953</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34012" ><span +class="cmti-10">1015</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29022" ><span -class="cmti-10">954</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1016</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29025" ><span -class="cmti-10">955</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34013" ><span +class="cmti-10">1017</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34015" ><span +class="cmti-10">1018</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29023" ><span -class="cmti-10">956</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34011" ><span +class="cmti-10">1019</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmttext</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34033" ><span +class="cmti-10">1020</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmttext</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29036" ><span -class="cmti-10">957</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34032" ><span +class="cmti-10">1021</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29035" ><span -class="cmti-10">958</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34031" ><span +class="cmti-10">1022</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachwithattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30183" ><span -class="cmti-10">959</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35194" ><span +class="cmti-10">1023</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30166" ><span -class="cmti-10">960</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35177" ><span +class="cmti-10">1024</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetcategoryattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30165" ><span -class="cmti-10">961</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35176" ><span +class="cmti-10">1025</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20075" ><span -class="cmti-10">962</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19076" ><span +class="cmti-10">1026</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestsubname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20076" ><span -class="cmti-10">963</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19077" ><span +class="cmti-10">1027</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glshasattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30169" ><span -class="cmti-10">964</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35180" ><span +class="cmti-10">1028</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glshascategoryattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30167" ><span -class="cmti-10">965</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35178" ><span +class="cmti-10">1029</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glshex</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42001" ><span -class="cmti-10">966</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1030</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30174" ><span -class="cmti-10">967</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35185" ><span +class="cmti-10">1031</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30020" ><span -class="cmti-10">968</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1032</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategoryattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30170" ><span -class="cmti-10">969</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35181" ><span +class="cmti-10">1033</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregular</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30181" ><span -class="cmti-10">970</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35192" ><span +class="cmti-10">1034</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregularcategory</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30180" ><span -class="cmti-10">971</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35191" ><span +class="cmti-10">1035</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifregular</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30177" ><span -class="cmti-10">972</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35188" ><span +class="cmti-10">1036</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifregularcategory</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30176" ><span -class="cmti-10">973</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35187" ><span +class="cmti-10">1037</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glskeylisttok</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28037" ><span -class="cmti-10">974</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31037" ><span +class="cmti-10">1038</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28036" ><span -class="cmti-10">975</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31036" ><span +class="cmti-10">1039</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">counter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4114" >976</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4120" >977</a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4117" >1040</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4123" >1041</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">format</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6049" >978</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34030" >979</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34032" >980</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44022" >981</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7058" >1042</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39030" >1043</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39032" >1044</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48022" >1045</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12055" >982</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30028" >983</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30036" >984</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13055" >1046</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35028" >1047</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35036" >1048</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">hyper=false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29017" >985</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34005" >1049</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6018" >986</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30147" >987</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7018" >1050</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35117" >1051</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6003" >988</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6008" >989</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6012" >990</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12056" >991</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29016" >992</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34042" >993</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49009" >994</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7003" >1052</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7008" >1053</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7012" >1054</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13056" >1055</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34004" >1056</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39042" >1057</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53009" >1058</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5024" >995</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6025" >996</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7025" >1059</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15010" >1060</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">textformat</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6022" >997</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10016" >998</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7022" >1061</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11017" >1062</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6028" >999</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6041" >1000</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7028" >1063</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7050" >1064</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6027" >1001</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6040" >1002</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7027" >1065</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7049" >1066</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6011" >1003</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6016" >1004</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8073" >1005</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30041" >1006</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7011" >1067</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7016" >1068</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7033" >1069</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35041" >1070</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32042" ><span -class="cmti-10">1007</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37042" ><span +class="cmti-10">1071</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6030" ><span -class="cmti-10">1008</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7039" ><span +class="cmti-10">1072</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildpostlocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1009</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19029" ><span +class="cmti-10">1073</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildprelocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1010</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1074</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslistdesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20021" ><span -class="cmti-10">1011</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19021" ><span +class="cmti-10">1075</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslistgroupskip</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1012</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19032" ><span +class="cmti-10">1076</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1013</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19019" ><span +class="cmti-10">1077</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreseteach</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1014</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1078</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunseteach</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10011" ><span -class="cmti-10">1015</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11011" ><span +class="cmti-10">1079</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1016</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28035" ><span +class="cmti-10">1080</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25059" ><span -class="cmti-10">1017</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28063" ><span +class="cmti-10">1081</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescAlign</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1018</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1082</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15036" ><span -class="cmti-10">1019</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22036" ><span +class="cmti-10">1083</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15070" ><span -class="cmti-10">1020</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22070" ><span +class="cmti-10">1084</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15074" ><span -class="cmti-10">1021</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22074" ><span +class="cmti-10">1085</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15073" ><span -class="cmti-10">1022</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22073" ><span +class="cmti-10">1086</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15136" ><span -class="cmti-10">1023</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22136" ><span +class="cmti-10">1087</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15140" ><span -class="cmti-10">1024</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22140" ><span +class="cmti-10">1088</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15139" ><span -class="cmti-10">1025</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22139" ><span +class="cmti-10">1089</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraGroupHeading</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15043" ><span -class="cmti-10">1026</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22043" ><span +class="cmti-10">1090</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1027</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1091</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationAlign</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1028</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1092</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15078" ><span -class="cmti-10">1029</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22078" ><span +class="cmti-10">1093</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15082" ><span -class="cmti-10">1030</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22082" ><span +class="cmti-10">1094</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15081" ><span -class="cmti-10">1031</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22081" ><span +class="cmti-10">1095</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15144" ><span -class="cmti-10">1032</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22144" ><span +class="cmti-10">1096</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15148" ><span -class="cmti-10">1033</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22148" ><span +class="cmti-10">1097</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15147" ><span -class="cmti-10">1034</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22147" ><span +class="cmti-10">1098</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationFmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15038" ><span -class="cmti-10">1035</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15042" ><span -class="cmti-10">1036</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22038" ><span +class="cmti-10">1099</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22042" ><span +class="cmti-10">1100</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15128" ><span -class="cmti-10">1037</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22128" ><span +class="cmti-10">1101</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15132" ><span -class="cmti-10">1038</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22132" ><span +class="cmti-10">1102</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15131" ><span -class="cmti-10">1039</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22131" ><span +class="cmti-10">1103</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocSetDescWidth</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1040</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22033" ><span +class="cmti-10">1104</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameAlign</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1041</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22012" ><span +class="cmti-10">1105</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15047" ><span -class="cmti-10">1042</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22047" ><span +class="cmti-10">1106</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15061" ><span -class="cmti-10">1043</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22061" ><span +class="cmti-10">1107</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15065" ><span -class="cmti-10">1044</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22065" ><span +class="cmti-10">1108</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15064" ><span -class="cmti-10">1045</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22064" ><span +class="cmti-10">1109</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15086" ><span -class="cmti-10">1046</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22086" ><span +class="cmti-10">1110</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15094" ><span -class="cmti-10">1047</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22094" ><span +class="cmti-10">1111</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15098" ><span -class="cmti-10">1048</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22098" ><span +class="cmti-10">1112</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15097" ><span -class="cmti-10">1049</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22097" ><span +class="cmti-10">1113</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15090" ><span -class="cmti-10">1050</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22090" ><span +class="cmti-10">1114</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15089" ><span -class="cmti-10">1051</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22089" ><span +class="cmti-10">1115</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15050" ><span -class="cmti-10">1052</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22050" ><span +class="cmti-10">1116</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15049" ><span -class="cmti-10">1053</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22049" ><span +class="cmti-10">1117</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameFmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15035" ><span -class="cmti-10">1054</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22035" ><span +class="cmti-10">1118</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15103" ><span -class="cmti-10">1055</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22103" ><span +class="cmti-10">1119</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15112" ><span -class="cmti-10">1056</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22112" ><span +class="cmti-10">1120</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15116" ><span -class="cmti-10">1057</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22116" ><span +class="cmti-10">1121</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15115" ><span -class="cmti-10">1058</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22115" ><span +class="cmti-10">1122</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15107" ><span -class="cmti-10">1059</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22107" ><span +class="cmti-10">1123</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15106" ><span -class="cmti-10">1060</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22106" ><span +class="cmti-10">1124</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15023" ><span -class="cmti-10">1061</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22023" ><span +class="cmti-10">1125</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetWidest</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15024" ><span -class="cmti-10">1062</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22024" ><span +class="cmti-10">1126</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubDescFmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15040" ><span -class="cmti-10">1063</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22040" ><span +class="cmti-10">1127</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubNameFmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15039" ><span -class="cmti-10">1064</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22039" ><span +class="cmti-10">1128</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubSymbolFmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15041" ><span -class="cmti-10">1065</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22041" ><span +class="cmti-10">1129</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolAlign</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1066</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1130</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15037" ><span -class="cmti-10">1067</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22037" ><span +class="cmti-10">1131</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15120" ><span -class="cmti-10">1068</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22120" ><span +class="cmti-10">1132</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularFooter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15124" ><span -class="cmti-10">1069</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22124" ><span +class="cmti-10">1133</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15123" ><span -class="cmti-10">1070</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22123" ><span +class="cmti-10">1134</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymLocSetDescWidth</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1071</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22034" ><span +class="cmti-10">1135</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1072</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22032" ><span +class="cmti-10">1136</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraTabularVAlign</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15009" ><span -class="cmti-10">1073</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1137</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidest</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15025" ><span -class="cmti-10">1074</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22025" ><span +class="cmti-10">1138</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidestChild</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1075</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22031" ><span +class="cmti-10">1139</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1076</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1140</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28050" ><span -class="cmti-10">1077</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31050" ><span +class="cmti-10">1141</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongfootnotefont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27157" ><span -class="cmti-10">1078</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30157" ><span +class="cmti-10">1142</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslonghyphenfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25067" ><span -class="cmti-10">1079</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28071" ><span +class="cmti-10">1143</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongonlyfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25073" ><span -class="cmti-10">1080</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28077" ><span +class="cmti-10">1144</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongpltok</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1081</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31029" ><span +class="cmti-10">1145</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28028" ><span -class="cmti-10">1082</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31028" ><span +class="cmti-10">1146</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25062" ><span -class="cmti-10">1083</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28066" ><span +class="cmti-10">1147</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8079" ><span -class="cmti-10">1084</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1148</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glspdffmtfull</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34022" ><span +class="cmti-10">1149</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glspdffmtfullpl</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34023" ><span +class="cmti-10">1150</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsps</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12053" ><span -class="cmti-10">1085</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13053" ><span +class="cmti-10">1151</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12054" ><span -class="cmti-10">1086</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13054" ><span +class="cmti-10">1152</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsrenewcommand</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39021" ><span -class="cmti-10">1087</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43027" ><span +class="cmti-10">1153</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1088</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8036" ><span +class="cmti-10">1154</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssetattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30164" ><span -class="cmti-10">1089</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35175" ><span +class="cmti-10">1155</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30161" ><span -class="cmti-10">1090</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35172" ><span +class="cmti-10">1156</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssetregularcategory</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30163" ><span -class="cmti-10">1091</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35174" ><span +class="cmti-10">1157</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsshortpltok</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28025" ><span -class="cmti-10">1092</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31025" ><span +class="cmti-10">1158</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28024" ><span -class="cmti-10">1093</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31024" ><span +class="cmti-10">1159</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignSubIndent</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1094</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23029" ><span +class="cmti-10">1160</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignWidest</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16030" ><span -class="cmti-10">1095</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23030" ><span +class="cmti-10">1161</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicCols</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1096</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1162</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicColsEnv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1097</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23013" ><span +class="cmti-10">1163</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicDesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16026" ><span -class="cmti-10">1098</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23026" ><span +class="cmti-10">1164</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicGroupHeading</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1099</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23018" ><span +class="cmti-10">1165</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicInit</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1100</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1166</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicItem</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1101</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1167</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicLoc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16028" ><span -class="cmti-10">1102</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23028" ><span +class="cmti-10">1168</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMarker</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16022" ><span -class="cmti-10">1103</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23022" ><span +class="cmti-10">1169</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMidSkip</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16025" ><span -class="cmti-10">1104</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23025" ><span +class="cmti-10">1170</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicParIndent</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1105</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23015" ><span +class="cmti-10">1171</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPostSkip</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16027" ><span -class="cmti-10">1106</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23027" ><span +class="cmti-10">1172</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPreSkip</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16021" ><span -class="cmti-10">1107</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23021" ><span +class="cmti-10">1173</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubIndent</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1108</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1174</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItem</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1109</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23031" ><span +class="cmti-10">1175</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemBox</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1110</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23034" ><span +class="cmti-10">1176</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemSep</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1111</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23033" ><span +class="cmti-10">1177</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubLoc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16036" ><span -class="cmti-10">1112</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23036" ><span +class="cmti-10">1178</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubNameFont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1113</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23032" ><span +class="cmti-10">1179</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubPreLocSep</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16035" ><span -class="cmti-10">1114</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23035" ><span +class="cmti-10">1180</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16023" ><span -class="cmti-10">1115</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23023" ><span +class="cmti-10">1181</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitleFont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16024" ><span -class="cmti-10">1116</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23024" ><span +class="cmti-10">1182</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20060" ><span -class="cmti-10">1117</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19060" ><span +class="cmti-10">1183</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeChildDescLoc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20063" ><span -class="cmti-10">1118</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19063" ><span +class="cmti-10">1184</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20049" ><span -class="cmti-10">1119</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19049" ><span +class="cmti-10">1185</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildsymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20061" ><span -class="cmti-10">1120</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19061" ><span +class="cmti-10">1186</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20040" ><span -class="cmti-10">1121</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19039" ><span +class="cmti-10">1187</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20058" ><span -class="cmti-10">1122</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19058" ><span +class="cmti-10">1188</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeDescLoc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20062" ><span -class="cmti-10">1123</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19062" ><span +class="cmti-10">1189</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupskip</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20042" ><span -class="cmti-10">1124</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19040" ><span +class="cmti-10">1190</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreeheadergroupskip</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19043" ><span +class="cmti-10">1191</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreeNoDescSymbolPreLocation</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19064" ><span +class="cmti-10">1192</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamechilddesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20054" ><span -class="cmti-10">1125</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19054" ><span +class="cmti-10">1193</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamedesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20050" ><span -class="cmti-10">1126</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19050" ><span +class="cmti-10">1194</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamesymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20052" ><span -class="cmti-10">1127</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19052" ><span +class="cmti-10">1195</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreePreHeader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20044" ><span -class="cmti-10">1128</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19044" ><span +class="cmti-10">1196</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20048" ><span -class="cmti-10">1129</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19048" ><span +class="cmti-10">1197</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreesymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20059" ><span -class="cmti-10">1130</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19059" ><span +class="cmti-10">1198</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20071" ><span -class="cmti-10">1131</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19072" ><span +class="cmti-10">1199</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseabbrvfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21027" ><span -class="cmti-10">1132</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24036" ><span +class="cmti-10">1200</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuselongfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21028" ><span -class="cmti-10">1133</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24037" ><span +class="cmti-10">1201</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuserdescription</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27041" ><span -class="cmti-10">1134</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30041" ><span +class="cmti-10">1202</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1135</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1203</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35009" ><span -class="cmti-10">1136</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1204</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbreviationfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1137</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9029" ><span +class="cmti-10">1205</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27158" ><span -class="cmti-10">1138</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30158" ><span +class="cmti-10">1206</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11035" ><span -class="cmti-10">1139</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1140</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12035" ><span +class="cmti-10">1207</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28037" ><span +class="cmti-10">1208</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1141</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1209</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1142</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1210</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddlabelprefix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1143</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1211</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralias</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1144</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53019" ><span +class="cmti-10">1212</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20103" ><span -class="cmti-10">1145</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19104" ><span +class="cmti-10">1213</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeInit</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20102" ><span -class="cmti-10">1146</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19103" ><span +class="cmti-10">1214</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20100" ><span -class="cmti-10">1147</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19101" ><span +class="cmti-10">1215</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20099" ><span -class="cmti-10">1148</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19100" ><span +class="cmti-10">1216</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1149</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7002" ><span +class="cmti-10">1217</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindex</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34024" ><span -class="cmti-10">1150</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39024" ><span +class="cmti-10">1218</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexassignsort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1151</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1219</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1152</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39019" ><span +class="cmti-10">1220</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34022" ><span -class="cmti-10">1153</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39022" ><span +class="cmti-10">1221</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrBasicDigitrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42057" ><span -class="cmti-10">1154</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46057" ><span +class="cmti-10">1222</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrBibTeXEntryAliases</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1155</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1223</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1156</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21034" ><span +class="cmti-10">1224</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexbetween</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1157</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21029" ><span +class="cmti-10">1225</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexbookmark</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14039" ><span -class="cmti-10">1158</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21039" ><span +class="cmti-10">1226</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcols</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1159</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1227</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcolspread</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1160</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21013" ><span +class="cmti-10">1228</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14045" ><span -class="cmti-10">1161</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21045" ><span +class="cmti-10">1229</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmarkfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14047" ><span -class="cmti-10">1162</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21047" ><span +class="cmti-10">1230</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexformatheader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14041" ><span -class="cmti-10">1163</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21041" ><span +class="cmti-10">1231</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmark</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14046" ><span -class="cmti-10">1164</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21046" ><span +class="cmti-10">1232</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmarkfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14048" ><span -class="cmti-10">1165</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21048" ><span +class="cmti-10">1233</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14025" ><span -class="cmti-10">1166</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21025" ><span +class="cmti-10">1234</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14044" ><span -class="cmti-10">1167</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21044" ><span +class="cmti-10">1235</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1168</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21018" ><span +class="cmti-10">1236</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1169</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21019" ><span +class="cmti-10">1237</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14027" ><span -class="cmti-10">1170</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21027" ><span +class="cmti-10">1238</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentsubchildsep</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14028" ><span -class="cmti-10">1171</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21028" ><span +class="cmti-10">1239</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14021" ><span -class="cmti-10">1172</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21021" ><span +class="cmti-10">1240</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1173</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21033" ><span +class="cmti-10">1241</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14030" ><span -class="cmti-10">1174</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21030" ><span +class="cmti-10">1242</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsublocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14026" ><span -class="cmti-10">1175</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21026" ><span +class="cmti-10">1243</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1176</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1244</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubprelocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14024" ><span -class="cmti-10">1177</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21024" ><span +class="cmti-10">1245</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1178</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21032" ><span +class="cmti-10">1246</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1179</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21031" ><span +class="cmti-10">1247</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1180</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35033" ><span +class="cmti-10">1248</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrclearlabelprefixes</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1181</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1249</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42049" ><span -class="cmti-10">1182</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46049" ><span +class="cmti-10">1250</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42048" ><span -class="cmti-10">1183</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46048" ><span +class="cmti-10">1251</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42047" ><span -class="cmti-10">1184</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46047" ><span +class="cmti-10">1252</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42050" ><span -class="cmti-10">1185</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46050" ><span +class="cmti-10">1253</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42046" ><span -class="cmti-10">1186</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46046" ><span +class="cmti-10">1254</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcontrolrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42042" ><span -class="cmti-10">1187</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46042" ><span +class="cmti-10">1255</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcopytoglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1188</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1256</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcurrencyrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42054" ><span -class="cmti-10">1189</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46054" ><span +class="cmti-10">1257</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrDefaultResourceOptions</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1190</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1258</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdeffield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1191</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1259</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdetoklocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1192</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1260</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdigitrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42056" ><span -class="cmti-10">1193</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46056" ><span +class="cmti-10">1261</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrDiscardUnsetBuffering</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1262</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendloc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8082" ><span -class="cmti-10">1194</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1263</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendlochook</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8084" ><span -class="cmti-10">1195</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18019" ><span +class="cmti-10">1264</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1196</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45018" ><span +class="cmti-10">1265</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8080" ><span -class="cmti-10">1197</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18015" ><span +class="cmti-10">1266</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaystartloc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8081" ><span -class="cmti-10">1198</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1267</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysupploc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1199</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1268</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1200</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1269</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1201</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7038" ><span +class="cmti-10">1270</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtredeffield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46021" ><span -class="cmti-10">1202</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50023" ><span +class="cmti-10">1271</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtremsuffix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25055" ><span -class="cmti-10">1203</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28059" ><span +class="cmti-10">1272</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32027" ><span -class="cmti-10">1204</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37027" ><span +class="cmti-10">1273</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32030" ><span -class="cmti-10">1205</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37030" ><span +class="cmti-10">1274</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1206</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39033" ><span +class="cmti-10">1275</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1207</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1276</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1208</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38002" ><span +class="cmti-10">1277</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1209</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1278</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1210</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1279</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrenablerecordcount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1211</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48032" ><span +class="cmti-10">1280</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrendfor</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46062" ><span -class="cmti-10">1212</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50075" ><span +class="cmti-10">1281</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrentryfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1213</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1282</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrExpandedFmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1214</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11019" ><span +class="cmti-10">1283</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46052" ><span -class="cmti-10">1215</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50057" ><span +class="cmti-10">1284</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46053" ><span -class="cmti-10">1216</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50058" ><span +class="cmti-10">1285</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50076" ><span +class="cmti-10">1286</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatlist</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50061" ><span +class="cmti-10">1287</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldifinlist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46054" ><span -class="cmti-10">1217</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50067" ><span +class="cmti-10">1288</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistadd</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46048" ><span -class="cmti-10">1218</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50053" ><span +class="cmti-10">1289</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlisteadd</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46050" ><span -class="cmti-10">1219</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50055" ><span +class="cmti-10">1290</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistgadd</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46049" ><span -class="cmti-10">1220</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50054" ><span +class="cmti-10">1291</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistxadd</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46051" ><span -class="cmti-10">1221</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50056" ><span +class="cmti-10">1292</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30133" ><span -class="cmti-10">1222</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35099" ><span +class="cmti-10">1293</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldxifinlist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46055" ><span -class="cmti-10">1223</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50068" ><span +class="cmti-10">1294</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1224</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50002" ><span +class="cmti-10">1295</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt*</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1225</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1296</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46003" ><span -class="cmti-10">1226</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1297</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtdisplay</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1227</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1298</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtexternalnameref</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41023" ><span -class="cmti-10">1228</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45023" ><span +class="cmti-10">1299</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1229</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1300</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtinternalnameref</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41022" ><span -class="cmti-10">1230</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45022" ><span +class="cmti-10">1301</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescname</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30178" ><span +class="cmti-10">1302</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescsort</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30180" ><span +class="cmti-10">1303</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotename</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27154" ><span -class="cmti-10">1231</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30154" ><span +class="cmti-10">1304</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46057" ><span -class="cmti-10">1232</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50070" ><span +class="cmti-10">1305</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignText</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46064" ><span -class="cmti-10">1233</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50078" ><span +class="cmti-10">1306</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignTextField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46063" ><span -class="cmti-10">1234</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50077" ><span +class="cmti-10">1307</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1235</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18002" ><span +class="cmti-10">1308</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForUnsetBufferedList</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1236</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11015" ><span +class="cmti-10">1309</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfractionrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42060" ><span -class="cmti-10">1237</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46060" ><span +class="cmti-10">1310</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23025" ><span -class="cmti-10">1238</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26025" ><span +class="cmti-10">1311</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23022" ><span -class="cmti-10">1239</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26022" ><span +class="cmti-10">1312</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1240</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1313</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28058" ><span -class="cmti-10">1241</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31058" ><span +class="cmti-10">1314</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28054" ><span -class="cmti-10">1242</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31054" ><span +class="cmti-10">1315</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1243</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26034" ><span +class="cmti-10">1316</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1244</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26033" ><span +class="cmti-10">1317</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1245</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26032" ><span +class="cmti-10">1318</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullplformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28066" ><span -class="cmti-10">1246</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31066" ><span +class="cmti-10">1319</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullplformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28062" ><span -class="cmti-10">1247</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31062" ><span +class="cmti-10">1320</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25078" ><span -class="cmti-10">1248</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28082" ><span +class="cmti-10">1321</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42063" ><span -class="cmti-10">1249</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46063" ><span +class="cmti-10">1322</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42062" ><span -class="cmti-10">1250</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46062" ><span +class="cmti-10">1323</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42061" ><span -class="cmti-10">1251</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46061" ><span +class="cmti-10">1324</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42064" ><span -class="cmti-10">1252</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46064" ><span +class="cmti-10">1325</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42068" ><span -class="cmti-10">1253</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46068" ><span +class="cmti-10">1326</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42067" ><span -class="cmti-10">1254</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46067" ><span +class="cmti-10">1327</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42066" ><span -class="cmti-10">1255</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46066" ><span +class="cmti-10">1328</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42065" ><span -class="cmti-10">1256</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46065" ><span +class="cmti-10">1329</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42055" ><span -class="cmti-10">1257</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46055" ><span +class="cmti-10">1330</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42053" ><span -class="cmti-10">1258</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46053" ><span +class="cmti-10">1331</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42052" ><span -class="cmti-10">1259</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46052" ><span +class="cmti-10">1332</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1260</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1333</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1261</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1334</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgroupfield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1262</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51013" ><span +class="cmti-10">1335</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSXTRhiername</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7046" ><span -class="cmti-10">1263</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8056" ><span +class="cmti-10">1336</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrhiername</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7045" ><span -class="cmti-10">1264</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8055" ><span +class="cmti-10">1337</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrhiername</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7044" ><span -class="cmti-10">1265</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8054" ><span +class="cmti-10">1338</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrhiername</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7043" ><span -class="cmti-10">1266</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8053" ><span +class="cmti-10">1339</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7036" ><span -class="cmti-10">1267</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8046" ><span +class="cmti-10">1340</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiernamesep</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7042" ><span -class="cmti-10">1268</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8052" ><span +class="cmti-10">1341</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphenrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42051" ><span -class="cmti-10">1269</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46051" ><span +class="cmti-10">1342</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25069" ><span -class="cmti-10">1270</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28073" ><span +class="cmti-10">1343</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtridentifyglslike</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1271</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47012" ><span +class="cmti-10">1344</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32021" ><span -class="cmti-10">1272</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37021" ><span +class="cmti-10">1345</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8035" ><span -class="cmti-10">1273</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9035" ><span +class="cmti-10">1346</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldCmpNum</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46040" ><span -class="cmti-10">1274</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50045" ><span +class="cmti-10">1347</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46039" ><span -class="cmti-10">1275</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50044" ><span +class="cmti-10">1348</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1276</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50036" ><span +class="cmti-10">1349</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqXpStr</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46036" ><span -class="cmti-10">1277</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50038" ><span +class="cmti-10">1350</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46038" ><span -class="cmti-10">1278</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50043" ><span +class="cmti-10">1351</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1279</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50035" ><span +class="cmti-10">1352</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50040" ><span +class="cmti-10">1353</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1280</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50031" ><span +class="cmti-10">1354</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield*</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1281</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50033" ><span +class="cmti-10">1355</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1282</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1356</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifinlabelprefixlist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1283</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1357</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifkeydefined</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1284</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50012" ><span +class="cmti-10">1358</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtriflabelinlist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47040" ><span -class="cmti-10">1285</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51040" ><span +class="cmti-10">1359</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1286</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1360</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifrecordtrigger</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1287</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48018" ><span +class="cmti-10">1361</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1288</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1362</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8053" ><span -class="cmti-10">1289</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9053" ><span +class="cmti-10">1363</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46037" ><span -class="cmti-10">1290</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50039" ><span +class="cmti-10">1364</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinclinkcounter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1291</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1365</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexaliased</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1292</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1366</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIndexCounterLink</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39022" ><span -class="cmti-10">1293</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43028" ><span +class="cmti-10">1367</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexseealso</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7067" ><span -class="cmti-10">1294</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8079" ><span +class="cmti-10">1368</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1295</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7013" ><span +class="cmti-10">1369</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28073" ><span -class="cmti-10">1296</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31073" ><span +class="cmti-10">1370</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28070" ><span -class="cmti-10">1297</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31070" ><span +class="cmti-10">1371</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28080" ><span -class="cmti-10">1298</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31080" ><span +class="cmti-10">1372</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28077" ><span -class="cmti-10">1299</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31077" ><span +class="cmti-10">1373</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25076" ><span -class="cmti-10">1300</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28080" ><span +class="cmti-10">1374</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42069" ><span -class="cmti-10">1301</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46069" ><span +class="cmti-10">1375</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAA</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42093" ><span -class="cmti-10">1302</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46093" ><span +class="cmti-10">1376</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAELigature</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42086" ><span -class="cmti-10">1303</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46086" ><span +class="cmti-10">1377</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinE</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42070" ><span -class="cmti-10">1304</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46070" ><span +class="cmti-10">1378</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSs</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42082" ><span -class="cmti-10">1305</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46082" ><span +class="cmti-10">1379</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSz</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42083" ><span -class="cmti-10">1306</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46083" ><span +class="cmti-10">1380</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEth</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42084" ><span -class="cmti-10">1307</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46084" ><span +class="cmti-10">1381</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinH</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42071" ><span -class="cmti-10">1308</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46071" ><span +class="cmti-10">1382</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinI</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42073" ><span -class="cmti-10">1309</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46073" ><span +class="cmti-10">1383</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinInsularG</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42091" ><span -class="cmti-10">1310</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46091" ><span +class="cmti-10">1384</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinK</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42072" ><span -class="cmti-10">1311</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46072" ><span +class="cmti-10">1385</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinL</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42074" ><span -class="cmti-10">1312</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46074" ><span +class="cmti-10">1386</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinLslash</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42089" ><span -class="cmti-10">1313</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46089" ><span +class="cmti-10">1387</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinM</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42075" ><span -class="cmti-10">1314</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46075" ><span +class="cmti-10">1388</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinN</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42076" ><span -class="cmti-10">1315</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46076" ><span +class="cmti-10">1389</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinO</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42077" ><span -class="cmti-10">1316</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46077" ><span +class="cmti-10">1390</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOELigature</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42087" ><span -class="cmti-10">1317</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46087" ><span +class="cmti-10">1391</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOslash</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42088" ><span -class="cmti-10">1318</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46088" ><span +class="cmti-10">1392</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinP</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42078" ><span -class="cmti-10">1319</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46078" ><span +class="cmti-10">1393</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinS</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42079" ><span -class="cmti-10">1320</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46079" ><span +class="cmti-10">1394</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinSchwa</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42092" ><span -class="cmti-10">1321</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46092" ><span +class="cmti-10">1395</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinT</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42080" ><span -class="cmti-10">1322</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46080" ><span +class="cmti-10">1396</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinThorn</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42085" ><span -class="cmti-10">1323</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46085" ><span +class="cmti-10">1397</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinWynn</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42090" ><span -class="cmti-10">1324</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46090" ><span +class="cmti-10">1398</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinX</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42081" ><span -class="cmti-10">1325</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46081" ><span +class="cmti-10">1399</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46025" ><span -class="cmti-10">1326</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50027" ><span +class="cmti-10">1400</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetFieldToField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46027" ><span -class="cmti-10">1327</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50029" ><span +class="cmti-10">1401</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterName</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33009" ><span -class="cmti-10">1328</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1402</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33006" ><span -class="cmti-10">1329</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38006" ><span +class="cmti-10">1403</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1330</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40018" ><span +class="cmti-10">1404</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1331</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1405</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47036" ><span -class="cmti-10">1332</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51036" ><span +class="cmti-10">1406</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1333</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1407</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8083" ><span -class="cmti-10">1334</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18018" ><span +class="cmti-10">1408</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23021" ><span -class="cmti-10">1335</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23024" ><span -class="cmti-10">1336</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26021" ><span +class="cmti-10">1409</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26024" ><span +class="cmti-10">1410</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1337</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26012" ><span +class="cmti-10">1411</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphen</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27232" ><span -class="cmti-10">1338</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30267" ><span +class="cmti-10">1412</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27213" ><span -class="cmti-10">1339</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30248" ><span +class="cmti-10">1413</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26062" ><span -class="cmti-10">1340</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29062" ><span +class="cmti-10">1414</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26088" ><span -class="cmti-10">1341</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29088" ><span +class="cmti-10">1415</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1342</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26031" ><span +class="cmti-10">1416</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23030" ><span -class="cmti-10">1343</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26030" ><span +class="cmti-10">1417</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1344</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26029" ><span +class="cmti-10">1418</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27061" ><span -class="cmti-10">1345</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30061" ><span +class="cmti-10">1419</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27058" ><span -class="cmti-10">1346</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30058" ><span +class="cmti-10">1420</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27006" ><span -class="cmti-10">1347</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30006" ><span +class="cmti-10">1421</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27082" ><span -class="cmti-10">1348</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30082" ><span +class="cmti-10">1422</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42101" ><span -class="cmti-10">1349</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46101" ><span +class="cmti-10">1423</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42094" ><span -class="cmti-10">1350</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46094" ><span +class="cmti-10">1424</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42116" ><span -class="cmti-10">1351</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46116" ><span +class="cmti-10">1425</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42110" ><span -class="cmti-10">1352</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46110" ><span +class="cmti-10">1426</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42130" ><span -class="cmti-10">1353</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46130" ><span +class="cmti-10">1427</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42126" ><span -class="cmti-10">1354</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46126" ><span +class="cmti-10">1428</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicNabla</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42134" ><span -class="cmti-10">1355</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46134" ><span +class="cmti-10">1429</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicPartial</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42133" ><span -class="cmti-10">1356</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46133" ><span +class="cmti-10">1430</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42123" ><span -class="cmti-10">1357</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46123" ><span +class="cmti-10">1431</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42119" ><span -class="cmti-10">1358</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46119" ><span +class="cmti-10">1432</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42107" ><span -class="cmti-10">1359</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46107" ><span +class="cmti-10">1433</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42102" ><span -class="cmti-10">1360</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46102" ><span +class="cmti-10">1434</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultisupplocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1361</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1435</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnameloclink</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41025" ><span -class="cmti-10">1362</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45025" ><span +class="cmti-10">1436</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnamereflink</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1363</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45019" ><span +class="cmti-10">1437</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewgls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1364</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1438</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewGLSlike</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1365</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1439</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43006" ><span -class="cmti-10">1366</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47006" ><span +class="cmti-10">1440</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4211" ><span -class="cmti-10">1367</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4217" ><span +class="cmti-10">1441</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrgls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1368</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1442</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrGLSlike</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1369</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1443</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrglslike</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43009" ><span -class="cmti-10">1370</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1444</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4205" ><span -class="cmti-10">1371</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4211" ><span +class="cmti-10">1445</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1372</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1446</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1373</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59019" ><span +class="cmti-10">1447</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1374</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59015" ><span +class="cmti-10">1448</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1375</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59013" ><span +class="cmti-10">1449</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1376</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1450</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1377</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59012" ><span +class="cmti-10">1451</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54011" ><span -class="cmti-10">1378</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59011" ><span +class="cmti-10">1452</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1379</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1453</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1380</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1454</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1381</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59018" ><span +class="cmti-10">1455</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnonprintablerules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42044" ><span -class="cmti-10">1382</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46044" ><span +class="cmti-10">1456</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5003" ><span -class="cmti-10">1383</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1457</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlydescname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27027" ><span -class="cmti-10">1384</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30027" ><span +class="cmti-10">1458</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlyname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27023" ><span -class="cmti-10">1385</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30023" ><span +class="cmti-10">1459</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlysuffix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25075" ><span -class="cmti-10">1386</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28079" ><span +class="cmti-10">1460</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorglong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1387</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31034" ><span +class="cmti-10">1461</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorgshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1388</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31033" ><span +class="cmti-10">1462</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrp</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12062" ><span -class="cmti-10">1389</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13062" ><span +class="cmti-10">1463</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrp</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12061" ><span -class="cmti-10">1390</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13061" ><span +class="cmti-10">1464</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12052" ><span -class="cmti-10">1391</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13052" ><span +class="cmti-10">1465</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1392</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1466</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25026" ><span -class="cmti-10">1393</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28030" ><span +class="cmti-10">1467</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpdfentryfmt</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1468</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1394</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54015" ><span +class="cmti-10">1469</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1395</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54013" ><span +class="cmti-10">1470</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1396</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17032" ><span +class="cmti-10">1471</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenlong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27245" ><span -class="cmti-10">1397</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30280" ><span +class="cmti-10">1472</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27230" ><span -class="cmti-10">1398</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30265" ><span +class="cmti-10">1473</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1399</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9033" ><span +class="cmti-10">1474</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8042" ><span -class="cmti-10">1400</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9042" ><span +class="cmti-10">1475</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolDescOnFirstUse</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8048" ><span -class="cmti-10">1401</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9048" ><span +class="cmti-10">1476</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8046" ><span -class="cmti-10">1402</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9046" ><span +class="cmti-10">1477</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1403</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9034" ><span +class="cmti-10">1478</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkhook</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1404</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9031" ><span +class="cmti-10">1479</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5037" ><span -class="cmti-10">1405</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1480</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1406</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17026" ><span +class="cmti-10">1481</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1407</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31019" ><span +class="cmti-10">1482</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1408</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1483</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprependlabelprefix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1409</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47015" ><span +class="cmti-10">1484</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrProvideBibTeXFields</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1410</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1485</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidecommand</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1411</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43022" ><span +class="cmti-10">1486</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidestoragekey</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46009" ><span -class="cmti-10">1412</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50011" ><span +class="cmti-10">1487</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1413</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1488</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCounter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46071" ><span -class="cmti-10">1414</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50085" ><span +class="cmti-10">1489</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1415</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1490</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8026" ><span -class="cmti-10">1416</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9026" ><span +class="cmti-10">1491</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1417</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1492</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourceinit</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43003" ><span -class="cmti-10">1418</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1493</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestorepostpunc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1419</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1494</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1420</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1495</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertTocMarks</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1421</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33009" ><span +class="cmti-10">1496</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25040" ><span -class="cmti-10">1422</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28044" ><span +class="cmti-10">1497</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7061" ><span -class="cmti-10">1423</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8073" ><span +class="cmti-10">1498</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseelist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7065" ><span -class="cmti-10">1424</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8077" ><span +class="cmti-10">1499</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetActualChar</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34049" ><span -class="cmti-10">1425</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39049" ><span +class="cmti-10">1500</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1426</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1501</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8077" ><span -class="cmti-10">1427</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7037" ><span +class="cmti-10">1502</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategory</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30185" ><span -class="cmti-10">1428</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35196" ><span +class="cmti-10">1503</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30187" ><span -class="cmti-10">1429</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35198" ><span +class="cmti-10">1504</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8071" ><span -class="cmti-10">1430</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7031" ><span +class="cmti-10">1505</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34052" ><span -class="cmti-10">1431</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39052" ><span +class="cmti-10">1506</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEscChar</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34051" ><span -class="cmti-10">1432</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39051" ><span +class="cmti-10">1507</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1433</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1508</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1434</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1509</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetglossarylabel</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5026" ><span -class="cmti-10">1435</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15012" ><span +class="cmti-10">1510</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17006" ><span -class="cmti-10">1436</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16006" ><span +class="cmti-10">1511</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34050" ><span -class="cmti-10">1437</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39050" ><span +class="cmti-10">1512</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetpopts</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12057" ><span -class="cmti-10">1438</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13057" ><span +class="cmti-10">1513</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetRecordCountAttribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1439</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48016" ><span +class="cmti-10">1514</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidest</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1440</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43035" ><span +class="cmti-10">1515</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidestFallback</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1441</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43040" ><span +class="cmti-10">1516</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1442</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23023" ><span -class="cmti-10">1443</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1517</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26023" ><span +class="cmti-10">1518</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1444</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1519</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortdescname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26036" ><span -class="cmti-10">1445</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29036" ><span +class="cmti-10">1520</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshorthyphenlong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27238" ><span -class="cmti-10">1446</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30273" ><span +class="cmti-10">1521</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27126" ><span -class="cmti-10">1447</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30126" ><span +class="cmti-10">1522</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27099" ><span -class="cmti-10">1448</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27116" ><span -class="cmti-10">1449</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30099" ><span +class="cmti-10">1523</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30116" ><span +class="cmti-10">1524</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27144" ><span -class="cmti-10">1450</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30144" ><span +class="cmti-10">1525</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortnolongname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1451</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1526</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23028" ><span -class="cmti-10">1452</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26028" ><span +class="cmti-10">1527</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23027" ><span -class="cmti-10">1453</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26027" ><span +class="cmti-10">1528</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23026" ><span -class="cmti-10">1454</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26026" ><span +class="cmti-10">1529</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsmsuffix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25050" ><span -class="cmti-10">1455</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28054" ><span +class="cmti-10">1530</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrspacerules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42043" ><span -class="cmti-10">1456</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46043" ><span +class="cmti-10">1531</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1457</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1532</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryOther</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1458</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52017" ><span +class="cmti-10">1533</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneGlossaryType</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1459</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52005" ><span +class="cmti-10">1534</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1460</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11013" ><span +class="cmti-10">1535</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1461</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1536</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSubScriptDigitrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42058" ><span -class="cmti-10">1462</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46058" ><span +class="cmti-10">1537</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28083" ><span -class="cmti-10">1463</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31083" ><span +class="cmti-10">1538</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28082" ><span -class="cmti-10">1464</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31082" ><span +class="cmti-10">1539</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28085" ><span -class="cmti-10">1465</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31085" ><span +class="cmti-10">1540</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28084" ><span -class="cmti-10">1466</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31084" ><span +class="cmti-10">1541</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSuperScriptDigitrules</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42059" ><span -class="cmti-10">1467</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46059" ><span +class="cmti-10">1542</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22003" ><span -class="cmti-10">1468</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1543</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1469</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1544</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44006" ><span -class="cmti-10">1470</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48006" ><span +class="cmti-10">1545</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrunsrtdo</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1471</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51031" ><span +class="cmti-10">1546</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28089" ><span -class="cmti-10">1472</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31089" ><span +class="cmti-10">1547</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28040" ><span -class="cmti-10">1473</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31040" ><span +class="cmti-10">1548</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusealias</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8071" ><span +class="cmti-10">1549</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrusefield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46045" ><span -class="cmti-10">1474</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50050" ><span +class="cmti-10">1550</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrusefield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46044" ><span -class="cmti-10">1475</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50049" ><span +class="cmti-10">1551</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusefield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46042" ><span -class="cmti-10">1476</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50047" ><span +class="cmti-10">1552</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserfield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1477</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30033" ><span +class="cmti-10">1553</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserparen</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27036" ><span -class="cmti-10">1478</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30036" ><span +class="cmti-10">1554</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25064" ><span -class="cmti-10">1479</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27046" ><span -class="cmti-10">1480</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28068" ><span +class="cmti-10">1555</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30046" ><span +class="cmti-10">1556</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1481</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1557</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7058" ><span -class="cmti-10">1482</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8068" ><span +class="cmti-10">1558</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseeformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7021" ><span -class="cmti-10">1483</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7059" ><span -class="cmti-10">1484</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8021" ><span +class="cmti-10">1559</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8069" ><span +class="cmti-10">1560</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25103" ><span -class="cmti-10">1485</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28107" ><span +class="cmti-10">1561</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarning</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35011" ><span -class="cmti-10">1486</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54011" ><span +class="cmti-10">1562</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30057" ><span -class="cmti-10">1487</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35057" ><span +class="cmti-10">1563</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30056" ><span -class="cmti-10">1488</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35056" ><span +class="cmti-10">1564</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwrglossmark</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1489</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1565</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">H</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">hyperref </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4089" >1490</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4123" >1491</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4135" >1492</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6048" >1493</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6053" >1494</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6055" >1495</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12029" >1496</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12060" >1497</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27150" >1498</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29002" >1499</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29003" >1500</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29004" >1501</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29008" >1502</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29015" >1503</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32032" >1504</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34034" >1505</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39024" >1506</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41003" >1507</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45008" >1508</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46007" >1509</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47041" >1510</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48003" >1511</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49005" >1512</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53006" >1513</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53024" >1514</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4092" >1566</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4126" >1567</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4138" >1568</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7057" >1569</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7062" >1570</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7064" >1571</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13029" >1572</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13060" >1573</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30150" >1574</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32002" >1575</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32003" >1576</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32004" >1577</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33004" >1578</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34002" >1579</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37032" >1580</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39034" >1581</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43030" >1582</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45003" >1583</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49008" >1584</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50007" >1585</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50009" >1586</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51041" >1587</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52003" >1588</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53005" >1589</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58006" >1590</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58024" >1591</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">I</span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1515</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">inputenc </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38012" >1516</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42012" >1592</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">L</span> <span class="index-item">link-text  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8001" >1517</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8003" >1518</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8030" >1519</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8041" >1520</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8051" >1521</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8055" >1522</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8059" >1523</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8064" >1524</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8068" >1525</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12036" >1526</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12037" >1527</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25079" >1528</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25093" >1529</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25096" >1530</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27177" >1531</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30043" >1532</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30047" >1533</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33001" >1534</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53002" >1535</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55021" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1536</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9001" >1593</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9003" >1594</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9030" >1595</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9041" >1596</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9051" >1597</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9055" >1598</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9059" >1599</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9064" >1600</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9068" >1601</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13036" >1602</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13037" >1603</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28083" >1604</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28097" >1605</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28100" >1606</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30195" >1607</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35043" >1608</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35047" >1609</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38001" >1610</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58002" >1611</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60021" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1612</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">location list  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8078" >1537</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49010" >1538</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49012" >1539</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53005" >1540</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55023" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1541</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18013" >1613</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53010" >1614</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53012" >1615</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58005" >1616</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60023" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1617</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5035" ><span -class="cmti-10">1542</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6015" ><span +class="cmti-10">1618</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">M</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3027" >1543</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3029" >1544</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3030" >1545</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5057" >1546</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55026" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1547</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3027" >1619</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3029" >1620</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3030" >1621</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6037" >1622</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60026" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1623</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5052" ><span -class="cmti-10">1548</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6032" ><span +class="cmti-10">1624</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5058" >1549</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55030" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1550</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6038" >1625</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60030" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1626</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5059" >1551</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55029" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1552</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6039" >1627</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60029" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1628</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span +class="cmss-10">makeidx </span>package  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8084" >1629</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3022" >1553</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3028" >1554</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3031" >1555</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4011" >1556</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4097" >1557</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4100" >1558</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4124" >1559</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4141" >1560</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4145" >1561</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4171" >1562</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4180" >1563</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34003" >1564</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34008" >1565</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34044" >1566</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39006" >1567</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41005" >1568</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55003" >1569</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55028" >1570</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55032" >1571</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55033" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1572</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3022" >1630</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3028" >1631</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3031" >1632</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4011" >1633</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4100" >1634</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4103" >1635</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4127" >1636</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4144" >1637</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4148" >1638</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4174" >1639</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4183" >1640</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39003" >1641</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39008" >1642</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39044" >1643</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43006" >1644</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45005" >1645</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60003" >1646</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60028" >1647</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60032" >1648</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60033" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1649</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6044" >1573</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6045" >1574</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6051" >1575</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7026" >1576</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34021" >1577</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7053" >1650</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7054" >1651</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7060" >1652</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8026" >1653</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39021" >1654</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">memoir </span>class  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3021" >1578</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3021" >1655</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4" >1579</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30132" >1580</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30134" >1581</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4" >1656</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35098" >1657</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35100" >1658</a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">multicols </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16002" >1582</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23002" >1659</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">N</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1583</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24011" ><span +class="cmti-10">1660</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviationstyle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1584</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1661</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21011" ><span -class="cmti-10">1585</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1662</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">access</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30088" >1586</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30092" >1587</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35164" >1663</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">alias</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5028" >1588</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5032" >1589</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49001" >1590</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49004" >1591</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49018" >1592</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53010" >1593</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6008" >1664</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6012" >1665</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8070" >1666</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53001" >1667</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53004" >1668</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53018" >1669</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58010" >1670</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">category</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5027" >1594</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6021" >1595</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21003" >1596</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21010" >1597</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30003" >1598</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30005" >1599</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6007" >1671</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7021" >1672</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24012" >1673</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24019" >1674</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35003" >1675</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35005" >1676</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">counter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6035" >1600</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7044" >1677</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">description</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5002" >1601</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25098" >1602</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26006" >1603</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26037" >1604</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26039" >1605</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26063" >1606</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26089" >1607</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27007" >1608</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27040" >1609</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27059" >1610</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27083" >1611</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27096" >1612</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27117" >1613</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27124" >1614</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27145" >1615</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27152" >1616</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27181" >1617</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27202" >1618</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27209" >1619</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28013" >1620</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38009" >1621</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52038" >1622</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52040" >1623</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5046" >1624</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6002" >1678</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28102" >1679</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29006" >1680</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29037" >1681</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29039" >1682</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29063" >1683</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29089" >1684</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30007" >1685</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30040" >1686</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30059" >1687</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30083" >1688</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30096" >1689</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30117" >1690</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30124" >1691</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30145" >1692</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30152" >1693</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30176" >1694</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30199" >1695</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30217" >1696</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30237" >1697</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30244" >1698</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31013" >1699</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42009" >1700</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57041" >1701</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57043" >1702</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6026" >1703</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5036" >1625</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5039" >1626</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5041" >1627</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52042" >1628</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52044" >1629</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5043" >1630</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6016" >1704</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6019" >1705</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6021" >1706</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57045" >1707</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57047" >1708</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6023" >1709</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">first</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8013" >1631</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11014" >1632</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11015" >1633</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12004" >1634</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25008" >1635</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25015" >1636</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28009" >1637</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28015" >1638</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29042" >1639</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34026" >1640</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52022" >1641</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52024" >1642</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55017" >1643</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9013" >1710</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12014" >1711</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12015" >1712</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13004" >1713</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28008" >1714</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28015" >1715</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31009" >1716</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31015" >1717</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34041" >1718</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39026" >1719</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57025" >1720</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57027" >1721</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60017" >1722</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">firstaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30098" >1644</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35171" >1723</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8014" >1645</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11009" >1646</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11013" >1647</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11017" >1648</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11021" >1649</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28010" >1650</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28016" >1651</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52026" >1652</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52028" >1653</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55018" >1654</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9014" >1724</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12009" >1725</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12013" >1726</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12017" >1727</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12021" >1728</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31010" >1729</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31016" >1730</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57029" >1731</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57031" >1732</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60018" >1733</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">group</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38011" >1655</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47008" >1656</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47010" >1657</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47012" >1658</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47014" >1659</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42011" >1734</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51008" >1735</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51010" >1736</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51012" >1737</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51014" >1738</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">location</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14023" >1660</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41015" >1661</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47032" >1662</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47035" >1663</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21023" >1739</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43021" >1740</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45015" >1741</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51032" >1742</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51035" >1743</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">loclist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41014" >1664</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47033" >1665</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47037" >1666</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47039" >1667</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45014" >1744</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51033" >1745</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51037" >1746</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51039" >1747</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11026" >1668</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11027" >1669</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21024" >1670</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25012" >1671</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30045" >1672</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34028" >1673</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52054" >1674</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52056" >1675</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5044" >1676</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12026" >1748</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12027" >1749</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24033" >1750</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28012" >1751</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35045" >1752</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39028" >1753</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57057" >1754</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57059" >1755</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6024" >1756</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11010" >1677</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11025" >1678</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21025" >1679</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28030" >1680</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52058" >1681</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52060" >1682</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12010" >1757</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12025" >1758</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24034" >1759</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31030" >1760</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57061" >1761</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57063" >1762</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">name</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5007" >1683</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5008" >1684</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5010" >1685</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7034" >1686</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11023" >1687</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12002" >1688</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18006" >1689</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18010" >1690</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26004" >1691</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26035" >1692</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26061" >1693</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26087" >1694</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27005" >1695</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27022" >1696</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27026" >1697</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27042" >1698</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27056" >1699</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27060" >1700</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27081" >1701</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27094" >1702</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27098" >1703</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27115" >1704</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27123" >1705</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27125" >1706</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27143" >1707</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27151" >1708</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27153" >1709</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27180" >1710</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27199" >1711</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27203" >1712</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27210" >1713</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27216" >1714</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27222" >1715</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27227" >1716</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27235" >1717</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27239" >1718</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27242" >1719</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27247" >1720</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27250" >1721</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28007" >1722</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29039" >1723</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30089" >1724</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34014" >1725</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34027" >1726</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35010" >1727</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47009" >1728</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48015" >1729</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52006" >1730</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53008" >1731</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53016" >1732</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53017" >1733</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53018" >1734</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53020" >1735</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8034" >1763</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8038" >1764</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8039" >1765</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8041" >1766</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8043" >1767</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12023" >1768</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13002" >1769</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17019" >1770</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17023" >1771</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28025" >1772</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29004" >1773</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29035" >1774</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29061" >1775</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29087" >1776</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30005" >1777</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30022" >1778</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30026" >1779</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30042" >1780</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30056" >1781</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30060" >1782</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30081" >1783</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30094" >1784</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30098" >1785</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30115" >1786</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30123" >1787</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30125" >1788</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30143" >1789</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30151" >1790</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30153" >1791</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30177" >1792</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30198" >1793</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30218" >1794</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30234" >1795</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30238" >1796</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30245" >1797</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30251" >1798</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30257" >1799</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30262" >1800</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30270" >1801</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30274" >1802</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30277" >1803</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30282" >1804</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30285" >1805</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31007" >1806</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34037" >1807</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35165" >1808</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39014" >1809</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39027" >1810</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51009" >1811</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52015" >1812</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54010" >1813</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57009" >1814</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58008" >1815</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58016" >1816</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58017" >1817</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58018" >1818</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58020" >1819</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30094" >1736</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30097" >1737</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35167" >1820</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35170" >1821</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">parent</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20084" >1738</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34025" >1739</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46013" >1740</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19085" >1822</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39025" >1823</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50015" >1824</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">plural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8017" >1741</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11002" >1742</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11004" >1743</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11007" >1744</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11008" >1745</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11016" >1746</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11018" >1747</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11019" >1748</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11020" >1749</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28012" >1750</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46012" >1751</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52018" >1752</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52020" >1753</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9017" >1825</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12002" >1826</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12004" >1827</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12007" >1828</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12008" >1829</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12016" >1830</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12018" >1831</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12019" >1832</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12020" >1833</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31012" >1834</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50014" >1835</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57021" >1836</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57023" >1837</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5023" >1754</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15009" >1838</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">see</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4054" >1755</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4057" >1756</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4064" >1757</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4069" >1758</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4080" >1759</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4082" >1760</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4084" >1761</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5006" >1762</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5030" >1763</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5031" >1764</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7001" >1765</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7002" >1766</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7003" >1767</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7005" >1768</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7012" >1769</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7015" >1770</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7017" >1771</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7019" >1772</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7022" >1773</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7024" >1774</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7051" >1775</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7055" >1776</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7056" >1777</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7063" >1778</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38008" >1779</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47017" >1780</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49003" >1781</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4057" >1839</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4060" >1840</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4067" >1841</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4072" >1842</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4083" >1843</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4085" >1844</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4087" >1845</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6010" >1846</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6011" >1847</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8001" >1848</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8002" >1849</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8003" >1850</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8005" >1851</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8012" >1852</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8015" >1853</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8017" >1854</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8019" >1855</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8022" >1856</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8024" >1857</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8037" >1858</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8061" >1859</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8065" >1860</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8066" >1861</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8075" >1862</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42008" >1863</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51017" >1864</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53003" >1865</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4055" >1782</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4058" >1783</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4065" >1784</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5029" >1785</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5033" >1786</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7054" >1787</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7057" >1788</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7060" >1789</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7062" >1790</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7066" >1791</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4058" >1866</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4061" >1867</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4068" >1868</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6009" >1869</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6013" >1870</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8064" >1871</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8067" >1872</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8072" >1873</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8074" >1874</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8078" >1875</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8085" >1876</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7041" >1792</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8011" >1793</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8018" >1794</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8021" >1795</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11031" >1796</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11033" >1797</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11039" >1798</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21022" >1799</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25011" >1800</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25018" >1801</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30044" >1802</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30077" >1803</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30085" >1804</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52046" >1805</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52048" >1806</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5045" >1807</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8051" >1877</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9011" >1878</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9018" >1879</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9021" >1880</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12031" >1881</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12033" >1882</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12039" >1883</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24031" >1884</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28011" >1885</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28018" >1886</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35044" >1887</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35077" >1888</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35146" >1889</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57049" >1890</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57051" >1891</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6025" >1892</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30084" >1808</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30086" >1809</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30090" >1810</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30091" >1811</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30102" >1812</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30105" >1813</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35133" >1893</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35145" >1894</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35147" >1895</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35151" >1896</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35154" >1897</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11011" >1814</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11028" >1815</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11032" >1816</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11038" >1817</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21006" >1818</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21023" >1819</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25042" >1820</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28026" >1821</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28042" >1822</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30063" >1823</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30069" >1824</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30073" >1825</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30078" >1826</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52050" >1827</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52052" >1828</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12011" >1898</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12028" >1899</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12032" >1900</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12038" >1901</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24015" >1902</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24032" >1903</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28046" >1904</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31026" >1905</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31042" >1906</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35063" >1907</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35069" >1908</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35073" >1909</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35078" >1910</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57053" >1911</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57055" >1912</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30101" >1829</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30103" >1830</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30107" >1831</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30112" >1832</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35150" >1913</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35152" >1914</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35156" >1915</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35161" >1916</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sort</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4173" >1833</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4206" >1834</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12016" >1835</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12039" >1836</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26060" >1837</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26086" >1838</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27004" >1839</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27057" >1840</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27084" >1841</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27095" >1842</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28008" >1843</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28035" >1844</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30060" >1845</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30065" >1846</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34006" >1847</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34018" >1848</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34023" >1849</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34029" >1850</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36015" >1851</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48002" >1852</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4176" >1917</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4212" >1918</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13016" >1919</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13039" >1920</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28026" >1921</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29060" >1922</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29086" >1923</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30004" >1924</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30057" >1925</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30084" >1926</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30095" >1927</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30179" >1928</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30219" >1929</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31008" >1930</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31035" >1931</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35060" >1932</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35065" >1933</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39006" >1934</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39018" >1935</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39023" >1936</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39029" >1937</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40015" >1938</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52002" >1939</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46032" >1853</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52030" >1854</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52032" >1855</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5047" >1856</a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17013" >1940</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17017" >1941</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50034" >1942</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57033" >1943</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57035" >1944</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6027" >1945</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">symbolaccess</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17015" >1946</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52034" >1857</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52036" >1858</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57037" >1947</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57039" >1948</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">text</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5009" >1859</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7033" >1860</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8016" >1861</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11005" >1862</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11022" >1863</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11024" >1864</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12003" >1865</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25010" >1866</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25016" >1867</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28011" >1868</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29034" >1869</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46011" >1870</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52014" >1871</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52016" >1872</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8033" >1949</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8040" >1950</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8042" >1951</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9016" >1952</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12005" >1953</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12022" >1954</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12024" >1955</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13003" >1956</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28010" >1957</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28016" >1958</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31011" >1959</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34030" >1960</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50013" >1961</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57017" >1962</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57019" >1963</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">textaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30095" >1873</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35168" >1964</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">type</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13046" >1874</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30006" >1875</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42010" >1876</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48006" >1877</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14058" >1965</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35006" >1966</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46010" >1967</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52006" >1968</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">user1</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25080" >1878</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25085" >1879</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30046" >1880</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17018" >1969</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28084" >1970</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28089" >1971</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35046" >1972</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">number list  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4027" >1881</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4029" >1882</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4030" >1883</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4032" >1884</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4126" >1885</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4136" >1886</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4140" >1887</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4150" >1888</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4151" >1889</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7023" >1890</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7047" >1891</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7050" >1892</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7052" >1893</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7053" >1894</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8072" >1895</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19001" >1896</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19004" >1897</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19005" >1898</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19006" >1899</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19008" >1900</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19009" >1901</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19011" >1902</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20016" >1903</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20028" >1904</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20047" >1905</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20091" >1906</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20093" >1907</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20096" >1908</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20098" >1909</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47006" >1910</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47034" >1911</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53015" >1912</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55025" >1913</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55034" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1914</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4027" >1973</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4029" >1974</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4030" >1975</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4032" >1976</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4129" >1977</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4139" >1978</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4143" >1979</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4153" >1980</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4154" >1981</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7032" >1982</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8023" >1983</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8057" >1984</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8060" >1985</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8062" >1986</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8063" >1987</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18001" >1988</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18004" >1989</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18005" >1990</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18006" >1991</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18008" >1992</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18009" >1993</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18011" >1994</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19016" >1995</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19028" >1996</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19047" >1997</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19092" >1998</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19094" >1999</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19097" >2000</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19099" >2001</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51006" >2002</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51034" >2003</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58015" >2004</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60025" >2005</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60034" ><span +class="cmbx-10">2006</span></a> <br /></span> + + + </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">P</span> <span class="index-item">package options:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4188" >1915</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4197" >1916</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4198" >1917</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4250" >1918</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54002" >1919</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4191" >2007</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4203" >2008</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4204" >2009</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4256" >2010</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59002" >2011</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">accsupp</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4033" >1920</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4039" >1921</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30082" >1922</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48019" >1923</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52002" >1924</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4035" >2012</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4042" >2013</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35132" >2014</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35140" >2015</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35143" >2016</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52019" >2017</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57003" >2018</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4199" >1925</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4216" >1926</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4205" >2019</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4222" >2020</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4203" >1927</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4209" >2021</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24038" >2022</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">acronyms</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4215" >1928</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4221" >2023</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">automake</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5060" >1929</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54021" >1930</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6040" >2024</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59021" >2025</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4063" >1931</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4070" >1932</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4066" >2026</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4073" >2027</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4056" >1933</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4067" >1934</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4059" >2028</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4070" >2029</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">chapter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4091" >1935</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4094" >2030</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">equation</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4094" >1936</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4097" >2031</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">section</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4092" >1937</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4095" >2032</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4127" >1938</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4130" >2033</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">debug</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4002" >1939</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4002" >2034</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">all</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4005" >1940</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4013" >1941</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4005" >2035</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4013" >2036</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">showtargets</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4003" >1942</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4014" >1943</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4003" >2037</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4014" >2038</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">showwrgloss</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4004" >1944</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4006" >1945</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4015" >1946</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4004" >2039</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4006" >2040</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4015" >2041</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4007" >1947</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4007" >2042</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">docdef</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4153" >1948</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4251" >1949</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4252" >1950</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5056" >1951</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4156" >2043</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4257" >2044</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4258" >2045</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6036" >2046</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">restricted</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4166" >1952</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4176" >1953</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4177" >1954</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4185" >1955</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4169" >2047</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4179" >2048</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4180" >2049</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4188" >2050</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4184" >1956</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4186" >1957</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4187" >2051</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4189" >2052</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">docdefs</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35003" >1958</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35006" >1959</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47022" >1960</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51022" >2053</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54003" >2054</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54006" >2055</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4165" >1961</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4168" >2056</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45002" >1962</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48007" >1963</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49002" >2057</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52007" >2058</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">equations</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4108" >1964</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6036" >1965</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4111" >2059</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7045" >2060</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4095" >1966</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4098" >2061</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">floats</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4115" >1967</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4118" >2062</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30030" >1968</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35030" >2063</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">index</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4221" >1969</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5049" >1970</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30011" >1971</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4227" >2064</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6029" >2065</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35011" >2066</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4090" >1972</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4121" >1973</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4137" >1974</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39025" >1975</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4093" >2067</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4124" >2068</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4140" >2069</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43031" >2070</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4053" >1976</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4059" >1977</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4068" >1978</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7011" >1979</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4056" >2071</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4062" >2072</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4071" >2073</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8011" >2074</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4062" >1980</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4065" >2075</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6004" >1981</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6006" >1982</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30038" >1983</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34040" >1984</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7004" >2076</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7006" >2077</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35038" >2078</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39040" >2079</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">makeindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41016" >1985</a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45016" >2080</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16008" >1986</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20014" >1987</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20031" >1988</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20033" >1989</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20041" >1990</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20043" >1991</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19014" >2081</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19031" >2082</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19033" >2083</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19042" >2084</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23008" >2085</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3032" >1992</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3032" >2086</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nomissingglstext</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4187" >1993</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4190" >2087</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7048" >1994</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15046" >1995</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19003" >1996</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19007" >1997</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55036" >1998</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8058" >2088</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18003" >2089</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18007" >2090</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22046" >2091</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60036" >2092</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4022" >1999</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4024" >2000</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18026" >2001</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20009" >2002</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4022" >2093</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4024" >2094</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17039" >2095</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19009" >2096</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3004" >2003</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4017" >2004</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18020" >2005</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3004" >2097</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4017" >2098</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17033" >2099</a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3003" >2006</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3003" >2100</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">noredefwarn</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3009" >2007</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3009" >2101</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3006" >2008</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3006" >2102</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">notree</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20066" >2009</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19067" >2103</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">numbers</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4210" >2010</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4240" >2011</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30017" >2012</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4216" >2104</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4246" >2105</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35017" >2106</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">postdot</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3005" >2013</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4016" >2014</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4025" >2015</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3005" >2107</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4016" >2108</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4025" >2109</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">postpunc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4018" >2016</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4023" >2017</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4028" >2018</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4018" >2110</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4023" >2111</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4028" >2112</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">comma</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4019" >2019</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4019" >2113</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">dot</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4020" >2020</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4020" >2114</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">none</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4021" >2021</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4021" >2115</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">prefix</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4033" >2116</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">record</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4061" >2022</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4071" >2023</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10004" >2024</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14009" >2025</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36010" >2026</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36021" >2027</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39002" >2028</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39009" >2029</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46070" >2030</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47011" >2031</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47015" >2032</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47044" >2033</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54008" >2034</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4064" >2117</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4074" >2118</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11004" >2119</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21009" >2120</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40010" >2121</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40021" >2122</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43002" >2123</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43009" >2124</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50084" >2125</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51011" >2126</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51015" >2127</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51044" >2128</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59008" >2129</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">alsoindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4009" >2035</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4106" >2036</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5054" >2037</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36013" >2038</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39005" >2039</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47045" >2040</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49008" >2041</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4009" >2130</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4109" >2131</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6034" >2132</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40013" >2133</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43005" >2134</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51045" >2135</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53008" >2136</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">nameref</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41001" >2042</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41010" >2043</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45001" >2137</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45010" >2138</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">off</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5055" >2044</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49007" >2045</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6035" >2139</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53007" >2140</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">only</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4066" >2046</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4073" >2047</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4079" >2048</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4085" >2049</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4088" >2050</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4105" >2051</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5053" >2052</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39001" >2053</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47021" >2054</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49011" >2055</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49016" >2056</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4069" >2141</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4076" >2142</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4082" >2143</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4088" >2144</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4091" >2145</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4108" >2146</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6033" >2147</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43001" >2148</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51021" >2149</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53011" >2150</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53016" >2151</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43016" >2152</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">section</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">chapter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14040" >2057</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21040" >2153</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7049" >2058</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8059" >2154</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7016" >2059</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8016" >2155</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">ignore</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7018" >2060</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47019" >2061</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8018" >2156</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51019" >2157</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">warn</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47020" >2062</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51020" >2158</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4225" >2063</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4248" >2064</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4231" >2159</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4254" >2160</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14008" >2161</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">abbr</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4231" >2065</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24002" >2066</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4237" >2162</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27002" >2163</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24001" >2067</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24005" >2068</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27005" >2164</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4230" >2069</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4244" >2070</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4236" >2165</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4250" >2166</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27001" >2167</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">ac</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4228" >2071</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4229" >2072</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4243" >2073</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24003" >2074</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24006" >2075</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32011" >2076</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4234" >2168</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4235" >2169</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4249" >2170</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14009" >2171</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27003" >2172</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27006" >2173</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37011" >2174</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">acro</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4227" >2077</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32014" >2078</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4233" >2175</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37014" >2176</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">acronyms</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4226" >2079</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32013" >2080</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4232" >2177</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37013" >2178</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">all</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4241" >2081</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32012" >2082</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4247" >2179</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37012" >2180</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4247" >2083</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4253" >2181</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">none</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4246" >2084</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4252" >2182</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">other</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4232" >2085</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4245" >2086</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4238" >2183</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4251" >2184</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4242" >2087</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4248" >2185</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">none</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4086" >2088</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48001" >2089</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4089" >2186</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52001" >2187</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">stylemods</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4042" >2090</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14004" >2091</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17002" >2092</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20003" >2093</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20005" >2094</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4045" >2188</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16002" >2189</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19003" >2190</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19005" >2191</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20001" >2192</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21004" >2193</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">all</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4045" >2095</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4048" >2194</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">default</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4044" >2096</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4047" >2195</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45003" >2097</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48008" >2098</a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49003" >2196</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52008" >2197</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbols</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4204" >2099</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4237" >2100</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30014" >2101</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4210" >2198</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4243" >2199</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35014" >2200</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">toc</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3002" >2102</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3002" >2201</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3001" >2103</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3001" >2202</a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">translate</span><br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">babel</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3011" >2104</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3011" >2203</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3013" >2105</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3013" >2204</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">undefaction</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4046" >2106</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5014" >2107</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4049" >2205</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6006" >2206</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">error</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4047" >2108</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4074" >2109</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10002" >2110</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4050" >2207</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4077" >2208</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11002" >2209</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">warn</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4048" >2111</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4052" >2112</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4076" >2113</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4174" >2114</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10003" >2115</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10005" >2116</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36022" >2117</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46006" >2118</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46017" >2119</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4051" >2210</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4055" >2211</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4079" >2212</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4177" >2213</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11003" >2214</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11005" >2215</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40022" >2216</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50006" >2217</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50019" >2218</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7068" >2120</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34004" >2121</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8080" >2219</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39004" >2220</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">page </span>(counter)  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4093" >2122</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4133" >2123</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4146" >2124</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32031" >2125</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32043" >2126</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41020" >2127</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4096" >2221</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4136" >2222</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4149" >2223</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37031" >2224</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37043" >2225</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45020" >2226</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">polyglossia </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46069" >2128</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54005" >2129</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50083" >2227</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59005" >2228</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\pretoglossarypreamble</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45011" ><span -class="cmti-10">2130</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49011" ><span +class="cmti-10">2229</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printabbreviations</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4189" ><span -class="cmti-10">2131</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4195" ><span +class="cmti-10">2230</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">label</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5025" >2132</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15011" >2231</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20015" >2133</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19015" >2232</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5022" >2134</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15008" >2233</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">target</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5020" >2135</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45009" >2136</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15006" >2234</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49009" >2235</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">targetnameprefix</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5021" >2137</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15007" >2236</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">title</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54006" >2138</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59006" >2237</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sort</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47023" >2139</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51023" >2238</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtabbreviations</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4191" ><span -class="cmti-10">2140</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4197" ><span +class="cmti-10">2239</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtacronyms</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4218" ><span -class="cmti-10">2141</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4224" ><span +class="cmti-10">2240</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47024" ><span -class="cmti-10">2142</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51024" ><span +class="cmti-10">2241</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47001" ><span -class="cmti-10">2143</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51001" ><span +class="cmti-10">2242</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47005" ><span -class="cmti-10">2144</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51005" ><span +class="cmti-10">2243</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryentryprocesshook</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47027" ><span -class="cmti-10">2145</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51027" ><span +class="cmti-10">2244</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryhandler</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47030" ><span -class="cmti-10">2146</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51030" ><span +class="cmti-10">2245</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossarypredoglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47029" ><span -class="cmti-10">2147</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51029" ><span +class="cmti-10">2246</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryskipentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47028" ><span -class="cmti-10">2148</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51028" ><span +class="cmti-10">2247</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47042" ><span -class="cmti-10">2149</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51042" ><span +class="cmti-10">2248</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47043" ><span -class="cmti-10">2150</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51043" ><span +class="cmti-10">2249</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtindex</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4223" ><span -class="cmti-10">2151</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4229" ><span +class="cmti-10">2250</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtnumbers</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4213" ><span -class="cmti-10">2152</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4219" ><span +class="cmti-10">2251</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtsymbols</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4208" ><span -class="cmti-10">2153</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4214" ><span +class="cmti-10">2252</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5017" ><span -class="cmti-10">2154</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15003" ><span +class="cmti-10">2253</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">R</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">relsizes </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25048" >2155</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28052" >2254</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13045" ><span -class="cmti-10">2156</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14057" ><span +class="cmti-10">2255</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44013" ><span -class="cmti-10">2157</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48013" ><span +class="cmti-10">2256</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44011" ><span -class="cmti-10">2158</span></a> <br /></span> - - - +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48011" ><span +class="cmti-10">2257</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44009" ><span -class="cmti-10">2159</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48009" ><span +class="cmti-10">2258</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44029" ><span -class="cmti-10">2160</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48029" ><span +class="cmti-10">2259</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGlsformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44027" ><span -class="cmti-10">2161</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48027" ><span +class="cmti-10">2260</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rglsformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44025" ><span -class="cmti-10">2162</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48025" ><span +class="cmti-10">2261</span></a> <br /></span> + + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44014" ><span -class="cmti-10">2163</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48014" ><span +class="cmti-10">2262</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44012" ><span -class="cmti-10">2164</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48012" ><span +class="cmti-10">2263</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44010" ><span -class="cmti-10">2165</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48010" ><span +class="cmti-10">2264</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGLSplformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44030" ><span -class="cmti-10">2166</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48030" ><span +class="cmti-10">2265</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rGlsplformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44028" ><span -class="cmti-10">2167</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48028" ><span +class="cmti-10">2266</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\rglsplformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44026" ><span -class="cmti-10">2168</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48026" ><span +class="cmti-10">2267</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">S</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8082" ><span +class="cmti-10">2268</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23001" ><span -class="cmti-10">2169</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26001" ><span +class="cmti-10">2269</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">slantsc </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29021" >2170</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34009" >2270</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">soul </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6024" >2171</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10012" >2172</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7024" >2271</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11012" >2272</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">style </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14005" >2173</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21005" >2273</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48021" >2174</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52021" >2274</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">T</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">texindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34007" >2175</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39007" >2275</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">textcase </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7" >2176</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7" >2276</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">tracklang </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3" >2177</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38003" >2178</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42030" >2179</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42031" >2180</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42032" >2181</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42033" >2182</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42035" >2183</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46065" >2184</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46067" >2185</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54009" >2186</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3" >2277</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42003" >2278</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46030" >2279</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46031" >2280</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46032" >2281</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46033" >2282</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46035" >2283</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50079" >2284</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50081" >2285</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59009" >2286</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">translator </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3012" >2187</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3012" >2287</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">U</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">upgreek </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42029" >2188</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42098" >2189</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42104" >2190</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42109" >2191</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46029" >2288</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46098" >2289</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46104" >2290</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46109" >2291</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">W</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">wrglossary </span>(counter)  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4128" >2192</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4138" >2193</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4139" >2194</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4143" >2195</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4149" >2196</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4131" >2292</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4141" >2293</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4142" >2294</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4146" >2295</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4152" >2296</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">X</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">xfor </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8" >2197</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46059" >2198</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46061" >2199</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8" >2297</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50072" >2298</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50074" >2299</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\xglssetwidest</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20070" ><span -class="cmti-10">2200</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19071" ><span +class="cmti-10">2300</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\xglsupdatewidest</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20074" ><span -class="cmti-10">2201</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19075" ><span +class="cmti-10">2301</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrSetField</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46024" ><span -class="cmti-10">2202</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50026" ><span +class="cmti-10">2302</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3023" >2203</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4012" >2204</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4098" >2205</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4101" >2206</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4125" >2207</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4142" >2208</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4144" >2209</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4172" >2210</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4181" >2211</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34005" >2212</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36012" >2213</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39007" >2214</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41006" >2215</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55002" >2216</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55027" >2217</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55031" >2218</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55037" ><span -class="cmbx-10">2219</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3023" >2303</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4012" >2304</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4101" >2305</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4104" >2306</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4128" >2307</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4145" >2308</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4147" >2309</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4175" >2310</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4184" >2311</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39005" >2312</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40012" >2313</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43007" >2314</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45006" >2315</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60002" >2316</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60027" >2317</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60031" >2318</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-60037" ><span +class="cmbx-10">2319</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6047" >2220</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7056" >2320</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">xkeyval </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6" >2221</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6" >2321</a> <br /></span> </p></div> <a - id="dx1-56001"></a><div class="footnotes"><!--l. 311--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a + id="dx1-61001"></a><div class="footnotes"><!--l. 311--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x1-bk" id="fn1x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">4.21 was originally intended as the last release of </span><span class="cmss-8">glossaries </span><span class="cmr-8">to incorporate new features, but</span> <span class="cmr-8">a few new minor features slipped in with some bug fixes in v4.21.</span></p> -<!--l. 1353--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 1283--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x2-bk" id="fn1x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">The </span><span class="cmss-8">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-5043"></a> <span + id="dx1-6023"></a> <span class="cmr-8">key is a throwback to the base package’s original acronym mechanism</span> <span class="cmr-8">before the introduction of the </span><span class="cmss-8">long</span><a - id="dx1-5044"></a> <span + id="dx1-6024"></a> <span class="cmr-8">and </span><span class="cmss-8">short</span><a - id="dx1-5045"></a> <span + id="dx1-6025"></a> <span class="cmr-8">keys, where the long form was stored in the </span><span class="cmss-8">description</span><a - id="dx1-5046"></a> + id="dx1-6026"></a> <span class="cmr-8">field and the short form was stored in the </span><span class="cmss-8">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-5047"></a> <span + id="dx1-6027"></a> <span class="cmr-8">field.</span></p> -<!--l. 5176--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x3-bk" id="fn1x3"><sup class="textsuperscript">3.1</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 5359--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x4-bk" id="fn1x4"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">For compatibility with earlier versions, </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsabbrvscfont </span><span class="cmr-8">is defined to </span><span @@ -29782,12 +29255,12 @@ class="cmtt-8">\glsxtrscfont </span><span class="cmr-8">is now deprecated. Likewise for similar</span> <span class="cmr-8">commands.</span></p> -<!--l. 8622--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 8847--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x9-bk" id="fn1x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Version 1.11 only allowed one use of </span><span class="cmtt-8">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span><span class="cmr-8">per document.</span></p> -<!--l. 8642--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 8867--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x9-bk" id="fn2x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">v1.08 assumed </span>⟨<span class="cmti-8">filename</span>⟩<span @@ -29802,7 +29275,7 @@ class="cmtt-8">.glstex </span><span class="cmr-8">extension was enforced by version</span> <span class="cmr-8">1.11.</span></p> -<!--l. 10683--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 10918--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x10-bk" id="fn1x10"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Pre version 1.28 used </span><span class="cmtt-8">\csedef</span><span diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf Binary files differindex 3af0f7a83e..f2f6b85466 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex index 674b704722..28bd4c59a5 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -\documentclass[report,inlinetitle,widecs]{nlctdoc} +\documentclass[report,inlinetitle,noprint]{nlctdoc} \makeatletter \@ifpackageloaded{tex4ht} @@ -225,13 +225,13 @@ styles (glossaries):>#1={\protect\ttfamily#1}|main}} \DeleteShortVerb{\|} \MakeShortVerb{"} - \title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.41: + \title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.42: an extension to the glossaries package} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt] Dickimaw Books\\ \url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}} - \date{2019-04-09} + \date{2020-02-13} \maketitle \begin{abstract} @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Some of the features provided by this package are only available with \styfmt{glossaries} version 4.19 (or above). This document assumes familiarity with the \styfmt{glossaries} package. -The file \texttt{example-glossaries-xr.tex} contains dummy +The file \nolinkurl{example-glossaries-xr.tex} contains dummy entries with cross-references that may be used for creating minimal working examples for testing the \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package. (The base \styfmt{glossaries} package provides additional files, @@ -611,9 +611,17 @@ missing. (With \gls{bib2gls} you can instead redefine location prefixes with \texttt{loc-prefix} which will only apply if the entry has a \gls{numberlist}.) -\item[{\pkgoptdef{accsupp}}] Load the \sty{glossaries-accsupp} +\item[{\pkgoptdef{prefix}}] Load the \sty{glossaries-prefix} package (if not already loaded). +\item[{\pkgoptdef{accsupp}}] Load the \sty{glossaries-accsupp} +package (if not already loaded). + +\begin{important} +The \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package is still experimental and so +accessibility features are liable to change. +\end{important} + If you want to define styles that can interface with the accessibility support provided by \sty{glossaries-accsupp} use the \cs{glsaccess\meta{xxx}} type of commands instead of @@ -1009,7 +1017,9 @@ file or files. be cancelled. If used, it will automatically create a new glossary with the label \texttt{abbreviations} and redefines \cs{glsxtrabbrvtype} to this -label. In addition, it defines a shortcut command +label. (The file extensions are \filetype{glg-abr}, +\filetype{gls-abr} and \filetype{glo-abr}.) +In addition, this option defines a shortcut command \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\printabbreviations] \cs{printabbreviations}\oarg{options} \end{definition} @@ -1180,6 +1190,8 @@ after \ics{makenoidxglossaries}. \chapter{Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles} \label{sec:modifications} +\section{Defining Entries} + The \styfmt{glossaries} package provides \ics{nopostdesc} which may be used in the \gloskey{description} to suppress the post-description hook. The \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package @@ -1202,95 +1214,10 @@ These commands have no effect outside of the glossary (except with standalone entries that use \cs{glsxtractivatenopost} and \cs{glspostdescription}, see \sectionref{sec:glossentry}). -The \styfmt{glossaries} package provides -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsseeitemformat] -\cs{glsseeitemformat}\marg{label} -\end{definition} -to format items in a cross-reference list (identified with the -\gloskey{see} key or \cs{glssee}). This was originally defined to -use \cs{glsentryname}\marg{label} since it makes more sense for the -cross-reference to match the way the term appears in the glossary. -Unfortunately this caused a problem when the \gloskey{name} field -was sanitized, which used to be the default setting, so -\styfmt{glossaries} v3.0 changed the default definition of this -command to use \cs{glsentrytext} instead. Since the \gloskey{name} -and \gloskey{text} field are quite often the same, this change -usually doesn't have a noticeable effect. However, now that the -\gloskey{name} field is no longer sanitized (following the redesign -of \styfmt{glossaries} v4.0) it makes more sense to restore this -command to its original behaviour, but to take account of -abbreviations \styfmt{glossaries-extra} redefines this as: -\begin{verbatim} -\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{% - \ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glsaccesstext{#1}}{\glsaccessname{#1}}% -} -\end{verbatim} -If you want to restore the \styfmt{glossaries} v3.0+ definition just do: -\begin{verbatim} -\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsentrytext{#1}} -\end{verbatim} -The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides \ics{glsxtrhiername} -and its case-changing variants that may be used within -the definition of \cs{glsseeitemformat} if required. These -display the hierarchy for sub-entries rather than just the name, -which may be more helpful in cross-references. See -\sectionref{sec:see} for further details. - The commands used by \styfmt{glossaries} to automatically produce an error if an entry is undefined (such as \ics{glsdoifexists}) are changed to take the \pkgopt{undefaction} option into account. -The \ics{newignoredglossary}\marg{type} command now (as from v1.11) has a starred -version that doesn't automatically switch off the hyperlinks. -This starred version may be used with the \catattr{targeturl} -attribute to create a link to an external URL. (See -\sectionref{sec:categories} for further details.) -As from v1.12 both the starred and unstarred version check -that the glossary doesn't already exist. (The \styfmt{glossaries} -package omits this check.) - -You can now provide an ignored glossary with: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\provideignoredglossary] -\cs{provideignoredglossary}\marg{type} -\end{definition} -which will only define the glossary if it doesn't already exist. -This also has a starred version that doesn't automatically switch -off hyperlinks. - -The individual glossary displaying commands \ics{printglossary}, -\ics{printnoidxglossary} and \cs{printunsrtglossary} have two extra -keys: - -\begin{itemize} -\item \gloskey[printglossary]{target}. This is a boolean key which can -be used to switch off the automatic hypertarget for each entry. -Unlike \cs{glsdisablehyper} this doesn't switch off hyperlinks, so -any cross-references within the glossary won't be affected. This is -a way of avoiding duplicate target warnings if a glossary needs to -be displayed multiple times. -\item -\gloskey[printglossary]{targetnameprefix}\texttt{=}\marg{prefix}. Another way -of avoiding duplicate target names is to set a prefix -used for the names. Unlike changing \cs{glolinkprefix} this doesn't affect -any hyperlinks (such as those created with \cs{gls}). -\item -\gloskey[printglossary]{prefix}\texttt{=}\marg{prefix}. If you do -actually want to locally change \cs{glolinkprefix}, you can use -the \gloskey{prefix} key instead. You need to use the matching -\gloskey[glslink]{prefix} key in commands like \cs{gls}. - -\item -\gloskey[printglossary]{label}\texttt{=}\marg{label}. Labels -the glossary with \texttt{\cs{label}\marg{label}} and also -defines \cs{@currentlabelname} to the glossary's TOC title -(to provide text for \cs{nameref}). You can also set the -label before the glossary using: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrsetglossarylabel] -\cs{glsxtrsetglossarylabel}\marg{label} -\end{definition} -but take care of duplicate labels if it's not scoped. -\end{itemize} - The \cs{newglossaryentry} command has three new keys: \begin{itemize} \item \gloskey{category}, which sets the category label for the given @@ -1303,11 +1230,14 @@ entry. See \sectionref{sec:alias} for further details. allows for separate \qt{see} and \qt{see also} treatment. See \sectionref{sec:see} for further details. \end{itemize} -The test file \texttt{example-glossaries-xr.tex} contains +This apply to all entry defining commands (such as +\cs{newabbreviation}). + +The test file \nolinkurl{example-glossaries-xr.tex} contains dummy entries with a mixture of \gloskey{see}, \gloskey{alias} and \gloskey{seealso} keys for use with minimal working examples. -There are also \texttt{example-glossaries-*.bib} files that -correspond to each \texttt{example-glossaries-*.tex} file +There are also \nolinkurl{example-glossaries-*.bib} files that +correspond to each \nolinkurl{example-glossaries-*.tex} file for testing \gls{bib2gls}. The \cs{longnewglossaryentry} command now has a starred version @@ -1444,6 +1374,7 @@ equivalent to: \cs{GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat} is not applied to \cs{glsadd} as it could cause an infinite loop. \end{important} + The \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package provides extra keys for commands like \cs{gls} and \cs{glstext}: \begin{description} @@ -1491,8 +1422,8 @@ which is defined as: } \end{verbatim} This sets the conditional -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore] -\cs{ifglsxtrinitwrgloss} +\begin{definition} +\ics{ifglsxtrinitwrgloss} \end{definition} which is used to determine where to perform the indexing. @@ -1555,6 +1486,77 @@ hyperlink location (see below). \end{description} +You can set the default options used by \ics{glslink}, \ics{gls} +etc with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts] +\cs{GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts}\marg{options} +\end{definition} +For example, if you mostly don't want to index entries then +you can do: +\begin{verbatim} +\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{noindex} +\end{verbatim} +and then use, for example, \verb|\gls[noindex=false]{sample}| +when you actually want the location added to the \gls{numberlist}. +These defaults may be overridden by other settings (such as +category attributes) in addition to any settings passed in the +option argument of commands like \cs{glslink} and \cs{gls}. + +Note that if you don't want \emph{any} indexing, just omit +\cs{makeglossaries} and \cs{printglossaries} (or analogous +commands). If you want to adjust the default for +\gloskey[glslink]{wrgloss}, it's better to do this by redefining +\ics{glsxtrinitwrgloss} instead. + +\begin{important} +\cs{GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts} doesn't affect \cs{glsadd}. +\end{important} + +If you want to change the default value of \gloskey[glsadd]{format}, +you can instead use: +\begin{definition}[\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat] +\cs{GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat}\marg{format} +\end{definition} +This has the advantage of also working for \cs{glsadd}. +For example, if you want all locations in the back matter to appear +in italic (unless explicitly overridden): +\begin{verbatim} +\backmatter +\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{hyperit} +\end{verbatim} + +Commands like \ics{gls} have star (\texttt{*}) and plus +(\texttt{+}) modifiers as a short cut for \texttt{hyper=false} +and \texttt{hyper=true}. The \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package +provides a way to add a third modifier, if required, using +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrSetAltModifier] +\cs{GlsXtrSetAltModifier}\marg{char}\marg{options} +\end{definition} +where \meta{char} is the character used as the modifier and +\meta{options} is the default set of options (which may be +overridden). Note that \meta{char} must be a single character +(not a UTF-8 character, unless you are using \XeLaTeX\ or +\LuaLaTeX). + +\begin{important} +When choosing the character \meta{char} take care of any +changes in category code. +\end{important} + +Example: +\begin{verbatim} +\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{!}{noindex} +\end{verbatim} +This means that \verb|\gls!{sample}| will be equivalent to +\verb|\gls[noindex]{sample}|. It's not possible to mix modifiers. +For example, if you want to do +\begin{verbatim} +\gls[noindex,hyper=false]{sample} +\end{verbatim} +you can use \verb|\gls*[noindex]{sample}| or +\verb|\gls![hyper=false]{sample}| but you can't combine the +\texttt{*} and \texttt{!} modifiers. + There is a new hook that's used each time indexing information is written to the external glossary files: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook] @@ -1813,7 +1815,44 @@ sub-entries. For example: \renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsxtrhiername{#1}} \end{verbatim} -The command: +The \styfmt{glossaries} package provides +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsseeitemformat] +\cs{glsseeitemformat}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +to format items in a cross-reference list (identified with the +\gloskey{see} key or \cs{glssee}). This was originally defined to +use \cs{glsentryname}\marg{label} since it makes more sense for the +cross-reference to match the way the term appears in the glossary. +Unfortunately this caused a problem when the \gloskey{name} field +was sanitized, which used to be the default setting, so +\styfmt{glossaries} v3.0 changed the default definition of this +command to use \cs{glsentrytext} instead. Since the \gloskey{name} +and \gloskey{text} field are quite often the same, this change +usually doesn't have a noticeable effect. However, now that the +\gloskey{name} field is no longer sanitized (following the redesign +of \styfmt{glossaries} v4.0) it makes more sense to restore this +command to its original behaviour, but to take account of +abbreviations \styfmt{glossaries-extra} redefines this as: +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{% + \ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glsfmttext{#1}}{\glsfmtname{#1}}% +} +\end{verbatim} +(Note that as from \styfmt{glossaries-extra} version 1.42, this now +uses \cs{glsfmttext} and \cs{glsfmtname} instead of just referencing +the \gloskey{text} and \gloskey{name} fields. This helps to ensure +that any formatting is correctly applied.) + +If you want to restore the \styfmt{glossaries} v3.0+ definition just do: +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsentrytext{#1}} +\end{verbatim} + +The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides \ics{glsxtrhiername} +and its case-changing variants that may be used within +the definition of \cs{glsseeitemformat} if required. These +display the hierarchy for sub-entries rather than just the name, +which may be more helpful in cross-references. \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrhiername] \cs{glsxtrhiername}\marg{label} \end{definition} @@ -1824,8 +1863,8 @@ performs a recursive action: \cs{glsxtrhiernamesep} then: \item If the entry given by \meta{label} is an abbreviation (that is, it has the \gloskey{short} field set) then -the short form is displayed (using \cs{glsaccessshort}) -otherwise the name is displayed (using \cs{glsaccessname}). +the short form is displayed (using \cs{glsfmtshort}) +otherwise the name is displayed (using \cs{glsfmtname}). \end{enumerate} The first step above is skipped if the entry doesn't have a parent. Each level is separated by: @@ -1840,27 +1879,27 @@ There are some case-changing variants: \cs{Glsxtrhiername}\marg{label} \end{definition} The top-level has the first letter changed to upper case -(either \cs{Glsaccessshort} or \cs{Glsaccessname}). There's +(either \cs{Glsfmtshort} or \cs{Glsfmtname}). There's no case-change for sub-entries. \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrhiername] \cs{GlsXtrhiername}\marg{label} \end{definition} All levels have the first letter changed to upper case -(either \cs{Glsaccessshort} or \cs{Glsaccessname}). +(either \cs{Glsfmtshort} or \cs{Glsfmtname}). \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSxtrhiername] \cs{GLSxtrhiername}\marg{label} \end{definition} The top-level is converted to upper case -(either \cs{GLSaccessshort} or \cs{GLSaccessname}). There's +(either \cs{GLSfmtshort} or \cs{GLSfmtname}). There's no case-change for sub-entries. \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSXTRhiername] \cs{GLSXTRhiername}\marg{label} \end{definition} All levels are converted to upper case -(either \cs{GLSaccessshort} or \cs{GLSaccessname}). +(either \cs{GLSfmtshort} or \cs{GLSfmtname}). Suppose you want to suppress the \gls*{numberlist} using \pkgopt{nonumberlist}. This will automatically prevent the @@ -1912,6 +1951,13 @@ For example: } \end{verbatim} +The \gloskey{alias} key only contains a single label not a list, but +if you want to ensure consistent formatting with \cs{glsxtrusesee} +and \cs{glsxtruseseealso} you can use (from v1.42): +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrusealias] +\cs{glsxtrusealias}\marg{label} +\end{definition} + The actual unformatted comma-separated list \meta{xr-list} stored in the \gloskey{seealso} field can be accessed with: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrseealsolabels] @@ -1946,6 +1992,21 @@ unless the \pkgopt{xindy} option is used with \sty{glossaries} v4.30+, in which case a distinct \texttt{seealso} cross-reference class is used instead. +The command that produces this \qt{see also} text is +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\seealsoname] +\cs{seealsoname} +\end{definition} +If \ics{alsoname} (provided by language packages) is defined then +\cs{seealsoname} will simply be defined to \cs{alsoname} otherwise +it will be defined to \texttt{see also}. + +The language-sensitive \cs{alsoname} is used by general indexing +packages, such as \sty{makeidx}, so if you redefine \cs{alsoname} +the change will apply to normal indexes as well as glossaries. If +you only want to change the text produced by the \gloskey{seealso} +key without affecting general indexing (with \cs{index}) then +redefine \cs{seealsoname} instead. + \section{Entry Display Style Modifications} \label{sec:entryfmtmods} @@ -1959,8 +2020,9 @@ depends on the command used (such as \cs{gls}) and the entry format. The default entry format (\ics{glsentryfmt}) used in the \gls{linktext} by commands like \ics{gls}, \ics{glsxtrfull}, \ics{glsxtrshort} and \ics{glsxtrlong} (but not commands like -\ics{glslink}, \ics{glsfirst} and \cs{glstext}) is changed by \styfmt{glossaries-extra} to test for -regular entries, which are determined as follows: +\ics{glslink}, \ics{glsfirst} and \cs{glstext}) is changed by +\styfmt{glossaries-extra} to test for regular entries, which are +determined as follows: \begin{itemize} \item If an entry is assigned to a category that has the @@ -2178,141 +2240,6 @@ The \abbrstyle{short-postfootnote} abbreviation style uses the post-\gls{linktext} hook to place the footnote after trailing punctuation characters. -You can set the default options used by \ics{glslink}, \ics{gls} -etc with: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts] -\cs{GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts}\marg{options} -\end{definition} -For example, if you mostly don't want to index entries then -you can do: -\begin{verbatim} -\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{noindex} -\end{verbatim} -and then use, for example, \verb|\gls[noindex=false]{sample}| -when you actually want the location added to the \gls{numberlist}. -These defaults may be overridden by other settings (such as -category attributes) in addition to any settings passed in the -option argument of commands like \cs{glslink} and \cs{gls}. - -Note that if you don't want \emph{any} indexing, just omit -\cs{makeglossaries} and \cs{printglossaries} (or analogous -commands). If you want to adjust the default for -\gloskey[glslink]{wrgloss}, it's better to do this by redefining -\ics{glsxtrinitwrgloss} instead. - -\begin{important} -\cs{GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts} doesn't affect \cs{glsadd}. -\end{important} - -If you want to change the default value of \gloskey[glsadd]{format}, -you can instead use: -\begin{definition}[\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat] -\cs{GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat}\marg{format} -\end{definition} -This has the advantage of also working for \cs{glsadd}. -For example, if you want all locations in the back matter to appear -in italic (unless explicitly overridden): -\begin{verbatim} -\backmatter -\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{hyperit} -\end{verbatim} - -Commands like \ics{gls} have star (\texttt{*}) and plus -(\texttt{+}) modifiers as a short cut for \texttt{hyper=false} -and \texttt{hyper=true}. The \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package -provides a way to add a third modifier, if required, using -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrSetAltModifier] -\cs{GlsXtrSetAltModifier}\marg{char}\marg{options} -\end{definition} -where \meta{char} is the character used as the modifier and -\meta{options} is the default set of options (which may be -overridden). Note that \meta{char} must be a single character -(not a UTF-8 character, unless you are using \XeLaTeX\ or -\LuaLaTeX). - -\begin{important} -When choosing the character \meta{char} take care of any -changes in category code. -\end{important} - -Example: -\begin{verbatim} -\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{!}{noindex} -\end{verbatim} -This means that \verb|\gls!{sample}| will be equivalent to -\verb|\gls[noindex]{sample}|. It's not possible to mix modifiers. -For example, if you want to do -\begin{verbatim} -\gls[noindex,hyper=false]{sample} -\end{verbatim} -you can use \verb|\gls*[noindex]{sample}| or -\verb|\gls![hyper=false]{sample}| but you can't combine the -\texttt{*} and \texttt{!} modifiers. - -\Glspl{locationlist} displayed with \cs{printnoidxglossary} -internally use -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsnoidxdisplayloc] -\cs{glsnoidxdisplayloc}\marg{prefix}\marg{counter}\marg{format}\marg{location} -\end{definition} -This command is provided by \styfmt{glossaries}, but is modified by -\styfmt{glossaries-extra} to check for the start and end range -formation identifiers \verb|(| and \verb|)| which are discarded to -obtain the actual control sequence name that forms the location -formatting command. - -If the range identifiers aren't present, this just uses -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc] -\cs{glsxtrdisplaysingleloc}\marg{format}\marg{location} -\end{definition} -otherwise it uses -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrdisplaystartloc] -\cs{glsxtrdisplaystartloc}\marg{format}\marg{location} -\end{definition} -for the start of a range (where the identifier has been stripped -from \meta{format}) or -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrdisplayendloc] -\cs{glsxtrdisplayendloc}\marg{format}\marg{location} -\end{definition} -for the end of a range (where the identifier has been stripped -from \meta{format}). - -By default the start range command saves the format in -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrlocrangefmt] -\cs{glsxtrlocrangefmt} -\end{definition} -and does -\begin{display} -\cs{glsxtrdisplaysingleloc}\marg{format}\marg{location} -\end{display} -(If the format is empty, it will be replaced with -\texttt{glsnumberformat}.) - -The end command checks that the format matches the start of the -range, does -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrdisplayendlochook] -\cs{glsxtrdisplayendlochook}\marg{format}\marg{location} -\end{definition} -(which does nothing by default), followed by -\begin{display} -\cs{glsxtrdisplaysingleloc}\marg{format}\marg{location} -\end{display} -and then sets \cs{glsxtrlocrangefmt} to empty. - -This means that the list -\begin{verbatim} -\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{(textbf}{1}, -\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}, -\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}. -\end{verbatim} -doesn't display any differently from -\begin{verbatim} -\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}, -\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}, -\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}. -\end{verbatim} -but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler -that can accommodate the ranges. - \section{Entry Counting Modifications} \label{sec:entrycountmods} @@ -2457,6 +2384,12 @@ where \meta{cs} is a control sequence that takes a single argument (which is the entry label). This is best used with the starred version \cs{GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering*} to avoid duplicates. +You can discard the buffer and restore \cs{glsunset} to its normal +behaviour with (new to v1.42): +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrDiscardUnsetBuffering] +\cs{GlsXtrDiscardUnsetBuffering} +\end{definition} + \begin{important} Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn't occur until \cs{GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering}, multiple references @@ -2995,7 +2928,16 @@ The simplest way to update a document that uses \begin{verbatim} \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short} \end{verbatim} -before you define any entries. +before you define any entries. If you have used commands like +\ics{acrshort}, \ics{acrlong} and \ics{acrfull}, you need to +substitute them with \ics{glsxtrshort}, \ics{glsxtrlong} and +\ics{glsxtrfull}. (This includes plural and case-changing forms.) +Your text editor's search and replace function should help with +this. If you have used the \pkgopt{shortcuts} package option then +use \pkgopt[ac]{shortcuts} in order to continue using the shortcut +commands like \ics{ac}. With this setting, \ics{acs} will use +\ics{glsxtrshort} instead of \ics{acrshort} etc. + For example, the following document using just \styfmt{glossaries} \begin{verbatim} \documentclass{article} @@ -3129,6 +3071,812 @@ is redefined to use the subsequent use abbreviation font command \ics{glsabbrvfont}. This will be reset if you use \cs{RestoreAcronyms}. +\section{Glossaries} + +The \ics{newignoredglossary}\marg{type} command now (as from v1.11) has a starred +version that doesn't automatically switch off the hyperlinks. +This starred version may be used with the \catattr{targeturl} +attribute to create a link to an external URL. (See +\sectionref{sec:categories} for further details.) +As from v1.12 both the starred and unstarred version check +that the glossary doesn't already exist. (The \styfmt{glossaries} +package omits this check.) + +You can now provide an ignored glossary with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\provideignoredglossary] +\cs{provideignoredglossary}\marg{type} +\end{definition} +which will only define the glossary if it doesn't already exist. +This also has a starred version that doesn't automatically switch +off hyperlinks. + +The individual glossary displaying commands \ics{printglossary}, +\ics{printnoidxglossary} and \cs{printunsrtglossary} have extra +keys: + +\begin{itemize} +\item \gloskey[printglossary]{target}. This is a boolean key which can +be used to switch off the automatic hypertarget for each entry. +Unlike \cs{glsdisablehyper} this doesn't switch off hyperlinks, so +any cross-references within the glossary won't be affected. This is +a way of avoiding duplicate target warnings if a glossary needs to +be displayed multiple times. +\item +\gloskey[printglossary]{targetnameprefix}\texttt{=}\marg{prefix}. Another way +of avoiding duplicate target names is to set a prefix +used for the names. Unlike changing \cs{glolinkprefix} this doesn't affect +any hyperlinks (such as those created with \cs{gls}). +\item +\gloskey[printglossary]{prefix}\texttt{=}\marg{prefix}. If you do +actually want to locally change \cs{glolinkprefix}, you can use +the \gloskey{prefix} key instead. You need to use the matching +\gloskey[glslink]{prefix} key in commands like \cs{gls}. + +\item +\gloskey[printglossary]{label}\texttt{=}\marg{label}. Labels +the glossary with \texttt{\cs{label}\marg{label}} and also +defines \cs{@currentlabelname} to the glossary's TOC title +(to provide text for \cs{nameref}). You can also set the +label before the glossary using: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrsetglossarylabel] +\cs{glsxtrsetglossarylabel}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +but take care of duplicate labels if it's not scoped. +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Glossary Style Modifications} +\label{sec:glosstylemods} + +The \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} package (more conveniently +loaded through the \styfmt{glossaries-extra} +\pkgopt{stylemods} option) modifies some of the predefined +styles that are provided with the \styfmt{glossaries} package. +These modifications are described in more detail in +\sectionref{sec:stylemods}. + +The \sty{glossaries} package tries to determine the group +title from its label by first checking if +\cs{}\meta{label}\texttt{groupname} exists. If it doesn't exist, +then the title is assumed to be the same as the label. +For example, when typesetting the \qt{A} letter group, +\sty{glossaries} first checks if \cs{Agroupname} exists. +This could potentially cause conflict with another package +that may have some other meaning for \cs{Agroupname}, so +\sty{glossaries-extra} first checks for the existence +of the internal command \cs{glsxtr@grouptitle@}\meta{label} +which shouldn't clash with another package. You can set the +group title using +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrsetgrouptitle] +\cs{glsxtrsetgrouptitle}\marg{label}\marg{title} +\end{definition} +For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{A}{A (a)} +\end{verbatim} +This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change +you can use +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle] +\cs{glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle}\marg{label}\marg{title} +\end{definition} + +\subsubsection{Style Hooks} +\label{sec:stylehooks} + +The commands \ics{glossentryname} and \ics{glossentrydesc} are +modified to take into account the \catattr{glossname}, +\category{glossnamefont}, \catattr{glossdesc} and \catattr{glossdescfont} +attributes (see \sectionref{sec:categories}). This means you can +make simple font or case-changing modifications to the name and description +without defining a new glossary style. + +(New to version 1.42.) +The command \ics{glossentrysymbol} is modified to take into account +the \catattr{glosssymbolfont}. Note that, unlike the above, there's +no corresponding attribute to change the case as it's usually not +appropriate to change the case of a symbol (and for some symbols, +such as pictographs, there's no concept of case). If +\ics{texorpdfstring} has been defined \ics{glossentrysymbol} will +be defined to do: +\begin{alltt} +\ics{texorpdfstring}\marg{\TeX\ code}\marg{PDF} +\end{alltt} +The \meta{\TeX\ code} part is robust and deals with the actual +typesetting of the symbol. The \meta{PDF} part is simply: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsentrypdfsymbol] +\cs{glsentrypdfsymbol}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +which is defined to just do \cs{glsentrysymbol}\marg{label}. The +chances are that the code in the \gloskey{symbol} key won't be valid +in the PDF bookmarks, so you can redefine \cs{glsentrypdfsymbol} to +use a more appropriate field. (If you do redefine this command, +remember that it needs to fully expand.) + +For example, if you are using \sty{glossaries-accsupp}, you could +use the \gloskey{symbolaccess} field: +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand{\glsentrypdfsymbol}[1]{\glsentrysymbolaccess{#1}} +\end{verbatim} +Alternatively, if you are using \gls{bib2gls} you can use the \TeX\ +parser library to interpret a copy of the \gloskey{symbol} field and +use that. For example, with the resource options: +\begin{verbatim} + replicate-fields={symbol=user1}, + interpret-fields={user1} +\end{verbatim} +This stores the interpreted value of the symbol in the +\gloskey{user1} field, so you can then do: +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand{\glsentrypdfsymbol}[1]{\glsentryuseri{#1}} +\end{verbatim} +(You may need \XeLaTeX\ or \LuaLaTeX\ with this method.) This allows +\cs{glossentrysymbol} to be used in a section heading with +standalone definitions. + +If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead +of \gloskey{name}, you can use +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glossentrynameother] +\cs{glossentrynameother}\marg{label}\marg{field} +\end{definition} +This behaves just like \cs{glossentryname} (that is, it obeys +\catattr{glossname}, \catattr{glossnamefont} or \cs{glsnamefont} and uses the post-name +hook) but it uses the given \meta{field} instead of \gloskey{name}. +The \meta{field} argument must be the internal field name +(for example \texttt{desc} rather than \texttt{description}). +See the key to field mappings table in the \styfmt{glossaries} +user manual. + +There is a hook after \ics{glossentryname} and +\ics{Glossentryname}: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrpostnamehook] +\cs{glsxtrpostnamehook}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +By default this checks the \catattr{indexname} attribute. +If the attribute exists for the category to which the label belongs, +then the name is automatically indexed using +\begin{definition} +\ics{glsxtrdoautoindexname}\marg{label}\texttt{\{indexname\}} +\end{definition} +See \sectionref{sec:autoindex} for further details. + +\begin{sloppypar} +As from version 1.04, the post-name hook \cs{glsxtrpostnamehook} +will also use \cs{glsxtrpostname}\meta{category} if it exists. +You can use \ics{glscurrententrylabel} to obtain the entry label +with the definition of this command. For example, suppose you are +using a glossary style the doesn't display the symbol, you can +insert the symbol after the name for a particular category, say, +the \qt{symbol} category: +\end{sloppypar} +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostnamesymbol}{\space + (\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})} +\end{verbatim} +For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsdefpostname] +\cs{glsdefpostname}\marg{category}\marg{definition} +\end{definition} +This is simply a shortcut for: +\begin{alltt} +\cs{csdef}\{glsxtrpostname\meta{category}\}\marg{definition} +\end{alltt} +Note that it doesn't check if the command has already been defined. + +As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsextrapostnamehook] +\cs{glsextrapostnamehook}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +(before \cs{glsxtrpostname}\meta{category}) +to allow for additional non-category related code. This does nothing +by default. + +The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so +that it also does +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrpostdescription] +\cs{glsxtrpostdescription} +\end{definition} +This occurs before the original \cs{glspostdescription}, so if the +\pkgopt[false]{nopostdot} option is used, it will be inserted before +the terminating full stop. + +This new command will do \cs{glsxtrpostdesc\meta{category}} +if it exists, where \meta{category} is the category label associated +with the current entry. For example \cs{glsxtrpostdescgeneral} +for entries with the category set to \category{general} +or \cs{glsxtrpostdescacronym} for entries with the category set to +\category{acronym}. +For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsdefpostdesc] +\cs{glsdefpostdesc}\marg{category}\marg{definition} +\end{definition} +This is simply a shortcut for: +\begin{alltt} +\cs{csdef}\{glsxtrpostdesc\meta{category}\}\marg{definition} +\end{alltt} +Note that it doesn't check if the command has already been defined. + +Since both \cs{glossentry} and \cs{subglossentry} set +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glscurrententrylabel] +\cs{glscurrententrylabel} +\end{definition} +to the label for the current entry, you can use this within the +definition of these post-description hooks if you need to reference +the label. + +For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets +after the description in the glossary, but only for entries in the +\category{general} category, then you could do: +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{\space + (plural: \glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})} +\end{verbatim} +This means you don't have to define a custom glossary style, which +you may find more complicated. (It also allows more flexibility if +you decide to change the underlying glossary style.) + +\begin{important} +This feature can't be used for glossary styles that ignore +\cs{glspostdescription} or if you redefine +\cs{glspostdescription} without including \cs{glsxtrpostdescription}. +(For example, if you redefine \cs{glspostdescription} to do +nothing instead of using the \pkgopt{nopostdot} option to suppress +the terminating full stop.) See \sectionref{sec:stylemods} to patch +the predefined styles provided by \styfmt{glossaries} that are missing +\cs{glspostdescription}. +\end{important} + +\subsubsection{Number List} +\label{sec:glosstylenumlist} + +The \gls{numberlist} is now placed inside the argument of +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrFormatLocationList] +\cs{GlsXtrFormatLocationList}\marg{number list} +\end{definition} +This is internally used by \cs{glossaryentrynumbers}. The +\pkgopt{nonumberlist} option redefines \cs{glossaryentrynumbers} so that it +doesn't display the \gls{numberlist}, but it still saves the +\gls{numberlist} in case it's required. + +\begin{important} +If you want to suppress the \gls{numberlist} always use the +\pkgopt{nonumberlist} option instead of redefining +\cs{glossaryentrynumbers} to do nothing. +\end{important} + +For example, to change the font for the entire +\gls{numberlist} redefine \cs{GlsXtrFormatLocationList} as +appropriate. Don't modify \cs{glossaryentrynumbers}. + +Sometimes users like to insert \qt{page} or \qt{pages} in front of +the \gls{numberlist}. This is quite fiddly to do with the base +\styfmt{glossaries} package, but \styfmt{glossaries-extra} +provides a way of doing this. First you need to enable this +option and specify the text to display using: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag] +\cs{GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag}\marg{page}\marg{pages} +\end{definition} +where \meta{page} is the text to display if the \gls{numberlist} only +contains a single location and \meta{pages} is the text to display +otherwise. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{Page: }{Pages: } +\end{verbatim} +An extra run is required when using this command. + +\begin{important} +Use \texttt{glsignore} not \texttt{@gobble} as the format if you +want to suppress the page number (and only index the entry once). +\end{important} + +See the accompanying sample file \texttt{sample-pages.tex}. + +Note that \gls{bib2gls} can be instructed to insert +a prefix at the start of non-empty location lists, which +can be used as an alternative to \cs{GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag}. + +\Glspl{locationlist} displayed with \cs{printnoidxglossary} +internally use +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsnoidxdisplayloc] +\cs{glsnoidxdisplayloc}\marg{prefix}\marg{counter}\marg{format}\marg{location} +\end{definition} +This command is provided by \styfmt{glossaries}, but is modified by +\styfmt{glossaries-extra} to check for the start and end range +formation identifiers \verb|(| and \verb|)| which are discarded to +obtain the actual control sequence name that forms the location +formatting command. + +If the range identifiers aren't present, this just uses +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc] +\cs{glsxtrdisplaysingleloc}\marg{format}\marg{location} +\end{definition} +otherwise it uses +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrdisplaystartloc] +\cs{glsxtrdisplaystartloc}\marg{format}\marg{location} +\end{definition} +for the start of a range (where the identifier has been stripped +from \meta{format}) or +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrdisplayendloc] +\cs{glsxtrdisplayendloc}\marg{format}\marg{location} +\end{definition} +for the end of a range (where the identifier has been stripped +from \meta{format}). + +By default the start range command saves the format in +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrlocrangefmt] +\cs{glsxtrlocrangefmt} +\end{definition} +and does +\begin{display} +\cs{glsxtrdisplaysingleloc}\marg{format}\marg{location} +\end{display} +(If the format is empty, it will be replaced with +\texttt{glsnumberformat}.) + +The end command checks that the format matches the start of the +range, does +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrdisplayendlochook] +\cs{glsxtrdisplayendlochook}\marg{format}\marg{location} +\end{definition} +(which does nothing by default), followed by +\begin{display} +\cs{glsxtrdisplaysingleloc}\marg{format}\marg{location} +\end{display} +and then sets \cs{glsxtrlocrangefmt} to empty. + +This means that the list +\begin{verbatim} +\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{(textbf}{1}, +\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}, +\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}. +\end{verbatim} +doesn't display any differently from +\begin{verbatim} +\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}, +\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}, +\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}. +\end{verbatim} +but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler +that can accommodate the ranges. + +\subsubsection{The \styfmt{glossaries-extra-stylemods} Package} +\label{sec:stylemods} + +As from v1.02, \styfmt{glossaries-extra} now includes the package +\sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} that will redefine the predefined +styles to include the post-description hook (for those that are +missing it). You will need to make sure the styles have already +been defined before loading \styfmt{glossaries-extra}. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage{glossaries-extra} +\usepackage{glossary-longragged} +\usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods} +\end{verbatim} +Alternatively you can load +\texttt{glossary-}\meta{name}\texttt{.sty} at the same time by +passing \meta{name} as a package option to +\sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods}. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage{glossaries-extra} +\usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods} +\end{verbatim} +Another option is to use the \pkgopt{stylemods} key when you +load \styfmt{glossaries-extra}. You can omit a value if you only want to use +the predefined styles that are automatically loaded by +\styfmt{glossaries} (for example, the \glostyle{long3col} style): +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage[style=long3col,stylemods]{glossaries-extra} +\end{verbatim} +Or the value of \pkgopt{stylemods} may be a comma-separated list +of the style package identifiers. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage[style=mcoltree,stylemods=mcols]{glossaries-extra} +\end{verbatim} +Remember to group the value if it contains any commas: +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage[stylemods={mcols,longbooktabs}]{glossaries-extra} +\end{verbatim} + +Note that the \glostyle{inline} style is dealt with slightly +differently. The original definition provided by the +\sty{glossary-inline} package uses \cs{glspostdescription} at the +end of the glossary (not after each entry description) within the +definition of \cs{glspostinline}. The style modification changes +this so that \cs{glspostinline} just does a full stop followed by +space factor adjustment, and the description +\cs{glsinlinedescformat} and sub-entry description formats +\cs{glsinlinesubdescformat} are redefined to include +\cs{glsxtrpostdescription} (not \cs{glspostdescription}). This means +that the modified \glostyle{inline} style isn't affected by the +\pkgopt{nopostdot} option, but the post-description category hook +can still be used. + +The \env{tabular}-like styles, such as \glostyle{long} are +adjusted so that the \ics{ifglsnogroupskip} conditional (set with +\pkgopt{nogroupskip}) is moved outside of the definition of +\cs{glsgroupskip} to avoid problems that cause an \qt{Incomplete +\cs{iftrue}} error with \cs{printunsrtglossary} and +\cs{printnoidxglossary}. This means that if you want to change this +conditional using \cs{setupglossaries} or using the +\gloskey[printglossary]{nogroupskip} option in \cs{printglossary}, +\cs{printnoidxglossary} or \cs{printunsrtglossary}, you must also +reset the glossary style. + +As from version 1.21, the hard-coded \cs{space} before the +\gls{numberlist} in many of the predefined styles is replaced +with +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrprelocation] +\cs{glsxtrprelocation} +\end{definition} +This just defaults to \cs{space} but may be redefined as required. +For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\dotfill} +\end{verbatim} + +The \glostyle{list} styles use +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslistprelocation] +\cs{glslistprelocation} +\end{definition} +(which defaults to \cs{glsxtrprelocation}) for top-level items and +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslistchildprelocation] +\cs{glslistchildprelocation} +\end{definition} +(which defaults to \cs{glslistprelocation}) for child items. + +As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) +is governed by: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslistdesc] +\cs{glslistdesc}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +for the \glostyle{list} and \glostyle{altlist} styles (but not the +\glostyle{listdotted} variations). + +For just the \glostyle{list} style and its letter group variations +(not the \glostyle{altlist} or \glostyle{listdotted} variations) the +\gls{numberlist} for child entries is followed by +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslistchildpostlocation] +\cs{glslistchildpostlocation} +\end{definition} +which defaults to a full stop. + +The default value of \ics{glslistdottedwidth} is changed so that +it's set at the start of the document (if it hasn't been changed in +the preamble). This should take into account situations where +\cs{hsize} isn't set until the start of the document. + +The separator between groups (if not \pkgopt{nogroupskip}) is now +given by: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslistgroupskip] +\cs{glslistgroupskip} +\end{definition} +This defaults to \cs{indexspace} with penalties to deter page +breaks. +This command isn't used if \pkgopt{nogroupskip} is set. + +The \sty{glossary-tree} package introduced new commands in +v4.22, \ics{glstreegroupheaderfmt} +and \ics{glstreenavigationfmt}, which are used to format +the letter group headings and the navigation elements for the +appropriate styles. These two new commands are defined in terms of +\ics{glstreenamefmt} since that was the command originally used +for the group headings and navigation. This now allows these +different elements to be defined independently, but the most common +redefinition is for \cs{glstreenamefmt} to remove the bold in the +name. If the bold is still required for the group heading and navigation +elements, then both other commands also need redefining. To simplify +matters, if \cs{glstreenamefmt} has been defined, as from v1.31 +\sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} defines: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreedefaultnamefmt] +\cs{glstreedefaultnamefmt}\marg{text} +\end{definition} +which simply does \cs{textbf}\marg{text} and redefines +\cs{glstreenamefmt}, \cs{glstreegroupheaderfmt} and +\cs{glstreenavigationfmt} all in terms of +\cs{glstreedefaultnamefmt}. + +This means that if you want to change +all three to use a particular style you only need to redefine +\cs{glstreedefaultnamefmt}, but if you only want to redefine +\cs{glstreenamefmt} without affecting the other two commands, then +you now can. + +The separator between groups without headers is given by: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreegroupskip] +\cs{glstreegroupskip} +\end{definition} +This defaults to just \ics{indexspace} without penalties. This +command isn't used if \pkgopt{nogroupskip} is set. (The penalties +introduced in v1.41 were moved to \cs{glstreeheadergroupskip} in +v1.42 as they are inappropriate when there's no header.) + +The separator between groups with headers is now given by (as from v1.42): +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreeheadergroupskip] +\cs{glstreegroupheaderskip} +\end{definition} +This defaults to \cs{glstreegroupskip} with penalties to deter page +breaks after the group heading. + +The styles that display the group titles now use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreePreHeader] +\cs{glstreePreHeader}\marg{label}\marg{title} +\end{definition} +where \meta{label} is the group label and \meta{title} is the group +title. This does nothing by default +and is inserted before the group title. You can redefine it to add +the group title to the PDF bookmarks. For example, if the +glossary title uses \cs{chapter} then: +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand{\glstreePreHeader}[2]{% + \pdfbookmark[1]{#2}{\currentglossary.#1}% +} +\end{verbatim} +will insert section-level bookmarks. The use of \cs{currentglossary} +helps to provide unique bookmark labels in the event of multiple +glossaries. + +The \glostyle{index}-like and \glostyle{tree}-like styles +insert the pre-\gls{numberlist} space with +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreeprelocation] +\cs{glstreeprelocation} +\end{definition} +(which defaults to \cs{glsxtrprelocation}) for top-level items and +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreechildprelocation] +\cs{glstreechildprelocation} +\end{definition} +(which defaults to \cs{glstreeprelocation}) for child items. + +As from version 1.31, the \styfmt{glossaries-extra-stylemods} +package also provides: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreenonamedesc] +\cs{glstreenonamedesc}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +which is used by the \glostyle{treenoname} styles to display the +pre-description separator, the description and the post-description +hook. Similarly for the symbol: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreenonamesymbol] +\cs{glstreenonamesymbol}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +The above are just used for top-level entries. Child entries don't +have the name or symbol displayed for the \glostyle{treenoname} +styles, so there's only a command for the child description: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreenonamechilddesc] +\cs{glstreenonamechilddesc}\marg{label} +\end{definition} + +For the \glostyle{tree} styles (but not the \glostyle{treenoname} or +\glostyle{alttree} styles), the description is displayed using: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreedesc] +\cs{glstreedesc}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +and the symbol with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreesymbol] +\cs{glstreesymbol}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +Again the above two commands are just for top-level entries. The +child entries use: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreechilddesc] +\cs{glstreechilddesc}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +for the description and +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreechildsymbol] +\cs{glstreechildsymbol}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +for the symbol. +As from version 1.41, there are now wrapper commands for +\cs{glstreedesc} and \cs{glstreechilddesc} that check for +the description and symbol to determine what separator to use +before the page list. These are: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreeDescLoc] +\cs{glstreeDescLoc}\marg{label}\marg{location} +\end{definition} +for top-level entries and +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreeChildDescLoc] +\cs{glstreeChildDescLoc}\marg{label}\marg{location} +\end{definition} +for sub-entries. + +If either the symbol or description is present these will use +\cs{glstreeprelocation} or \cs{glstreechildprelocation}, +respectively. Otherwise, both will use (from v1.42): +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreeNoDescSymbolPreLocation] +\cs{glstreeNoDescSymbolPreLocation} +\end{definition} +The default is a space. This means that you could have, say, a +comma followed by a space for terms that are simply an alias, but +just have a space for terms that have a description that ends with a +full stop (or that just have a symbol without a description) where +the comma would be inappropriate. + +Note that version 1.42 has corrected an error that was introduced to +v1.41 that caused the name to run into the location list if there +was no symbol and no description. + +As from version 1.05, the \styfmt{glossaries-extra-stylemods} +package provides some additional commands for use with the +\glostyle{alttree} style to make it easier to modify. +These commands are only defined if the +\sty{glossary-tree} package has already been loaded, which is +typically the case unless the \pkgopt{notree} option has been used +when loading \styfmt{glossaries}. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\gglssetwidest] +\cs{gglssetwidest}\oarg{level}\marg{name} +\end{definition} +(New to version 1.21.) +This is like \cs{glssetwidest} (provided by \sty{glossary-tree}) +but performs a global assignment. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\eglssetwidest] +\cs{eglssetwidest}\oarg{level}\marg{name} +\end{definition} +This is like \cs{glssetwidest} +but performs a protected expansion on \meta{name}. This has +a localised effect. For a global setting, use +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\xglssetwidest] +\cs{xglssetwidest}\oarg{level}\marg{name} +\end{definition} +The following only set the value if \meta{name} is wider than the +current value (new to version 1.23). Local update: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsupdatewidest] +\cs{glsupdatewidest}\oarg{level}\marg{name} +\end{definition} +Global update: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\gglsupdatewidest] +\cs{gglsupdatewidest}\oarg{level}\marg{name} +\end{definition} +Locale update (expands \meta{name}): +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\eglsupdatewidest] +\cs{eglsupdatewidest}\oarg{level}\marg{name} +\end{definition} +Global update (expands \meta{name}): +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\xglsupdatewidest] +\cs{xglsupdatewidest}\oarg{level}\marg{name} +\end{definition} + + +The widest entry value can later be retrieved using +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsgetwidestname] +\cs{glsgetwidestname} +\end{definition} +for the top-level entries and +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsgetwidestsubname] +\cs{glsgetwidestsubname}\marg{level} +\end{definition} +for sub-entries, where \meta{level} is the level number. + +Note that if you are using \gls{bib2gls}, you can use the +resource option \texttt{set-widest} which will try to determine the +widest name of all the selected entries. This isn't guaranteed +to work as it may depend on fonts or commands that \gls{bib2gls} +can't replicate, but it should be suitable for names that just +consist of text, and can be more efficient than iterating over all +the defined entries using \TeX. + +The command \cs{glsfindwidesttoplevelname} provided by +\sty{glossary-tree} has a CamelCase synonym: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestTopLevelName] +\cs{glsFindWidestTopLevelName}\oarg{glossary list} +\end{definition} +Similar commands are also provided: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName] +\cs{glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName}\oarg{glossary list} +\end{definition} +This has an additional check that the entry has been used. +Naturally this is only useful if the glossaries that use +the \glostyle{alttree} style occur at the end of the document. +This command should be placed just before the start of the glossary. +(Alternatively, place it at the end of the document and save +the value in the auxiliary file for the next run.) + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName] +\cs{glsFindWidestUsedAnyName}\oarg{glossary list} +\end{definition} +This is like the previous command but if doesn't check the +\gloskey{parent} key. This is useful if all levels should have the +same width for the name. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestAnyName] +\cs{glsFindWidestAnyName}\oarg{glossary list} +\end{definition} +This is like the previous command but doesn't check if the entry +has been used. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo] +\cs{glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo}\oarg{glossary list} +\end{definition} +This is like \cs{glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName} but also sets +the first two sub-levels as well. Any entry that has a +great-grandparent is ignored. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestLevelTwo] +\cs{glsFindWidestLevelTwo}\oarg{glossary list} +\end{definition} +This is like the previous command but doesn't check if the entry has +been used. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol] +\cs{glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol}\oarg{glossary +list}\marg{register} +\end{definition} +This is like \cs{glsFindWidestUsedAnyName} but also measures the +symbol. The length of the widest symbol is stored in +\meta{register}. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol] +\cs{glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol}\oarg{glossary list}\marg{register} +\end{definition} +This is like the previous command but it doesn't check if the entry +has been used. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation] +\cs{glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation}\oarg{glossary +list}\marg{symbol register}\marg{location register} +\end{definition} +This is like \cs{glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol} but also +measures the \gls{numberlist}. This requires +\ics{glsentrynumberlist} (see the \styfmt{glossaries} user manual). +The length of the widest symbol is stored in \meta{symbol register} +and the length of the widest \gls*{numberlist} is stored in +\meta{location register}. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation] +\cs{glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation}\oarg{glossary +list}\marg{symbol register}\marg{location register} +\end{definition} +This is like the previous command but it doesn't check if the entry +has been used. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation] +\cs{glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation}\oarg{glossary +list}\marg{register} +\end{definition} +This is like \cs{glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation} but doesn't +measure the symbol. The length of the widest \gls{numberlist} +is stored in \meta{register}. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation] +\cs{glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation}\oarg{glossary +list}\marg{register} +\end{definition} +This is like the previous command but doesn't check if the entry has +been used. + +The layout of the symbol, description and \gls{numberlist} +is governed by +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation] +\cs{glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation}\marg{label}\marg{number list} +\end{definition} +for top-level entries and +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation] +\cs{glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation}\marg{label}\marg{number list} +\end{definition} +for sub-entries. + +There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation +for the \glostyle{alttree} style: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtralttreeInit] +\cs{glsxtralttreeInit} +\end{definition} + +The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph +descriptions is provided by the length +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrAltTreeIndent] +\cs{glsxtrAltTreeIndent} +\end{definition} + +For additional commands that are available with the +\glostyle{alttree} style, see the documented code +(\nolinkurl{glossaries-extra-code.pdf}). See also +the accompanying sample files \nolinkurl{sample-alttree.tex}, +\nolinkurl{sample-alttree-sym.tex} and +\nolinkurl{sample-alttree-marginpar.tex}. + +\chapter{New Glossary Styles} + +The \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package comes with some new styles. +The associated style package needs to be loaded. This can be done +with \cs{usepackage} but it's simpler to use the \pkgopt{stylemods} +option. + \section{\styfmt{glossary-bookindex} package} \label{sec:bookindex} @@ -4093,624 +4841,6 @@ Finally the location list is displayed using: \end{definition} which just does \meta{location} by default. -\section{Glossary Style Modifications} -\label{sec:glosstylemods} - -The \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} package (more conveniently -loaded through the \styfmt{glossaries-extra} -\pkgopt{stylemods} option) modifies some of the predefined -styles that are provided with the \styfmt{glossaries} package. -These modifications are described in more detail in -\sectionref{sec:stylemods}. - -The \sty{glossaries} package tries to determine the group -title from its label by first checking if -\cs{}\meta{label}\texttt{groupname} exists. If it doesn't exist, -then the title is assumed to be the same as the label. -For example, when typesetting the \qt{A} letter group, -\sty{glossaries} first checks if \cs{Agroupname} exists. -This could potentially cause conflict with another package -that may have some other meaning for \cs{Agroupname}, so -\sty{glossaries-extra} first checks for the existence -of the internal command \cs{glsxtr@grouptitle@}\meta{label} -which shouldn't clash with another package. You can set the -group title using -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrsetgrouptitle] -\cs{glsxtrsetgrouptitle}\marg{label}\marg{title} -\end{definition} -For example: -\begin{verbatim} -\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{A}{A (a)} -\end{verbatim} -This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change -you can use -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle] -\cs{glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle}\marg{label}\marg{title} -\end{definition} - -\subsection{Style Hooks} -\label{sec:stylehooks} - -The commands \ics{glossentryname} and \ics{glossentrydesc} are -modified to take into account the \catattr{glossname}, -\catattr{glossdesc} and \catattr{glossdescfont} attributes (see \sectionref{sec:categories}). -This means you can make simple case-changing modifications to -the name and description without defining a new glossary style. - -If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead -of \gloskey{name}, you can use -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glossentrynameother] -\cs{glossentrynameother}\marg{label}\marg{field} -\end{definition} -This behaves just like \cs{glossentryname} (that is, it obeys -\catattr{glossname}, \catattr{glossnamefont} or \cs{glsnamefont} and uses the post-name -hook) but it uses the given \meta{field} instead of \gloskey{name}. -The \meta{field} argument must be the internal field name -(for example \texttt{desc} rather than \texttt{description}). -See the key to field mappings table in the \styfmt{glossaries} -user manual. - -There is a hook after \ics{glossentryname} and -\ics{Glossentryname}: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrpostnamehook] -\cs{glsxtrpostnamehook}\marg{label} -\end{definition} -By default this checks the \catattr{indexname} attribute. -If the attribute exists for the category to which the label belongs, -then the name is automatically indexed using -\begin{definition} -\ics{glsxtrdoautoindexname}\marg{label}\texttt{\{indexname\}} -\end{definition} -See \sectionref{sec:autoindex} for further details. - -\begin{sloppypar} -As from version 1.04, the post-name hook \cs{glsxtrpostnamehook} -will also use \cs{glsxtrpostname}\meta{category} if it exists. -You can use \ics{glscurrententrylabel} to obtain the entry label -with the definition of this command. For example, suppose you are -using a glossary style the doesn't display the symbol, you can -insert the symbol after the name for a particular category, say, -the \qt{symbol} category: -\end{sloppypar} -\begin{verbatim} -\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostnamesymbol}{\space - (\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})} -\end{verbatim} -For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsdefpostname] -\cs{glsdefpostname}\marg{category}\marg{definition} -\end{definition} -This is simply a shortcut for: -\begin{alltt} -\cs{csdef}\{glsxtrpostname\meta{category}\}\marg{definition} -\end{alltt} -Note that it doesn't check if the command has already been defined. - -As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsextrapostnamehook] -\cs{glsextrapostnamehook}\marg{label} -\end{definition} -(before \cs{glsxtrpostname}\meta{category}) -to allow for additional non-category related code. This does nothing -by default. - -The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so -that it also does -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrpostdescription] -\cs{glsxtrpostdescription} -\end{definition} -This occurs before the original \cs{glspostdescription}, so if the -\pkgopt[false]{nopostdot} option is used, it will be inserted before -the terminating full stop. - -This new command will do \cs{glsxtrpostdesc\meta{category}} -if it exists, where \meta{category} is the category label associated -with the current entry. For example \cs{glsxtrpostdescgeneral} -for entries with the category set to \category{general} -or \cs{glsxtrpostdescacronym} for entries with the category set to -\category{acronym}. -For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsdefpostdesc] -\cs{glsdefpostdesc}\marg{category}\marg{definition} -\end{definition} -This is simply a shortcut for: -\begin{alltt} -\cs{csdef}\{glsxtrpostdesc\meta{category}\}\marg{definition} -\end{alltt} -Note that it doesn't check if the command has already been defined. - -Since both \cs{glossentry} and \cs{subglossentry} set -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glscurrententrylabel] -\cs{glscurrententrylabel} -\end{definition} -to the label for the current entry, you can use this within the -definition of these post-description hooks if you need to reference -the label. - -For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets -after the description in the glossary, but only for entries in the -\category{general} category, then you could do: -\begin{verbatim} -\renewcommand{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{\space - (plural: \glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})} -\end{verbatim} -This means you don't have to define a custom glossary style, which -you may find more complicated. (It also allows more flexibility if -you decide to change the underlying glossary style.) - -\begin{important} -This feature can't be used for glossary styles that ignore -\cs{glspostdescription} or if you redefine -\cs{glspostdescription} without including \cs{glsxtrpostdescription}. -(For example, if you redefine \cs{glspostdescription} to do -nothing instead of using the \pkgopt{nopostdot} option to suppress -the terminating full stop.) See \sectionref{sec:stylemods} to patch -the predefined styles provided by \styfmt{glossaries} that are missing -\cs{glspostdescription}. -\end{important} - -\subsection{Number List} -\label{sec:glosstylenumlist} - -The \gls{numberlist} is now placed inside the argument of -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrFormatLocationList] -\cs{GlsXtrFormatLocationList}\marg{number list} -\end{definition} -This is internally used by \cs{glossaryentrynumbers}. The -\pkgopt{nonumberlist} option redefines \cs{glossaryentrynumbers} so that it -doesn't display the \gls{numberlist}, but it still saves the -\gls{numberlist} in case it's required. - -\begin{important} -If you want to suppress the \gls{numberlist} always use the -\pkgopt{nonumberlist} option instead of redefining -\cs{glossaryentrynumbers} to do nothing. -\end{important} - -If you want to, for example, change the font for the entire -\gls{numberlist} then redefine \cs{GlsXtrFormatLocationList} as -appropriate. Don't modify \cs{glossaryentrynumbers}. - -Sometimes users like to insert \qt{page} or \qt{pages} in front of -the \gls{numberlist}. This is quite fiddly to do with the base -\styfmt{glossaries} package, but \styfmt{glossaries-extra} -provides a way of doing this. First you need to enable this -option and specify the text to display using: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag] -\cs{GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag}\marg{page}\marg{pages} -\end{definition} -where \meta{page} is the text to display if the \gls{numberlist} only -contains a single location and \meta{pages} is the text to display -otherwise. For example: -\begin{verbatim} -\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{Page: }{Pages: } -\end{verbatim} -An extra run is required when using this command. - -\begin{important} -Use \texttt{glsignore} not \texttt{@gobble} as the format if you -want to suppress the page number (and only index the entry once). -\end{important} - -See the accompanying sample file \texttt{sample-pages.tex}. - -Note that \gls{bib2gls} can be instructed to insert -a prefix at the start of non-empty location lists, which -can be used as an alternative to \cs{GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag}. - -\subsection{The \styfmt{glossaries-extra-stylemods} Package} -\label{sec:stylemods} - -As from v1.02, \styfmt{glossaries-extra} now includes the package -\sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} that will redefine the predefined -styles to include the post-description hook (for those that are -missing it). You will need to make sure the styles have already -been defined before loading \styfmt{glossaries-extra}. For example: -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage{glossaries-extra} -\usepackage{glossary-longragged} -\usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods} -\end{verbatim} -Alternatively you can load -\texttt{glossary-}\meta{name}\texttt{.sty} at the same time by -passing \meta{name} as a package option to -\sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods}. For example: -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage{glossaries-extra} -\usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods} -\end{verbatim} -Another option is to use the \pkgopt{stylemods} key when you -load \styfmt{glossaries-extra}. You can omit a value if you only want to use -the predefined styles that are automatically loaded by -\styfmt{glossaries} (for example, the \glostyle{long3col} style): -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage[style=long3col,stylemods]{glossaries-extra} -\end{verbatim} -Or the value of \pkgopt{stylemods} may be a comma-separated list -of the style package identifiers. For example: -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage[style=mcoltree,stylemods=mcols]{glossaries-extra} -\end{verbatim} -Remember to group the value if it contains any commas: -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage[stylemods={mcols,longbooktabs}]{glossaries-extra} -\end{verbatim} - -Note that the \glostyle{inline} style is dealt with slightly -differently. The original definition provided by the -\sty{glossary-inline} package uses \cs{glspostdescription} at the -end of the glossary (not after each entry description) within the -definition of \cs{glspostinline}. The style modification changes -this so that \cs{glspostinline} just does a full stop followed by -space factor adjustment, and the description -\cs{glsinlinedescformat} and sub-entry description formats -\cs{glsinlinesubdescformat} are redefined to include -\cs{glsxtrpostdescription} (not \cs{glspostdescription}). This means -that the modified \glostyle{inline} style isn't affected by the -\pkgopt{nopostdot} option, but the post-description category hook -can still be used. - -The \env{tabular}-like styles, such as \glostyle{long} are -adjusted so that the \ics{ifglsnogroupskip} conditional (set with -\pkgopt{nogroupskip}) is moved outside of the definition of -\cs{glsgroupskip} to avoid problems that cause an \qt{Incomplete -\cs{iftrue}} error with \cs{printunsrtglossary} and -\cs{printnoidxglossary}. This means that if you want to change this -conditional using \cs{setupglossaries} or using the -\gloskey[printglossary]{nogroupskip} option in \cs{printglossary}, -\cs{printnoidxglossary} or \cs{printunsrtglossary}, you must also -reset the glossary style. - -As from version 1.21, the hard-coded \cs{space} before the -\gls{numberlist} in many of the predefined styles is replaced -with -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrprelocation] -\cs{glsxtrprelocation} -\end{definition} -This just defaults to \cs{space} but may be redefined as required. -For example: -\begin{verbatim} -\renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\dotfill} -\end{verbatim} - -The \glostyle{list} styles use -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslistprelocation] -\cs{glslistprelocation} -\end{definition} -(which defaults to \cs{glsxtrprelocation}) for top-level items and -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslistchildprelocation] -\cs{glslistchildprelocation} -\end{definition} -(which defaults to \cs{glslistprelocation}) for child items. - -As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) -is governed by: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslistdesc] -\cs{glslistdesc}\marg{label} -\end{definition} -for the \glostyle{list} and \glostyle{altlist} styles (but not the -\glostyle{listdotted} variations). - -For just the \glostyle{list} style and its letter group variations -(not the \glostyle{altlist} or \glostyle{listdotted} variations) the -\gls{numberlist} for child entries is followed by -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslistchildpostlocation] -\cs{glslistchildpostlocation} -\end{definition} -which defaults to a full stop. - -The default value of \ics{glslistdottedwidth} is changed so that -it's set at the start of the document (if it hasn't been changed in -the preamble). This should take into account situations where -\cs{hsize} isn't set until the start of the document. - -The separator between groups (if not \pkgopt{nogroupskip}) is now -given by: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslistgroupskip] -\cs{glslistgroupskip} -\end{definition} -This defaults to \cs{indexspace} with penalties to deter page -breaks. -This command isn't used if \pkgopt{nogroupskip} is set. - -The \sty{glossary-tree} package introduced two new commands in -\sty{glossaries} version 4.22, \ics{glstreegroupheaderfmt} -and \ics{glstreenavigationfmt}, which are used to format -the letter group headings and the navigation elements for the -appropriate styles. These two new commands are defined in terms of -\ics{glstreenamefmt} since that was the command originally used -for the group headings and navigation. This now allows these -different elements to be defined independently, but the most common -redefinition is for \cs{glstreenamefmt} to remove the bold in the -name. If the bold is still required for the group heading and navigation -elements, then both other commands also need redefining. To simplify -matters, if \cs{glstreenamefmt} has been defined, as from v1.31 -\sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} defines: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreedefaultnamefmt] -\cs{glstreedefaultnamefmt}\marg{text} -\end{definition} -which simply does \cs{textbf}\marg{text} and redefines -\cs{glstreenamefmt}, \cs{glstreegroupheaderfmt} and -\cs{glstreenavigationfmt} all in terms of -\cs{glstreedefaultnamefmt}. This means that if you want to change -all three to use a particular style you only need to redefine -\cs{glstreedefaultnamefmt}, but if you only want to redefine -\cs{glstreenamefmt} without affecting the other two commands, then -you now can. - -The separator between groups (if not \pkgopt{nogroupskip}) is now -given by: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreegroupskip] -\cs{glstreegroupskip} -\end{definition} -This defaults to \cs{indexspace} with penalties to deter page -breaks. -This command isn't used if \pkgopt{nogroupskip} is set (except for -the styles that display the group titles). - -The styles that display the group titles now use: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreePreHeader] -\cs{glstreePreHeader}\marg{label}\marg{title} -\end{definition} -where \meta{label} is the group label and \meta{title} is the group -title. This does nothing by default -and is inserted before the group title. You can redefine it to add -the group title to the PDF bookmarks. For example, if the -glossary title uses \cs{chapter} then: -\begin{verbatim} -\renewcommand{\glstreePreHeader}[2]{% - \pdfbookmark[1]{#2}{\currentglossary.#1}% -} -\end{verbatim} -will insert section-level bookmarks. The use of \cs{currentglossary} -helps to provide unique bookmark labels in the event of multiple -glossaries. - -The \glostyle{index}-like and \glostyle{tree}-like styles -insert the pre-\gls{numberlist} space with -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreeprelocation] -\cs{glstreeprelocation} -\end{definition} -(which defaults to \cs{glsxtrprelocation}) for top-level items and -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreechildprelocation] -\cs{glstreechildprelocation} -\end{definition} -(which defaults to \cs{glstreeprelocation}) for child items. - -As from version 1.31, the \styfmt{glossaries-extra-stylemods} -package also provides: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreenonamedesc] -\cs{glstreenonamedesc}\marg{label} -\end{definition} -which is used by the \glostyle{treenoname} styles to display the -pre-description separator, the description and the post-description -hook. Similarly for the symbol: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreenonamesymbol] -\cs{glstreenonamesymbol}\marg{label} -\end{definition} -The above are just used for top-level entries. Child entries don't -have the name or symbol displayed for the \glostyle{treenoname} -styles, so there's only a command for the child description: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreenonamechilddesc] -\cs{glstreenonamechilddesc}\marg{label} -\end{definition} - -For the \glostyle{tree} styles (but not the \glostyle{treenoname} or -\glostyle{alttree} styles), the description is displayed using: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreedesc] -\cs{glstreedesc}\marg{label} -\end{definition} -and the symbol with: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreesymbol] -\cs{glstreesymbol}\marg{label} -\end{definition} -Again the above two commands are just for top-level entries. The -child entries use: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreechilddesc] -\cs{glstreechilddesc}\marg{label} -\end{definition} -for the description and -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreechildsymbol] -\cs{glstreechildsymbol}\marg{label} -\end{definition} -for the symbol. - -As from version 1.41, there are now wrapper commands for -\cs{glstreedesc} and \cs{glstreechilddesc} that check for -the description and symbol to determine whether or not to insert a -space (\cs{glstreeprelocation} or \cs{glstreechildprelocation}) -before the page list. These are: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreeDescLoc] -\cs{glstreeDescLoc}\marg{label}\marg{location} -\end{definition} -for top-level entries and -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreeChildDescLoc] -\cs{glstreeChildDescLoc}\marg{label}\marg{location} -\end{definition} -for sub-entries. This prevents a spurious space for terms that don't -have a symbol or description but do have a location list (for -example, aliases). - -As from version 1.05, the \styfmt{glossaries-extra-stylemods} -package provides some additional commands for use with the -\glostyle{alttree} style to make it easier to modify. -These commands are only defined if the -\sty{glossary-tree} package has already been loaded, which is -typically the case unless the \pkgopt{notree} option has been used -when loading \styfmt{glossaries}. - -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\gglssetwidest] -\cs{gglssetwidest}\oarg{level}\marg{name} -\end{definition} -(New to version 1.21.) -This is like \cs{glssetwidest} (provided by \sty{glossary-tree}) -but performs a global assignment. - -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\eglssetwidest] -\cs{eglssetwidest}\oarg{level}\marg{name} -\end{definition} -This is like \cs{glssetwidest} -but performs a protected expansion on \meta{name}. This has -a localised effect. For a global setting, use -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\xglssetwidest] -\cs{xglssetwidest}\oarg{level}\marg{name} -\end{definition} -The following only set the value if \meta{name} is wider than the -current value (new to version 1.23). Local update: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsupdatewidest] -\cs{glsupdatewidest}\oarg{level}\marg{name} -\end{definition} -Global update: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\gglsupdatewidest] -\cs{gglsupdatewidest}\oarg{level}\marg{name} -\end{definition} -Locale update (expands \meta{name}): -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\eglsupdatewidest] -\cs{eglsupdatewidest}\oarg{level}\marg{name} -\end{definition} -Global update (expands \meta{name}): -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\xglsupdatewidest] -\cs{xglsupdatewidest}\oarg{level}\marg{name} -\end{definition} - - -The widest entry value can later be retrieved using -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsgetwidestname] -\cs{glsgetwidestname} -\end{definition} -for the top-level entries and -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsgetwidestsubname] -\cs{glsgetwidestsubname}\marg{level} -\end{definition} -for sub-entries, where \meta{level} is the level number. - -Note that if you are using \gls{bib2gls}, you can use the -resource option \texttt{set-widest} which will try to determine the -widest name of all the selected entries. This isn't guaranteed -to work as it may depend on fonts or commands that \gls{bib2gls} -can't replicate, but it should be suitable for names that just -consist of text, and can be more efficient than iterating over all -the defined entries using \TeX. - -The command \cs{glsfindwidesttoplevelname} provided by -\sty{glossary-tree} has a CamelCase synonym: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestTopLevelName] -\cs{glsFindWidestTopLevelName}\oarg{glossary list} -\end{definition} -Similar commands are also provided: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName] -\cs{glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName}\oarg{glossary list} -\end{definition} -This has an additional check that the entry has been used. -Naturally this is only useful if the glossaries that use -the \glostyle{alttree} style occur at the end of the document. -This command should be placed just before the start of the glossary. -(Alternatively, place it at the end of the document and save -the value in the auxiliary file for the next run.) - -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName] -\cs{glsFindWidestUsedAnyName}\oarg{glossary list} -\end{definition} -This is like the previous command but if doesn't check the -\gloskey{parent} key. This is useful if all levels should have the -same width for the name. - -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestAnyName] -\cs{glsFindWidestAnyName}\oarg{glossary list} -\end{definition} -This is like the previous command but doesn't check if the entry -has been used. - -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo] -\cs{glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo}\oarg{glossary list} -\end{definition} -This is like \cs{glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName} but also sets -the first two sub-levels as well. Any entry that has a -great-grandparent is ignored. - -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestLevelTwo] -\cs{glsFindWidestLevelTwo}\oarg{glossary list} -\end{definition} -This is like the previous command but doesn't check if the entry has -been used. - -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol] -\cs{glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol}\oarg{glossary -list}\marg{register} -\end{definition} -This is like \cs{glsFindWidestUsedAnyName} but also measures the -symbol. The length of the widest symbol is stored in -\meta{register}. - -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol] -\cs{glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol}\oarg{glossary list}\marg{register} -\end{definition} -This is like the previous command but it doesn't check if the entry -has been used. - -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation] -\cs{glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation}\oarg{glossary -list}\marg{symbol register}\marg{location register} -\end{definition} -This is like \cs{glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol} but also -measures the \gls{numberlist}. This requires -\ics{glsentrynumberlist} (see the \styfmt{glossaries} user manual). -The length of the widest symbol is stored in \meta{symbol register} -and the length of the widest \gls*{numberlist} is stored in -\meta{location register}. - -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation] -\cs{glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation}\oarg{glossary -list}\marg{symbol register}\marg{location register} -\end{definition} -This is like the previous command but it doesn't check if the entry -has been used. - -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation] -\cs{glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation}\oarg{glossary -list}\marg{register} -\end{definition} -This is like \cs{glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation} but doesn't -measure the symbol. The length of the widest \gls{numberlist} -is stored in \meta{register}. - -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation] -\cs{glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation}\oarg{glossary -list}\marg{register} -\end{definition} -This is like the previous command but doesn't check if the entry has -been used. - -The layout of the symbol, description and \gls{numberlist} -is governed by -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation] -\cs{glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation}\marg{label}\marg{number list} -\end{definition} -for top-level entries and -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation] -\cs{glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation}\marg{label}\marg{number list} -\end{definition} -for sub-entries. - -There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation -for the \glostyle{alttree} style: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtralttreeInit] -\cs{glsxtralttreeInit} -\end{definition} - -The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph -descriptions is provided by the length -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrAltTreeIndent] -\cs{glsxtrAltTreeIndent} -\end{definition} - -For additional commands that are available with the -\glostyle{alttree} style, see the documented code -(\texttt{glossaries-extra-code.pdf}). For examples, see -the accompanying sample files \texttt{sample-alttree.tex}, -\texttt{sample-alttree-sym.tex} and -\texttt{sample-alttree-marginpar.tex}. - \chapter{Abbreviations} \label{sec:abbreviations} @@ -4722,17 +4852,50 @@ package modifies the underlying formatting used by abbreviations can have their formatting dealt with by the style. You therefore need to select an abbreviation style that ensures that \cs{gls} (and its variants) displays the desired output. +See the file +\href{http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbr-styles.pdf}{sample-abbr-styles.pdf} +for samples of all provided abbreviation styles. \begin{important} -Don't use commands like \cs{glstext} or \cs{glsfirst} with +Don't use \ics{glsfirst}, \ics{Glsfirst} or \ics{GLSfirst} with abbreviations as they aren't flexible enough to handle some -abbreviation styles and unexpected results may occur. Use commands -like \cs{glsfmtshort} or \cs{glsfmtlong} in section headings or +abbreviation styles and unexpected results may occur. (To a lesser +degree, this also applies to \ics{glstext} etc.) Use commands +like \cs{glsfmttext}, \cs{glsfmtshort} or \cs{glsfmtlong} in section headings or captions instead of \cs{gls}. If you don't want the full form to show on first use of \cs{gls} use one of the \qt{nolong} or \qt{noshort} styles. \end{important} +This lack of flexibility in \cs{glsfirst} can be demonstrated with +the following document: +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} + +\usepackage{glossaries-extra} +\setabbreviationstyle{footnote} +\newabbreviation{ex}{EX}{Example} + +\begin{document} +Compare \gls{ex}['s] with \glsfirst{ex}['s]. +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} +The \gls{firstuse} \cs{gls} has the footnote marker after the +inserted material \qt{EX's\textsuperscript{1}} but \cs{glsfirst} has +it before the inserted material \qt{EX\textsuperscript{1}'s} which +is inappropriate. Note that if the style is changed to +\abbrstyle{postfootnote}, the footnote marker appears after the +inserted material as \ics{footnote} is in the post-link hook. + +There are some instances where \cs{glstext} can be useful. It's used +internally by \ics{glsfmttext}, which in turn is used by +\ics{glsseelistformat} if the entry has a short form. If +\cs{glsfmtshort} is used, this enforces the short form, but if +\cs{glsfmttext} is used, then the long form will be used for the +\qt{noshort} styles, which is more appropriate. In this particular +situation, there's no need to worry about inserted material as the +final optional argument isn't supported by \cs{glsfmttext}. + Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as \qt{laser}), initialisms (initial letters of a phrase, such as \qt{html}, that @@ -4826,6 +4989,17 @@ use by the long form: \cs{glsuselongfont}\marg{text}\marg{category} \end{definition} +You can't use the acronym commands provided by the base package with +the new abbreviations provided by the \styfmt{glossaries-extra} +package. The style commands that replace \cs{setacronymstyle}, +\cs{acrshort} etc are described in \sectionref{sec:abbrstyle}. +The \pkgopt{acronymlists} package option and associated commands +aren't supported. The \ics{forallacronyms} command, which iterates +over all acronym lists, should be replaced with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\forallabbreviationlists] +\cs{forallabbreviationlists}\marg{cs}\marg{body} +\end{definition} + \section{Tagging Initials} \label{sec:tagging} @@ -4866,7 +5040,7 @@ You can later set this attribute for other categories (see \sectionref{sec:categories}) but this must be done before the glossary is displayed. -The accompanying sample file \texttt{sample-mixtures.tex} +The accompanying sample file \nolinkurl{sample-mixtures.tex} uses initial tagging for both the \category{acronym} and \category{abbreviation} categories: \begin{verbatim} @@ -5047,7 +5221,7 @@ entry was defined. If you have mixed styles, you'll need to use \label{sec:abbrshortcuts} The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using -the package option \pkgopt[abbreviation]{shortcuts} +the \pkgopt[abbreviations]{shortcuts} package option (or \pkgopt[abbr]{shortcuts}) or \pkgopt[ac]{shortcuts}. (You can use both settings at the same time.) The provided shortcut commands listed in @@ -5120,7 +5294,7 @@ In both cases, the \gls{firstuse} of \ics{gls} may not match the text produced by \ics{glsfirst} (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions). -The sample file \texttt{sample-abbr-styles.tex} demonstrates all +The sample file \nolinkurl{sample-abbr-styles.tex} demonstrates all predefined styles described here. \begin{important} @@ -5131,6 +5305,15 @@ recommend that you at least use the \sty{fontenc} package with the \pkgoptfmt{T1} option or something similar. \end{important} +Many of the styles have helper commands in the form +\cs{glsxtr...name} and \cs{glsxtr...sort} that are expanded within the +\gloskey{name} and \gloskey{sort} fields when the abbreviation is defined. +These commands may use the helper token registers available within +\cs{newabbreviation}, such as \ics{glsshorttok}. The contents of a +register can be accessed with \ics{the}\meta{register}. It's essential that +these expand when the abbreviation is defined so don't hide them behind no-expandable content if you +redefine these helper commands. + The parenthetical styles, such as \abbrstyle{long-short}, use \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrparen] @@ -6059,7 +6242,7 @@ marker may be, if the \sty{hyperref} package is used). The inline full form uses the \meta{short} (\meta{long}) style. The \gloskey{name} is set to the short form. The \gloskey{description} is set to the long form. The -\gloskey{name} key is obtained by expanding +\gloskey{name} key is obtained by expanding: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrfootnotename] \cs{glsxtrfootnotename} \end{definition} @@ -6126,6 +6309,44 @@ use \ics{glsabbrvemfont}. 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) +\item[\abbrstyledef{short-footnote-desc}] +(New to v1.42.) +This is similar to \abbrstyle{short-footnote}, but the +\gloskey{description} must be supplied by the user. +The \gloskey{name} field is obtained from: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrfootnotedescname] +\cs{glsxtrfootnotedescname} +\end{definition} +which defaults to \meta{short} followed by \meta{long} in +parentheses, and the \gloskey{sort} field is obtained from: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrfootnotedescsort] +\cs{glsxtrfootnotedescsort} +\end{definition} +which defaults to just the short form. (Similarly for other +\texttt{short}\meta{modifier}\texttt{-[post]footnote}\texttt{-desc} +styles, unless indicated otherwise.) + +Any redefinition of these commands must come before the abbreviations +are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect +any commands that shouldn't be expanded. The long form can be +referenced with \cs{the}\cs{glslongtok} and the short form +can be referenced with \cs{the}\cs{glsshorttok}. + +\item[\abbrstyledef{footnote-desc}] +A synonym for \abbrstyle{short-footnote-desc}. + +\item[\abbrstyledef{short-sc-footnote-desc}] +Like \abbrstyle{short-footnote-desc} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to +use \ics{glsabbrvscfont}. + +\item[\abbrstyledef{short-sm-footnote-desc}] +Like \abbrstyle{short-footnote-desc} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to +use \ics{glsabbrvsmfont}. + +\item[\abbrstyledef{short-em-footnote-desc}] +Like \abbrstyle{short-footnote-desc} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to +use \ics{glsabbrvemfont}. + \item[\abbrstyledef{short-postfootnote}] This is similar to the \abbrstyle{short-footnote} style but doesn't modify the category attribute. Instead it changes \postlinkcat\ to @@ -6165,6 +6386,28 @@ use \ics{glsabbrvemfont}. 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.) +\item[\abbrstyledef{short-postfootnote-desc}] +(New to v1.42.) +This is similar to \abbrstyle{short-postfootnote}, but the +\gloskey{description} must be supplied by the user. The +\gloskey{name} and \gloskey{sort} are set as for +\abbrstyle{short-footnote-desc}. + +\item[\abbrstyledef{postfootnote-desc}] +A synonym for \abbrstyle{short-postfootnote-desc}. + +\item[\abbrstyledef{short-sc-postfootnote-desc}] +Like \abbrstyle{short-postfootnote-desc} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to +use \ics{glsabbrvscfont}. + +\item[\abbrstyledef{short-sm-postfootnote-desc}] +Like \abbrstyle{short-postfootnote-desc} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to +use \ics{glsabbrvsmfont}. + +\item[\abbrstyledef{short-em-postfootnote-desc}] +Like \abbrstyle{short-postfootnote-desc} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to +use \ics{glsabbrvemfont}. + \item[\abbrstyledef{short-postlong-user}] This style was introduced in version 1.12. It's like the \abbrstyle{short-long-user} style but defers the parenthetical @@ -6771,7 +7014,7 @@ use the more generic \cs{glsabbrvfont} etc which makes them easier to adapt than the modified styles. For further details, see the \qt{Abbreviations} section in the documented code -(\texttt{glossaries-extra-code.pdf}). +(\nolinkurl{glossaries-extra-code.pdf}). \chapter{Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents} \label{sec:headtitle} @@ -6800,6 +7043,8 @@ in the table of contents. Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark issues). +\section{Simplistic Approach} + To get around all these problems, the \styfmt{glossaries} user manual recommends using the expandable non-hyperlink commands, such as \ics{glsentrytext} (for regular entries) or \ics{glsentryshort} @@ -6859,14 +7104,22 @@ the argument of sectioning commands. You can still use them even if the mark commands have been reverted, but only where they don't conflict with the page style. -The commands listed below all use \ics{texorpdfstring} if -\sty{hyperref} has been loaded so that the expandable non-formatted -version is added to the PDF bookmarks. Note that since the commands -that convert the first letter to upper case aren't expandable, the -non-case-changing version is used for the bookmarks. +\section{New Commands Designed for Chapter/Section Headings} + +The commands listed below are designed for use in chapter or section +headings. There are still limitations, but they provide a better +solution. They all use \ics{texorpdfstring} if \sty{hyperref} has +been loaded so that the expandable non-formatted version is added to +the PDF bookmarks. Note that since the commands that convert the +first letter to upper case aren't expandable, the non-case-changing +version is used for the bookmarks. If the required field contains +non-expandable (robust or fragile) commands that cause a problem for +the bookmarks then \ics{texorpdfstring} will be needed as +appropriate in that field. (Take care if the field has its value +expanded before being assigned.) These commands essentially behave as though you have used -\cs{glsxtrshort} (or equivalent) with the options +\cs{glsxtrshort}, \cs{glstext} etc with the options \gloskey[glslink]{noindex} and \gloskey[glslink]{hyper\eq false}. The text produced won't be converted to upper case in the page headings by default. If you want the text converted to upper case @@ -6908,6 +7161,18 @@ First letter upper case plural short form: \end{definition} (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) +All caps singular short form: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSfmtshort] +\cs{GLSfmtshort}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) + +All caps plural short form: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsfmtshortpl] +\cs{Glsfmtshortpl}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) + Display the long form: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfmtlong] \cs{glsfmtlong}\marg{label} @@ -6930,9 +7195,32 @@ First letter upper case plural long form: \end{definition} (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) +All caps singular long form: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSfmtlong] +\cs{GLSfmtlong}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) + +All caps plural long form: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSfmtlongpl] +\cs{GLSfmtlongpl}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) + There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the \emph{inline} full form, which may be different from the -full form used by \cs{gls}. +full form used by \cs{gls}. The PDF version has to be a simple +fully expandable command, so one of two commands that are unrelated to the style +is used instead: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glspdffmtfull] +\cs{glspdffmtfull}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +for the singular form or: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glspdffmtfullpl] +\cs{glspdffmtfullpl}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +for the full form. These simply do the long form followed by the +short form in parentheses. Display the full form: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfmtfull] @@ -6956,6 +7244,18 @@ First letter upper case plural full form: \end{definition} (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) +All caps singular full form: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSfmtfull] +\cs{GLSfmtfull}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) + +All caps plural full form: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSfmtfullpl] +\cs{GLSfmtfullpl}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) + There are also equivalent commands for the value of the \gloskey{text} field: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfmttext] @@ -6968,14 +7268,24 @@ First letter converted to upper case: \end{definition} (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) +All caps: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSfmttext] +\cs{GLSfmttext}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) + The plural equivalents: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfmtplural] \cs{glsfmtplural}\marg{label} \end{definition} -and +First letter upper case: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsfmtplural] \cs{Glsfmtplural}\marg{label} \end{definition} +and all caps: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSfmtplural] +\cs{GLSfmtplural}\marg{label} +\end{definition} Likewise for the value of the \gloskey{name} field: @@ -6989,6 +7299,12 @@ First letter converted to upper case: \end{definition} (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) +All caps: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSfmtname] +\cs{GLSfmtname}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) + Similarly for the value of the \gloskey{first} field: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfmtfirst] @@ -7001,14 +7317,24 @@ First letter converted to upper case: \end{definition} (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) +All caps: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSfmtfirst] +\cs{GLSfmtfirst}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) + The plural equivalents: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfmtfirstpl] \cs{glsfmtfirstpl}\marg{label} \end{definition} -and +First letter upper case: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsfmtfirstpl] \cs{Glsfmtfirstpl}\marg{label} \end{definition} +and all caps: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSfmtfirstpl] +\cs{GLSfmtfirstpl}\marg{label} +\end{definition} \chapter{Categories} \label{sec:categories} @@ -7254,61 +7580,6 @@ overridden. \emph{This setting is incompatible with \catattr{aposplural}.} This defined using \cs{newabbreviation} (or \cs{newacronym} if it's using \cs{newabbreviation}.) -\item[\catattrdef{accessinsertdots}] If this attribute is set to -\qt{true} and the \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package has been loaded -(with the \pkgopt{accsupp} option), then this behaves like -\catattr{insertdots} but for the \gloskey{shortaccess} field instead -of the \gloskey{short} field. This can be used to assist the -screen reader for initialisms that should be read out letter by -letter rather than as a word. For example: -\begin{verbatim} -\glssetcategoryattribute{initialism}{accessinsertdots}{true} - -\newabbreviation[category=initialism]{pi}{PI}{Private Investigator} -\end{verbatim} -This setting will be overridden by an explicit use of -the \gloskey{shortaccess} key in the optional argument -of \cs{newabbreviation} (or \cs{newacronym}). This attribute is only applicable to entries -defined using \cs{newabbreviation} (or \cs{newacronym} if it's using -\cs{newabbreviation}.) - -\item[\catattrdef{nameshortaccess}] If this attribute is set to -\qt{true}, the \gloskey{access} field (used for the \gloskey{name} -field's accessibility support) is set to the \gloskey{shortaccess} -value. This attribute has no effect if there's no accessibility -support or if the \gloskey{shortaccess} field hasn't been assigned -or if the \gloskey{access} field is used explicitly. This attribute is only applicable to entries -defined using \cs{newabbreviation} (or \cs{newacronym} if it's using -\cs{newabbreviation}.) - -\item[\catattrdef{textshortaccess}] Like \gloskey{nameshortaccess} -but applies to the \gloskey{textaccess} field (for use with -regular abbreviations). - -\item[\catattrdef{firstshortaccess}] Like \gloskey{nameshortaccess} -but applies to the \gloskey{firstaccess} field (for use with -regular abbreviations). - -\item[\catattrdef{accessaposplural}] This boolean attribute overrides -\catattr{aposplural} for the \gloskey{shortpluralaccess} key. -Has no effect if there's no accessibility support or if -the \gloskey{shortaccess} key hasn't been set or if the -\gloskey{shortpluralaccess} key is explicitly set. If -the \catattr{aposplural} is set and this attribute isn't set -and the \gloskey{shortaccess} key is set, then the -\catattr{aposplural} setting governs the default -\gloskey{shortpluralaccess} setting. If you want -\catattr{aposplural} but don't want it applied to the accessibility -support, set the \catattr{accessaposplural} attribute to \qt{false}. This attribute is only applicable to entries -defined using \cs{newabbreviation} (or \cs{newacronym} if it's using -\cs{newabbreviation}.) - -\item[\catattrdef{accessnoshortplural}] This boolean attribute overrides -\catattr{noshortplural} for the \gloskey{shortpluralaccess} key. -The same conditions apply as for \catattr{accessaposplural}. This attribute is only applicable to entries -defined using \cs{newabbreviation} (or \cs{newacronym} if it's using -\cs{newabbreviation}.) - \item[\catattrdef{headuc}] If this attribute is set to \qt{true}, commands like \ics{glsfmtshort} will use the upper case version in the page headers. @@ -7408,6 +7679,10 @@ Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change, such as the list styles which put the name in the optional argument of \cs{item}. +\item[\catattrdef{glosssymbolfont}] (New to version 1.42.) +This is similar to \catattr{glossnamefont} and +\catattr{glossdescfont} but is used by \ics{glossentrysymbol}. + \item[\catattrdef{textformat}] (New to version 1.21.) Commands like \cs{gls} and \cs{glstext} have the link text encapsulated in the argument of \cs{glstextformat} by default. If @@ -7498,6 +7773,70 @@ external sources and doesn't require this attribute. \end{description} +If a term is defined using \ics{newabbreviation} and accessibility +support has been supplied via the \pkgopt{accsupp} package option +then the following attributes are also available. If +\gloskey{shortaccess} isn't set its value will be obtained from: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsdefaultshortaccess] +\cs{glsdefaultshortaccess}\marg{short}\marg{long} +\end{definition} +This is defined by \sty{glossaries-accsupp} to just do \meta{long} +but \sty{glossaries-extra} redefines it to do \meta{long} +(\meta{short}). The \catattr{accessinsertdots}, +\catattr{accessaposplural} and \catattr{accessnoshortplural} +attributes below refer to the \meta{short} form that's passed to +this command. + +The following attributes are only applicable to entries +defined using \cs{newabbreviation} (or \cs{newacronym} if it's using +\cs{newabbreviation}). They have no effect if the \pkgopt{accsupp} +package option hasn't been used. + +\begin{description} +\item[\catattrdef{accessinsertdots}] If this attribute is set to +\qt{true} and the \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package has been loaded +(with the \pkgopt{accsupp} option), then this behaves like +\catattr{insertdots} but for the \meta{short} part used in the \gloskey{shortaccess} field instead +of the \gloskey{short} field. +This setting will be overridden by an explicit use of +the \gloskey{shortaccess} key in the optional argument +of \cs{newabbreviation} (or \cs{newacronym}). + +\item[\catattrdef{accessaposplural}] This boolean attribute overrides +\catattr{aposplural} for the \gloskey{shortpluralaccess} key. +Has no effect if there's no accessibility support or if +the \gloskey{shortaccess} key hasn't been set or if the +\gloskey{shortpluralaccess} key is explicitly set. If +the \catattr{aposplural} is set and this attribute isn't set +and the \gloskey{shortaccess} key is set, then the +\catattr{aposplural} setting governs the default +\gloskey{shortpluralaccess} setting. If you want +\catattr{aposplural} but don't want it applied to the accessibility +support, set the \catattr{accessaposplural} attribute to \qt{false}. This attribute is only applicable to entries +defined using \cs{newabbreviation} (or \cs{newacronym} if it's using +\cs{newabbreviation}.) + +\item[\catattrdef{accessnoshortplural}] This boolean attribute overrides +\catattr{noshortplural} for the \gloskey{shortpluralaccess} key. +The same conditions apply as for \catattr{accessaposplural}. This attribute is only applicable to entries +defined using \cs{newabbreviation} (or \cs{newacronym} if it's using +\cs{newabbreviation}.) + +\item[\catattrdef{nameshortaccess}] If this attribute is set to +\qt{true}, the \gloskey{access} field (used for the \gloskey{name} +field's accessibility support) automatically assigned if it's not +provided. + +\item[\catattrdef{textshortaccess}] Like \gloskey{nameshortaccess} +but applies to the \gloskey{textaccess} field automatically assigned if it's not +provided. + +\item[\catattrdef{firstshortaccess}] Like \gloskey{nameshortaccess} +but applies to the \gloskey{firstaccess} field automatically assigned if it's not +provided. + +\end{description} + An attribute can be set using: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glssetcategoryattribute] \cs{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{category-label}\marg{attribute-label}\marg{value} @@ -8374,120 +8713,6 @@ Set the escape (quote) character to \meta{char}. \end{definition} Set the encap character to \meta{char}. -\chapter{On-the-Fly Document Definitions} -\label{sec:onthefly} - -\begin{important} -The commands described here may superficially look like -\meta{word}\cs{index}\marg{word}, but they behave rather -differently. If you want to use \cs{index} then just use -\cs{index}. -\end{important} - -The \styfmt{glossaries} package advises against defining entries -in the \env{document} environment. As mentioned in -\sectionref{sec:pkgopts} above, this ability is disabled by -default with \styfmt{glossaries-extra} but can be enabled using -the \pkgopt{docdefs} package options. - -Although this can be problematic, the \styfmt{glossaries-extra} -package provides a way of defining and using entries within -the \env{document} environment without the tricks used with the -\pkgopt{docdefs} option. \emph{There are limitations with this -approach, so take care with it.} This function is disabled by -default, but can be enabled using the preamble-only command: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly] -\cs{GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly} -\end{definition} -When used, this defines the commands described below. - -\begin{important} -The commands \cs{glsxtr}, \cs{glsxtrpl}, \cs{Glsxtr} -and \cs{Glsxtrpl} can't be used after the glossaries have been -displayed (through \ics{printglossary} etc). It's best not to mix -these commands with the standard glossary commands, such -as \cs{gls} or there may be unexpected results. -\end{important} - -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtr] -\cs{glsxtr}\oarg{gls-options}\oarg{dfn-options}\marg{label} -\end{definition} -If an entry with the label \meta{label} has already been defined, -this just does \cs{gls}\oarg{gls-options}\marg{label}. If -\meta{label} hasn't been defined, this will define the entry -using: -\begin{alltt} -\cs{newglossaryentry}\marg{label}\{name=\marg{label}, - category=\cs{glsxtrcat}, - description=\{\cs{nopostdesc}\}, - \meta{dfn-options}\} -\end{alltt} - -\begin{important} -The \meta{label} must contain any non-expandable commands, such as -formatting commands or problematic characters. -If the term requires any of these, they must be omitted from the -\meta{label} and placed in the \gloskey{name} key must be provided -in the optional argument \meta{dfn-options}. -\end{important} - -The second optional argument \meta{dfn-options} should be empty -if the entry has already been defined, since it's too late for -them. If it's not empty, a~warning will be generated with -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrWarning] -\cs{GlsXtrWarning}\marg{dfn-options}\marg{label} -\end{definition} - -For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance -of \cs{glsxtr} below: -\begin{verbatim} -\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose} -% ... later -\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose} -\end{verbatim} - -If you are considering doing something like: -\begin{verbatim} -\newcommand*{\goose}{\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}} -\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrWarning}[2]{} -% ... later -\goose\ some more text here -\end{verbatim} -then don't bother. It's simpler and less problematic to just -define the entries in the preamble with \ics{newglossaryentry} -and then use \cs{gls} in the document. - -There are plural and case-changing alternatives to \cs{glsxtr}: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrpl] -\cs{glsxtrpl}\oarg{gls-options}\oarg{dfn-options}\marg{label} -\end{definition} -This is like \cs{glsxtr} but uses \cs{glspl} instead of \cs{gls}. - -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtr] -\cs{Glsxtr}\oarg{gls-options}\oarg{dfn-options}\marg{label} -\end{definition} -This is like \cs{glsxtr} but uses \cs{Gls} instead of \cs{gls}. - -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrpl] -\cs{Glsxtrpl}\oarg{gls-options}\oarg{dfn-options}\marg{label} -\end{definition} -This is like \cs{glsxtr} but uses \cs{Glspl} instead of \cs{gls}. - -If you use UTF-8 and don't want the inconvenient of needing -to use an ASCII-only label, then it's better to use -\XeLaTeX\ or \LuaLaTeX\ instead of \LaTeX\ (or \pdfLaTeX). -If you really desperately want to use UTF-8 entry labels without -switching to \XeLaTeX\ or \LuaLaTeX\ then there is a starred -version of \cs{GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly} that allows you to -use UTF-8 characters in \meta{label}, but it's experimental and -may not work in some cases. - -\begin{important} -If you use the starred version of \cs{GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly} -don't use any commands in the \meta{label}, even if they expand -to just text. -\end{important} - \chapter{\appfmt{bib2gls}: Managing Reference Databases} \label{sec:bib2gls} @@ -8922,6 +9147,11 @@ the associated glossary: \ics{printunsrtabbreviations}, \ics{printunsrtacronyms}, \ics{printunsrtsymbols}, \ics{printunsrtnumbers} and \ics{printunsrtindex}. +The \pkgopt{savenumberlist} package option doesn't have any effect +with \gls{bib2gls}. The location lists are saved by default, so +\sty{glossaries-extra-bib2gls} patches \ics{glsentrynumberlist} and +\ics{glsdisplaynumberlist} to work with the \gloskey{location} field + \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrprovidecommand] \cs{glsxtrprovidecommand}\marg{cs}\oarg{n}\oarg{default}\marg{definition} \end{definition} @@ -10612,10 +10842,15 @@ you can use \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrentryfmt] \cs{glsxtrentryfmt}\marg{label}\marg{text} \end{definition} -This uses \cs{texorpdfstring} and will simply expand to \meta{text} +If \sty{hyperref} is used, this uses \cs{texorpdfstring} and will expand to +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrpdfentryfmt] +\cs{glsxtrpdfentryfmt}\marg{label}\marg{text} +\end{definition} within the PDF bookmarks, but in the document it will do \meta{cs}\marg{text} if a control sequence name has been provided -or just \meta{text} otherwise. +or just \meta{text} otherwise. The PDF bookmark version simply does +\meta{text}. It may be redefined, but remember that it needs to +expand fully. The \styfmt{glossaries} package provides \cs{glsaddstoragekey} to add new keys. This command will cause an error if the key has @@ -10801,6 +11036,30 @@ use: Again, version 1.39 introduced a starred form of these commands, which use the starred form of \cs{glsxtrifhasfield}. +As from v1.42, you can test if the field value is contained in a +comma-separated list with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList] +\cs{GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList}\marg{label}\marg{field}\marg{list}\marg{true}\marg{false} +\end{definition} +The unstarred version uses the unstarred form of +\cs{glsxtrifhasfield} (which adds grouping so \meta{true} and +\meta{false} will be localised). The starred version uses +\cs{glsxtrifhasfield*}. If the field value (without expansion) is +contained in \meta{list} then \meta{true} is done otherwise +\meta{false} is done. If the field hasn't been set \meta{false} is +done. This internally uses \cs{DTLifinlist} provided by +\sty{datatool-base} which performs a one level expansion on +\meta{list}. See the \sty{datatool} documentation for further +details. + +This command is intended for fields that contain a label. For +example, to test if the category is one of a set of labels: +\begin{verbatim} +\GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList{examplelabel}{category}% + {abbreviation,acronym}% set of labels + {true part}{false part} +\end{verbatim} + As from v1.31, if a field represents a numeric (integer) value, you can use the following two numeric tests. If the field is set, it must expand to an integer. You may use \cs{glscurrentfieldvalue} @@ -10883,7 +11142,36 @@ or \cs{glsxtrfieldforlistloop}\marg{label}\marg{field}\marg{handler} \end{definition} that internally use \cs{dolistcsloop} and \cs{forlistloop}, -respectively. +respectively. You can use \ics{listbreak} to break out of the loop +(see the \sty{etoolbox} manual for further details). + +For fields that contain comma-separated lists use +\cs{glsxtrforcsvfield} instead. + +New to v1.42: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrfieldformatlist] +\cs{glsxtrfieldformatlist}\marg{label}\marg{field} +\end{definition} +Like \sty{datatool-base}'s \ics{DTLformatlist}, this iterates over +an (\sty{etoolbox}) internal list and formats each item. Uses all +the same helper commands as \cs{DTLformatlist} (the same list handler +macro is used). Unlike the \sty{datatool-base} command, this command +has no starred version. Grouping is automatically applied. + +For example, with \gls{bib2gls}['s] \texttt{save-child-count} +resource option: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand*{\listchildren}[1]{% + \GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero{childcount}{#1}% + {child count: \glscurrentfieldvalue; children: + \let\DTLlistformatitem\glsfmtname + \glsxtrfieldformatlist{#1}{childlist}% + }% + {no children}% +} +\end{verbatim} +For fields that contain a comma-separated list use \cs{glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist} +instead. There are also commands that use \cs{ifinlistcs}: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrfieldifinlist] @@ -10920,6 +11208,13 @@ which is just a synonym for \cs{@endfortrue}. The loop is performed within the true part of \cs{glsxtrifhasfield} so scoping is automatically applied. +New to v1.42: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist] +\cs{glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist}\marg{label}\marg{field} +\end{definition} +Like \cs{glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist} but for fields that contain +comma-separated lists. + As from version 1.32, if the field given by \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrForeignTextField] \cs{GlsXtrForeignTextField} @@ -11572,6 +11867,120 @@ The value of the \gloskey{alias} field can be accessed using \cs{glsxtralias}\marg{label} \end{definition} +\chapter{On-the-Fly Document Definitions} +\label{sec:onthefly} + +\begin{important} +The commands described here may superficially look like +\meta{word}\cs{index}\marg{word}, but they behave rather +differently. If you want to use \cs{index} then just use +\cs{index}. +\end{important} + +The \styfmt{glossaries} package advises against defining entries +in the \env{document} environment. As mentioned in +\sectionref{sec:pkgopts} above, this ability is disabled by +default with \styfmt{glossaries-extra} but can be enabled using +the \pkgopt{docdefs} package options. + +Although this can be problematic, the \styfmt{glossaries-extra} +package provides a way of defining and using entries within +the \env{document} environment without the tricks used with the +\pkgopt{docdefs} option. \emph{There are limitations with this +approach, so take care with it.} This function is disabled by +default, but can be enabled using the preamble-only command: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly] +\cs{GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly} +\end{definition} +When used, this defines the commands described below. + +\begin{important} +The commands \cs{glsxtr}, \cs{glsxtrpl}, \cs{Glsxtr} +and \cs{Glsxtrpl} can't be used after the glossaries have been +displayed (through \ics{printglossary} etc). It's best not to mix +these commands with the standard glossary commands, such +as \cs{gls} or there may be unexpected results. +\end{important} + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtr] +\cs{glsxtr}\oarg{gls-options}\oarg{dfn-options}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +If an entry with the label \meta{label} has already been defined, +this just does \cs{gls}\oarg{gls-options}\marg{label}. If +\meta{label} hasn't been defined, this will define the entry +using: +\begin{alltt} +\cs{newglossaryentry}\marg{label}\{name=\marg{label}, + category=\cs{glsxtrcat}, + description=\{\cs{nopostdesc}\}, + \meta{dfn-options}\} +\end{alltt} + +\begin{important} +The \meta{label} must contain any non-expandable commands, such as +formatting commands or problematic characters. +If the term requires any of these, they must be omitted from the +\meta{label} and placed in the \gloskey{name} key must be provided +in the optional argument \meta{dfn-options}. +\end{important} + +The second optional argument \meta{dfn-options} should be empty +if the entry has already been defined, since it's too late for +them. If it's not empty, a~warning will be generated with +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrWarning] +\cs{GlsXtrWarning}\marg{dfn-options}\marg{label} +\end{definition} + +For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance +of \cs{glsxtr} below: +\begin{verbatim} +\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose} +% ... later +\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose} +\end{verbatim} + +If you are considering doing something like: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand*{\goose}{\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}} +\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrWarning}[2]{} +% ... later +\goose\ some more text here +\end{verbatim} +then don't bother. It's simpler and less problematic to just +define the entries in the preamble with \ics{newglossaryentry} +and then use \cs{gls} in the document. + +There are plural and case-changing alternatives to \cs{glsxtr}: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrpl] +\cs{glsxtrpl}\oarg{gls-options}\oarg{dfn-options}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +This is like \cs{glsxtr} but uses \cs{glspl} instead of \cs{gls}. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtr] +\cs{Glsxtr}\oarg{gls-options}\oarg{dfn-options}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +This is like \cs{glsxtr} but uses \cs{Gls} instead of \cs{gls}. + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrpl] +\cs{Glsxtrpl}\oarg{gls-options}\oarg{dfn-options}\marg{label} +\end{definition} +This is like \cs{glsxtr} but uses \cs{Glspl} instead of \cs{gls}. + +If you use UTF-8 and don't want the inconvenient of needing +to use an ASCII-only label, then it's better to use +\XeLaTeX\ or \LuaLaTeX\ instead of \LaTeX\ (or \pdfLaTeX). +If you really desperately want to use UTF-8 entry labels without +switching to \XeLaTeX\ or \LuaLaTeX\ then there is a starred +version of \cs{GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly} that allows you to +use UTF-8 characters in \meta{label}, but it's experimental and +may not work in some cases. + +\begin{important} +If you use the starred version of \cs{GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly} +don't use any commands in the \meta{label}, even if they expand +to just text. +\end{important} + \chapter{Supplemental Packages} \label{sec:supplemental} @@ -11611,6 +12020,11 @@ Next use: \pgls{svm}. \section{Accessibility Support} \label{sec:accsupp} +\begin{important} +The \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package is still experimental and so +accessibility features are liable to change. +\end{important} + The \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package needs to be loaded before \styfmt{glossaries-extra} or through the \pkgopt{accsupp} package option: @@ -11621,7 +12035,9 @@ If you don't load \sty{glossaries-accsupp} or you load \sty{glossaries-accsupp} after \styfmt{glossaries-extra} the new \cs{glsaccess}\meta{xxx} commands described below will simply be equivalent to the corresponding \cs{glsentry}\meta{xxx} -commands. +commands. Other accessibility features, such as the attributes used +by \ics{newabbreviation} also won't work if \sty{glossaries-accsupp} +is loaded too late. The following \cs{glsaccess}\meta{xxx} commands add accessibility information wrapped around the corresponding \cs{glsentry}\meta{xxx} commands. There is @@ -11978,7 +12394,7 @@ shouldn't appear in the final draft of your document. The \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package has the facility to load language modules (whose filename is in the form -\texttt{glossariesxtr-}\meta{language}\texttt{.ldf}) if they exist, +\texttt{glossariesxtr\dhyphen}\meta{language}\texttt{.ldf}) if they exist, but won't warn if they don't. If \sty{glossaries-extra-bib2gls} is loaded via the \pkgopt{record} package option then the check for language resource files will additionally search for an associated @@ -11991,9 +12407,9 @@ dialect file. If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file called -\texttt{glossariesxtr-}\meta{lang}\texttt{.ldf}, where \meta{lang} +\texttt{glossariesxtr\dhyphen}\meta{lang}\texttt{.ldf}, where \meta{lang} identifies the language or dialect (see the \sty{tracklang} -package). For example, \texttt{glossariesxtr-french.ldf}. +package). For example, \nolinkurl{glossariesxtr-french.ldf}. The simplest code for this file is: \begin{verbatim} @@ -12107,8 +12523,6 @@ This produces the following text in English: \cs{GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo} \end{definition} This is advice on how to generate the glossary files. -See the documented code (\texttt{glossaries-extra-code.pdf}) -for further details. \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake] \cs{GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake}\marg{label} @@ -12117,7 +12531,9 @@ This is the message produced when the \pkgopt{automake} option is used, but the document needs a rerun or the shell escape setting doesn't permit the execution of the external application. This command also generates a warning in the transcript file. -See the documented code for further details. + +See the documented code (\nolinkurl{glossaries-extra-code.pdf}) +for further details. \printglossaries \PrintIndex diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx index 3d37899d9b..d16bcf9bae 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,14 @@ %\iffalse % glossaries-extra.dtx generated using makedtx version 1.2 (c) Nicola Talbot % Command line args: +% -codetitle "Main Package Code (\\styfmt{glossaries-extra.sty})" +% -section "chapter" +% -macrocode ".*\.tex" +% -macrocode ".*\.bib" +% -setambles ".*\.bib=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" +% -comment ".*\.tex" +% -comment ".*\.bib" +% -author "Nicola Talbot" % -src "glossaries-extra.sty\Z=>glossaries-extra.sty" % -src "glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty\Z=>glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty" % -src "glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty\Z=>glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty" @@ -9,17 +17,9 @@ % -src "glossary-topic.sty\Z=>glossary-topic.sty" % -src "(example-glossaries-.+\.tex)\Z=>\1" % -src "(example-glossaries-.+\.bib)\Z=>\1" -% -author "Nicola Talbot" % -doc "glossaries-extra-codedoc.tex" -% -macrocode ".*\.tex" -% -macrocode ".*\.bib" -% -section "chapter" -% -setambles ".*\.bib=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" -% -comment ".*\.tex" -% -comment ".*\.bib" -% -codetitle "Main Package Code (\\styfmt{glossaries-extra.sty})" % glossaries-extra -% Created on 2019/4/9 21:59 +% Created on 2020/2/13 22:19 %\fi %\iffalse %<*package> @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ %\fi % \iffalse % Doc-Source file to use with LaTeX2e -% Copyright (C) 2019 Nicola Talbot, all rights reserved. +% Copyright (C) 2020 Nicola Talbot, all rights reserved. % \fi % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} -\CheckSum{25503} +\CheckSum{26913} \newcommand*{\ifirstuse}{\iterm{first use}} \newcommand*{\firstuse}{\gls{firstuse}} @@ -152,9 +152,9 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of \newcommand*{\ifirstuseflag}{\iterm{first use>flag}} \newcommand*{\ifirstusetext}{\iterm{first use>text}} -\newcommand*{\istkey}[1]{\appfmt{#1}\index{makeindex=\appfmt{makeindex}>#1=\texttt{#1}|hyperpage}} +\newcommand*{\istkey}[1]{\appfmt{#1}\index{makeindex=\appfmt{makeindex}>#1=\texttt{#1}}} \newcommand*{\locfmt}[1]{\texttt{#1}\SpecialMainIndex{#1}} -\newcommand*{\mkidxspch}{\index{makeindex=\appfmt{makeindex}>special characters|hyperpage}} +\newcommand*{\mkidxspch}{\index{makeindex=\appfmt{makeindex}>special characters}} \newcommand*{\igloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\icsopt{#1}{#2}} \newcommand*{\gloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\csopt{#1}{#2}} @@ -182,13 +182,13 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of \raggedright } -\title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.41: +\title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.42: documented code} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt] Dickimaw Books\\ \url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}} -\date{2019-04-09} +\date{2020-02-13} \begin{document} \DocInput{glossaries-extra.dtx} @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ %\section{Package Initialisation and Options} % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra}[2019/04/09 v1.41 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra}[2020/02/13 v1.42 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Requires \sty{xkeyval} to define package options. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -511,15 +511,17 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ %(\texttt{glslink} in most cases, \texttt{glossadd} for \cs{glsadd}). % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@@glsxtr@record}[3]{% +% \end{macrocode} +%Save the label in case it's needed. This needs to be outside the +%existence check to allow the post-link hook to reference it. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{moved label definition outside of conditional} +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\@gls@label{\glsdetoklabel{#2}}% + \let\glslabel\@gls@label \ifglsentryexists{#2}{}% {% \@@glsxtrwrglossmark \begingroup -% \end{macrocode} -%Save the label in case it's needed. -% \begin{macrocode} - \edef\@gls@label{\glsdetoklabel{#2}}% - \let\glslabel\@gls@label \let\@glsnumberformat\@glsxtr@defaultnumberformat \def\@glsxtr@thevalue{}% \def\@glsxtr@theHvalue{\@glsxtr@thevalue}% @@ -1577,6 +1579,10 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\sty{glossaries-accsupp} can't be loaded after +%\styfmt{glossaries-extra}. \sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.29+ checks +%\cs{@glsxtr@doaccsupp} to determine if it's been loaded too late. +% %\begin{option}{accsupp} % If \pkgopt{accsupp}, load \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1585,6 +1591,22 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % \end{macrocode} %\end{option} % +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@doloadprefix} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@doloadprefix}{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{option}{prefix} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% If \pkgopt{prefix}, load \sty{glossaries-prefix} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\@glsxtr@declareoption{prefix}{% + \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@doloadprefix}{\RequirePackage{glossaries-prefix}}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{option} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsxtrNoGlossaryWarning} %\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new} %\changes{1.34}{2018-07-29}{added package warning} @@ -1805,10 +1827,11 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ %\begin{option}{debug} %\changes{1.21}{2017-11-03}{new} % Provide extra debug options. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{add support for debug=showaccsupp} % \begin{macrocode} \define@choicekey{glossaries-extra.sty}{debug} [\@glsxtr@debugval\@glsxtr@debugnr]% - {true,false,showtargets,showwrgloss,all}[true]{% + {true,false,showtargets,showwrgloss,all,showaccsupp}[true]{% \ifcase\@glsxtr@debugnr\relax % true \glsxtr@dooption{debug=true}% \renewcommand*{\@glsxtrwrglossmark}{}% @@ -1821,8 +1844,10 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \glsxtr@dooption{debug=true}% \renewcommand*{\@glsxtrwrglossmark}{\glsxtrwrglossmark}% \or % all - \glsxtr@dooption{debug=showtargets}% + \glsxtr@dooption{debug=showtargets,debug=showaccsupp}% \renewcommand*{\@glsxtrwrglossmark}{\glsxtrwrglossmark}% + \or % showaccsupp + \glsxtr@dooption{debug=showaccsupp}% \fi } % \end{macrocode} @@ -1845,6 +1870,10 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % \begin{macrocode} \@glsxtr@doaccsupp % \end{macrocode} +% Load the \sty{glossaries-prefix} package if required. +% \begin{macrocode} +\@glsxtr@doloadprefix +% \end{macrocode} % Redefine \cs{glspostdescription} if required. % \begin{macrocode} \@glsxtr@defpostpunc @@ -1853,23 +1882,50 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ %\begin{macro}{\glsshowtarget} %This command was introduced to \sty{glossaries} v4.32 so it may not %be defined. Therefore it's defined here using \cs{def}. +%\cs{glsshowtargetouter} was introduced in \sty{glossaries} v4.45, +%so that also may not be defined. %\changes{1.21}{2017-11-03}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added check for \cs{glsshowtargetouter}} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\glsshowtarget#1{% - \glsxtrtitleorpdforheading - {% - \ifmmode - \texttt{\small [#1]}% - \else - \ifinner +\ifdef\glsshowtargetouter +{ + \renewcommand*{\glsshowtarget}[1]{% + \glsxtrtitleorpdforheading + {% + \ifmmode + \nfss@text{\glsshowtargetfont [#1]}% + \else + \ifinner + {\glsshowtargetfont [#1]}% + \else + \glsshowtargetouter{#1}% + \fi + \fi + }% + {[#1]}% + {{\protect\glsshowtargetfont [#1]}}% + } +} +{ +% \end{macrocode} +%Old definition. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\glsshowtarget#1{% + \glsxtrtitleorpdforheading + {% + \ifmmode \texttt{\small [#1]}% \else - \marginpar{\texttt{\small #1}}% + \ifinner + \texttt{\small [#1]}% + \else + \marginpar{\texttt{\small #1}}% + \fi \fi - \fi - }% - {[#1]}% - {\texttt{\small [#1]}}% + }% + {[#1]}% + {\texttt{\small [#1]}}% + } } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} @@ -1977,18 +2033,24 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand{\glsxtr@dooption}[1]{\setupglossaries{#1}}% % \end{macrocode} +% Disable options that can only be used when the package is loaded: +% \begin{macrocode} +\disable@keys{glossaries-extra.sty}{accsupp} +% \end{macrocode} % Now define the user command: % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glossariesextrasetup}[1]{% \let\glsxtr@setup@record\relax \let\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts\relax \let\@glsxtr@redef@forglsentries\relax + \let\@glsxtr@doloadprefix\relax \setkeys{glossaries-extra.sty}{#1}% \@glsxtr@abbreviationsdef \let\@glsxtr@abbreviationsdef\relax \@glsxtr@setupshortcuts \glsxtr@setup@record \@glsxtr@redef@forglsentries + \@glsxtr@doloadprefix } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} @@ -2335,7 +2397,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \ifdef\texorpdfstring { \newcommand*{\glsxtrentryfmt}[2]{% - \texorpdfstring{\@glsxtrentryfmt{#1}{#2}}{#2}% + \texorpdfstring{\@glsxtrentryfmt{#1}{#2}}{\glsxtrpdfentryfmt{#1}{#2}}% } } { @@ -2344,20 +2406,36 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpdfentryfmt} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%Use for the PDF bookmarks. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrpdfentryfmt}[2]{#2} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\@glsxtrentryfmt} %\changes{1.12}{2017-02-03}{new} %\changes{1.23}{2017-11-12}{fixed missing label argument} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\@glsxtrentryfmt}[2]{% - \glsdoifexistsordo{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added \cs{glslabel} and scope} +%Locally define \cs{glslabel} in case the helper command needs to access the +%label. +% \begin{macrocode} {% - \ifglshasfield{\GlsXtrFmtField}{#1}% + \def\glslabel{#1}% + \glsdoifexistsordo{#1}% {% - \csuse{\glscurrentfieldvalue}{#2}% + \ifglshasfield{\GlsXtrFmtField}{#1}% + {% + \csuse{\glscurrentfieldvalue}{#2}% + }% + {#2}% }% {#2}% }% - {#2}% } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} @@ -2426,6 +2504,22 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrfieldformatlist} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrfieldformatlist}[2]{% + \begingroup + \def\@dtl@formatlist@itemsep{}% + \def\@dtl@formatlist@lastitem{}% + \def\@dtl@formatlist@prelastitem{}% + \def\@dtl@formatlist@prelastitemsep{}% + \forlistcsloop{\@dtl@formatlist@handler}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@#2}% + \@dtl@formatlist@prelastitem\@dtl@formatlist@lastitem + \endgroup +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %List element tests: %\begin{macro}{\glsxtrfieldifinlist} %\changes{1.12}{2017-02-03}{new} @@ -2465,6 +2559,62 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist}[2]{% + \@glsxtrifhasfield{#2}{#1}% + {\@dtlformatlist\glscurrentfieldvalue}% + {}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList}\marg{label}\marg{field}\marg{list}\marg{true}\marg{false} +%\end{definition} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList}{% + \@ifstar\s@GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList\@GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%Note \cs{DTLifinlist} performs one level on the list but not the +%element. +%\begin{macro}{\@GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%Unstarred version. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList}[5]{% + \@glsxtrifhasfield{#2}{#1}% + {% + \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{\glscurrentfieldvalue}% + {#3}{#4}{#5}% + }% + {#5}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\s@GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%Starred version. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\s@GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList}[5]{% + \s@glsxtrifhasfield{#2}{#1}% + {% + \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{\glscurrentfieldvalue}% + {#3}{#4}{#5}% + }% + {#5}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +% %\begin{macro}{\glsxtrifhasfield} %\changes{1.19}{2017-09-09}{new} %A simpler alternative to \cs{ifglshasfield} that doesn't complain @@ -3119,6 +3269,30 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % Some of the commands provided by \styfmt{glossaries} are modified % to take into account new options or to change default behaviour. % +% The original \cs{@gls@entry@field} causes a problem for undefined +% entries when used in section headings or captions. Since entries +% must be defined with just the base package this isn't a +% significant issue, but it will cause a problem with \gls{bib2gls} +% where no entries are defined on the first \LaTeX\ call, so +% redefine \cs{@gls@entry@field} to use \cs{csuse} instead of +% \cs{csname}. +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@entry@field} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{redefined} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{@gls@entry@field}\marg{label}\marg{field} +%\end{definition} +%This command was introduced to \sty{glossaries} version 4.03 but +%older versions are likely to be incompatible with +%\sty{glossaries-extra}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifdef\@gls@entry@field +{ + \renewcommand*{\@gls@entry@field}[2]{\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@#2}} +} +{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\ifglsused} %\begin{definition} %\cs{ifglsused}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false part} @@ -3581,29 +3755,38 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ %\changes{1.21}{2017-11-03}{new} %\changes{1.22}{2017-11-08}{switched check from regular to short} %\changes{1.37}{2018-11-30}{removed reference to \cs{glslabel}} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{switched to using \cs{glsfmttext} and +%\cs{glsfmtname}} %\styfmt{glossaries} originally defined \cs{glsseeitemformat} %to use \cs{glsentryname} but in v3.0 this was switched to %use \cs{glsentrytext} due to problems occurring with the %\gloskey{name} field being sanitized. Since this is no longer a -%problem, \styfmt{glossaries-extra} restores the original +%problem, \styfmt{glossaries-extra} restored the original %definition as it makes more sense to use the \gloskey{name} -%in the cross-reference list. This still uses \cs{glsaccesstext} -%for abbreviations. +%in the cross-reference list. Unfortunately this doesn't take style +%changes into account, so as from v1.42, this now uses +%\cs{glsfmttext} and \cs{glsfmtname} instead. (The \gloskey{text} +%field is chosen rather than the \gloskey{short} field to allow for +%the \qt{noshort} styles.) % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{% - \ifglshasshort{#1}{\glsaccesstext{#1}}{\glsaccessname{#1}}% + \ifglshasshort{#1}{\glsfmttext{#1}}{\glsfmtname{#1}}% } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\glsxtrhiername} %\changes{1.37}{2018-11-30}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{switched to using \cs{glsfmttext} and +%\cs{glsfmtname}} %\begin{definition} %\cs{glsxtrhiername}\marg{label} %\end{definition} %Displays the hierarchical name for the given entry. The %cross-reference format \cs{glsseeitemformat} may be redefined to -%use this command to show the hierarchy, if required. +%use this command to show the hierarchy, if required. This now uses +%\cs{glsfmttext} and \cs{glsfmtname} instead of \cs{glsaccessshort} +%and \cs{glsaccessname} to allow for style formatting. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsxtrhiername}[1]{% \glsdoifexists{#1}% @@ -3611,7 +3794,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \glsxtrifhasfield{parent}{#1}% {\glsxtrhiername{\glscurrentfieldvalue}\glsxtrhiernamesep}% {}% - \ifglshasshort{#1}{\glsaccessshort{#1}}{\glsaccessname{#1}}% + \ifglshasshort{#1}{\glsfmttext{#1}}{\glsfmtname{#1}}% }% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -3619,6 +3802,8 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % %\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrhiername} %\changes{1.37}{2018-11-30}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{switched to using \cs{glsfmttext} and +%\cs{glsfmtname}} %\begin{definition} %\cs{Glsxtrhiername}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -3630,9 +3815,9 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \glsxtrifhasfield{parent}{#1}% {% \Glsxtrhiername{\glscurrentfieldvalue}\glsxtrhiernamesep - \ifglshasshort{#1}{\glsaccessshort{#1}}{\glsaccessname{#1}}% + \ifglshasshort{#1}{\glsfmttext{#1}}{\glsfmtname{#1}}% }% - {\ifglshasshort{#1}{\Glsaccessshort{#1}}{\Glsaccessname{#1}}}% + {\ifglshasshort{#1}{\Glsfmttext{#1}}{\Glsfmtname{#1}}}% }% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -3640,10 +3825,14 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % %\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrhiername} %\changes{1.37}{2018-11-30}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{switched to using \cs{Glsfmttext} and +%\cs{Glsfmtname}} %\begin{definition} %\cs{GlsXtrhiername}\marg{label} %\end{definition} %As above but converts the first letter of each name to a capital. +%(Note that this isn't applying title case, just capitalising the +%start of each hierarchical element.) % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\GlsXtrhiername}[1]{% \glsdoifexists{#1}% @@ -3651,7 +3840,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \glsxtrifhasfield{parent}{#1}% {\GlsXtrhiername{\glscurrentfieldvalue}\glsxtrhiernamesep}% {}% - \ifglshasshort{#1}{\Glsaccessshort{#1}}{\Glsaccessname{#1}}% + \ifglshasshort{#1}{\Glsfmttext{#1}}{\Glsfmtname{#1}}% }% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -3659,6 +3848,8 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % %\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrhiername} %\changes{1.37}{2018-11-30}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{switched to using \cs{glsfmttext}, +%\cs{glsfmtname}, \cs{GLSfmttext} and \cs{GLSfmtname}} %\begin{definition} %\cs{GLSxtrhiername}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -3670,9 +3861,9 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \glsxtrifhasfield{parent}{#1}% {% \GLSxtrhiername{\glscurrentfieldvalue}\glsxtrhiernamesep - \ifglshasshort{#1}{\glsaccessshort{#1}}{\glsaccessname{#1}}% + \ifglshasshort{#1}{\glsfmttext{#1}}{\glsfmtname{#1}}% }% - {\ifglshasshort{#1}{\GLSaccessshort{#1}}{\GLSaccessname{#1}}}% + {\ifglshasshort{#1}{\GLSfmttext{#1}}{\GLSfmtname{#1}}}% }% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -3680,6 +3871,8 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % %\begin{macro}{\GLSXTRhiername} %\changes{1.37}{2018-11-30}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{switched to using \cs{GLSfmttext} and +%\cs{GLSfmtname}} %\begin{definition} %\cs{GLSXTRhiername}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -3691,7 +3884,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \glsxtrifhasfield{parent}{#1}% {\GLSXTRhiername{\glscurrentfieldvalue}\glsxtrhiernamesep}% {} - \ifglshasshort{#1}{\GLSaccessshort{#1}}{\GLSaccessname{#1}}% + \ifglshasshort{#1}{\GLSfmttext{#1}}{\GLSfmtname{#1}}% }% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -3724,6 +3917,30 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrusealias} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%Apply \cs{glsseeformat} to the \gloskey{alias} key if not empty. +%There's no optional tag to worry about here. The value also isn't a +%comma-separated list, but use the same interface. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrusealias}[1]{% + \glsdoifexists{#1}% + {% + \letcs{\@glo@see}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@alias}% + \ifdefempty\@glo@see + {}% + {% +% \end{macrocode} +%Expansion isn't necessary because the value is a single label not a +%list. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtruseseeformat{\seename}{\@glo@see}% + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsxtruseseealsoformat} %\changes{1.16}{2017-06-15}{new} %The format used by \cs{glsxtruseseealso}. The argument is the comma-separated @@ -3749,10 +3966,13 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % %\begin{macro}{\seealsoname} %\changes{1.16}{2017-06-15}{new} -%In case this command hasn't been defined. (Should be provided by -%language packages.) +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{add check for \cs{alsoname}} +%In case this command hasn't been defined. Languages packages +%actually provide \ics{alsoname} so use that if it's defined. % \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand{\seealsoname}{see also} +\ifdef\alsoname +{\providecommand{\seealsoname}{\alsoname}} +{\providecommand{\seealsoname}{see also}} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % @@ -4102,9 +4322,12 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ %sets \pkgopt[false]{docdef} (unless the restricted setting is on) %and disables the \pkgopt{docdef} key. %This command isn't allowed with the \pkgopt{record} option. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added \cs{@domakeglossaries}} % \begin{macrocode} \let\glsxtr@orgmakenoidxglossaries\makenoidxglossaries \renewcommand{\makenoidxglossaries}{% + \@domakeglossaries + {% \ifdefequal\@glsxtr@record@setting\@glsxtr@record@setting@off {% \glsxtr@orgmakenoidxglossaries @@ -4157,6 +4380,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ {You may only use \string\makenoidxglossaries\ space with the record=off option}% }% + }% } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} @@ -6028,13 +6252,36 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ %\end{macro} % %Commands like \cs{acrshort} already set \cs{glsifplural}, but they -%don't set \cs{glsxtrifwasfirstuse} so they need adjusting. +%don't set \cs{glsxtrifwasfirstuse} so they need adjusting. These +%commands shouldn't be used with \cs{newabbreviation}, but the +%redefinitions below allow for users reverting \cs{newacronym} back +%to its base definition. +% +%\begin{macro}{\@@glsxtr@base@acrcmd@warn} +% Warn user that they need to use to new abbreviation commands. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@@glsxtr@base@acrcmd@warn}[2]{% + \GlossariesExtraWarning{Base acronym command \string#1\space + should not be used with new abbreviation definitions. Use + \string#2\space instead}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@base@acrcmd} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% Warn user that they need to use to new abbreviation commands. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\@@glsxtr@base@acrcmd@warn +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\@acrshort} %\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition} % No case change. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@acrshort#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\acrshort\glsxtrshort \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper @@ -6057,6 +6304,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % First letter uppercase. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@Acrshort#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\Acrshort\Glsxtrshort \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper @@ -6079,6 +6327,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % All uppercase. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@ACRshort#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\ACRshort\GLSxtrshort \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper @@ -6101,6 +6350,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % No case change. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@acrshortpl#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\acrshortpl\glsxtrshortpl \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper @@ -6123,6 +6373,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % First letter uppercase. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@Acrshortpl#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\Acrshortpl\Glsxtrshortpl \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper @@ -6145,6 +6396,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % All uppercase. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@ACRshortpl#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\ACRshortpl\GLSxtrshortpl \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper @@ -6167,6 +6419,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % No case change. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@acrlong#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\acrlong\glsxtrlong \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper @@ -6189,6 +6442,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % First letter uppercase. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@Acrlong#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\Acrlong\Glsxtrlong \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper @@ -6211,6 +6465,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % All uppercase. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@ACRlong#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\ACRlong\GLSxtrlong \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper @@ -6233,6 +6488,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % No case change. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@acrlongpl#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\acrlongpl\glsxtrlongpl \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper @@ -6255,6 +6511,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % First letter uppercase. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@Acrlongpl#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\Acrlongpl\Glsxtrlongpl \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper @@ -6277,6 +6534,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % All uppercase. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@ACRlongpl#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\ACRlongpl\GLSxtrlongpl \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper @@ -6294,6 +6552,73 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%The full formats use the internal long and short commands (such as +%\cs{@acrshort} and \cs{@acrlong}). Therefore they don't need +%adjustments, but they do need clearer warnings. This means three +%warnings per use (once for the full command and once each for the +%short and long commands), but at least this way the most important +%warning (replace \cs{acrfull} with \cs{glsxtrfull} etc) is present. +% +%\begin{macro}{\@acrfull} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added redefinition} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@acrfull#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\acrfull\glsxtrfull + \acrfullfmt{#1}{#2}{#3}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@Acrfull} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added redefinition} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@Acrfull#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\Acrfull\Glsxtrfull + \Acrfullfmt{#1}{#2}{#3}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@ACRfull} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added redefinition} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@ACRfull#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\ACRfull\GLSxtrfull + \ACRfullfmt{#1}{#2}{#3}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@acrfullpl} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added redefinition} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@acrfullpl#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\acrfullpl\glsxtrfullpl + \acrfullplfmt{#1}{#2}{#3}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@Acrfullpl} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added redefinition} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@Acrfullpl#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\Acrfullpl\Glsxtrfullpl + \Acrfullplfmt{#1}{#2}{#3}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@ACRfullpl} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added redefinition} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@ACRfullpl#1#2[#3]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\ACRfullpl\GLSxtrfullpl + \ACRfullplfmt{#1}{#2}{#3}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %Modify \cs{@glsaddkey} so additional keys provided by the user can %be treated in a similar way. %\begin{macro}{\@glsaddkey} @@ -6691,6 +7016,19 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\GlsXtrSetAltModifier}[2]{% \let\@gls@hyp@opt\@gls@alt@hyp@opt +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added check} +%Check that the supplied character isn't "+" or "*" +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifstrequal{#1}{+}% + {\PackageError{glossaries-extra}% + {Can't use '#1' as modifier (it's already in use)}{}}% + {% + \ifstrequal{#1}{*}% + {\PackageError{glossaries-extra}% + {Can't use '#1' as modifier (it's already in use)}{}}% + {}% + }% \def\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@char{#1}% \def\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@keys{#2}% \ifdefequal\@glsxtr@record@setting\@glsxtr@record@setting@off @@ -6716,11 +7054,10 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % %\begin{macro}{\glsnavhyperlink} %\changes{1.21}{2017-11-03}{patched} -%Now that \cs{glsdohyperlink} (used by \cs{@glslink}) references -%\cs{glslabel} it's necessary to patch \cs{glsnavhyperlink} to -%avoid using it (since \cs{glslabel} won't be defined). This means -%temporarily redefining \cs{glsdohyperlink} to its original -%definition. +%Since \ics{glsnavhyperlink} uses \cs{@glslink}, it's necessary to +%patch it uses \cs{glsdohyperlink} instead of \cs{glsxtrdohyperlink}. +%The simplest way to achieve this is to locally let +%\cs{glsxtrdohyperlink} to \cs{glsdohyperlink}. % %This command is provided by \sty{glossary-hypernav} so it may not %exist. @@ -6733,7 +7070,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ %Scope: % \begin{macrocode} {% - \let\glsdohyperlink\glsxtr@org@dohyperlink + \let\glsxtrdohyperlink\glsxtr@org@dohyperlink \@glslink{\glsnavhyperlinkname{#1}{#2}}{#3}% }% }% @@ -6742,7 +7079,11 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\begin{macro}{\glsdohyperlink} +% +%The redefinition of \cs{glsdohyperlink} has been causing problems +%so introduce a new command instead. +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrdohyperlink} % Unpleasant complications can occur if the \gloskey{text} or % \gloskey{first} key etc contains \cs{gls}, particularly if there % are hyperlinks. To get around this problem, patch @@ -6755,8 +7096,10 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % long form commands like \cs{acrlong} and \cs{glsxtrlong} to use % \cs{glsentrylong}. Added attribute check. %\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{added} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new (was former redefinition of +%\cs{glsdohyperlink})} % \begin{macrocode} -\renewcommand*{\glsdohyperlink}[2]{% +\newcommand*{\glsxtrdohyperlink}[2]{% \glshasattribute{\glslabel}{targeturl}% {% \glshasattribute{\glslabel}{targetname}% @@ -6860,10 +7203,12 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ %\changes{1.21}{2017-11-03}{changed to use \cs{def} rather than \cs{let}} %This now uses \cs{def} rather than \cs{let} to allow for %redefinitions of \cs{glsdohypertarget} and \cs{glsdohyperlink}. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{switched from \cs{glsdohyperlink} to +%\cs{glsxtrdohyperlink}} % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand{\glsenablehyper}{% \KV@glslink@hypertrue - \def\@glslink{\glsdohyperlink}% + \def\@glslink{\glsxtrdohyperlink}% \def\@glstarget{\glsdohypertarget}% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -6885,13 +7230,15 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ %\begin{macro}{\@glslink} % Reset \cs{@glslink} with patched versions: %\changes{1.21}{2017-11-03}{changed \cs{let} to \cs{def}} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{switched from \cs{glsdohyperlink} to +%\cs{glsxtrdohyperlink}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsundef{hyperlink}% {% \def\@glslink{\glsdonohyperlink} }% {% - \def\@glslink{\glsdohyperlink} + \def\@glslink{\glsxtrdohyperlink} } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} @@ -7636,6 +7983,17 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrDiscardUnsetBuffering} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%Discards pending buffer and restores \cs{glsunset}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\GlsXtrDiscardUnsetBuffering}{% + \let\@glsunset\@glsxtr@unset + \let\@glsxtr@unset@buffer\@glsxtr@org@unset@buffer +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrForUnsetBufferedList} %\changes{1.31}{2018-05-09}{new} %Iterate over labels stored in the current buffer. @@ -8548,7 +8906,20 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ %\begin{macro}{\SetGenericNewAcronym} % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\SetGenericNewAcronym}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Make sure \cs{RestoreAcronyms} has been used. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdefequal\@addtoacronymlists\@glsxtr@org@addtoacronynlists + {}% + {% + \GlossariesWarning{\string\SetGenericNewAcronym\space used + without restoring base acronym functions with + \string\RestoreAcronyms}% + }% \let\@Gls@entryname\@Gls@acrentryname +% \end{macrocode} +%Redefine \cs{newacronym}: +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{% \ifdefempty{\@glsacronymlists}% {% @@ -8612,6 +8983,75 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \let\@glsxtr@org@newacronymstyle\newacronymstyle % \end{macrocode} % +%Save the list of acronyms in case they are required. +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@acronymlists} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\@glsxtr@acronymlists\@glsacronymlists +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@org@addtoacronynlists} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\@glsxtr@org@addtoacronynlists\@addtoacronymlists +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@org@setacronymlists} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\@glsxtr@org@setacronymlists\SetAcronymLists +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%Need to provide a replacement for \ics{forallacronyms} since +%\cs{@glsacronymlists} isn't available. +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@abbrlists} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\@glsxtr@abbrlists}{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\forallabbreviationlists} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\forallabbreviationlists}[2]{% + \@for#1:=\@glsxtr@abbrlists\do{\ifdefempty{#1}{}{#2}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@addabbreviationlist} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@addabbreviationlist}[1]{% + \edef\@glo@type{#1}% + \ifdefempty\@glsxtr@abbrlists + {\let\@glsxtr@abbrlists\@glo@type}% + {% + \ifdefequal\@glsxtr@abbrlists\@glo@type + {}% + {% + \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{\@glo@type}{\@glsxtr@abbrlists}{}% + {\eappto\@glsxtr@abbrlists{,\@glo@type}}% + }% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\forallacronyms} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%Modify to add warning. +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand*{\forallacronyms}[2]{% + \@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\forallacronyms\forallabbreviationlists + \@for#1:=\@glsacronymlists\do{\ifx#1\@empty\else#2\fi}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\MakeAcronymsAbbreviations} % Make acronyms use the same interface as abbreviations. % Note that \cs{newacronymstyle} has a different implementation to @@ -8621,6 +9061,27 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ %\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{now disables \cs{setacronymstyle}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\MakeAcronymsAbbreviations}{% +% \end{macrocode} +%Undo acronym display style: +% \begin{macrocode} + \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{% + \csgdef{gls@\@gls@type @entryfmt}{\glsentryfmt}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% Save and clear acronym list. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@glsxtr@acronymlists\@glsacronymlists + \let\@glsacronymlists\@empty + \let\@addtoacronymlists\@gobble + \let\SetAcronymLists\@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% Warn if \cs{acrshort} etc are used. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\@@glsxtr@base@acrcmd@warn +% \end{macrocode} +% Redefine \cs{newacronym} to use same interface as +% \cs{newabbreviation}. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\newacronym}[4][]{% \glsxtr@newabbreviation{type=\acronymtype,category=acronym,##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}% }% @@ -8629,7 +9090,7 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \renewcommand*{\setacronymstyle}[1]{% \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\setacronymstyle{##1} unavailable. - Use \string\setabbreviationstyle\space instead. + Use \string\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]\space instead. The original acronym interface can be restored with \string\RestoreAcronyms}{}% }% @@ -8652,6 +9113,26 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % Restore acronyms to \styfmt{glossaries} interface. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\RestoreAcronyms}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Restore acronym list. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@glsacronymlists\@glsxtr@acronymlists + \let\@addtoacronymlists\@glsxtr@org@addtoacronynlists + \let\SetAcronymLists\@glsxtr@org@setacronymlists +% \end{macrocode} +% Suppress warnings if \cs{acrshort} etc are used. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@glsxtr@base@acrcmd\@gobbletwo +% \end{macrocode} +%Restore acronym display style: +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added display style} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{% + \SetDefaultAcronymDisplayStyle{\@gls@type}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +%Switch to the generic acronym mechanism. +% \begin{macrocode} \SetGenericNewAcronym \renewcommand{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\acronymfont{##1}}% \renewcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}% @@ -8713,6 +9194,16 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \let\@glsxtr@org@makeglossaries\makeglossaries % \end{macrocode} % +%\begin{macro}{\@domakeglossaries} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{provided definition for \cs{@domakeglossaries}} +% \sty{glossaries} v4.45 introduced \cs{@domakeglossaries} to +% provide a way of disabling \cs{makeglossaries}. If it hasn't been +% defined, define here to do its argument: +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand{\@domakeglossaries}[1]{#1} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% % Redefine \cs{makeglossaries} to take an optional argument. % This should be empty for the usual behaviour (all glossaries % need processing with an indexing application) or a comma-separated @@ -8721,211 +9212,221 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ % version shouldn't be used with \pkgopt{record}. %\begin{macro}{\makeglossaries} %\changes{1.0}{2016-01-24}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added \cs{@domakeglossaries}} % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\makeglossaries}[1][]{% - \@glsxtr@if@record@only + \@domakeglossaries {% - \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\makeglossaries\space - not permitted\MessageBreak with record=\@glsxtr@record@setting\space - package option}% - {You may only use \string\makeglossaries\space with - record=off or record=alsoindex options}% - }% - {% - \ifblank{#1}% - {\@glsxtr@org@makeglossaries}% + \@glsxtr@if@record@only {% - \ifx\@glsxtr@record@setting\@glsxtr@record@setting@alsoindex - \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\makeglossaries[#1]\space - not permitted\MessageBreak with record=alsoindex package option}% - {You may only use the hybrid \string\makeglossaries[...]\space with - record=off option}% - \else + \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\makeglossaries\space + not permitted\MessageBreak with record=\@glsxtr@record@setting\space + package option}% + {You may only use \string\makeglossaries\space with + record=off or record=alsoindex options}% + }% + {% + \ifblank{#1}% + {\@glsxtr@org@makeglossaries}% + {% + \ifx\@glsxtr@record@setting\@glsxtr@record@setting@alsoindex + \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\makeglossaries[#1]\space + not permitted\MessageBreak with record=alsoindex package option}% + {You may only use the hybrid \string\makeglossaries[...]\space with + record=off option}% + \else % \end{macrocode} %\cs{@gls@@automake@immediate} was introduced to \sty{glossaries} %v4.42 so it may not be defined. % \begin{macrocode} - \ifdef\@gls@@automake@immediate{\@gls@@automake@immediate}{}% - \edef\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist{#1}% - \ifundef{\glswrite}{\newwrite\glswrite}{}% - \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\providecommand - \string\@glsorder[1]{}} - \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\providecommand - \string\@istfilename[1]{}} - \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@istfilename{\istfilename}}% - \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@glsorder{\glsorder}} - \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\glsxtr@makeglossaries{#1}} - \write\@auxout{\string\providecommand\string\@gls@reference[3]{}}% + \ifdef\@gls@@automake@immediate{\@gls@@automake@immediate}{}% + \edef\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist{#1}% + \ifundef{\glswrite}{\newwrite\glswrite}{}% + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\providecommand + \string\@glsorder[1]{}} + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\providecommand + \string\@istfilename[1]{}} + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@istfilename{\istfilename}}% + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@glsorder{\glsorder}} + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\glsxtr@makeglossaries{#1}} + \write\@auxout{\string\providecommand\string\@gls@reference[3]{}}% % \end{macrocode} % Iterate through each supplied glossary type and activate it. % \begin{macrocode} - \@for\@glo@type:=#1\do{% - \ifdefempty{\@glo@type}{}{\@makeglossary{\@glo@type}}% - }% + \@for\@glo@type:=#1\do{% + \ifdefempty{\@glo@type}{}{\@makeglossary{\@glo@type}}% + }% % \end{macrocode} % New glossaries must be created before \cs{makeglossaries}: % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand*\newglossary[4][]{% - \PackageError{glossaries}{New glossaries - must be created before \string\makeglossaries}{You need - to move \string\makeglossaries\space after all your - \string\newglossary\space commands}}% + \renewcommand*\newglossary[4][]{% + \PackageError{glossaries}{New glossaries + must be created before \string\makeglossaries}{You need + to move \string\makeglossaries\space after all your + \string\newglossary\space commands}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Any subsequence instances of this command should have no effect. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{let \cs{@makeglossary} to \cs{@gobble} +%instead of \cs{relax}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@makeglossary\@gobble % \end{macrocode} -% Any subsequence instances of this command should have no effect +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed redefinition of \cs{makeglossary}} +%Version 1.42 removed letting \cs{makeglossary} to \cs{relax} +%(no kernel redefs may be in effect). % \begin{macrocode} - \let\@makeglossary\relax - \let\makeglossary\relax - \renewcommand\makeglossaries[1][]{}% + \renewcommand\makeglossaries[1][]{}% % \end{macrocode} % Disable all commands that have no effect after \cs{makeglossaries} % \begin{macrocode} - \@disable@onlypremakeg + \@disable@onlypremakeg % \end{macrocode} % Allow \gloskey{see} key: % \begin{macrocode} - \let\gls@checkseeallowed\relax + \let\gls@checkseeallowed\relax % \end{macrocode} %Adjust \cs{@do@seeglossary}. This needs to check for the entry's %existence but don't increment associated counter. % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand*{\@do@seeglossary}[2]{% - \glsdoifexists{##1}% - {% - \edef\@gls@label{\glsdetoklabel{##1}}% - \edef\@gls@type{\csname glo@\@gls@label @type\endcsname}% - \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{\@gls@type}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}% - {\@glsxtr@org@doseeglossary{##1}{##2}}% + \renewcommand*{\@do@seeglossary}[2]{% + \glsdoifexists{##1}% {% - \@@glsxtrwrglossmark - \protected@write\@auxout{}{% - \string\@gls@reference - {\gls@type}{\@gls@label}{\string\glsseeformat##2{}}% + \edef\@gls@label{\glsdetoklabel{##1}}% + \edef\@gls@type{\csname glo@\@gls@label @type\endcsname}% + \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{\@gls@type}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}% + {\@glsxtr@org@doseeglossary{##1}{##2}}% + {% + \@@glsxtrwrglossmark + \protected@write\@auxout{}{% + \string\@gls@reference + {\gls@type}{\@gls@label}{\string\glsseeformat##2{}}% + }% }% }% }% - }% % \end{macrocode} % Adjust \cs{@@do@@wrglossary} % \begin{macrocode} - \let\@glsxtr@@do@@wrglossary\@@do@@wrglossary - \def\@@do@@wrglossary{% - \edef\@gls@type{\csname glo@\@gls@label @type\endcsname}% - \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{\@gls@type}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}% - {\@glsxtr@@do@@wrglossary}% - {\gls@noidxglossary}% - }% + \let\@glsxtr@@do@@wrglossary\@@do@@wrglossary + \def\@@do@@wrglossary{% + \edef\@gls@type{\csname glo@\@gls@label @type\endcsname}% + \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{\@gls@type}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}% + {\@glsxtr@@do@@wrglossary}% + {\gls@noidxglossary}% + }% % \end{macrocode} % Suppress warning about no \cs{makeglossaries} % \begin{macrocode} - \let\warn@nomakeglossaries\relax - \def\warn@noprintglossary{% - \GlossariesWarningNoLine{No \string\printglossary\space - or \string\printglossaries\space - found.^^J(Remove \string\makeglossaries\space if you don't want - any glossaries.)^^JThis document will not have a glossary}% - }% + \let\warn@nomakeglossaries\relax + \def\warn@noprintglossary{% + \GlossariesWarningNoLine{No \string\printglossary\space + or \string\printglossaries\space + found.^^J(Remove \string\makeglossaries\space if you don't want + any glossaries.)^^JThis document will not have a glossary}% + }% % \end{macrocode} % Only warn for glossaries not listed. % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand{\@gls@noref@warn}[1]{% - \edef\@gls@type{##1}% - \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{\@gls@type}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}% - {% - \GlossariesExtraWarning{Can't use - \string\printnoidxglossary[type={\@gls@type}] - when `\@gls@type' is listed in the optional argument of - \string\makeglossaries}% - }% - {% - \GlossariesWarning{Empty glossary for - \string\printnoidxglossary[type={##1}]. - Rerun may be required (or you may have forgotten to use - commands like \string\gls)}% + \renewcommand{\@gls@noref@warn}[1]{% + \edef\@gls@type{##1}% + \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{\@gls@type}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}% + {% + \GlossariesExtraWarning{Can't use + \string\printnoidxglossary[type={\@gls@type}] + when `\@gls@type' is listed in the optional argument of + \string\makeglossaries}% + }% + {% + \GlossariesWarning{Empty glossary for + \string\printnoidxglossary[type={##1}]. + Rerun may be required (or you may have forgotten to use + commands like \string\gls)}% + }% }% - }% % \end{macrocode} % Adjust display number list to check for type: % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand*{\glsdisplaynumberlist}[1]{% - \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{##1}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}% - {\@glsxtr@idx@displaynumberlist{##1}}% - {\@glsxtr@noidx@displaynumberlist{##1}}% - }% + \renewcommand*{\glsdisplaynumberlist}[1]{% + \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{##1}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}% + {\@glsxtr@idx@displaynumberlist{##1}}% + {\@glsxtr@noidx@displaynumberlist{##1}}% + }% % \end{macrocode} % Adjust entry list: % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand*{\glsentrynumberlist}[1]{% - \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{##1}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}% - {\@glsxtr@idx@entrynumberlist{##1}}% - {\@glsxtr@noidx@entrynumberlist{##1}}% - }% + \renewcommand*{\glsentrynumberlist}[1]{% + \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{##1}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}% + {\@glsxtr@idx@entrynumberlist{##1}}% + {\@glsxtr@noidx@entrynumberlist{##1}}% + }% % \end{macrocode} % Adjust number list loop % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand*{\glsnumberlistloop}[2]{% - \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{##1}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}% - {% - \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\glsnumberlistloop\space - not available for glossary `##1'}{}% + \renewcommand*{\glsnumberlistloop}[2]{% + \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{##1}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}% + {% + \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\glsnumberlistloop\space + not available for glossary `##1'}{}% + }% + {\@glsxtr@noidx@numberlistloop{##1}{##2}}% }% - {\@glsxtr@noidx@numberlistloop{##1}{##2}}% - }% % \end{macrocode} % Only sanitize sort for normal indexing glossaries. % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand*{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{% - \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{##2}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}% - {% - \glsdosanitizesort - }% - {% - \ifglssanitizesort - \@gls@noidx@sanitizesort - \else - \@gls@noidx@nosanitizesort - \fi + \renewcommand*{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{% + \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{##2}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}% + {% + \glsdosanitizesort + }% + {% + \ifglssanitizesort + \@gls@noidx@sanitizesort + \else + \@gls@noidx@nosanitizesort + \fi + }% }% - }% % \end{macrocode} % Unlike \cs{makenoidxglossaries} we can't automatically set % sanitizesort=false. All entries must be defined in the preamble. % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand*\new@glossaryentry[2]{% - \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Glossary entries must be defined - in the preamble\MessageBreak when you use the optional argument - of \string\makeglossaries}{Either move your definitions to the - preamble or don't use the optional argument of - \string\makeglossaries}% - }% + \renewcommand*\new@glossaryentry[2]{% + \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Glossary entries must be defined + in the preamble\MessageBreak when you use the optional argument + of \string\makeglossaries}{Either move your definitions to the + preamble or don't use the optional argument of + \string\makeglossaries}% + }% % \end{macrocode} % Only activate sort key for glossaries that aren't listed in % \verb|#1| (glossary label is stored in \cs{@glo@type} but this % defaults to \cs{glsdefaulttype} so some expansion is required). % \begin{macrocode} - \let\@glo@assign@sortkey\@glsxtr@mixed@assign@sortkey - \renewcommand*{\@printgloss@setsort}{% + \let\@glo@assign@sortkey\@glsxtr@mixed@assign@sortkey + \renewcommand*{\@printgloss@setsort}{% % \end{macrocode} % Need to extract just the \gloskey[printglossary]{type} value. % \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\@glsxtr@gettype\expandafter,\@glsxtr@printglossopts,% - type=\glsdefaulttype,\@end@glsxtr@gettype - \def\@glo@sorttype{\@glo@default@sorttype}% - }% + \expandafter\@glsxtr@gettype\expandafter,\@glsxtr@printglossopts,% + type=\glsdefaulttype,\@end@glsxtr@gettype + \def\@glo@sorttype{\@glo@default@sorttype}% + }% % \end{macrocode} % Check \pkgopt{automake} setting: % \begin{macrocode} - \ifglsautomake - \renewcommand*{\@gls@doautomake}{% - \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist\do{% - \ifdefempty{\@gls@type}{}{\@gls@automake{\@gls@type}}% + \ifglsautomake + \renewcommand*{\@gls@doautomake}{% + \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist\do{% + \ifdefempty{\@gls@type}{}{\@gls@automake{\@gls@type}}% + }% }% - }% - \fi + \fi % \end{macrocode} % Check the sort setting (\sty{glossaries} v4.30 onwards): % \begin{macrocode} - \ifdef\@glo@check@sortallowed{\@glo@check@sortallowed\makeglossaries}{}% - \fi + \ifdef\@glo@check@sortallowed{\@glo@check@sortallowed\makeglossaries}{}% + \fi + }% }% }% } @@ -10198,6 +10699,19 @@ Dickimaw Books\\ \let\@gls@doautomake\relax \fi \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% Check if \pkgopt[letter]{order} has been used by mistake (but not +% if \pkgopt[alsoindex]{record} has been used). +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added check for order\protect\dequals letter} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@glsxtr@if@record@only + {\ifdefstring{\glsorder}{letter}% + {\GlossariesExtraWarningNoLine{Package option `order=letter' isn't + supported with `record=\@glsxtr@record@setting'. Use `break-at=none' + resource option instead}}% + {}% + }% + {}% } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} @@ -12080,12 +12594,24 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} + \define@key{glsxtrabbrv}{pluralaccess}{% + \def\@gls@pluralaccess{#1}% + } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} \define@key{glsxtrabbrv}{firstaccess}{% \def\@gls@firstaccess{#1}% } % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} + \define@key{glsxtrabbrv}{firstpluralaccess}{% + \def\@gls@firstpluralaccess{#1}% + } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} \define@key{glsxtrabbrv}{shortaccess}{% \def\@gls@shortaccess{#1}% } @@ -12096,15 +12622,31 @@ defined}{}% \def\@gls@shortaccesspl{#1}% } % \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \define@key{glsxtrabbrv}{longaccess}{% + \def\@gls@longaccess{#1}% + } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \define@key{glsxtrabbrv}{shortlonglaccess}{% + \def\@gls@longaccesspl{#1}% + } +% \end{macrocode} %\begin{macro}{\@gls@initaccesskeys} %\changes{1.31}{2018-05-09}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@gls@initaccesskeys}{% \def\@gls@nameaccess{}% \def\@gls@textaccess{}% + \def\@gls@pluralaccess{}% \def\@gls@firstaccess{}% + \def\@gls@firstpluralaccess{}% \def\@gls@shortaccess{}% \def\@gls@shortaccesspl{}% + \def\@gls@longaccess{}% + \def\@gls@longaccesspl{}% } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} @@ -12131,40 +12673,124 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%As from \sty{glossaries} v4.45, the replacement text support has +%been corrected so that the accessibility support for abbreviations +%use the \qt{E} (expanded value) element. This should actually +%contain the long form since it's supposed to explain the +%abbreviation. This is a bit redundant on first use for styles like +%\abbrstyle{long-short}. +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsdefaultshortaccess} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{glsdefaultshortaccess}\marg{long}\marg{short} +%\end{definition} +%This command was only introduced to \sty{glossaries-accsupp} 1.42 +%so it may not be defined. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\glsdefaultshortaccess#1#2{#1 (#2)} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrassignactualsetup} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand{\glsxtrassignactualsetup}{% + \let\@\empty + \let\emph\@firstofone + \let\textbf\@firstofone + \let\textmd\@firstofone + \let\textit\@firstofone + \let\textsl\@firstofone + \let\textsc\@firstofone + \let\textrm\@firstofone + \let\textsf\@firstofone + \let\texttt\@firstofone + } +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@assign@actual} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdef\pdfstringdef + { + \newcommand{\@gls@assign@actual}{% + \begingroup + \glsxtrassignactualsetup + \pdfstringdef\@gls@actualshort{\glsxtrorgshort}% + \pdfstringdef\@gls@actuallong{\glsxtrorglong}% + \pdfstringdef\@gls@actualshortpl{\@gls@shortpl}% + \pdfstringdef\@gls@actuallongpl{\@gls@longpl}% + \protected@edef\@gls@tmp{\endgroup + \def\noexpand\@gls@actualshort{\expandonce\@gls@actualshort}% + \def\noexpand\@gls@actuallong{\expandonce\@gls@actuallong}% + \def\noexpand\@gls@actualshortpl{\expandonce\@gls@actualshortpl}% + \def\noexpand\@gls@actuallongpl{\expandonce\@gls@actuallongpl}% + }% + \@gls@tmp + } + } + { + \newcommand{\@gls@assign@actual}{% + \begingroup + \glsxtrassignactualsetup + \protected@edef\@gls@tmp{\endgroup + \def\noexpand\@gls@actualshort{\glsxtrorgshort}% + \def\noexpand\@gls@actuallong{\glsxtrorglong}% + \def\noexpand\@gls@actualshortpl{\@gls@shortpl}% + \def\noexpand\@gls@actuallongpl{\@gls@longpl}% + }% + \@gls@tmp + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\@gls@setup@default@short@access} %\changes{1.31}{2018-05-09}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{renamed to \cs{@gls@setup@default@access}} +%Renamed \cs{@gls@setup@default@access} and removed argument since +%it can be obtained from \cs{glsxtrorgshort}. +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@setup@default@access} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added \cs{glsdefaultshortaccess}} %Assign the default value of the \gloskey{shortaccess} key. The %argument is the short value passed to \cs{newabbreviation}. +%The \gloskey{shortaccess} value should explain the abbreviation. % \begin{macrocode} - \newcommand{\@gls@setup@default@short@access}[1]{% + \newcommand{\@gls@setup@default@access}{% + \@gls@assign@actual + \ifdefempty\@gls@shortaccess + {% % \end{macrocode} %Check if the \catattr{accessinsertdots} attribute has been set but %only if \gloskey{shortaccess} hasn't been set. % \begin{macrocode} - \ifdefempty\@gls@shortaccess - {% - \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{accessinsertdots}{true}% + \@gls@ifaccessattribute@set{insertdots}% {% - \@glsxtr@insertdots\@gls@shortaccess{#1}% - \eappto\ExtraCustomAbbreviationFields{% - shortaccess={\expandonce\@gls@shortaccess},}% + \expandafter\@glsxtr@insertdots\expandafter\@gls@actualshort\expandafter + {\@gls@actualshort}% }% {}% - }% - {}% + \ifdefempty\@gls@longaccess + {% + \edef\@gls@shortaccess{\glsdefaultshortaccess + {\expandonce\@gls@actuallong}{\expandonce\@gls@actualshort}}% + }% + {% + \edef\@gls@shortaccess{\glsdefaultshortaccess + {\expandonce\@gls@longaccess}{\expandonce\@gls@actualshort}}% + }% + \eappto\ExtraCustomAbbreviationFields{shortaccess={\@gls@shortaccess},}% % \end{macrocode} -%If the \gloskey{shortaccess} field has been set but -%\gloskey{shortaccessplural} hasn't been set, assign plural form. +%If \gloskey{shortaccessplural} hasn't been set, assign plural form. % \begin{macrocode} - \ifdefempty\@gls@shortaccess - {}% - {% \ifdefempty\@gls@shortaccesspl {% \@gls@ifaccessattribute@set{aposplural}% {% \expandafter\def\expandafter\@gls@shortaccesspl\expandafter{% - \@gls@shortaccess'\abbrvpluralsuffix}% + \@gls@actualshort'\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}% }% {% \@gls@ifaccessattribute@set{noshortplural}% @@ -12172,15 +12798,27 @@ defined}{}% \let\@gls@shortaccesspl\@gls@shortaccess }% {% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\@gls@shortaccesspl\expandafter{% - \@gls@shortaccess\abbrvpluralsuffix}% + \let\@gls@shortaccesspl\@gls@actualshortpl }% }% - \eappto\ExtraCustomAbbreviationFields{% - shortpluralaccess={\expandonce\@gls@shortaccesspl},}% + \ifdefempty\@gls@longaccesspl + {% + \edef\@gls@shortaccesspl{\glsdefaultshortaccess + {\expandonce\@gls@actuallongpl}{\expandonce\@gls@actualshortpl}}% + }% + {% + \edef\@gls@shortaccesspl{\glsdefaultshortaccess + {\expandonce\@gls@longaccesspl}{\expandonce\@gls@actualshort}}% + }% + \eappto\ExtraCustomAbbreviationFields{shortpluralaccess={\@gls@shortaccesspl},}% }% {}% }% + {% + \ifdefempty\@gls@shortaccesspl + {\let\@gls@shortaccesspl\@gls@shortaccess}% + {}% + }% % \end{macrocode} %If \gloskey{access} key hasn't been set, check if the %\catattr{nameshortaccess} attribute has been set. @@ -12189,16 +12827,7 @@ defined}{}% {% \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{nameshortaccess}{true}% {% -% \end{macrocode} -%Do nothing if the \gloskey{shortaccess} key hasn't been set. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifdefempty\@gls@shortaccess - {}% - {% - \eappto\ExtraCustomAbbreviationFields{% - access={\expandonce\@gls@shortaccess},% - }% - }% + \eappto\ExtraCustomAbbreviationFields{access={\@gls@shortaccess},}% }% {}% }% @@ -12211,15 +12840,17 @@ defined}{}% {% \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{textshortaccess}{true}% {% -% \end{macrocode} -%Do nothing if the \gloskey{shortaccess} key hasn't been set. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifdefempty\@gls@shortaccess - {}% - {% - \eappto\ExtraCustomAbbreviationFields{% - textaccess={\expandonce\@gls@shortaccess},% - }% + \eappto\ExtraCustomAbbreviationFields{textaccess={\@gls@shortaccess},}% + }% + {}% + }% + {}% + \ifdefempty\@gls@pluralaccess + {% + \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{textshortaccess}{true}% + {% + \eappto\ExtraCustomAbbreviationFields{% + pluralaccess={\@gls@shortaccesspl},% }% }% {}% @@ -12233,15 +12864,17 @@ defined}{}% {% \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{firstshortaccess}{true}% {% -% \end{macrocode} -%Do nothing if the \gloskey{shortaccess} key hasn't been set. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifdefempty\@gls@shortaccess - {}% - {% - \eappto\ExtraCustomAbbreviationFields{% - firstaccess={\expandonce\@gls@shortaccess},% - }% + \eappto\ExtraCustomAbbreviationFields{firstaccess={\@gls@shortaccess},}% + }% + {}% + }% + {}% + \ifdefempty\@gls@firstpluralaccess + {% + \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{firstshortaccess}{true}% + {% + \eappto\ExtraCustomAbbreviationFields{% + firstpluralaccess={\@gls@shortaccesspl},% }% }% {}% @@ -12250,6 +12883,100 @@ defined}{}% } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} +% +% Provide hooks for \cs{setabbreviationstyle} that automatically set +% the attributes appropriate for the style. +% If the name is just the short form and the +% description contains the long form, then it may not be necessary +% to set \catattr{nameshortaccess} but it would depend on the glossary style. +% +% Need to provide \cs{glsxtr\meta{category}\meta{field}accsupp} if +% not already defined. +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrprovideaccsuppcmd} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*{\glsxtrprovideaccsuppcmd}[2]{% + \ifcsundef{glsxtr#1#2accsupp}% + {\csdef{glsxtr#1#2accsupp}{\glsshortaccsupp}}% + {}% + } +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%For styles where the name, first and text are just the +%abbreviation. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs}[1]{% + \glssetcategoryattribute{#1}{nameshortaccess}{true}% + \glssetcategoryattribute{#1}{firstshortaccess}{true}% + \glssetcategoryattribute{#1}{textshortaccess}{true}% + \glsxtrprovideaccsuppcmd{#1}{name}% + \glsxtrprovideaccsuppcmd{#1}{first}% + \glsxtrprovideaccsuppcmd{#1}{firstpl}% + \glsxtrprovideaccsuppcmd{#1}{text}% + \glsxtrprovideaccsuppcmd{#1}{plural}% + } +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%For styles where the name and text are just the +%abbreviation. The first form may just be long or may be short and +%long. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs}[1]{% + \glssetcategoryattribute{#1}{nameshortaccess}{true}% + \glssetcategoryattribute{#1}{textshortaccess}{true}% + \glsxtrprovideaccsuppcmd{#1}{name}% + \glsxtrprovideaccsuppcmd{#1}{text}% + \glsxtrprovideaccsuppcmd{#1}{plural}% + } +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%For styles where only the text is just the abbreviation. The name +%and first form may just be long or may be short and +%long. The name may also be short but followed by the long form in +%the description. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs}[1]{% + \glssetcategoryattribute{#1}{textshortaccess}{true}% + \glsxtrprovideaccsuppcmd{#1}{text}% + \glsxtrprovideaccsuppcmd{#1}{plural}% + } +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameShortAttrs} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%For styles where only the name is just the abbreviation. The +%first and subsequent form may just be long or may be short and +%long. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameShortAttrs}[1]{% + \glssetcategoryattribute{#1}{nameshortaccess}{true}% + \glsxtrprovideaccsuppcmd{#1}{name}% + } +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameLongAttrs} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%For styles where the first and text are just the +%abbreviation. The name may just be long or may be short and +%long or the name may be short. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameLongAttrs}[1]{% + \glssetcategoryattribute{#1}{firstshortaccess}{true}% + \glssetcategoryattribute{#1}{textshortaccess}{true}% + \glsxtrprovideaccsuppcmd{#1}{first}% + \glsxtrprovideaccsuppcmd{#1}{firstpl}% + \glsxtrprovideaccsuppcmd{#1}{text}% + \glsxtrprovideaccsuppcmd{#1}{plural}% + } +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} % End of if accsupp part % \begin{macrocode} } @@ -12588,11 +13315,45 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\begin{macro}{\@gls@setup@default@short@access} -%\changes{1.31}{2018-05-09}{new} +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@setup@default@access} +%This does nothing if there's no accessibility support. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand{\@gls@setup@default@access}{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%This does nothing if there's no accessibility support. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs}[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%This does nothing if there's no accessibility support. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs}[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%This does nothing if there's no accessibility support. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs}[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameShortAttrs} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%This does nothing if there's no accessibility support. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameShortAttrs}[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameLongAttrs} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} %This does nothing if there's no accessibility support. % \begin{macrocode} - \newcommand{\@gls@setup@default@short@access}[1]{}% + \newcommand*{\glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameLongAttrs}[1]{} % \end{macrocode} % End of else part % \begin{macrocode} @@ -13810,14 +14571,59 @@ defined}{}% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\glossentrysymbol} -% Redefine to set the abbreviation format and accessibility support. +% Redefine to set the format and accessibility support. Allow for +% the possibility of being used in a section heading for standalone +% entry definitions. %\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added} % \begin{macrocode} -\renewcommand*{\glossentrysymbol}[1]{% +\ifdef\texorpdfstring +{ + \renewcommand*{\glossentrysymbol}[1]{% + \texorpdfstring{\@glossentrysymbol{#1}}{\glsentrypdfsymbol{#1}}% + } +} +{ + \renewcommand*{\glossentrysymbol}[1]{\@glossentrysymbol{#1}} +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsentrypdfsymbol} +%\changes{1.4.2}{??}{new} +%May be redefined to a field that expands to a value that's more +%suitable for PDF bookmarks. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\glsentrypdfsymbol}[1]{\glsentrysymbol{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@glossentrysymbol} +%\changes{1.4.2}{??}{new} +%There are no case-changing attributes as it's less usual for +%symbols. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\@glossentrysymbol}[1]{% \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}% {% - \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}% - \glsaccesssymbol{#1}% + \begingroup + \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}% + \glshasattribute{#1}{glosssymbolfont}% + {% + \edef\@glsxtr@attrval{\glsgetattribute{#1}{glosssymbolfont}}% + \ifcsdef{\@glsxtr@attrval}% + {% + \letcs{\@glsxtr@glosssymbolfont}{\@glsxtr@attrval}% + }% + {% + \GlossariesExtraWarning{Unknown control sequence name + `\@glsxtr@attrval' supplied in glosssymbolfont attribute + for entry `#1'. Ignoring}% + \let\@glsxtr@glosssymbolfont\@firstofone + }% + }% + {\let\@glsxtr@glosssymbolfont\@firstofone}% + \@glsxtr@glosssymbolfont{\glsaccesssymbol{#1}}% + \endgroup }% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -14384,21 +15190,11 @@ defined}{}% % commands for abbreviations that have a similar, but not identical, % underlying mechanism to acronyms. % -% If there's a style for the given category, apply it. +% If there's a style for the given category, it needs to be applied +% by \cs{newabbreviation}. % \begin{macrocode} \define@key{glsxtrabbrv}{category}{% \edef\glscategorylabel{#1}% - \ifcsdef{@glsabbrv@current@#1}% - {% -% \end{macrocode} -% Warning should already have been issued. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\@glsxtr@orgwarndep\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle - \let\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle\@gobbletwo - \glsxtr@applyabbrvstyle{\csname @glsabbrv@current@#1\endcsname}% - \let\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle\@glsxtr@orgwarndep - }% - {}% } % \end{macrocode} % Save the short plural form. This may be needed before the entry is @@ -14547,14 +15343,35 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} % Get the category. %\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{fixed family name in \cs{setkeys}} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{moved apply abbreviation style to after category +%key has been obtained} % \begin{macrocode} \def\glscategorylabel{abbreviation}% - \glsxtr@applyabbrvstyle{\@glsabbrv@current@abbreviation}% % \end{macrocode} % Ignore the shortplural and longplural keys. % \begin{macrocode} \setkeys*{glsxtrabbrv}[shortplural,longplural]{#1}% % \end{macrocode} +% Set the abbreviation style. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcsdef{@glsabbrv@current@\glscategorylabel}% + {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Warning should already have been issued. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@glsxtr@orgwarndep\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle + \let\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle\@gobbletwo + \glsxtr@applyabbrvstyle{\csname @glsabbrv@current@\glscategorylabel\endcsname}% + \let\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle\@glsxtr@orgwarndep + }% + {% +% \end{macrocode} +%If no style has been associated with this category, fallback on the style +%for the \category{abbreviation} category. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtr@applyabbrvstyle{\@glsabbrv@current@abbreviation}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} % Set the default long plural % \begin{macrocode} \def\@gls@longpl{#4\glspluralsuffix}% @@ -14589,7 +15406,12 @@ defined}{}% \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{insertdots}{true}% {% \@glsxtr@insertdots\@gls@short{#3}% - \expandafter\glsshorttok\expandafter{\@gls@short\spacefactor1000 \relax}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{relax} and updated \cs{@gls@short} +%instead of \cs{glsshorttok}} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{replaced explicit \cs{spacefactor} with \cs{@}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \appto\@gls@short{\@}% }% {\def\@gls@short{#3}}% }% @@ -14630,6 +15452,11 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \setkeys*{glsxtrabbrv}[category]{#1}% % \end{macrocode} +% Save in case required. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@gls@org@longpl\@gls@longpl + \let\@gls@org@shortpl\@gls@shortpl +% \end{macrocode} % Has the plural been explicitly set? % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\@gls@default@longpl\@gls@longpl @@ -14654,7 +15481,7 @@ defined}{}% % Hook for accessibility support (does nothing if % \sty{glossaries-accsupp} hasn't been loaded). % \begin{macrocode} - \@gls@setup@default@short@access{#3}% + \@gls@setup@default@access % \end{macrocode} % Do any extra setup provided by hook: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -14686,6 +15513,10 @@ defined}{}% }% }% \@do@newglossaryentry +% \end{macrocode} +% Obtain the type and add it to the list of abbreviations. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@glsxtr@addabbreviationlist{\glsentrytype{\the\glslabeltok}}% \GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation } % \end{macrocode} @@ -14855,6 +15686,7 @@ defined}{}% % %\begin{macro}{\glsabbrvfont} % Font changing command used for the abbreviation on subsequent use. +% This is redefined by the abbreviation styles, as appropriate. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{#1}} % \end{macrocode} @@ -15881,6 +16713,7 @@ defined}{}% % Set up the style for the given category. % \begin{macrocode} \csdef{@glsabbrv@current@#1}{#2}% + \edef\glscategorylabel{#1}% \glsxtr@applyabbrvstyle{#2}% }% }% @@ -16086,6 +16919,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-short}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongshortname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -16097,8 +16937,10 @@ defined}{}% \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}},% % \end{macrocode} %\changes{1.15}{2017-05-10}{fixed spelling of \cs{glsabbrvfont}} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% description={\the\glslongtok}}% % \end{macrocode} %\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{switch off regular attribute if set} @@ -16181,6 +17023,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongshortdescname}, sort={\glsxtrlongshortdescsort},% @@ -16232,6 +17081,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-long}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortlongname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -16244,7 +17100,9 @@ defined}{}% \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}}},% % \end{macrocode} %\changes{1.15}{2017-05-10}{fixed spelling of \cs{glsabbrvfont}} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} + text={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% % \end{macrocode} %\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{switch off regular attribute if set} @@ -16321,6 +17179,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-long-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortlongdescname}, sort={\glsxtrshortlongdescsort}, @@ -16403,6 +17268,15 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{footnote}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. (Add +% \catattr{firstshortaccess} since long form is hidden in a +% footnote on first use.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrfootnotename}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -16419,7 +17293,9 @@ defined}{}% {\protect\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{\the\glslongpltok}}},% % \end{macrocode} %\changes{1.15}{2017-05-10}{fixed spelling of \cs{glsabbrvfont}} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} + text={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% % \end{macrocode} % Switch off hyperlinks on first use to prevent nested hyperlinks, @@ -16507,8 +17383,77 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{abbrvstyle} % +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrfootnotedescname} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrfootnotedescname}{% + \protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}% + \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}% + \protect\glsxtrparen{\protect\glslongfont{\the\glslongtok}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrfootnotedescsort} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrfootnotedescsort}{\the\glsshorttok} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-footnote-desc} +% Like \abbrstyle{short-footnote} but with user supplied description. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newabbreviationstyle{short-footnote-desc}% +{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% + name={\glsxtrfootnotedescname}, + sort={\glsxtrfootnotedescsort}, + first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}% + \protect\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{\the\glslabeltok}% + {\protect\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{\the\glslongtok}}},% + firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}% + \protect\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{\the\glslabeltok}% + {\protect\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{\the\glslongpltok}}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Switch off hyperlinks on first use to prevent nested hyperlinks, +% and unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{nohyperfirst}{true}% + \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}% + {% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}% + }% + {}% + }% +}% +{% + \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{footnote}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{abbrvstyle} +% +%\begin{abbrvstyle}{footnote-desc} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%Synonym. +% \begin{macrocode} +\letabbreviationstyle{footnote-desc}{short-footnote-desc} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{abbrvstyle} +% %\begin{abbrvstyle}{postfootnote} -% Similar to the above but the footnote is placed afterwards, +% Similar to \abbrstyle{footnote} but the footnote is placed afterwards, % outside the link. This avoids nested links and can also move the % footnote marker after any following punctuation mark. % Pre v1.07 included \cs{footnote} in the first keys, which was @@ -16517,6 +17462,15 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{postfootnote}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. (Add +% \catattr{firstshortaccess} since long form is hidden in a +% footnote on first use.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrfootnotename}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -16525,7 +17479,9 @@ defined}{}% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% % \end{macrocode} %\changes{1.15}{2017-05-10}{fixed spelling of \cs{glsabbrvfont}} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} + text={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% % \end{macrocode} % Make this category insert a footnote after the link if this was @@ -16628,6 +17584,77 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{abbrvstyle} % +%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-postfootnote-desc} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% Like \abbrstyle{short-postfootnote} but with user supplied description. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newabbreviationstyle{short-postfootnote-desc}% +{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% + name={\glsxtrfootnotedescname}, + sort={\glsxtrfootnotedescsort}, + first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.15}{2017-05-10}{fixed spelling of \cs{glsabbrvfont}} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} +% \begin{macrocode} + text={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Make this category insert a footnote after the link if this was +% the first use, and +% unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set. +%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{switch off regular attribute if set} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% + \csdef{glsxtrpostlink\glscategorylabel}{% + \glsxtrifwasfirstuse + {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Needs the specific font command here as the style may have been +% lost by the time the footnote occurs. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrdopostpunc{\protect\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{\glslabel}% + {\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{\glsentrylong{\glslabel}}}}% + }% + {}% + }% + \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}% + {% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}% + }% + {}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.02}{2016-04-25}{added redef of \cs{glsxtrsetupfulldefs}} +% The footnote needs to be suppressed in the inline form, so +% \cs{glsxtrfull} must set the first use switch off. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrsetupfulldefs}{% + \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo + }% +}% +{% + \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{postfootnote}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{abbrvstyle} +% +%\begin{abbrvstyle}{postfootnote-desc} +%\changes{1.42}{?}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\letabbreviationstyle{postfootnote-desc}{short-postfootnote-desc} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{abbrvstyle} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsxtrshortnolongname} %\changes{1.25}{2017-11-24}{new} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -16647,6 +17674,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortnolongname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -16781,6 +17815,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortdescname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -16960,7 +18001,7 @@ defined}{}% % but the long and short form can be displayed with the \qt{full} % commands that use the inline format. The predefined glossary styles % won't show the short form. The user must supply a description for -% this style. +% this style. The accessibility attributes don't need setting here. % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-desc}% {% @@ -17102,6 +18143,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongnoshortname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -17185,15 +18233,26 @@ defined}{}% % and for the default short form suffix: %\begin{macro}{\glsxtrscsuffix} %\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added \cs{protect}} +%\cs{protect} needs to come inside \cs{\glsxtrscsuffix} to avoid +%interfering with all caps. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*{\glsxtrscsuffix}{\glstextup{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrscsuffix}{\protect\glstextup{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % %\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-short-sc} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongshortname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -17203,6 +18262,7 @@ defined}{}% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{\the\glslongpltok}% \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}% \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvscfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvscfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvscfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% description={\the\glslongtok}}% \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% @@ -17216,8 +18276,9 @@ defined}{}% {% % \end{macrocode} % Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{moved \cs{protect} inside \cs{glsxtrscsuffix}} % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}% \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvscfont{##1}}% % \end{macrocode} @@ -17252,11 +18313,19 @@ defined}{}% }% } % \end{macrocode} +%\end{abbrvstyle} % %\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-short-sc-desc} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongshortdescname}, sort={\glsxtrlongshortdescsort},% @@ -17288,11 +18357,21 @@ defined}{}% \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short-sc}% } % \end{macrocode} +%\end{abbrvstyle} % +%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-sc-long} % Now the short (long) version +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-sc-long}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortlongname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -17303,6 +18382,7 @@ defined}{}% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvscfont{\the\glsshortpltok}% \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}% \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{\the\glslongpltok}}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvscfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvscfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% % \end{macrocode} % Unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set. @@ -17318,8 +18398,9 @@ defined}{}% {% % \end{macrocode} % Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{moved \cs{protect} inside \cs{glsxtrscsuffix}} % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}% \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvscfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}% @@ -17354,10 +18435,18 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{abbrvstyle} % +%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-sc-long-desc} % As before but user provides description % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-sc-long-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortlongdescname}, sort={\glsxtrshortlongdescsort}, @@ -17394,6 +18483,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-sc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortnolongname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -17408,8 +18504,9 @@ defined}{}% {% % \end{macrocode} % Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{moved \cs{protect} inside \cs{glsxtrscsuffix}} % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}% \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvscfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}% @@ -17482,6 +18579,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-sc-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortdescname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -17495,8 +18599,9 @@ defined}{}% {% % \end{macrocode} % Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{moved \cs{protect} inside \cs{glsxtrscsuffix}} % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}% \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvscfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}% @@ -17600,7 +18705,7 @@ defined}{}% %\changes{1.04}{2016-05-02}{renamed from \qt{long-sc}} % The smallcaps font will only be used if % the short form is explicitly invoked through commands like -% \cs{glsxtrshort}. +% \cs{glsxtrshort}. No accessibility attributes needed here. % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-noshort-sc}% {% @@ -17619,8 +18724,9 @@ defined}{}% {% % \end{macrocode} % Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{moved \cs{protect} inside \cs{glsxtrscsuffix}} % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}% \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvscfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}% @@ -17712,8 +18818,9 @@ defined}{}% {% % \end{macrocode} % Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{moved \cs{protect} inside \cs{glsxtrscsuffix}} % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}% \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvscfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}% @@ -17795,9 +18902,17 @@ defined}{}% %\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-sc-footnote} %\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new} %\changes{1.04}{2016-05-02}{renamed from \qt{footnote-sc}} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-sc-footnote}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrfootnotename}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -17808,6 +18923,7 @@ defined}{}% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvscfont{\the\glsshortpltok}% \protect\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{\the\glslabeltok}% {\protect\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{\the\glslongpltok}}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvscfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvscfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% % \end{macrocode} % Switch off hyperlinks on first use to prevent nested hyperlinks, @@ -17826,8 +18942,9 @@ defined}{}% {% % \end{macrocode} % Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{moved \cs{protect} inside \cs{glsxtrscsuffix}} % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}% \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvscfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{##1}}% @@ -17894,18 +19011,71 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{abbrvstyle} % +%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-sc-footnote-desc} +% Like \abbrstyle{short-sc-footnote} but with user supplied description. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newabbreviationstyle{short-sc-footnote-desc}% +{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% + name={\glsxtrfootnotedescname}, + sort={\glsxtrfootnotedescsort}, + first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvscfont{\the\glsshorttok}% + \protect\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{\the\glslabeltok}% + {\protect\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{\the\glslongtok}}},% + firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvscfont{\the\glsshortpltok}% + \protect\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{\the\glslabeltok}% + {\protect\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{\the\glslongpltok}}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvscfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + plural={\protect\glsabbrvscfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Switch off hyperlinks on first use to prevent nested hyperlinks, +% and unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set. +%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{switch off regular attribute if set} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{nohyperfirst}{true}% + \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}% + {% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}% + }% + {}% + }% +}% +{% + \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-sc-footnote}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{abbrvstyle} +% %\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-sc-postfootnote} %\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new} %\changes{1.04}{2016-05-02}{renamed from \qt{postfootnote-sc}} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-sc-postfootnote}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrfootnotename}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, description={\the\glslongtok},% first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvscfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvscfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvscfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvscfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% % \end{macrocode} % Make this category insert a footnote after the link if this was @@ -17942,8 +19112,9 @@ defined}{}% {% % \end{macrocode} % Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{moved \cs{protect} inside \cs{glsxtrscsuffix}} % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}% \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvscfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{##1}}% @@ -18002,6 +19173,64 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{abbrvstyle} % +%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-sc-postfootnote-desc} +% Like \abbrstyle{short-sc-footnote} but with user supplied description. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newabbreviationstyle{short-sc-postfootnote-desc}% +{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% + name={\glsxtrfootnotedescname}, + sort={\glsxtrfootnotedescsort}, + first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvscfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvscfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvscfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + plural={\protect\glsabbrvscfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Make this category insert a footnote after the link if this was +% the first use, and +% unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% + \csdef{glsxtrpostlink\glscategorylabel}{% + \glsxtrifwasfirstuse + {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Needs the specific font command here as the style may have been +% lost by the time the footnote occurs. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrdopostpunc{\protect\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{\glslabel}% + {\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{\glsentrylong{\glslabel}}}}% + }% + {}% + }% + \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}% + {% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}% + }% + {}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% The footnote needs to be suppressed in the inline form, so +% \cs{glsxtrfull} must set the first use switch off. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrsetupfulldefs}{% + \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo + }% +}% +{% + \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-sc-postfootnote}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{abbrvstyle} +% %\subsection{Predefined Styles (Fake Small Capitals)} % These styles require the \sty{relsize} package, which must be % loaded by the user. These styles all use: @@ -18043,9 +19272,17 @@ defined}{}% % %\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-short-sm} %\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-short-sm}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongshortname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -18055,6 +19292,7 @@ defined}{}% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{\the\glslongpltok}% \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}% \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% description={\the\glslongtok}}% \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% @@ -18066,9 +19304,12 @@ defined}{}% }% }% {% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtrsmsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvsmfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{##1}}% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrsmsuffix}% % \end{macrocode} % Use the default long fonts. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -18108,6 +19349,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-short-sm-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongshortdescname}, sort={\glsxtrlongshortdescsort},% @@ -18143,9 +19391,17 @@ defined}{}% %\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-sm-long} % Now the short (long) version %\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-sm-long}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortlongname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -18156,6 +19412,7 @@ defined}{}% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshortpltok}% \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}% \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{\the\glslongpltok}}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% % \end{macrocode} % Unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set. @@ -18169,9 +19426,12 @@ defined}{}% }% }% {% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtrsmsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvsmfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{##1}}% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrsmsuffix}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glslongfont}[1]{\glslongdefaultfont{##1}}% % \end{macrocode} @@ -18210,6 +19470,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-sm-long-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortlongdescname}, sort={\glsxtrshortlongdescsort}, @@ -18247,6 +19514,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-sm}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortnolongname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -18259,9 +19533,12 @@ defined}{}% \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{true}}% }% {% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtrsmsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvsmfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{##1}}% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrsmsuffix}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glslongfont}[1]{\glslongdefaultfont{##1}}% % \end{macrocode} @@ -18333,6 +19610,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-sm-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortdescname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -18344,9 +19628,12 @@ defined}{}% \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{true}}% }% {% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtrsmsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvsmfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{##1}}% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrsmsuffix}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glslongfont}[1]{\glslongdefaultfont{##1}}% % \end{macrocode} @@ -18453,6 +19740,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-noshort-sm}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongnoshortname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -18466,9 +19760,12 @@ defined}{}% \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{true}}% }% {% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtrsmsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvsmfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{##1}}% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrsmsuffix}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glslongfont}[1]{\glslongdefaultfont{##1}}% % \end{macrocode} @@ -18557,9 +19854,12 @@ defined}{}% \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-noshort-desc}% }% {% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtrsmsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvsmfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{##1}}% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrsmsuffix}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glslongfont}[1]{\glslongdefaultfont{##1}}% % \end{macrocode} @@ -18639,9 +19939,17 @@ defined}{}% %\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-sm-footnote} %\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new} %\changes{1.04}{2016-05-02}{renamed from \qt{footnote-sm}} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-sm-footnote}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrfootnotename}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -18652,6 +19960,7 @@ defined}{}% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshortpltok}% \protect\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{\the\glslabeltok}% {\protect\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{\the\glslongpltok}}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% % \end{macrocode} % Switch off hyperlinks on first use to prevent nested hyperlinks, @@ -18668,9 +19977,12 @@ defined}{}% }% }% {% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtrsmsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvsmfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{##1}}% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrsmsuffix}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glslongfont}[1]{\glslongfootnotefont{##1}}% % \end{macrocode} @@ -18735,18 +20047,71 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{abbrvstyle} % +%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-sm-footnote-desc} +% Like \abbrstyle{short-footnote} but with user supplied description. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newabbreviationstyle{short-sm-footnote-desc}% +{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% + name={\glsxtrfootnotedescname}, + sort={\glsxtrfootnotedescsort}, + first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshorttok}% + \protect\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{\the\glslabeltok}% + {\protect\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{\the\glslongtok}}},% + firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshortpltok}% + \protect\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{\the\glslabeltok}% + {\protect\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{\the\glslongpltok}}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + plural={\protect\glsabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Switch off hyperlinks on first use to prevent nested hyperlinks, +% and unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set. +%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{switch off regular attribute if set} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{nohyperfirst}{true}% + \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}% + {% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}% + }% + {}% + }% +}% +{% + \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-sm-footnote}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{abbrvstyle} +% %\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-sm-postfootnote} %\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new} %\changes{1.04}{2016-05-02}{renamed from \qt{postfootnote-sm}} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-sm-postfootnote}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrfootnotename}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, description={\the\glslongtok},% first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% % \end{macrocode} % Make this category insert a footnote after the link if this was @@ -18781,9 +20146,12 @@ defined}{}% }% }% {% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtrsmsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvsmfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{##1}}% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrsmsuffix}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glslongfont}[1]{\glslongfootnotefont{##1}}% % \end{macrocode} @@ -18840,6 +20208,64 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{abbrvstyle} % +%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-sm-postfootnote-desc} +% Like \abbrstyle{short-sm-postfootnote} but with user supplied description. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newabbreviationstyle{short-sm-postfootnote-desc}% +{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% + name={\glsxtrfootnotedescname}, + sort={\glsxtrfootnotedescsort}, + first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + plural={\protect\glsabbrvsmfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Make this category insert a footnote after the link if this was +% the first use, and +% unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% + \csdef{glsxtrpostlink\glscategorylabel}{% + \glsxtrifwasfirstuse + {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Needs the specific font command here as the style may have been +% lost by the time the footnote occurs. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrdopostpunc{\protect\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{\glslabel}% + {\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{\glsentrylong{\glslabel}}}}% + }% + {}% + }% + \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}% + {% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}% + }% + {}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% The footnote needs to be suppressed in the inline form, so +% \cs{glsxtrfull} must set the first use switch off. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrsetupfulldefs}{% + \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo + }% +}% +{% + \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-sm-postfootnote}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{abbrvstyle} +% %\subsection{Predefined Styles (Emphasized)} % These styles use \ics{emph} for the short form. %\begin{macro}{\glsabbrvemfont} @@ -18880,9 +20306,17 @@ defined}{}% %\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-short-em} %\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new} % The long form is just set in the default long font. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-short-em}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongshortname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -18892,6 +20326,7 @@ defined}{}% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{\the\glslongpltok}% \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}% \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvemfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvemfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvemfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% description={\the\glslongtok}}% \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% @@ -18903,9 +20338,12 @@ defined}{}% }% }% {% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtremsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvemfont{##1}}% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtremsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtremsuffix}% % \end{macrocode} % Use the default long fonts. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -18945,6 +20383,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-short-em-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongshortdescname}, sort={\glsxtrlongshortdescsort},% @@ -18979,10 +20424,16 @@ defined}{}% % %\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-em-short-em} %\changes{1.04}{2016-05-02}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-em-short-em}% {% % \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. %\cs{glslongemfont} is used in the description since \cs{glsdesc} %doesn't set the style. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -18998,6 +20449,7 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\changes{1.15}{2017-05-10}{fixed spelling of \cs{glsabbrvfont}} % \begin{macrocode} + text={\protect\glsabbrvemfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvemfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% description={\protect\glslongemfont{\the\glslongtok}}}% % \end{macrocode} @@ -19012,7 +20464,10 @@ defined}{}% }% }% {% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtremsuffix}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtremsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtremsuffix}% \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongemfont{##1}}% @@ -19051,6 +20506,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-em-short-em-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongshortdescname}, sort={\glsxtrlongshortdescsort},% @@ -19083,9 +20545,17 @@ defined}{}% %\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-em-long} % Now the short (long) version %\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-em-long}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortlongname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -19096,6 +20566,7 @@ defined}{}% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvemfont{\the\glsshortpltok}% \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}% \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{\the\glslongpltok}}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvemfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvemfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% % \end{macrocode} % Unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set. @@ -19112,8 +20583,9 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} % Mostly as short-long style: %\changes{1.05}{2016-06-10}{fixed incorrect font used by long form} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtremsuffix}} % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtremsuffix}% + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtremsuffix}% \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*\glsfirstabbrvfont[1]{\glsfirstabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}% @@ -19154,6 +20626,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-em-long-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortlongdescname}, sort={\glsxtrshortlongdescsort}, @@ -19185,10 +20664,16 @@ defined}{}% % %\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-em-long-em} %\changes{1.04}{2016-05-02}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-em-long-em}% {% % \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. %\cs{glslongemfont} is used in the description since \cs{glsdesc} %doesn't set the style. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -19205,6 +20690,7 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\changes{1.15}{2017-05-10}{fixed spelling of \cs{glsabbrvfont}} % \begin{macrocode} + text={\protect\glsabbrvemfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvemfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% % \end{macrocode} % Unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set. @@ -19218,7 +20704,10 @@ defined}{}% }% }% {% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtremsuffix}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtremsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtremsuffix}% \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongemfont{##1}}% @@ -19258,6 +20747,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-em-long-em-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortlongdescname},% sort={\glsxtrshortlongdescsort},% @@ -19292,6 +20788,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-em}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortnolongname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -19304,7 +20807,10 @@ defined}{}% \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{true}}% }% {% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtremsuffix}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtremsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtremsuffix}% \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}% @@ -19378,6 +20884,16 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-em-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. The default name includes +% the long form but \cs{glsxtrshortdescname} could be modified to +% omit the long form, so include the \category{nameshortaccess} +% attribute. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortdescname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -19389,7 +20905,10 @@ defined}{}% \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{true}}% }% {% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtremsuffix}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtremsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtremsuffix}% \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}% @@ -19497,6 +21016,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-noshort-em}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongnoshortname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -19510,7 +21036,10 @@ defined}{}% \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{true}}% }% {% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtremsuffix}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtremsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtremsuffix}% \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}% @@ -19596,6 +21125,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-em-noshort-em}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongnoshortname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -19609,7 +21145,10 @@ defined}{}% \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{true}}% }% {% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtremsuffix}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtremsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtremsuffix}% \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongemfont{##1}}% @@ -19688,6 +21227,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-em-noshort-em-noreg}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-em-noshort-em}% % \end{macrocode} % Unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set. @@ -19718,7 +21264,10 @@ defined}{}% \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-noshort-desc}% }% {% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtremsuffix}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtremsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtremsuffix}% \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}% @@ -19800,7 +21349,8 @@ defined}{}% %\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-em-noshort-em-desc} %\changes{1.04}{2016-05-02}{new} % The short form is explicitly invoked through commands like -% \cs{glsxtrshort}. The long form is emphasized. +% \cs{glsxtrshort}. The long form is emphasized. No accessibility +% attributes need to be set. % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-em-noshort-em-desc}% {% @@ -19816,7 +21366,10 @@ defined}{}% \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{true}}% }% {% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtremsuffix}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtremsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtremsuffix}% \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongemfont{##1}}% @@ -19916,9 +21469,17 @@ defined}{}% %\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-em-footnote} %\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new} %\changes{1.04}{2015-04-30}{renamed from \qt{footnote-em}} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-em-footnote}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrfootnotename}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -19929,6 +21490,7 @@ defined}{}% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvemfont{\the\glsshortpltok}% \protect\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{\the\glslabeltok}% {\protect\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{\the\glslongpltok}}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvemfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvemfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% % \end{macrocode} % Switch off hyperlinks on first use to prevent nested hyperlinks, @@ -19945,7 +21507,10 @@ defined}{}% }% }% {% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtremsuffix}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtremsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtremsuffix}% \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{##1}}% @@ -20012,18 +21577,71 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{abbrvstyle} % +%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-em-footnote-desc} +% Like \abbrstyle{short-em-footnote} but with user supplied description. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newabbreviationstyle{short-em-footnote-desc}% +{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% + name={\glsxtrfootnotedescname}, + sort={\glsxtrfootnotedescsort}, + first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvemfont{\the\glsshorttok}% + \protect\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{\the\glslabeltok}% + {\protect\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{\the\glslongtok}}},% + firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvemfont{\the\glsshortpltok}% + \protect\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{\the\glslabeltok}% + {\protect\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{\the\glslongpltok}}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvemfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + plural={\protect\glsabbrvemfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Switch off hyperlinks on first use to prevent nested hyperlinks, +% and unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set. +%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{switch off regular attribute if set} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{nohyperfirst}{true}% + \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}% + {% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}% + }% + {}% + }% +}% +{% + \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-em-footnote}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{abbrvstyle} +% %\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-em-postfootnote} %\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new} %\changes{1.04}{2016-05-02}{renamed from \qt{postfootnote-em}} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-em-postfootnote}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNoLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrfootnotename}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, description={\the\glslongtok},% first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvemfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvemfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvemfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvemfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% % \end{macrocode} % Make this category insert a footnote after the link if this was @@ -20058,7 +21676,10 @@ defined}{}% }% }% {% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtremsuffix}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtremsuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtremsuffix}% \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvemfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{##1}}% @@ -20117,6 +21738,64 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{abbrvstyle} % +%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-em-postfootnote-desc} +% Like \abbrstyle{short-em-postfootnote} but with user supplied description. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newabbreviationstyle{short-em-postfootnote-desc}% +{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% + name={\glsxtrfootnotedescname}, + sort={\glsxtrfootnotedescsort}, + first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvemfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvemfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvemfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% + plural={\protect\glsabbrvemfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Make this category insert a footnote after the link if this was +% the first use, and +% unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% + \csdef{glsxtrpostlink\glscategorylabel}{% + \glsxtrifwasfirstuse + {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Needs the specific font command here as the style may have been +% lost by the time the footnote occurs. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrdopostpunc{\protect\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{\glslabel}% + {\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{\glsentrylong{\glslabel}}}}% + }% + {}% + }% + \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}% + {% + \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}% + }% + {}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% The footnote needs to be suppressed in the inline form, so +% \cs{glsxtrfull} must set the first use switch off. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\glsxtrsetupfulldefs}{% + \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo + }% +}% +{% + \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-em-postfootnote}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{abbrvstyle} +% %\subsection{Predefined Styles (User Parentheses Hook)} % These styles allow the user to adjust the parenthetical forms. % These styles all test for the existence of the @@ -20204,9 +21883,17 @@ defined}{}% % %\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-short-user} %\changes{1.04}{2016-05-02}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-short-user}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongshortname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -20219,6 +21906,7 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\changes{1.15}{2017-05-10}{fixed spelling of \cs{glsabbrvfont}} % \begin{macrocode} + text={\protect\glsabbrvuserfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvuserfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% description={\protect\glsuserdescription{\the\glslongtok}% {\the\glslabeltok}}}% @@ -20273,11 +21961,19 @@ defined}{}% % %\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-postshort-user} %\changes{1.12}{2017-02-03}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} %Like \abbrstyle{long-short-user} but defers the parenthetical %matter to after the link. % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-postshort-user}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongshortname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -20286,6 +21982,7 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\changes{1.15}{2017-05-10}{fixed spelling of \cs{glsabbrvfont}} % \begin{macrocode} + text={\protect\glsabbrvuserfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvuserfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% description={\protect\glsuserdescription{\the\glslongtok}% {\the\glslabeltok}}}% @@ -20380,6 +22077,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-postshort-user-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname}, sort={\the\glslongtok}, @@ -20416,11 +22120,19 @@ defined}{}% % %\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-postlong-user} %\changes{1.12}{2017-02-03}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} %Like \abbrstyle{short-long-user} but defers the parenthetical %matter to after the link. % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-postlong-user}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortlongname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -20429,6 +22141,7 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\changes{1.15}{2017-05-10}{fixed spelling of \cs{glsabbrvfont}} % \begin{macrocode} + text={\protect\glsabbrvuserfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvuserfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% description={\protect\glsuserdescription{\the\glslongtok}% {\the\glslabeltok}}}% @@ -20524,6 +22237,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-postlong-user-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -20563,6 +22283,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-short-user-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname}, sort={\glsxtrlongshortdescsort},% @@ -20597,10 +22324,18 @@ defined}{}% % %\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-long-user} %\changes{1.04}{2016-05-02}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-long-user}% {% % \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} +% \end{macrocode} %\cs{glslonguserfont} is used in the description since \cs{glsdesc} %doesn't set the style. (Now in \cs{glsuserdescription}.) % \begin{macrocode} @@ -20618,6 +22353,7 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\changes{1.15}{2017-05-10}{fixed spelling of \cs{glsabbrvfont}} % \begin{macrocode} + text={\protect\glsabbrvuserfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvuserfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}% % \end{macrocode} % Unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set. @@ -20673,6 +22409,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-long-user-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname}, sort={\glsxtrshortlongdescsort},% @@ -20803,10 +22546,18 @@ defined}{}% % %\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-hyphen-short-hyphen} %\changes{1.17}{2017-08-09}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} %Designed for use with the \catattr{markwords} attribute. % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongshortname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -20816,6 +22567,7 @@ defined}{}% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{\the\glslongpltok}% \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}% \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvhyphenfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvhyphenfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% description={\protect\glslonghyphenfont{\the\glslongtok}}}% % \end{macrocode} @@ -20864,6 +22616,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongshortdescname}, sort={\glsxtrlongshortdescsort}, @@ -20921,11 +22680,13 @@ defined}{}% % %\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg} %\changes{1.17}{2017-08-09}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} %This version doesn't show the short form (except %explicitly with \cs{glsxtrshort}). Since \cs{glsxtrshort} doesn't %support the hyphen switch, the short form just uses the default %short-form font command. This style won't work with the %\catattr{regular} as the regular form isn't flexible enough. +%No accessibility attributes need to be set. % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg}% {% @@ -20934,6 +22695,7 @@ defined}{}% sort={\expandonce\glsxtrorglong}, first={\protect\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{\the\glslongtok}},% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{\the\glslongpltok}},% + text={\protect\glslonghyphenfont{\the\glslongtok}},% plural={\protect\glslonghyphenfont{\the\glslongpltok}}% }% % \end{macrocode} @@ -21027,6 +22789,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-hyphen-noshort-noreg}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetNameShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongnoshortname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -21118,16 +22887,25 @@ defined}{}% % %\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen} %\changes{1.17}{2017-08-09}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} %Like \abbrstyle{long-hyphen-short-hyphen} but shifts the insert %and parenthetical material to the post-link hook. % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongshortname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, first={\protect\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{\the\glslongtok}},% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{\the\glslongpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvhyphenfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvhyphenfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% description={\protect\glslonghyphenfont{\the\glslongtok}}}% \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% @@ -21224,6 +23002,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrlongshortdescname}, sort={\glsxtrlongshortdescsort},% @@ -21290,10 +23075,18 @@ defined}{}% % %\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-hyphen-long-hyphen} %\changes{1.17}{2017-08-09}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} %Designed for use with the \catattr{markwords} attribute. % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-hyphen-long-hyphen}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortlongname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, @@ -21303,6 +23096,7 @@ defined}{}% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{\the\glsshortpltok}% \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}% \glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{\the\glslongpltok}}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvhyphenfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvhyphenfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% description={\protect\glslonghyphenfont{\the\glslongtok}}}% % \end{macrocode} @@ -21351,6 +23145,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortlongdescname}, sort={\glsxtrshortlongdescsort}, @@ -21427,16 +23228,25 @@ defined}{}% % %\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen} %\changes{1.17}{2017-08-09}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} %Like \abbrstyle{short-hyphen-long-hyphen} but shifts the insert %and parenthetical material to the post-link hook. % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortlongname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvhyphenfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvhyphenfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% description={\protect\glslonghyphenfont{\the\glslongtok}}}% \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{% @@ -21535,6 +23345,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtrshortlongdescname}, sort={\glsxtrshortlongdescsort},% @@ -21616,14 +23433,23 @@ defined}{}% % %\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-only-short-only} %\changes{1.17}{2017-08-09}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added missing text key} % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-only-short-only}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetFirstLongAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtronlyname}, sort={\the\glsshorttok}, first={\protect\glsfirstlongonlyfont{\the\glslongtok}},% firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongonlyfont{\the\glslongpltok}},% + text={\protect\glsabbrvonlyfont{\the\glsshorttok}},% plural={\protect\glsabbrvonlyfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},% description={\protect\glslongonlyfont{\the\glslongtok}}}% % \end{macrocode} @@ -21638,7 +23464,10 @@ defined}{}% }% }% {% - \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtronlysuffix}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{removed \cs{protect} from \cs{glsxtronlysuffix}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtronlysuffix}% \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvonlyfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont{##1}}% \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongonlyfont{##1}}% @@ -21714,6 +23543,13 @@ defined}{}% % \begin{macrocode} \newabbreviationstyle{long-only-short-only-desc}% {% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set accessibility attributes if enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glsxtrAccSuppAbbrSetTextShortAttrs\glscategorylabel +% \end{macrocode} +% Setup the default fields. +% \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{% name={\glsxtronlydescname}, sort={\glsxtronlydescsort},% @@ -22087,6 +23923,17 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrtitleshort} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% Command to display short form of abbreviation in section title and +% table of contents in all upper case. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrtitleshort}[1]{% + \GLSxtrshort[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrheadshortpl} % Command used to display plural short form in the page header with the % first letter converted to upper case. @@ -22117,6 +23964,17 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrtitleshortpl} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% Command to display plural short form of abbreviation in section title and +% table of contents in all upper case. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrtitleshortpl}[1]{% + \GLSxtrshortpl[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsxtrheadname} % As above but for the \gloskey{name} value. %\changes{1.21}{2017-11-03}{new} @@ -22169,14 +24027,25 @@ defined}{}% %\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrtitlename} % Command to display \gloskey{name} value in section title and % table of contents with the first letter changed to upper case. -% \begin{macrocode} %\changes{1.21}{2017-11-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrtitlename}[1]{% \Glsname[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]% } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrtitlename} +% Command to display \gloskey{name} value in section title and +% table of contents in all upper case. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrtitlename}[1]{% + \GLSname[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsxtrheadtext} % As above but for the \gloskey{text} value. %\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{now uses headuc attribute} @@ -22236,6 +24105,17 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrtitletext} +% Command to display \gloskey{text} value in section title and +% table of contents in all upper case. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrtitletext}[1]{% + \GLStext[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsxtrheadplural} % As above but for the \gloskey{plural} value. %\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{now uses headuc attribute} @@ -22294,6 +24174,17 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrtitleplural} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% Command to display \gloskey{plural} value in section title and +% table of contents in all upper case. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrtitleplural}[1]{% + \GLSplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsxtrheadfirst} % As above but for the \gloskey{first} value. %\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{now uses headuc attribute} @@ -22352,6 +24243,17 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrtitlefirst} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% Command to display \gloskey{first} value in section title and +% table of contents in all upper case. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrtitlefirst}[1]{% + \GLSfirst[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsxtrheadfirstplural} % As above but for the \gloskey{firstplural} value. %\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{now uses headuc attribute} @@ -22410,6 +24312,17 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrtitlefirstplural} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% Command to display \gloskey{first} value in section title and +% table of contents in all upper case. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrtitlefirstplural}[1]{% + \GLSfirstplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsxtrheadlong} % Command used to display long form in the page header. %\changes{1.02}{2016-04-25}{new} @@ -22506,6 +24419,17 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrtitlelong} +% Command to display long form of abbreviation in section title and +% table of contents in all upper case. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrtitlelong}[1]{% + \GLSxtrlong[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrheadlongpl} % Command used to display plural long form in the page header with the % first letter converted to upper case. @@ -22537,6 +24461,17 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrtitlelongpl} +% Command to display plural long form of abbreviation in section title and +% table of contents in all upper case. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrtitlelongpl}[1]{% + \GLSxtrlongpl[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsxtrheadfull} % Command used to display full form in the page header. %\changes{1.02}{2016-04-25}{new} @@ -22631,6 +24566,17 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrtitlefull} +% Command to display full form of abbreviation in section title and +% table of contents in all upper case. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrtitlefull}[1]{% + \GLSxtrfull[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrheadfullpl} % Command used to display plural full form in the page header with the % first letter converted to upper case. @@ -22662,6 +24608,17 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrtitlefullpl} +% Command to display plural full form of abbreviation in section title and +% table of contents in all upper case. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrtitlefullpl}[1]{% + \GLSxtrfullpl[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsfmtshort} % Provide a way of using the formatted short form in section % headings. If \sty{hyperref} has been loaded, use @@ -22789,6 +24746,25 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSfmtname} +%All upper case. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifdef\texorpdfstring +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmtname}[1]{% + \texorpdfstring + {\GLSxtrtitlename{#1}}% + {\glsentryname{#1}}% + } +} +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmtname}[1]{% + \GLSxtrtitlename{#1}} +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% % %\begin{macro}{\glsfmttext} %As above but for the \gloskey{text} value. @@ -22828,6 +24804,25 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSfmttext} +%All upper case. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifdef\texorpdfstring +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmttext}[1]{% + \texorpdfstring + {\GLSxtrtitletext{#1}}% + {\glsentrytext{#1}}% + } +} +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmttext}[1]{% + \GLSxtrtitletext{#1}} +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsfmtplural} %As above but for the \gloskey{plural} value. %\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new} @@ -22866,6 +24861,25 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSfmtplural} +%All upper case. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifdef\texorpdfstring +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmtplural}[1]{% + \texorpdfstring + {\GLSxtrtitleplural{#1}}% + {\glsentryplural{#1}}% + } +} +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmtplural}[1]{% + \GLSxtrtitleplural{#1}} +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsfmtfirst} %As above but for the \gloskey{first} value. %\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new} @@ -22904,6 +24918,25 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSfmtfirst} +%All upper case. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifdef\texorpdfstring +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmtfirst}[1]{% + \texorpdfstring + {\GLSxtrtitlefirst{#1}}% + {\glsentryfirst{#1}}% + } +} +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmtfirst}[1]{% + \Glsxtrtitlefirst{#1}} +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsfmtfirstpl} %As above but for the \gloskey{firstplural} value. %\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new} @@ -22942,6 +24975,25 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSfmtfirstpl} +%All upper case. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifdef\texorpdfstring +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmtfirstpl}[1]{% + \texorpdfstring + {\GLSxtrtitlefirstplural{#1}}% + {\glsentryfirstplural{#1}}% + } +} +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmtfirstpl}[1]{% + \GLSxtrtitlefirstplural{#1}} +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsfmtlong} %As above but for the \gloskey{long} value. %\changes{1.02}{2016-04-25}{new} @@ -22980,6 +25032,25 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSfmtlong} +%All upper case. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifdef\texorpdfstring +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmtlong}[1]{% + \texorpdfstring + {\GLSxtrtitlelong{#1}}% + {\glsentrylong{#1}}% + } +} +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmtlong}[1]{% + \GLSxtrtitlelong{#1}} +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsfmtlongpl} %As above but for the \gloskey{longplural} value. %\changes{1.02}{2016-04-25}{new} @@ -23018,16 +25089,52 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSfmtlongpl} +%All upper case. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifdef\texorpdfstring +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmtlongpl}[1]{% + \texorpdfstring + {\GLSxtrtitlelongpl{#1}}% + {\glsentrylongpl{#1}}% + } +} +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmtlongpl}[1]{% + \GLSxtrtitlelongpl{#1}} +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glspdffmtfull} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%Can't use \cs{glsxtrinlinefullformat} in PDF bookmarks as it's not +%fully expandable. This command is for the PDF part of +%\cs{texorpdfstring} for the full form. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glspdffmtfull}[1]{\glsentrylong{#1} (\glsentryshort{#1})}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\glspdffmtfullpl} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%Likewise for plural. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glspdffmtfullpl}[1]{\glsentrylongpl{#1} (\glsentryshortpl{#1})}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\glsfmtfull} %In-line full format. %\changes{1.02}{2016-04-25}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{switched pdf case to use \cs{glspdffmtfull}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifdef\texorpdfstring { \newcommand*{\glsfmtfull}[1]{% \texorpdfstring {\glsxtrtitlefull{#1}}% - {\glsxtrinlinefullformat{#1}{}}% + {\glspdffmtfull{#1}}% } } { @@ -23040,13 +25147,14 @@ defined}{}% %\begin{macro}{\Glsfmtfull} %First letter converted to upper case. %\changes{1.02}{2016-04-25}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{switched pdf case to use \cs{glspdffmtfull}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifdef\texorpdfstring { \newcommand*{\Glsfmtfull}[1]{% \texorpdfstring {\Glsxtrtitlefull{#1}}% - {\Glsxtrinlinefullformat{#1}{}}% + {\glspdffmtfull{#1}{}}% } } { @@ -23056,16 +25164,36 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSfmtfull} +%All upper case. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifdef\texorpdfstring +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmtfull}[1]{% + \texorpdfstring + {\GLSxtrtitlefull{#1}}% + {\glspdffmtfull{#1}}% + } +} +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmtfull}[1]{% + \GLSxtrtitlefull{#1}} +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsfmtfullpl} %In-line full plural format. %\changes{1.02}{2016-04-25}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{switched pdf case to use \cs{glspdffmtfullpl}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifdef\texorpdfstring { \newcommand*{\glsfmtfullpl}[1]{% \texorpdfstring {\glsxtrtitlefullpl{#1}}% - {\glsxtrinlinefullplformat{#1}{}}% + {\glspdffmtfullpl{#1}}% } } { @@ -23078,13 +25206,14 @@ defined}{}% %\begin{macro}{\Glsfmtfullpl} %First letter converted to upper case. %\changes{1.02}{2016-04-25}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{switched pdf case to use \cs{glspdffmtfullpl}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifdef\texorpdfstring { \newcommand*{\Glsfmtfullpl}[1]{% \texorpdfstring {\Glsxtrtitlefullpl{#1}}% - {\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat{#1}{}}% + {\glspdffmtfullpl{#1}{}}% } } { @@ -23094,6 +25223,25 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\GLSfmtfullpl} +%All upper case. +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifdef\texorpdfstring +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmtfullpl}[1]{% + \texorpdfstring + {\GLSxtrtitlefullpl{#1}}% + {\glspdffmtfullpl{#1}{}}% + } +} +{ + \newcommand*{\GLSfmtfullpl}[1]{% + \GLSxtrtitlefullpl{#1}} +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\section{Multi-Lingual Support} % Add the facility to load language modules, if they are installed, % but none are provided with this package. @@ -23180,7 +25328,7 @@ defined}{}% %automatically loaded by the record option. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-bib2gls}[2019/04/09 v1.41 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-bib2gls}[2020/02/13 v1.42 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} %Provide convenient shortcut commands for predefined glossary types. %\begin{macro}{\printunsrtacronyms} @@ -23237,6 +25385,30 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\glsdisplaynumberlist} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added} +%Allow \cs{glsdisplaynumberlist} and make it robust. +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand*{\glsdisplaynumberlist}[1]{% + \glsdoifexists{#1}% + {% + {\let\bibglsdelimN\glsnumlistsep + \let\bibglslastDelimN\glsnumlistlastsep + \glsxtrusefield{#1}{location}% + }% + }% +} +\robustify\glsdisplaynumberlist +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsentrynumberlist} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand*{\glsentrynumberlist}[1]{\glsxtrusefield{#1}{location}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %These are some convenient macros for use with custom rules. %\begin{macro}{\glshex} %\changes{1.21}{2017-11-03}{new} @@ -23461,11 +25633,14 @@ defined}{}% { % \end{macrocode} % Default action uses \meta{hcounter}. Equations and pages typically don't -% have a title, so check the counter name. +% have a title, so check the counter name (otherwise the title may +% section or chapter title, which may be confusing). As from v1.42, +% this now checks if the control sequence +% \cs{glsxtr\meta{counter}locfmt} is defined. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref}[8]{% - \ifstrequal{#2}{equation}% - {\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{(#4)}{#2.#7}{#8}}% + \ifcsdef{glsxtr#2locfmt}% + {\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{\csuse{glsxtr#2locfmt}{#4}{#5}}{#2.#7}{#8}}% {% \ifstrempty{#5}% {% @@ -23485,6 +25660,16 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrequationlocfmt} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{glsxtrequationlocfmt}\marg{location}\marg{title} +%\end{definition} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrequationlocfmt}[2]{(#1)} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsxtrnamereflink} %\changes{1.37}{2018-11-30}{new} %\begin{definition} @@ -23571,6 +25756,7 @@ defined}{}% %\begin{definition} %\cs{glsxtrfmtinternalnameloc}\marg{target}\marg{format}\marg{title} %\end{definition} +% % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsxtrfmtinternalnameref}[3]{% \csuse{#2}{\glsdohyperlink{#1}{#3}}% @@ -26227,7 +28413,7 @@ defined}{}% % First identify package: % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}[2019/04/09 v1.41 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}[2020/02/13 v1.42 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Provide package options to automatically load required predefined % styles. The simplest method is to just test for the existence of @@ -27017,10 +29203,20 @@ defined}{}% \newcommand*{\glstreechildprelocation}{\glstreeprelocation} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} +%Don't prohibit a page break at the start of a new group if there's +%no header. %\begin{macro}{\glstreegroupskip} %\changes{1.41}{2019-04-09}{new} % \begin{macrocode} - \newcommand{\glstreegroupskip}{\nopagebreak\indexspace\nobreak} + \newcommand{\glstreegroupskip}{\indexspace} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\glstreegroupheaderskip} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%This doesn't include \cs{@afterheading} as it can cause +%interference with some styles. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand{\glstreegroupheaderskip}{\nopagebreak\glstreegroupskip\nobreak} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %Modify the \glostyle{index} style. @@ -27074,7 +29270,7 @@ defined}{}% \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \glstreePreHeader{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \item\glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsxtr@grptitle}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading }% } } @@ -27091,13 +29287,13 @@ defined}{}% \setglossarystyle{index}% \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{% \item\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading}% + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading}% \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{% \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \glstreePreHeader{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \item\glstreegroupheaderfmt {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading}% + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading}% }% } {} @@ -27126,17 +29322,27 @@ defined}{}% %\cs{glstreeDescLoc}\marg{label}\marg{location} %\end{definition} %This checks for the description and symbol. If both are missing, -%don't want a space at the start of the location list. (For example, -%the entry may just have a cross-reference.) +%a different separator may be required. For example, a comma and +%space if there's no description or symbol but just a space if +%either of those fields are present. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand{\glstreeDescLoc}[2]{% \ifglshasdesc{#1}% {\glstreedesc{#1}\glstreeprelocation}% - {\ifglshassymbol{#1}{\glstreeprelocation}{}}% + {\ifglshassymbol{#1}{\glstreeprelocation}{\glstreeNoDescSymbolPreLocation}}% #2% } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\glstreeNoDescSymbolPreLocation} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%\begin{definition} +%\cs{glstreeNoDescSymbolPreLocation} +%\end{definition} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand{\glstreeNoDescSymbolPreLocation}{\space} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} %Similarly for the symbol. %\begin{macro}{\glstreesymbol} %\changes{1.31}{2018-05-09}{new} @@ -27157,11 +29363,14 @@ defined}{}% %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\glstreeChildDescLoc} %\changes{1.41}{2019-04-09}{new} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added \cs{glstreeNoDescSymbolPreLocation}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand{\glstreeChildDescLoc}[2]{% \ifglshasdesc{#1}% {\glstreechilddesc{#1}\glstreechildprelocation}% - {\ifglshassymbol{#1}{\glstreechildprelocation}{}}% + {\ifglshassymbol{#1}{\glstreechildprelocation}% + {\glstreeNoDescSymbolPreLocation}% + }% #2% }% % \end{macrocode} @@ -27219,7 +29428,7 @@ defined}{}% \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \glstreePreHeader{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \par\noindent\glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsxtr@grptitle}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading}% + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading}% } } {} @@ -27235,14 +29444,14 @@ defined}{}% \setglossarystyle{tree}% \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{% \par\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading}% + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading}% \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{% \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \glstreePreHeader{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \par\noindent \glstreegroupheaderfmt {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading}% + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading}% } } {} @@ -27298,7 +29507,7 @@ defined}{}% \glsentryitem{##1}\glstreenamefmt{\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}}% \glstreenonamesymbol{##1}% \glstreenonamedesc{##1}% - \glstreeprelocation##2\par + \glstreeDescLoc{##1}{##2}\par }% \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{% \hangindent##1\glstreeindent\relax @@ -27329,7 +29538,7 @@ defined}{}% \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \glstreePreHeader{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \par\noindent\glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsxtr@grptitle}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading }% } } @@ -27346,13 +29555,13 @@ defined}{}% \setglossarystyle{treenoname}% \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{% \par\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading}% + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading}% \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{% \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \glstreePreHeader{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \par\noindent \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading}% + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading}% } } {} @@ -27380,10 +29589,10 @@ defined}{}% \ifglshassymbol{#1}{(\glossentrysymbol{#1})\space}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\changes{1.41}{2019-04-09}{added check for description} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{switched to using \cs{glstreeDescLoc}} % \begin{macrocode} - \ifglshasdesc{#1}% - {\glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription\glstreeprelocation}{}% - #2\par + \ifglshasdesc{#1}{\glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription}{}% + \glstreeDescLoc{#1}{#2}\par }% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -28102,8 +30311,6 @@ defined}{}% %after group headings. %\changes{1.21}{2017-11-03}{redefined \texttt{alttreegroup} to discourage %breaks after group headings} -%Can't use \cs{@afterheading} here as it messes with the first item -%of the group. % \begin{macrocode} \ifdef{\@glsstyle@alttreegroup} {% @@ -28116,7 +30323,11 @@ defined}{}% \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \glstreePreHeader{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsxtr@grptitle}% - \glstreegroupskip +% \end{macrocode} +%Can't use \cs{@afterheading} here as it messes with the first item +%of the group. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glstreegroupheaderskip }% }% }% @@ -28137,7 +30348,11 @@ defined}{}% \hangindent0pt\relax \parindent0pt\relax \glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}% - \glstreegroupskip +% \end{macrocode} +%Can't use \cs{@afterheading} here as it messes with the first item +%of the group. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glstreegroupheaderskip }% \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{% \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% @@ -28147,7 +30362,11 @@ defined}{}% \hangindent0pt\relax \parindent0pt\relax \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}}% - \glstreegroupskip +% \end{macrocode} +%Can't use \cs{@afterheading} here as it messes with the first item +%of the group. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glstreegroupheaderskip }% } }% @@ -28169,7 +30388,7 @@ defined}{}% \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \glstreePreHeader{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \item\glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsxtr@grptitle}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading }% } }% @@ -28186,14 +30405,17 @@ defined}{}% \setglossarystyle{mcolindex}% \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{% \item\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}% - \glstreegroupskip +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{added \cs{@afterheading}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading }% \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{% \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \glstreePreHeader{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \item\glstreegroupheaderfmt {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading }% } }% @@ -28220,7 +30442,7 @@ defined}{}% \glstreePreHeader{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \item\glstreegroupheaderfmt {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading }% } }% @@ -28239,7 +30461,7 @@ defined}{}% \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \glstreePreHeader{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \par\noindent\glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsxtr@grptitle}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading }% } }% @@ -28256,14 +30478,14 @@ defined}{}% \setglossarystyle{mcoltree}% \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{% \par\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}% - \glstreegroupskip + \glstreegroupheaderskip }% \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{% \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \glstreePreHeader{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \par\noindent \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading }% } }% @@ -28291,7 +30513,7 @@ defined}{}% \glstreePreHeader{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \par\noindent \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading }% } }% @@ -28310,7 +30532,7 @@ defined}{}% \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \glstreePreHeader{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \par\noindent\glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsxtr@grptitle}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading }% } }% @@ -28327,14 +30549,14 @@ defined}{}% \setglossarystyle{mcoltreenoname}% \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{% \par\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}% - \glstreegroupskip + \glstreegroupheaderskip }% \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{% \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \glstreePreHeader{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \par\noindent \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading}% + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading}% } }% {% @@ -28361,7 +30583,7 @@ defined}{}% \glstreePreHeader{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% \par\noindent \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}}% - \glstreegroupskip\@afterheading}% + \glstreegroupheaderskip\@afterheading}% } }% {% @@ -28405,7 +30627,7 @@ defined}{}% \hangindent0pt\relax \parindent0pt\relax \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsxtr@grptitle}% - \glstreegroupskip + \glstreegroupheaderskip }% } }% @@ -28426,7 +30648,7 @@ defined}{}% \hangindent0pt\relax \parindent0pt\relax \glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}% - \glstreegroupskip + \glstreegroupheaderskip }% \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{% \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}% @@ -28436,7 +30658,7 @@ defined}{}% \hangindent0pt\relax \parindent0pt\relax \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}}% - \glstreegroupskip + \glstreegroupheaderskip }% } }% @@ -28467,7 +30689,7 @@ defined}{}% \hangindent0pt\relax \parindent0pt\relax \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsxtr@grptitle}}% - \glstreegroupskip + \glstreegroupheaderskip }% } }% @@ -28497,7 +30719,7 @@ defined}{}% %\section{Package Initialisation and Options} % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-bookindex}[2019/04/09 v1.41 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-bookindex}[2020/02/13 v1.42 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} %Load required packages. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -28681,6 +30903,15 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrbookindexbookmarkprefix} +%\changes{1.42}{2020-02-03}{new} +%Make the bookmark label prefix used for letter groups depend on the glossary label +%(instead of original hardcoded ``index.''). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsxtrbookindexbookmarkprefix}{\currentglossary.} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\glsxtrbookindexcolspread} %\changes{1.21}{2017-11-03}{new} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -28877,7 +31108,7 @@ defined}{}% % \end{macrocode} % Do the PDF bookmark if supported. % \begin{macrocode} - \glsxtrbookindexbookmark{\glsxtrcurrentgrptitle}{index.##1}% + \glsxtrbookindexbookmark{\glsxtrcurrentgrptitle}{\glsxtrbookindexbookmarkprefix##1}% % \end{macrocode} % Format the group title. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -28984,7 +31215,7 @@ defined}{}% %Provides additional long styles. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longextra}[2019/04/09 v1.41 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longextra}[2020/02/13 v1.42 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} %Load required packages. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -30413,7 +32644,7 @@ defined}{}% %topic. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-topic}[2019/04/09 v1.41 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-topic}[2020/02/13 v1.42 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} %Load required package. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -30676,6 +32907,7 @@ defined}{}% \newcommand*{\glstopicSubNameFont}[1]{\textbf{#1}} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\glstopicSubPreLocSep} %\changes{1.41}{2019-04-09}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glstopicSubPreLocSep}{\space} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins index e8bd0d99db..15c23359bc 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -% glossaries-extra.ins generated using makedtx version 1.2 2019/4/9 21:59 +% glossaries-extra.ins generated using makedtx version 1.2 2020/2/13 22:19 \input docstrip \preamble glossaries-extra.dtx - Copyright 2019 Nicola Talbot + Copyright 2020 Nicola Talbot This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbr-styles.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbr-styles.pdf Binary files differindex 7d04e01e7a..46ac6633fb 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbr-styles.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbr-styles.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbr-styles.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbr-styles.tex index e123813d21..a5caad77b6 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbr-styles.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbr-styles.tex @@ -141,6 +141,10 @@ \testdescstyle{long-short-desc} \testdescstyle{short-long-desc} +%\teststyle{footnote-desc}% synonym: short-footnote-desc +\testdescstyle{short-footnote-desc} +%\teststyle{postfootnote-desc}% synonym: short-postfootnote-desc +\testdescstyle{short-postfootnote-desc} %\testdescstyle{short-desc}% synonym: short-nolong-desc \testdescstyle{short-nolong-desc} \testdescstyle{short-nolong-desc-noreg} @@ -154,12 +158,16 @@ \testdescstyle{short-sc-nolong-desc} \testdescstyle{long-noshort-sc-desc} %\testdescstyle{long-desc-sc}% deprecated synonym of long-noshort-sc-desc +\testdescstyle{short-sc-footnote-desc} +\testdescstyle{short-sc-postfootnote-desc} \testdescstyle{long-short-sm-desc} \testdescstyle{short-sm-long-desc} %\testdescstyle{short-sm-desc}% synonym: short-sm-nolong-desc \testdescstyle{short-sm-nolong-desc} \testdescstyle{long-noshort-sm-desc} %\testdescstyle{long-desc-sm}% deprecated synonym of long-noshort-sm-desc +\testdescstyle{short-sm-footnote-desc} +\testdescstyle{short-sm-postfootnote-desc} \testdescstyle{long-short-em-desc} \testdescstyle{long-em-short-em-desc} \testdescstyle{short-em-long-desc} @@ -168,6 +176,8 @@ \testdescstyle{short-em-nolong-desc} \testdescstyle{long-noshort-em-desc} %\testdescstyle{long-desc-em}% deprecated synonym of long-noshort-em-desc +\testdescstyle{short-em-footnote-desc} +\testdescstyle{short-em-postfootnote-desc} \testdescstyle{long-em-noshort-em-desc} \testdescstyle{long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg} \testdescstyle{long-short-user-desc} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbrv.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbrv.pdf Binary files differindex e85508041d..105622c5b3 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbrv.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbrv.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-accsupp.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-accsupp.pdf Binary files differindex 51d427f7ca..59d56201f1 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-accsupp.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-accsupp.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-acronym-desc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-acronym-desc.pdf Binary files differindex a792bef02b..fde058b22a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-acronym-desc.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-acronym-desc.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-acronym.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-acronym.pdf Binary files differindex 748c73c9cb..834fd8a21c 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-acronym.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-acronym.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alias.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alias.pdf Binary files differindex 7254b52a70..0e67a7e656 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alias.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alias.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-altmodifier.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-altmodifier.pdf Binary files differindex e0776db2de..6af97621c1 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-altmodifier.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-altmodifier.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf Binary files differindex ab853285b4..05e98dd8fd 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alttree-sym.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alttree-sym.pdf Binary files differindex 56d3b3e27d..7872159833 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alttree-sym.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alttree-sym.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alttree.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alttree.pdf Binary files differindex 36df4991dd..2886317c20 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alttree.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alttree.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf Binary files differindex 59a5978d4f..a9a5d2ef07 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-autoindex.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-autoindex.pdf Binary files differindex 93a8d36a55..fe70ab034e 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-autoindex.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-autoindex.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-crossref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-crossref.pdf Binary files differindex 8429430c25..101f2177b9 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-crossref.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-crossref.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-crossref2.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-crossref2.pdf Binary files differindex be4f0703ab..8d3b894677 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-crossref2.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-crossref2.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-docdef.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-docdef.pdf Binary files differindex 418419a652..f347c9d1ac 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-docdef.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-docdef.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf Binary files differindex 0b032a464c..b98a44c348 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-external.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-external.pdf Binary files differindex b598bbe672..111ffbd425 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-external.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-external.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-fmt.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-fmt.pdf Binary files differindex 44b0b88aba..6a80f79529 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-fmt.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-fmt.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-footnote.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-footnote.pdf Binary files differindex ddd2da6376..635649c794 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-footnote.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-footnote.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-header.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-header.pdf Binary files differindex d14b7ac990..989f2abff3 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-header.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-header.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-indexhook.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-indexhook.pdf Binary files differindex 6862cdf5af..661eb97698 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-indexhook.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-indexhook.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-initialisms.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-initialisms.pdf Binary files differindex 70a828f297..529b736db5 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-initialisms.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-initialisms.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-linkcount.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-linkcount.pdf Binary files differindex 6ecfa45889..97f55c724a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-linkcount.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-linkcount.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf Binary files differindex ed38e87d42..2bb22efbc4 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-mixedsort.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-mixedsort.pdf Binary files differindex 47a2626b99..38618c77ff 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-mixedsort.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-mixedsort.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-mixture.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-mixture.pdf Binary files differindex 3c9208ba08..dc9949c10f 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-mixture.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-mixture.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-name-font.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-name-font.pdf Binary files differindex 83b5b168d8..58b22ff3ec 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-name-font.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-name-font.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-nested.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-nested.pdf Binary files differindex da7a9f2d44..129318d42f 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-nested.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-nested.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf Binary files differindex d2a571a233..66fef87fc1 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onelink.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onelink.pdf Binary files differindex 80898cefa1..dc37111458 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onelink.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onelink.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf Binary files differindex 1daeb9987c..2f84f3cfac 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf Binary files differindex 98df08cb26..42de4b8284 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onthefly.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onthefly.pdf Binary files differindex 1d60fe8175..69edc38f55 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onthefly.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onthefly.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-pages.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-pages.pdf Binary files differindex 97cb891003..f58924d327 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-pages.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-pages.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-postdot.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-postdot.pdf Binary files differindex 5193bfe0bd..eb72d3c9ca 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-postdot.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-postdot.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-postlink.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-postlink.pdf Binary files differindex 7e7448c361..37e3373e60 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-postlink.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-postlink.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-prefix.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-prefix.pdf Binary files differindex 196eeb389b..ccd41032a1 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-prefix.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-prefix.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-record-nameref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-record-nameref.pdf Binary files differindex 23daf02f3c..06c0982167 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-record-nameref.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-record-nameref.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-record.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-record.pdf Binary files differindex 338bc55bb1..0aa072d73a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-record.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-record.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf Binary files differindex 0662789138..f2eee1be1d 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf Binary files differindex 67862dfd86..118ce6594c 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf Binary files differindex fd234df18b..95a34c9e53 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl-main.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl-main.pdf Binary files differindex 5ca8b571c0..5aa05dbffd 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl-main.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl-main.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl.pdf Binary files differindex a78c307b62..c5fba24811 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-trans.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-trans.pdf Binary files differindex c7a5afbce6..4a92c2ab8c 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-trans.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-trans.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-undef.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-undef.pdf Binary files differindex f5ce99c373..2bf1f97dd8 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-undef.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-undef.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-unitentrycount.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-unitentrycount.pdf Binary files differindex 4c397377f0..0c0dda6159 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-unitentrycount.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-unitentrycount.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample.pdf Binary files differindex c5fb78f8f9..4ac0e58c85 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample.pdf |